?°* 





1> ' & < 

« . o. ,-0- x ' ._** <^ 






^ 









W 






.v^ 



-' ^ 



^ >* 






^ V "+ 



x ^ 









o° k y 



,s 
















* * o , -% 



% <& 



fr 






^ 

















OUTLINES 



OF 



MATERIA MEDICA 



AND 



PHARMACOLOGY 



A TEXT- BOOK FOR STUDENTS 



/ 



v BY 



H. M. BRACKEN, M. D., 



PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MFDICA, THERAPEUTICS AND CLINICAL MEDICINE, 
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA. 



OCT g 1895 H J ^ 






PHILADELPHIA: 

P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., 

1012 Walnut Street. 

1895. 



m % 



Copyright, 1895, 
By P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO 



Press of 

The J as. B. Rodgers Printing Co, 

Philadelphia. 



PREFACE. 



This book is the outgrowth of work arranged in 1893 for 
medical students at the University of Minnesota, under the title 
of " Outlines of Materia Medica." It is intended that it shall 
serve the purpose of a text-book ; for use in the study of materia 
medica ; to facilitate note-taking in the lecture-room ; and to aid 
in the laboratory study of drugs. 

The metric system has been given precedence over the old, 
or apothecaries', system of weights and measures, in designating 
doses. 

♦ While there are but few references throughout the book, the 
author has no wish to be credited with the original work be- 
longing to others. A bibliography is therefore appended. 

The author wishes to express thanks for many useful sug- 
gestions from the following members of the medical faculty in 
the University of Minnesota : Charles J. Bell, A.B., Professor of 
Chemistry; Thomas G. Lee, M.D., Professor of Embryology, and 
Histology; R. O. Beard, M.D., Professor of Physiology, and J. 
Clark Stewart, M.D., Professor of Pathology. 

H. M. Bracken, M.D. 

Minneapolis, August 10th, 1895. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY. 



The Pharmacopoeia of the United States, "1890." 

The National Dispensatory. 

Pharmacology, Therapeutics, and Materia Medica. Brunton. 

Therapeutics, its Principles and Practice. H. C. Wood. 

Practical Therapeutics. Hare. 

Handbook of Local Therapeutics. Allen. 

Modern Materia Medica. Helbing. 

General Medicinal Technology. Curtis. 

Organic Materia Medica and Pharmacognosy. Sayre. 

Organic Materia Medica. Maisch. 

Reference Handbook of the Medical Sciences. 

Food and Dietetics. Pavy. 

Current Literature. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PARTS 

PAGE 

I. INTRODUCTION 9 

II. THE ACIDS 32 

III. THE METALS 44 

IV. THE NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS 134 

V. THE CARBON COMPOUNDS 157 

VI. THE ANIMAL KINGDOM 209 

VII. THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM 220 



OUTLINES 



OF 



MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 



PART I.' 

INTRODUCTION. 



Materia medica, from the physician's standpoint, has to deal with 
substances employed in the prevention and treatment of disease. 

Pharmacognosy is that branch of materia medica which treats of 
the origin, characteristics, and composition of drugs. 

Pharmacodynamics, or pharmacology, treats of the action of 
drugs upon the lving organism. 

Therapeutics is the term applied to the use of drugs, or other 
agents, for the preservation or recovery of health. 

Toxicology is that branch of medicine which treats of poisons and 
their antidotes, anopf the effects of excessive doses of medicines. 

Pharmacy is t^e term applied to the practice of preparing, pre- 
serving, and compou\ding medicines, and of dispensing them according 
to the formulae, or prescriptions, of medical practitioners. 

Preparations described in a work on materia medica are divided 
into two great classes : The official, and the non-official. Official pre- 
parations are those recognized by the various Pharmacopoeias. A Phar- 
macopoeia is a book of f^mulaes, or directions for the preparation, etc., 
of medicines. In most fdeign countries it is authorized by government. 
In the United States it has\io legal standing, but is by common consent 
the recognized standard. %is work is issued at regular intervals, in the 
United States every ten yeas. The seventh decennial revision of the 
United States Pharmacopoeia \v890) is the one now in force. With each 
revision of the Pharmacopeeia\ ne w drugs and preparations which have 
stood the test of time are addedWhile some of the old preparations which 
have proven useless or impracticable may be dropped. Other changes, 
such as form, names, etc., may beWde. 

9 



10 



OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 



The following articles were added to the Pharmacopoeia of 1890 



Acetanilidum. 
Acidum 

Hypophosphorosum Dilutum. 

Stearicum. 
Adeps Lanae Hydrosus. 
Alcohol 

Absolutum. 

Deodoratum. 
Aloe Barbadensis. 
Aloinum. 
Aqua 

Aurantii Florum (diluted). 

Chloroformi. 

Hydrogenii Dioxidi. 

Rosae (diluted). 
Aspidosperma. 
Barii Dioxidum. 
Caffeina 

Citrata. 

Citrata Effervescens. 
Calcii Sulphas Exsiccatus. 
Cinnamomum Saigonicum. 
Cocainse Hydrochloras. 
Convallaria. 
Elastica. 
Elixir 

Aromaticum. 

Phosphori. 
Eriodictyon. 
Eucalyptol. 
Extractum 

Apocyni Fluidum. 

Asclepiadis Fluidum. 

Aspidospermatis Fluidum. 

Cimicifugae. 

Convallarise Fluidum. 

Eriodictyi Fluidum. 

Jalapse. 

Lappse Fluidum. 

Menispermi Fluidum. 

Phytolacca Fluidum. 

Rhamni Purshianae Fluidum. 

Scoparii Fluidum. 

Uvae Ursi. 

Viburni Opuli Fluidum. 
Ferri et Quininae Citras Solubilis. 
Glyceritum 

Acidi Carbolici. 

Acidi Tannici. 

Boroglycerini. 

Hydrastis. 



Hydrastininae Hydrochloras. 

Hyoscinae Hydrobromas. 

Hyoscyaminae Hydrobromas. 

Lithii Citras Effervescens. 

Menthol. 

Methyl Salicylas. 

Naphtalinum. 

Naphtol. 

Oleatum Zinci. 

Oleum 

Betulae Volatile. 

Cadinum. 

Terebinthinae Rectificatum. 
Pancreatinum. 
Paraldehydum. 
Pepsinum. 
Petrolatum 

Liquidum. 

Spissum. 
Physostigminae Sulphas. 
Pilule 

Catharticae Vegetabile. 

Ferri Carbonatis. 
Potassii Citras Effervescens. 
Pyrogallol. 
Resorcinum. 
Rhamnus Purshiana 
Salol. 

Sodii Nitris. 
Sparteinae Sulphas 
Spiritus 

Amygdalae Ararae. 

Aurantii Comositus. 

Glonoini. 

Phosphori. 
Strontii 

Bromidurr 

Iodidum. 

Lactas. 
Strophantus. 
Suppositda Glycerini. 
Tereber>rn. 
Terpin'Hydras. 
Tincj/RA 

Latucarii. 

Qillajse. 

prophanthi. 
Trchisci Santonini. 
Vournum Opulus. 
>a. 



INTRODUCTION. 



11 



The following articles were dropped from the Pharmacopoeia in 1890 



Abstractum 

Aconiti. 

Belladonnae. 

Conii. 

Digitalis. 

Hyoscyanii. 

Ignatiae. 

Jalapae. 

Nucis Vomicae. 

Podophylli. 

Senegae. 

Valerianae. 
Acetum 

Lobeliae. 

Sanguinariae. 
^Ether. 
Ammonii 

Phosphas. 

Sulphas. 
Amylum Iodatum. 
Aurantii Flores. 
Azedarach. 
Cannabis Americana. 
Ceratum 

Extracti Cantharidis. 

Sabinae. 
Charta Cantharidis. 
Chinoidinum. 
Chloroformum Venale. 
Cinchona Flava. 
Cornus. 
Cupri Acetas. 
Cydonium. 
Elixir Aurantii. 
Emplastrum 

Ammoniaci. 

Asafcetidae. 

Galbani. 

Picis Canadensis. 

EXTRACTUM 

Cornus Fluidum. 

Lactucarii Fluidum. 

Malti. 

Mezerei. 
Fel Bovis Inspissatum. 
Ferri Oxalas. 
Galbanum. 
Gaultheria. 
Gutta-Percha. 

Hydrargyri Sulphidum Rubrum. 
Ignatia. 

Infusum Brayerae. 
Juniperus. 
Lavandula. 



LlNIMENTUM 

Cantharidis. 

Plumbi Subacetatis. 
Liquor 

Ferri et Quininae Citratis. 

Gutta-Perchae. 

Pepsini. 
Magnesii Sulphas. 
Magnolia. 
Maltum. 
MlSTURA 

Magnesiae et Asafcetidae. 

Potasii Citratis. 
Mucilago Cydonii. 
Oleum 

Lavandulae. 

Rutae. 

Succini. 

Valerianae. 
Origanum. 
Pilule 

Ferri Compositae. 

Galbani Compositae. 
Pix Canadensis. 

POTASSII 

Sulphis. 

Tartras. 
Prinos. 
Rosmarinus. 
Salix. 
Sodii 

Bicarbonas Venalis. 

Santoninas. 
Spiritus Odoratus. 
Syrupus 

Ferri Bromidi. 

Limonis. 
Thuja. 
TlNCTURA 

Conii. 

Ignatiae. 
Trochisci 

Magnesiae. 

Sodii Santoninatis. 
Unguentum 

Acidi Gallici. 

Mezerei. 

Sulphuris Alkalinum. 
Ustilago. 
Vinum 

Album Fortius. 

Aloes. 

Rhei. 
Viola Tricolor. 



12 



OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 



The following changes of Official 
revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia : 

PHARMACOPOEIA l88o. 

Acidum Arseniosum. 

yEther Fortior. 

Aloe. 

Aluminii Hydras. 

Aluminii Sulphas. 

Aqua Aurantii Florum. 

Aqua Creasoti. 

Aqua Rosae. 

Arsenii Iodidum. 

Brayera. 

Chloroformum Purificatum. 

Cinnamomum. 

Cinnamomum. 

Collodium cum Cantharide. 

Creasotum. 

Erythroxylon. 

Emplastrum Picis cum Cantharide. 

Extractum Aloes Aquosum. 

Extractum Belladonnse Alcoholicum. 

Extractum Belladonnas Fluidum. 
Extractum Brayerae Fluidum. 
Extractum Conii Alcoholicum. 
Extractum Erythroxyli Fluidum. 
Extractum Hyoscyami Alcoholicum. 
Extractum Sarsaparillae Compositum 

Fluidum. 
Extractum Stramonii. 
Extractum Stramonii Fluidum. 
Extractum Viburni Fluidum. 
Ferri Phosphas. 
Ferri Pyrophosphas. 
Ferri Sulphas Praecipitatus. 
Gossypium. 

Hydrargyri Iodidum Viride. 
Liquor Acidi Arseniosi. 
Liquor Arsenii et Hydrargyri Iodidi. 
Liquor Sodii Arseniatis. 
Magnesii Citras Granulatus. 
Mangani Oxidum Nigrum. 
Mistura Ammoniaci. 
Mistura Amygdalae. 
Mistura Asafcetidae. 
Mistura Chloroformi. 
Mistura Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis. 
Oleum Bergami. 



Latin Titles were made in the last 



PHARMACOPOEIA I89O. 

Acidum Arsenosum. 

^Ether. 

Aloe Scotrina. 

Alumini Hydras. 

Alumini Sulphas. 

Aqua Aurantii Florum Fortior. 

Aqua Creosoti. 

Aqua Rosae Fortior. 

Arseni Iodidum. 

Cusso. 

Chloroformum. 

Cinnamomum Cassia. 

Cinnamomum Zeylanicum. 

Collodium Cantharidatum. 

Creosotum. 

Coca. 

Emplastrum Picis Cantharidatum. 

Extractum Aloes. 

Extractum Belladonnse Foliorum Alcohol- 
icum. 

Extractum Belladonnse Radicis Fluidum. ~ 

Extractum Cusso Fluidum. 

Extractum Conii. 

Extractum Cocae Fluidum. 

Extractum Hyoscyami. 

Extractum Sarsaparillae Fluidum Composi- 
tum. 

Extractum Stramonii Seminis. 

Extractum Stramonii Seminis Fluidum. 

Extractum Viburni Prunifolii Fluidum. 

Ferri Phosphas Solubilis. 

Ferri Pyrophosphas Solubilis. 

Ferri Sulphas Granulatus. 

Gossypium Purificatum. 

Hydrargyri Iodidum Flavum. 

Liquor Acidi Arsenosi. 

Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri Iodidi. 

Liquor Sodii Arsenatis. 

Magnesii Citras Effervescens. 

Mangani Dioxidum. 

Emulsum Ammoniaci. 

Emulsum Amygdalae. 

Emulsum Asafcetidae. 

Emulsum Chloroformi. 

Liquor Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis. 

Oleum Bergamottae. 



INTRODUCTION. 13 

PHARMACOPOEIA l88o. PHARMACOPOEIA 189O. 

Oleum Theobromse. Oleum Theobromatis. 

Opium Denarcotisatum. Opium Deodoratum. 

Petrolatum (in part). Petrolatum Molle. 

Phytolacca Bacca. Phytolacca^ Fructus. 

Quillaia. Quillaja. 

Sapo Viridis. Sapo Mollis. 

Sodii Arsenias. Sodii Arsenas. 

Tinctura Belladonnse. Tinctura Belladonna Foliorum. 

Tinctura Colchici. Tinctura Colchici Seminis. 

Tinctura Opii Deodorata. Tinctura Opii Deodorati. 

Tinctura Saponis Viridis. Linimentum Saponis Mollis. 

Tinctura Stramonii. Tinctura Stramonii Seminis. 

Viburnum. Viburnum Prunifolium. 

Non-Official Preparations are either new or unimportant prepara- 
tions, or new synthetic preparations which are protected by proprietary 
rights, or special pharmacal preparations of official drugs. The non- 
official preparations are distinguished throughout this work by the Greek 
character $. 

The Naming of Preparations. — This is one of the functions of 
the pharmacopoeia. Latin is the accepted language, but the scientific and 
the vernacular English names are also given. Chemical nomenclature is 
adopted so far as possible. Thus, we say sodii nitras, lithii bromidum, 
plumbi oxidum; or in English, sodium nitrate, lithium bromide, lead 
oxide. In the case of the salts of iron and mercury, the endings ous and 
ic are used as means of distinction (ferrous, ferric ; mercurous, mercuric). 
Still further, the distinguishing adjectives, mild, corrosive, yellow, or red, 
are used in titles of certain ones of the mercurial preparations — thus : 
mild mercurous chloride, corrosive mercuric chloride, yellow mercurous 
iodide, red mercuric iodide. In the naming of the so-called scale pre- 
parations of iron, which are not true chemical salts, but all of which 
contain iron in the ferric condition, the word ferrum is used to avoid 
giving the impression that they are definite double salts. With compounds 
having a well-known non-specific name, this is often adopted in preference 
to the chemical title : thus, we say alum instead of potassio-aluminum- 
sulphate. In the naming of crude vegetable drugs the botanical genus 
name is used as the official Latin title. A few old and well-known drugs, 
such as ipecacuanha, belladonna, etc., are exceptions to this rule. When 
there is but one part of the plant used the official Latin title, chosen ac- 
cording to the foregoing rule, is sufficient : thus, aconitum for aconitum 
radix. But if more than one part is used it must be named specifically ; 
thus : arnicae flores, arnicae radix for arnica flowers and arnica root. 
The botanical genus name is quite generally used as the official English 
title also : thus, hyoscyamus is both the Latin and the English title for this 



14 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

drug. Exception may be made to this rule when the vernacular name is 
derived from and is almost identical with the scientific name, or when 
long custom sanctions the vernacular name : thus, aloes instead of aloe, 
rhubarb instead of rheum. 

In Latin titles where two nouns occur, or a noun and an adjective, the 
Latin order of sequence is followed : thus, leaves of belladonna is written 
belladonna folia. In the naming of pharmaceutical preparations the Latin 
order of sequence is not followed as regards the genus name : thus, tinc- 
ture of aconite is not written aconiti tinctura, as Latin usage would 
naturally make it, but tinctura aconiti. Where adjectives occur, how- 
ever, they are put in their proper Latin order, following the noun : 
thus, deodorized tincture of opium is written tinctura opii deodorati ; fluid 
extract of gentian is written extractum gentianse fluidum. 

THE WEIGHING AND MEASURING OF MEDICINES. 

The weights and measures referred to by physicians in prescribing, and 
used by pharmacists in dispensing medicines, are, in the United States, 
the Apothecaries' Weights and Fluid Measures, and those of the Metric 
System. 

The Apothecaries' Weights and Fluid Measures are the same as those 
used in England prior to 1825, the weights being originally derived from 
the Old English Troy Weight, and the Fluid Measures from the Wine 
Measure. 

The French or Metric System is becoming standard in almost all of the 

enlightened countries. The meter (39 37 inches), the ten-millionth part 

of the quadrant of the earth, is the standard unit upon which the whole 

system is based. 

APOTHECARIES' WEIGHT. 

20 grains make 1 scruple. 
60 grains, or 3 scruples, make 1 drachm. 
480 grains, or 8 drachms, make 1 ounce. 
The scruple is practically obsolete. 

The signs used in designating units in apothecaries' weight are : gr. (al- 
ways written with a small initial) denoting grain or grains ; 3, denoting 
drachm or drachms ; and ^, denoting ounce or ounces. The numerals 
indicating the number of weight-units to be taken are, when apothecaries' 
weight is employed, always to be placed after the sign or symbol desig- 
nating the unit, and in Roman characters, thus : gr. x. ; 3 jss. ; 3 v j- 
APOTHECARIES' FLUID MEASURE. 
60 minims make 1 fluid drachm. 
480 minims, or 8 fluid drachms, make 1 fluid ounce. 
The signs used to designate these units are : Tfl,, denoting minim or 
minims ; £5, denoting fluid drachm or fluid drachms ; and f £, denoting 



INTRODUCTION. 15 

fluid ounce or fluid ounces. The quantities directed to be taken are in- 
dicated, in writing, by Roman numerals placed after the signs, thus : 
TH xxx, % iv, f § viii. 

CUSTOMARY COMMERCIAL WEIGHTS AND MEASURES OF 

CAPACITY IN USE IN THE UNITED STATES. 

The Commercial Weights are : 

The pound (also called the avoirdupois pound), divided into 16 
ounces, or into 7000 grains, each ounce thus containing 437.5 grains. 
The Commercial Measures of Capacity for Liquids are : 
The liquid gallon (also called the wine gallon), divided into 4 
quarts, or 8 pints. 

THE METRIC TABLE OF WEIGHTS. 
10 milligrammes make 1 centigramme. 
100 milligrammes, or 10 centigrammes, make 1 decigramme. 
1000 milligrammes, or 100 centigrammes, or to decigrammes, make 1 
gramme. 
The term decigramme is seldom used. The gramme (written Gm.). 
the weight of one-thousandth part of a liter (1 C.c.) of water at its maxi- 
mum density, is the standard unit of weight. 

The abbreviations for the gramme and its derivatives, with the equiva- 
lents in the apothecaries' weight, are as follows : 

1 gramme, written 1. Gm., equals 15.43 grains. 

1 decigramme, " .1 Gm., " 1 -543 " 

1 centigramme, " .01 Gm., " -1543 " 

1 milligramme, " .001 Gm., " .01543 " 

THE METRIC TABLE OF CAPACITIES. 

10 milliliters make 1 centiliter. 
100 milliliters, or 10 centiliters, make 1 deciliter. 
1000 milliliters, or 100 centiliters, or 10 deciliters make 1 liter. 
These terms are seldom used. The cubic centimeter (written Cc), 
which is the equivalent of one milliliter, is the standard unit of capacity. 
In expressing quantities by weight or by measure in the metric system 
Arabic numerals are used, and are always placed before the terms or ab- 
breviations designating the units, thus: 2.50 Gm., 30. Cc. 

RELATIONS BETWEEN THE VARIOUS UNITS OF WEIGHTS 
AND MEASURES IN USE. 

1 fluid ounce equals Cc. 29.5737. 

1 apothecaries' ounce " Gm. 31.10358. 

1 avoirdupois (commercial) ounce " Gm. 28.3495. 

1 gramme " 15-43 grains. 

1 cubic centimeter " 16. minims. 



16 



OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 



A COMPARISON OF THE WEIGHTS AND MEASURES SHOWS 
THE FOLLOWING: 

Apothecaries' Weight. Metric Weight. 

GRAMMES. GRAMMES. 

grain i equals, approximately, 0.06 or, exactly, 0.06480 

grains 15 equal " 0.95 " " 0.97198 

3 1 equals " 3.75 " " 3 .888 

I 1 " 30.00 " « 31.103 



Apothecaries' Measure. 



Metric Measure. 

GRAMMES. GRAMMES. 



minim 1 equals, approximately, 0.06 or, exactly, 0.0616 

minims 15 equal " 0.95 " " 0.92 

f5 1 equals " 3.75 " " 3-696 

g 1 " " 30.00 " " 29.276 



TO CONVERT APOTHECARIES' WEIGHTS TO METRIC WEIGHTS. 

1. Reduce the quantity to grains, and divide by 15. The result 
will be expressed in grammes. 

2. Reduce the quantity to drachms and multiply by 4. The result 
will be expressed in grammes. 

3. Reduce the quantity to ounces and multiply by 30. The result 
will be expressed in grammes. 

TO CONVERT METRIC WEIGHTS TO APOTHECARIES' WEIGHTS. 

Reverse the above rules. 

The advantages of the metric system over other systems of weighing 
or measuring are : (1) simplicity — the decimal system ; (2) the possibility 
of its becoming the accepted system for weights and measures throughout 
the civilized world. 

DOMESTIC WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

Besides these authorized weights and measures are the domestic 
measures. These are as follows, and are extremely unreliable : 
The drop, supposed to be equal to 1 minim. 



i teaspoon, 

' dessert-spoon, 

1 table-spoon, 

' wine glass, 

' cup, 

' tumbler, 



" 1 fluid drachm. 
u 2 fluid drachms. 
'•' 4 fluid drachms. 
'•' 2 fluid ounces. 
'* 4 fluid ounces. 
' 8 fluid ounces. 



The drop can hardly be called a measure, since its size depends not 
only upon the consistency of the fluid, but also upon the shape, surface, 



1 



INTRODUCTION. 17 

area, and even position of the dropper. To show the difference in drops 
of different fluids under similar conditions, note the following comparison : 
Chloroform gives 180 to 276 drops for each fluid drachm. 



Tincture of Opium 

Paregoric 

Dil. Hydrocyanic Acid 

Dil. Sulphuric Acid 

Fowler's Solution 



106 to 147 
95 to no 

45 to 5° 
49 ^ 54 
59 t0 6 3 

Measuring by drops, therefore, is only allowable when there is no 
danger from overdosage. 

The spoons are uncertain measures, because of the faulty shape of the 
bowl for measuring purposes, and because of the difference in size of the 
spoons designated by the same name. There may be from six to nine 
teaspoonfuls to the ounce. The dessert-spoon is apt to contain more than 
two fluid drachms, and the tablespoon more than four fluid drachms. 

Measuring glasses should take the place of these domestic measures. 
The best are conical glasses marked minims, teaspoon and tablespoon. 
Those shaped like a tumbler are too large at the base to measure small 
quantities accurately. 

Medicines that have been carefully divided into accurate doses have an 
advantage over those that have to be measured in the above manner, 
hence the advantage, in many cases, of tablet triturates over liquid pre- 
parations. 

SPECIFIC GRAVITY. 

The specific gravity of liquids should be ascertained by means of a 
specific gravity bottle when accuracy is required. An accurate hydrometer 
is sufficient in ordinary practice, however. In accordance with the prevail- 
ing usage of modern chemical literature 15 C. (59 F.) has been adopted 
as the standard temperature for the solubility of substances in liquids, for 
taking specific gravity, and for volumetric operations. When specific 
gravity is mentioned without a given temperature it is understood to refer 
to a temperature of 15 C. (59 F.), as compared with water at the same 
temperature. In weighing solids it is very easy to convert from the Troy 
to the Metric Weight, or vice versa, but in weighing fluids some confusion 
arises because of the differences in specific gravity. A fluid drachm of 
water weighs 3.75 grammes, while the same volume of chloroform weighs 
5.50 grammes, and of ether, 2.80 grammes. In prescribing when we wish 
to have the volume of any fluid drug equivalent to that of a given volume 
of water we must order by weight of 

Spirits, tinctures, and oils . . ^, or -^ less than of water. 

Ether f, or \ less " " " 

Glycerin J , or \ more " " " 

Syrups -|, or \ more " " " 

Chloroform f, or \ more " " " 



18 



OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 



The differences which these computations involve are more apparent 
than real. Glycerin and syrups are the only fluids that cause much incon- 
venience, and with these, a little experience enables the prescriber to easily 
make the necessary allowance. 

TEMPERATURE. 

When there is occasion to indicate the degree of temperature the scale 
of the centigrade thermometer, or in its absence Fahrenheit's thermometer, 
is to be used. 

To reduce centigrade degrees to those of the Fahrenheit scale : mul- 
tiply by nine, divide by five and add thirty-two, thus : 20 C. — 9(2 5 0) + 
32, or 68° F. To reduce Fahrenheit degrees to those of the centigrade 
scale : subtract thirty-two, multiply by five, and divide by n,ine, thus : 95 ° 
Y. = 5, (95-32) ^ or ^° C. The following gives a comparative scale of 
centigrade and Fahrenheit degrees : 



Degrees. 



Boiling point. 



Freezing point. 



c. 


F. 


IOO 


212 


95 


203 


90 


194 


S5 


185 


80 


176 


75 


167 


70 


158 


65 


149 


60 


140 


55 


J 3i 


5° 


122 


45 


"3 


40 


104 


35 


95 


3° 


86 


25 


77 


20 


68 


!5 


59 


10 


5o 


5 


41 





3 2 


— 5 


2 3 


— 10 


14 


— 1 5 


5 


— 20 


— 4 


— 2 5 


— 13 


—3° 


— 22 


—35 


— 3 1 


—40 


—40 



INTRODUCTION. 19 

OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 

These may be conveniently described in alphabetical order. 

Aceta — Vinegars. Two are official. These are solution of the active 
principles of certain drugs in dilute acetic acid. This dissolves some 
things that water will not, and the solutions keep fairly well, although not 
so well as alcoholic solutions. Each contains the soluble principles from 
ten per cent, of the drug. 

Alkaloidea — Alkaloids. These are natural principles existing in 
plants, or animal tissues, and extracted therefrom by chemical process. They 
are organic bases, forming salts with acids, and regarded as compound am- 
monias, products of albuminous decomposition in the plant or animal 
cells during the process of growth. In nomenclature they are distin- 
guished by their endings : in Latin, ina; in English, ine. 

In animal tissues the decomposition of albuminous matter, during the 
normal processes of waste, produce alkaloids, called Leuco?naines. The 
alkaloids produced by putrefaction are known as Ptomaines. 

Alkaloids are generally used in the form of their salts, which are more 
soluble than the alkaloids themselves. "As remedies they may be termed 
arms of precision, and, compared with the tinctures, extracts, etc., of the 
pharmacopoeia, are as the modern rifle to the ancient blunderbuss. ' ' 

Aquae — Waters. Thirteen are official. These are solutions of vola- 
tile principles in water. Most of the waters are now made by direct solution 
of the volatile oil, instead of by distillation of the aromatic herbs. Waters 
are chiefly used as vehicles. 

Cerata — Cerates. Six are official. These are ointments, containing 
wax. They are firmer than ordinary ointments, and softer than plasters. 
They do not melt below 40 C. (104 F.). 

Chartae — Papers. Two are official. These are papers medicated by 
impregnation with, or by coating with, medicinal substances. 

Collodia — Collodions. Four are official. These are liquid prepara- 
tions having for their base a solution of gun-cotton in a mixture of alcohol 
and ether. 

Confectiones — Confections. Electuaries. Conserves. Two are 
official. These are soft pastes which contain the drug mixed with honey 
or sugar. 

Decocta — Decoctions. Two are official. These are made from a 
vegetable drug by boiling it in water from fifteen to thirty minutes, and 
then straining the product while hot. Unless otherwise directed they 
should contain 5 per cent, of the crude drug. (Compare with infusa.) 

Elixira — Elixirs. Two are official. These are aromatic, sweetened 
preparations, containing active medicinal agents in small quantity, and 
made with a menstruum containing 25 per cent, of deodorized alcohol. 



20 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

While there are but two elixirs that are official, there are a great many 
non-official elixirs. They are the outgrowth of the pharmacist's efforts 
to make medicine more palatable. 

Emplastra — Plasters. Thirteen are official. These consist of adhe- 
sive substances spread upon cloth or leather, and intended to adhere to the 
part to which they are applied. 

Emulsa — Emulsions. Four are official. These are a new class of 
preparations and have been introduced in place of certain liquid prepara- 
tions formerly called " Mistura," which are, properly speaking, emulsions. 

Extracta — Extracts. Thirty-four are official. These are solid or 
semi-solid preparations obtained by evaporating solutions of vegetable prin- 
ciples. 10 per cent, glycerin is sometimes added to the extracts to prevent 
their becoming too dry. 

Extracta Fluida — Fluid Extracts. Eighty-eight are official. 
These are made like the extracts except that evaporation is not carried so 
far. They are of uniform strength and should represent in measure the 
virtues of the corresponding weight of the crude drug. Glycerin or alcohol 
is often added for preservative effect. 

Glucosidese — Glucosides. These are organic compounds belong- 
ing to the group of natural principles which exist in plants, and are capable 
of being decomposed by acids, alkalies, or ferments, in the presence of 
water, into glucose and a second substance which is different in each- 
instance. 

Glycerita — Glycerites. Six are official. These are preparations 
with glycerin as the solvent. 

Infusa — Infusions. Four are official. Prepared by pouring hot or 
cold water upon the crude vegetable drug, and after allowing it to stand a 
short time, straining. Unless otherwise directed they should contain 5 
per cent, of the crude drug. Boiling is not allowed, thus differing from 
decocta, q. v. 

Linimenta — Liniments. Nine are official. These are liquid — 
generally soapy or oily — preparations for external use. 

Liquores — Solutions. Twenty-four are official. Preparations in 
which an active, non-volatile principle is dissolved in water either alone or 
with the aid of other solvents. (Compare with aquae.) 

Massae — Masses. Three are official. These have the active ingre- 
dients and the excipient mixed together to a consistence suitable for making 
pills. 

Mellita— Honeys. One is official. These differ from syrups in hav- 
ing honey instead of sugar as a base. 

Misturse — Mixtures. Four are official. These are aqueous prepara- 
tions in which one or more medicinal substances are held in suspension by 
the aid of gum or other viscid substance. (Compare with liquores.) 



INTRODUCTION. 21 

Mucilagines — Mucilages. Four are official. These are solutions of 
gum in water, obtained by dissolving gum, or by extracting with water 
the mucilaginous principles from certain plants. 

Olea — Qils. These are divided into the volatile and the non-vola- 
tile or fixed oils. The volatile oils are obtained by distilling over a cer- 
tain volatile principle from vegetable products. Occasionally a volatile 
oil may be obtained by expression. Example : Oil of lemon. The fixed 
oils are obtained by expression. 

Oleata — Oleates. Three are official. These are solutions of metallic 
salts, or of alkaloids, in oleic acid. 

Oleoresinse — Oleoresins. Six are official. These are practically 
ethereal extracts, consisting principally of natural oils and resins extracted 
from vegetable drugs by means of ether. They are the most concentrated 
of the liquid preparations of drugs. ( Compare with extracta.) 

Pilulae — Pills. Fifteen are official. These are small round masses 
composed of medicinal agents, and intended to be swallowed. 

Pulveres — Powders. Nine are official. The simplest form is the 
crude drug reduced to a fine powder. The fineness of a powder is usually 
expressed by the number of meshes to a linear inch in the sieve through 
which it has been passed. 

The official powders contain two or more substances triturated together. 

Resinae — Resins. Five are official. These are brittle amorphous 
solids obtained by precipitating the resinous principles of plants from their 
alcoholic solution by the agency of water. Resins consist of an acid, or a 
mixture of acids formed by the oxidation of terpenes (volatile hydrocar- 
bons having the formulae C 10 H 16 ). They are soluble in alcohol, but in- 
soluble in water. 

Spiritus — Spirits. Twenty-five are official. These are alcoholic 
solutions of volatile substances. (Compare with tincturae.) 

Suppositoria— Suppositories. One is official. Conical masses 
consisting of medicinal substances incorporated with cacao butter (oleum 
theobromatis), and intended for introduction into the rectum, vagina, or 
urethra. Those for insertion into the rectum usually weigh about 15 
grains or 1 gramme. They liquefy at the body temperature. Small sup- 
positories for introduction into the urethra are called medicated bougies. 

Syrupi— Syrups. Thirty-two are official. These are concentrated 
solutions of sugar in water, containing medicinal substances. Many of 
them also contain flavoring or coloring matters. 

Tincturae — Tinctures. Seventy-one are official. Alcoholic solu- 
tions of non-volatile medicinal substances. Exception, tincture of iodine. 

Tincturae Herbarum Recentium- Tinctures of Fresh Herbs. 
These tinctures are prepared by macerating 50 parts of the fresh herb with 
100 parts of alcohol for 14 days ; then expressing the liquid and filtering. 



22 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

These are prepared when the drug, through drying, would lose its active 
properties. 

Triturationes — Triturates. One is official. These are intimate 
mixtures of medicinal substances with sugar of milk, the product contain- 
ing 10 per cent, of the drug. 

Trochisci — Troches. Fifteen are official. These are small, flat- 
tened cakes consisting of medicinal substances incorporated with sugar, 
mucilage of tragacanth, etc. They are also called pastiles and lozenges. 

Unguenta — Ointments. Twenty-two are official. These are soft 
admixtures of medicines with fatty substances, for external application. 

Vina — Wines. Ten are official. These are made in the same way as 
tinctures, using white wine and alcohol instead of alcohol alone. They 
are more liable to spoil than are the tinctures. 

There are many non-official preparations also in use. Some of these 
belong to the classified list of official preparations as regards form, while 
others have a form and name peculiar to themselves. The following is a 
partial list of important non-official preparations : 

Tablet Triturates. — These are small, flattened discs, quite closely 
resembling a troche in shape, in which the medicament is thoroughly 
triturated with sugar of milk or some other excipient. They are to be 
used in the same way as pills, and have the advantages of exact dosage, 
ready solubility, convenience, elegance, and cheapness. 

Hypodermic Tablets. — In these the medicament is compressed 
alone or in combination with some inert vehicle. In form they somewhat 
resemble the tablet triturates or troches, but are much smaller. They are 
for use in hypodermatic medication, and have, as advantages over solu- 
tions, exact dosage, freedom from chemical change, and convenience. 

Capsules are small, elongated gelatine boxes with rounded ends. 
They dissolve readily in the stomach, setting their contents free. They are 
used for administering drugs in powder form. 

ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS. 

The following are the most common methods of introducing drugs 
into the system : 

By the mouth (internal medication). When not otherwise stated 
medicines are to be administered in this way. 

Hypodermatically. — This is next in importance to internal medica- 
tion. The remedy is introduced directly into the subcutaneous tissue 
through a sharp hollow needle. Absorption takes place quickly, and the 
effect of the drug thus administered is more prompt and more certain than 
that of any other means of medication. The solutions thus introduced 
into the system must be of a neutral reaction. 

Hypodermoclysis. — This is not (strictly speaking) medication. It 



INTRODUCTION. 23 

consists in the injection hypodermatically of a large quantity of warm salt 
water ( T 6 o per cent, of common salt -in sterilized water) into the cellular 
tissue. It is used for the purpose of supplying fluid to the blood-vessels 
and tissues after severe hemorrhages, or excessive drain upon the watery 
elements of the body, as in cholera, etc. The usual seat for such injection 
is the flank, or the inner aspect of the thigh. The quantity of the fluid 
to be injected at one time is from one to three pints. The apparatus 
required is a hypodermatic needle and a fountain syringe. 

By inhalation. — This is well illustrated in the use of anaesthetics. 
The extensive blood supply of the respiratory tract favors rapid absorption 
of volatile, respirable, medicinal substances. 

By inunction. — This consists in the application of a drug, capable 
of absorption, to the unbroken skin. Such drug is usually in the form 
of an ointment, oleate, or liniment. Friction over the part anointed 
hastens absorption. 

By fumigation. — This consists in volatilizing a drug by means of 
heat and compelling the drug in this volatilized state to be deposited 
upon a warm moist skin through which absorption will take place rapidly. 
It is especially applicable to the use of certain mercurials in the treatment 
of syphilis. For example, thirty grains of calomel may be placed on a 
water-bath over a spirit-lamp, the whole being put under a chair upon which 
the naked patient is seated. A blanket large enough to envelop the person 
completely is fastened tightly around the neck. The volatilized calomel 
is deposited upon the moist skin of the patient, who in this condition is 
wrapped in a warm flannel blanket and placed in bed. 

Rectal medication. — By this means drugs are introduced into the 
rectum, in the form of suppositories, enemas, etc. Absorption takes place 
slowly. 

Enteroclysis. — This is not necessarily medication. It consists in 
the injection of fluid well into the bowel (ten inches or more) by means 
of a soft rubber tube attached to an ordinary fountain syringe. The 
liquid in the syringe should have a temperature of 43 ° C. (no° F.). 

DOSAGE. 

The quantity of a drug to be given at any one time is governed by the 
following conditions : (1) The effect sought for ; immediate and temporary, 
or continuous. If for immediate effect — for example ; to relieve pain — a 
sufficient quantity should be administered in a single dose. If the pain to 
be relieved is continuous in character, the drug given to control it must be 
repeated before the effect of the first dose has completely passed away. 
(2) The duration of the physiological effect of a single dose. This 
depends upon the rapidity of absorption, elimination, or destruction of 
the drug. (3) The nature of the drug, toxic or non-toxic. If toxic the 



24 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

danger line must not be passed, even though the desired effect has not been 
secured. 

Instead of repeating a given dose at long intervals, thus producing an 
irregular or intermittent effect, a smaller dose at more frequent intervals 
may be preferable. By this latter means we secure a more constant and 
equable action. 

A dose is sometimes described (and wisely so) as a daily dose : that is, 
a proper quantity of the drug for use during a period of twenty-four hours. 
Such quantity can be divided into small, frequently-repeated doses, or 
larger doses at longer intervals, according to the fancy of the prescriber 
or the condition of the patient. The term dose, without further explana- 
tion, is applied to the quantity of a drug to be administered to an adult, 
by the mouth. The hypodermatic dose is half the quantity used 
per orem ; while the dose per rectum is twice that required per orem 
to produce an equivalent effect. 

Certain rules, such as the following, are in use for determining the size 
of dose for a child. 

(i) Clark's rule. — In this 150 pounds is taken as the weight to 
govern the adult dose. With the weight of the child as numerator and 
150 pounds as the denominator, the proper dose for any given child is 
found. 

(2) Cowling's rule. — The age of the child at its next birthday is 
used as the numerator; 24 (adult age) as the denominator. This fraction 
represents the child's dose. 

(3) Young's rule. — The present age of the child is taken for the 
numerator ; the age plus twelve serves as the denominator. This fraction 
represents the child's dose. 

PRESCRIPTION WRITING. 

A prescription is a statement, usually written, of the medicines or 
remedies to be used by a patient, and the manner of using them. A 
written prescription consists of from five to seven parts, as follows : 

(1) Name of patient. 

(2) Heading. 

(3) The names and quantities of ingredients. 

(4) Directions to the compounder or pharmacist. 

(5) Directions for the use of the remedies by the patient. 

(6) Date of prescription and signature of the physician. 

(7) Special directions to the pharmacist relating to the prescription. 
Writing the name of a patient upon a prescription should insure its use 

by the one for whom it is intended. This is especially necessary where 
there is more than one patient in the same family. The heading of a pre- 
scription (R) is a combination of the initial, R. for recipi — imperative 



INTRODUCTION. 25 

of recipio— take, and the zodiacal sign for the planet Jupiter. In early 
days the prescriber was supposed to offer a prayer to Jupiter. With the 
increased demands upon the prescriber there was not time for a prayer for 
each prescription ; only a sign to represent the prayer. As time became 
still more precious even the sign was abbreviated to its present form on 
the letter R. The heading thus represents a command and a prayer. 

The names and quantities of the ingredients of a prescription are an 
important part of the prescription. The old rule for the drugs prescribed 
was that they should cure quickly, safely, and pleasantly ; curare cito, tute 
etjucutide. Many prescriptions contain four ingredients, which are known as 

(i The basis, or substance which is to cure. 

(2) The adjuvant, or substance which is to help cure. 

(3) The corrective, or substance which is to prevent any bad effects. 

(4) The vehicle, which makes it pleasant to take. 

Having determined what these four ingredients shall be, the next 
thing to settle is the amount for each ingredient. To do this we must 
decide how long we wish the medicine to last, how many doses we wish 
to give, and the total bulk of each dose. Next we determine the quantity 
of each ingredient for each dose, and multiplying this quantity by the num- 
ber of doses, we get the total amount for each ingredient. This we 
represent opposite the ingredients named, by means of symbols and num- 
bers. In combining these ingredients we must bear in mind their 
chemical properties. 

It is not necessary that every presciption should contain four ingre- 
dients. It may contain but one, the basis. And again, we may use more 
than four ingredients. We may combine two or more drugs having a 
similar action, to make the basis, with the idea that such combination will 
produce a better effect than any single one of its ingredients could. 

Having determined what drugs, and the amount of each that our 
prescription must contain, we tell the pharmacist what he is to do with 
them, and what the patient is to do. After the pharmacist has prepared 
the prescription, he labels it with the directions given him for the patient. 

The date of the prescription is necessary for the purpose of future 
reference, and the name of the prescriber must be attached to give 
authority for the prescription. 

Special directions are not always necessary on a prescription, but at 
times it may seem wise to direct that the prescription is "not to be 
repeated," etc. 

The language of the body of the prescription is, by common usage, 
Latin, and a certain amount of knowledge of Latin is necessary to the 
prescriber. The directions to the pharmacist may also be written in 
Latin, but that is at the option of the prescriber. The directions for the 



26 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

patient should be written in the language of the country, or of the people, 
where it is to be used. 

Prescriptions may be simple or compound : Simple when they contain 
but a single active ingredient ; compound when they contain two or more 
active ingredients. Some of the compound prescriptions are really simple 
because, while actually containing two or more active ingredients, they 
have a common action. Other compound prescriptions are of the nature 
of "shot gun" prescriptions; that is, they contain several active ingre- 
dients with as great a variety of action. These are a disgrace to the pre- 
scriber, for they indicate that he is not sure what disease he is dealing 
with and therefore must use several drugs in order that one may accom- 
plish some good should the others fail. The so-called patent medicines 
are generally of the " shot gun " type of prescription. Single medication 
with a definite object in view is ideal medication. 

Abbreviations of Latin titles used in prescription writing are to be 
discouraged. They may indicate an ignorance of Latin on the part of 
the prescriber; they also confuse the compounder and increase the 
chances for error. 

A FEW COMMON LATIN WORDS USED IN PRESCRIPTION 

WRITING. 

Verbs — Imperative Mood. 

Adde Add. 

Cola Strain. 

Da .... Give. 

Divide Divide. 

Extende . . Spread. 

Fac Make. 

Filtra Filter. 

Macera Macerate. 

Misce Mix. 

Recipe Take. 

Signa Write. 

Solve Dissolve. 

Tere Rub. 

Verbs — Subjunctive Mood. 

Bulliat Let (it) boil. 

Capiat Let (him) take. 

Coletur Let (it) be strained. 

Detur Let (it) be given. 

Dividatur Let (it) be divided. 

Fiat Let (it) be made. 

Fiant Let (them) be made. 

Sit Let (it) be. 

Sumatur Let (it) be taken. 



INTRODUCTION. 27 

Participles or Verbal Adjectives. 

Adhibendus-a-um To be administered. 

Dividendus-a-um To be divided. 

Sumendus-a-um To be taken. 

Prepositions. 

Ad To, up to. 

Cum With. 

In . Into. 

Pro For. 

Sine Without. 

Supra Upon. 

Unclassified Words and Phrases. 

Bene Well. 

Bis Twice. 

Congius A gallon. 

Dein Thereupon. 

Et And. 

Gradatim Gradually. 

Guttatim By drops. 

Non Not. 

Numero To the number of. 

Numerus Number. 

Octarius A pint. 

Quater Four times. 

Semel Once. 

Semissis A half. 

Simul Together. 

Statim At once. 

Ter Thrice. 

Ad saturandum To saturation. 

In dies Daily. 

In partes aquales Into equal parts. 

Non repetatur Not to be repeated. 

Pro re nata According to need. 

Quantum suffi-ciat As much as may be necessary. 

Redactus in pulverem Let be pulverized. 

Secundum artem According to rule. 

PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTION. 

A knowledge of the physiological action of drugs is the basis upon 
which their intelligent use in the treatment of disease is founded. With 
this knowledge we have a definite object in view in prescribing ; without 
it we are mere empiricists. It is this knowledge that divides therapeutics 
into two classes, viz. : rational and empirical. In rational therapeutics 
we use a given remedy to remove or control a diseased condition, because 
we recognize the cause and know that the physiological action of certain 
remedies will remove the cause. In empirical therapeutics there need be 



28 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

no knowledge of the cause of disease. It is only necessary to know that 
certain conditions have been found, by experience, to disappear when 
certain remedies have been used. Empirical therapeutics is well illus- 
trated in "domestic" practice. There need be neither physiological 
nor pathological knowledge. 

The physiological action of a drug may be described as local : the 
anaesthetic action of cocaine. Remote : the irritation of the kidneys 
that may be produced during elimination through them of certain drugs. 
Direct : the paralyzing action of curare upon motor nerves. Indirect : 
the convulsions which may occur in poisoning from curare as a result of 
paralysis of the muscles of respiration and consequent asphyxia. Pri- 
mary : the immediate effect of a dose of morphine ; rest, sleep, absence 
of pain, etc. Secondary : the so-called after-effects of morphine ; head- 
ache, nausea, etc. Selective . a drug thus acts only on certain structures 
although carried equally to all parts of the body. Cumulative : a 
sudden explosion of drug action where the elimination of a drug used 
continuously has not kept pace with the absorption. 

There may be certain conditions which modify the physiological 
action of a drug. Thus idiosyncrasy, as shown by the unpleasant 
symptoms that may appear in some individuals after the administration of 
small, medicinal doses of quinine. Tolerance, as shown by the neces- 
sary increase in the quantity required of certain drugs to keep up a 
uniform effect when their use is continued for some time. Disease. — A 
drug dose that would produce a decided effect in health, may have little 
or no effect when certain diseased conditions exist, Antagonism. — 
Drugs may be chemically or physiologically antagonistic to each other. 
Such drugs should never be prescribed together. 

CLASSIFICATION OF DRUGS ACCORDING TO ACTION. 

For convenience drugs may be described according to their action as 
follows : 

Abortifacients. — -Drugs capable of producing premature child-birth. 

Absorbents. — Drugs that may secure the absorption of exudates or 
of diseased tissues. 

Alteratives. — Agents which overcome certain morbid processes by 
modifying nutrition. 

Anaesthetics. — Agents which produce insensibility to pain. 

Analgesics. — Agents which relieve pain by lessening the excita- 
bility of nerves or of nerve centres. 

Anaphrodisiacs. — Agents which lessen sexual excitement. 

Anodynes. — Agents which relieve pain by lessening the excitability 
of nerves or of nerve centres ; more pronounced in their action than are 
analgesics. 



INTRODUCTION. 29 

Antacids. — Agents which counteract, or lessen, acidity. 

Antagonists. — Agents acting in direct opposition to each other. 

Anthelmintics. — Agents which destroy (vermicides), or expel (ver- 
mifuges), worms inhabiting the intestinal canal. 

Antiemetics. — Agents which tend to prevent vomiting. 

Antihydrotics (or anhidrotics). — Agents which lessen the secretion 
of sweat. 

Antiperiodics. — Agents which lessen the severity, or prevent the 
return of certain periodic diseases. 

Antiphlogistics. — Agents which tend to arrest inflammatory pro- 
cesses. 

Antipyretics. — Agents which reduce body temperature in febrile 
conditions. 

Antiseptics. — See Antizymotics. 

Antisialics. — Agents which lessen the secretion of saliva. 

Antispasmodics. — Agents which prevent or arrest spasmodic action. 

Antisyphilitics. — Remedies used for the relief of syphilis. 

Antizymotics. — Agents which arrest or prevent fermentation. They 
include : 

A?itiseptics. — Agents which may prevent putrefaction. 
Disi?ifectants (or Germicides). — Agents which destroy specific 
poisons. 

Aperients. — Mild laxatives. 

Aphrodisiacs. — Agents which stimulate sexual function. 

Aromatics.— Remedies characterized by a fragrant or spicy taste 
and odor, and stimulant to the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane. 

Astringents. — x\gents which contract the tissues and diminish the 
calibre of vessels, thereby checking or diminishing slight hemorrhages or 
excessive discharges. 

Bitters. — Remedies which by their bitter properties have the power 
of stimulating the secretions of the alimentary canal. 

Carminatives. — Agents which aid the expulsion of gas from the 
stomach and intestines. 

Cathartics. — See Purgatives. 

Caustics. — Agents which destroy living tissue by burning (see 
counter-irritants) . 

Cholagogues. — Agents which increase the elimination of bile. 

Correctives (Corrigents). — Agents used to correct, or render more 
pleasant, the action of other remedies. 

Counter-irritants. — Substances which, if applied to human tissue, 
will cause increased vascular excitement, or even inflammation of the 
part, thus relieving pain, or pathological conditions, in another part. 



30 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

They comprise : 

Caustics (or Escharotics) — which destroy tissue and cause a 
slough to form. 

Epispastics (or Vesicants) — which cause the formation of a 
blister. 

Pustulants — which irritate isolated points, and cause the forma- 
tion of pustules. 

Rubefacients — which cause simply congestion or redness of the 
part. 

Demulcents. — Mucilaginous principles which soothe and protect 
the part to which they are applied. 

Deodorants (or Deodorizers). — Agents which destroy or mask disa- 
greeable odors. 

Depilatories. — Substances used to remove hair. 

Depressants. — Agents which lessen vital activity. 

Depresso-motors. — Remedies which lessen motor activity. 

Detergents. — Agents used to cleanse wounds or ulcers. 

Diaphoretics (or Sudorifics). — Remedies which produce sweating. 

Digestants. — Ferments and acids which have the power of aiding in 
the solution of food. 

Diluents. — Agents which dilute secretions and excretions. 

Disinfectants. — See Antizymotics. 

Diuretics. — Agents which increase the elimination of urine. 

Drastics. — Purgatives which cause much intestinal irritation (see 
Purgatives). 

Ecbolics. — Agents which produce abortion. 

Emetics. — Agents which cause vomiting. 

Emmenagogues. — Remedies which stimulate menstruation. 

Emollients. — Substances used to mechanically soften and protect 
tissues. 

Escharotics. — See Counter-irritants. 

Excitants. — Agents which cause increased action in any part of a 
living organism. 

Excito-motors. — Agents which increase motor activity. 

Expectorants. — Remedies which act upon the bronchial secretion, 
increasing or diminishing the amount according to circumstances. 

Galactagogues. — Agents which increase the secretion of milk. 

Germicides. — See Antizymotics. 

Haemostatics (or Styptics). — Agents which arrest hemorrhages. 

Hydragogues. — Remedies which cause watery stools; a term gen- 
erally applied to one class of purgatives (see Purgatives). 

Hypnotics. — Agents which cause sleep. 



INTRODUCTION. 31 

Incompatibles. — Agents which chemically or physiologically antag- 
onize each other (see Antagonists). 

Laxatives. — Mild purgatives (see Purgatives). 

Mydriatics. — Agents which cause dilatation of the pupil. 

Myotics. — Agents which cause contraction of the pupil. 

Narcotics. — Powerful anodyne hypnotics. 

Oxytocics. — Agents which stimulate uterine contractions. 

Palliatives. — Agents which relieve, but do not cure. 

Prophylactics. — Agents which prevent the taking, or development, 
of disease. 

Protectives. — Agents used to cover and protect inflamed or injured 
parts. 

Purgatives (Cathartics). — Agents which increase or hasten intes- 
tinal evacuation. They may be divided into six classes : 

Laxatives — which increase but slightly the action of the bowels. 
Simple Purgatives. — A little more active than laxatives. 
Drastic Purgatives — which cause violent action, or even in- 
flammation of the bowels. 
Saline Purgatives. 

Hydragogue Cathartics — which excite copious secretion from 
the intestinal mucous membrane. 

Cholagogues — which increase the elimination of bile. 

Pustulants. — See Counter-irritants. 

Refrigerants. — Agents which relieve the sensation of heat. 

Rubefacients. — See Counter-irritants. 

Sedatives. — Agents which lower functional activity. 

Sialagogues. — Agents which increase the flow of saliva. 

Soporifics (Somnifacients). — Agents which cause sleep. 

Specifics. — Agents which have a direct curative influence on certain 
individual diseases. 

Sternutatories. — Agents which cause sneezing. 

Stimulants. — Agents which increase functional activity. 

Stomachics. — Agents which stimulate digestion. 

Styptics. — See Haemostatics. 

Sudorifics. — Agents which produce profuse sweating. 

Synergists. — Remedies which work together. 

Tonics. — Medicines which permanently increase the systemic tone 
by stimulating nutrition. 

Vermicides. — See Anthelmintics. 

Vermifuges. — See Anthelmintics. 

Vesicants. — See Epispastics, under Counter-irritants. 



PART II. 

THE ACIDS. 

These are substances either solid, liquid or gaseous, possessing a sour 
taste, corrosive action, the property of turning blue litimus paper red, of 
destroying more or less completely the characteristic properties of alkalies, 
at the same time losing their own distinguishing characteristics and form- 
ing salts. The sour taste is not always present ; the property of redden- 
ing litmus is sometimes wanting. 

General Action of Acids. — All the tissues of the body are alkaline. 
The first effect of acids is to neutralize this alkalinity of such tissues as 
they may come in contact with. Albumin if present is precipitated, but 
redissolved in an excess of acid, excepting nitric acid. The strong acids, 
acetic, hydrochloric, nitric, phosphoric, sulphuric, etc., have an irritant 
and caustic action due to their strong affinity for the water and the bases 
in the tissues. They form dry aseptic eschars. The vapors from the 
strong acids are irritant even to a dangerous degree. Many of the acids 
have an antiseptic action, but their irritant and destructive qualities pre- 
vent or limit their use for such action. 

Very dilute solutions of acids sponged over the surface of the body 
produce a cooling sensation ; this is due to increased evaporation. Applied 
to a bleeding surface, they may check moderate hemorrhages by exciting 
the muscular coat of the arteries to contract ; by constringing the tissues ; 
and by hastening the coagulation of blood in the ends of the bleeding 
vessels. 

In the mouth diluted acids produce a peculiar sensation due to their 
action upon the mucous membrane (constringent) and upon the teeth. 
They have a destructive action upon the teeth, decomposing the lime 
phosphate and other mineral constituents of the enamel. Acids stimulate 
the action of glands yielding an alkaline secretion. They retard acid 
secretion. In the circulation they diminish the alkalinity of the blood to 
a slight degree by combining with part of the alkaline constituents of the 
liquor sanguinis. They probably do not increase the acidity of normal 
urine, but alkaline urine may be changed to acid urine by the internal 
administration of the mineral acids. By their stimulating action upon 
32 



THE ACIDS. 33 

certain glands they may increase the total amount of solids excreted, and 
thus indirectly increase the action of the kidneys. 

The vegetable acids have little, if any, of the action of an acid beyond 
the point of absorption unless given in large doses. 

Toxicology. — The strong acids act as irritant poisons. The symp- 
toms they produce are those of a corrosive ; intense burning pain wherever 
the acid has come in contact with the mucous membrane, great thirst, a 
weak pulse, and dyspnoea. The patient may die from collapse due to per- 
foration of the walls of the oesophagus or of the stomach, or as a result of 
the acute inflammation that is produced. If death does not occur before 
the third or fourth day, there may be acute inflammation of the kidneys, 
caused by the acid during the process of elimination. If the patient sur- 
vives the acute stage he may die later from inanition, the result of stricture 
of the oesophagus, or of secondary changes in the stomach and intestines. 

Treatment of poisoning from acids consists in the prompt use of suit- 
able alkalies — sodium bicarbonate, or carbonate (baking or washing soda), 
soap and water, lime-water, chalk, tooth-powder, whitewash, magnesia, 
etc. Bland and protective drinks, such as milk, the white of egg with 
water, olive oil, etc. , should also be used. The severe pain must be relieved 
by the judicious use of morphine hypodermaticaliy. The later inflam- 
matory symptoms must be treated according to circumstances. 

ACIDUM NITRICUM. 
Nitric Acid. — Aqua Fortis. 

A liquid composed of 68 per cent., by weight, of absolute nitric acid 
(HN0 3 ) an d 3 2 per cent, of water. It should be kept in dark, amber- 
colored, glass -stoppered bottles. 

A colorless, fuming liquid, very caustic and corrosive, having a pecu- 
liar, somewhat suffocating odor, and an intensely acid reaction. Sp. gr. : 
about 1. 41 4 at 15 C. 

Prepared from potassium nitrate, or sodium nitrate, by adding sul- 
phuric acid and distilling the product. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Nitricum For external use. 

Acidum Nitricum Dilutum 0.30-1.25 Cc. TTLv-xx. 

Diluted Nitric Acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
nitric acid. Sp. gr. : about 1.050. 

Action. 
This has the general action of acids. See p. 32. 
It is one of the best acid caustics because of its self-limiting properties 
through its action on albumin. In diluted form it is an hepatic stimulant. 
3 



34 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

Locally, the concentrated or " fuming" nitric acid maybe used to 
destroy warts, condylomata, the surface of foul, or sloughing ulcers ; to 
arrest hospital gangrene or phagedenic ulcerations ; to destroy the poison 
from, the bite of a venomous reptile or of a rabid animal. Well diluted 
(tV to i percent.), it may be used as a general or as a local bath to increase 
the action of the sweat glands, or to reduce febrile temperature. In chronic 
cystitis it may be used by injection (ro to ^ per cent.), especially when 
the urine is very ammoniacal. 

Internally it may be used as an hepatic stimulant in so-called bil- 
iousness ; as an adjunct in the treatment of malaria ; in combination with 
bitters in the treatment of some forms of dyspepsia. 

ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM. 
Hydrochloric Acid. — Muriatic Acid. 

A liquid composed of 31.9 per cent., by weight, of absolute Hydro- 
chloric Acid (HC1), and 68. 1 per cent, of water. It should be kept in 
amber- colored, glass-stoppered bottles. 

A colorless, fuming liquid, of a pungent odor, an intensely acid taste, 
and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. : about 1. 163 at 15 C. Miscible, in all 
proportions, with water and alochol. 

Prepared by warming sodium chloride with sulphuric acid, washing 
the evolved HC1 and conducting it into cold water, by which it is absorbed. 

Preparations. 
Acidum Hydrochloricum, . . . 0.12-0.30 Cc. ttl ij-v. 
Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum, 0.30-1.25 Cc. HI v-xx. 

Diluted Hydrochloric Acid contains 10 per cent, of absolute 
hydrochloric acid. Sp. gr 1.050. 

Action. 
This has the general action of acids. See p. 32. 

Hydrochloric acid is a normal constituent of the gastric juice, and is 
necessary to digestion. It is an hepatic stimulant. It is not astringent. 

Use. 

Locally, well diluted (tV to 1 per cent.), it maybe used as a bath 
to increase the action of the sweat glands, also to reduce febrile tempera- 
ture by favoring evaporation. The diluted acid may be used to dissolve 
inoperable bony sequestra. 

Internally, it may be given after meals to supply a temporary defici- 
ency of hydrochloric acid in the gastric juice, thus aiding digestion. It 
may be used to lessen phosphatic deposits in the urine. Also used, well 
diluted, to quench thirst in febrile conditions. 



THE ACIDS. 35 

ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM. 

Nitrohydrochloric Acid. — Nitro-Muriatic Acid. Aqua Regia. 

A golden yellow, fuming, and very corrosive liquid, having a strong 
odor of chlorine. It readly dissolves goldleaf. 

Prepared by mixing 180 Cc. of Nitric Acid and 820 Cc. of Hydro- 
chloric Acid in a capacious glass vessel. When effervescence has ceased, 
pour the product into dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, which 
should not be more than half filled, and keep them in a cool place. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum, . . o. 18-0.36 'Cc. Tfljij-vj. 
Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum, 0.30-1.25 Cc. Tit v-xx. 

Diluted Nitrohydrochloric Acid contains 40 Cc. of nitric acid, 
180 Cc. of hydrochloric acid, and 780 Cc. of distilled water. 

Action. 

This has the action of an hepatic stimulant to a greater degree than 
has either hydrochloric or nitric acid alone. 

Use. 

The strong acid, freshly prepared, should be used in preference to the 
official diluted acid. 

Internally it may be used in certain hepatic disturbances, as hepatic 
torpor, chronic hepatitis, biliousness, jaundice, etc. It is apt to cause 
bilious purging. 

ACIDUM SULPHURICUM. 

Sulphuric Acid. — Oil of Vitriol. 

A liquid composed of not less than 92.5 per cent., by weight, of abso- 
lute sulphuric acid (H 2 S0 4 ), and not more than 7.5 per cent, of water. It 
should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 

It is colorless, of oily consistency, inodorous, very caustic and corro- 
sive, with an intensely acid reaction. Sp. gr.: not below 1.835 at I 5° C. 
Miscible, in all proportions, with water and alcohol, with the evolution of 
so much heat that the mixing requires great caution. 

It is produced by the combustion of sulphur, with the oxidation and 
hydration of the resulting sulphur dioxide, by means of nitrous and aque- 
ous vapors. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Sulphuricum, For external use. 

Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum, . 0.30-1.25 Cc. HI v-xx. 
Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum, 0.30-1.25 Cc. TTL v-xx. 



36 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Diluted Sulphuric Acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of abso- 
lute sulphuric acid. Sp. gr.: about 1.070 at 15 ° C. 

Aromatic Sulphuric Acid contains about 10 percent , by weight, 
of official sulphuric acid, partly in the form of ethyl-sulphuric acid. Sp. 
gr.: about 0.939 at I 5° C. 

Action. 

This has the general action of acids. See p. 32. 

The strong acid is a very painful and persistent caustic ; diluted it has 
a more marked astringent action than have the other acids. 

Use. 

Well diluted (j/ 2 to 1 per cent.), it is used in febrile conditions as an 
acid drink to allay thirst, and to relieve the dryness of the mouth and 
throat. For its astringent and antiseptic action it is used in typhoid fever; 
in certain forms of diarrhoea ; as a prophylactic against cholera ; etc. As a 
prophylactic against lead-poisoning, or in the treatment of chronic lead- 
poisoning, it is used for its chemical rather than physiological action, 
forming insoluble sulphates throughout the intestinal canal. It may be 
used in the night-sweating of phthisis. 

The aromatic sulphuric acid is the most agreeable preparation for 

internal use. 

ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM. 

Phosphoric Acid. 

A liquid composed of not less than 85 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
Orthophosphoric Acid (H 3 POJ, and not more than 15 per cent, of water. 
It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 

A colorless liquid, without odor, but having a strongly acid taste. 
Sp. gr. : not below 1.710 at 15 C. Miscible, in all proportions, with 
water or alcohol. 

Prepared by oxidizing phosphorus, heating it in a mixture of nitric 
acid and water until nitrous fumes have ceased to form. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Phosphoricum . For pharmaceutical use. 

Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum .... 0.30-1.25 Cc. Tflv-xx. 

Diluted Phosphoric Acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of 
absolute Orthophosphoric Acid. Sp. gr. : about 1.057. 

Action. 

This acid is closely allied to hydrochloric acid in action. It has a 
pleasant flavor (resembling the fruit acids) and is well borne by the 
stomach. It does not increase nervous activity (thus differing from phos- 



THE ACIDS. 37 

phorus), except indirectly by promoting digestion, and thus aiding in the 
assimilation of food. 

Use. 

Much after the manner of hydrochloric acid. 

ACIDUM HYPOPHOSPHOROSUM DILUTUM. 

Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid. 

This is a liquid compound of about 10 per cent., by weight, of abso- 
lute Hypophosphorous Acid (HPH 2 3 ) and about 90 per cent, of water. 
It is a colorless liquid, without odor, and having an acid taste. Sp. gr. : 
about 1.046 at 15 ° C. Miscible in all proportions with water. 

Prepared from any one of the soluble hypophosphites. 

Action. 

This has the general action of acids. See p. 32. It is, however, 
never used alone as a therapeutic agent, but only in combination with the 
hypophosphites in the form of syrups or solutions. (See Hypophosphites.) 

ACIDUM ACETICUM GLACIALE. HC 2 H 3 2 . 

Glacial Acetic Acid. 

This is nearly, or quite, absolute acetic acid. At a temperature some- 
what below 15 C. the acid becomes a crystalline solid. At higher tem- 
perature it is a colorless liquid, of a strong, vinegar-like odor, and a very 
pungent, purely acid taste. 

It may be obtained by heating sodium acetate so as to drive off all its 
water of crystallization, and distilling the product with sulphuric acid. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Aceticum Glaciale For external use. 

Acidum Aceticum For external use. 

Acidum Aceticum Dilutum 0.30-1.25 Cc. ifyv-xx. 

#Acetum (Vinegar). 

Acetic Acid is a liquid composed of 36 per cent., by weight, of 
absolute Acetic Acid. 

A clear, colorless liquid, having a strong, vinegar-like odor, a purely 
acid taste, and a strongly acid reaction. Sp. gr. : 1.048 at 15 . Miscible 
with alcohol and water in all proportions. 

Obtained by purification of the crude acetic acid, a product of destruc- 
tive distillation of wood. 

Diluted Acetic Acid contains 6 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
Acetic Acid. Sp. gr. : 1.008 at 15 C. 



38 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Vinegar is an acid liquid, of a brown color, and peculiar odor. 
Obtained from fruits and grains by acetous fermentation, and containing 
from 3.5 to 5.5 per cent, of absolute Acetic Acid. 

Action. 
Glacial acetic acid is caustic. The vapor inhaled causes, through 
reflex action, contraction of the blood-vessels. The diluted acid used 
locally may check bleeding from small vessels, and may diminish the 
secretion of the sweat glands. By favoring surface evaporation it may 
also reduce body temperature. 

Use. 

Glacial acetic acid may be used locally to destroy warts, corns, etc. 
It may also be used in varying dilutions in certain skin diseases. 

Acetic acid is used locally for similar action as that of the glacial 
acetic acid, bearing in mind simply the relative strength of the two acids. 

The diluted acid may be used locally to check mild hemorrhages, to 
check sweating, etc. 

ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM DILUTUM. 
Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. Cyanhydric Acid Prussic Acid. 

It is a colorless liquid composed of 2 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
hydrocyanic acid (HCN) and 98 per cent, of water. It has the charac- 
teristic odor and taste of bitter almonds, and a slightly acid reaction. It 
is completely volatilized by heat and should be kept in small, dark, 
amber-colored, cork-stoppered vials, in a cool place. 

It may be prepared from potassium ferrocyanide by adding sulphuric 
acid and distilling the product into water. 

Dose, 0.12-0.30 Cc. YTtij-v. 

Action. 
Hydrocyanic acid differs from all other acids in having an action pecu- 
liarly its own. It is one of the most powerful and rapid poisons known, 
carbolic acid alone approaching it in the violence of its effects. It is 
volatile, hence it is quickly absorbed and as quickly eliminated. It 
destroys protoplasmic movements, checks oxidation and arrests fermenta- 
tion. Applied to the skin it is absorbed, and paralyzes the ends of the 
sensory nerves, so that the part becomes numb. It is thus a local anaes- 
thetic and sedative. It is quickly absorbed by mucous membranes and 
has the same local anaesthetic and sedative action upon them as upon the 
skin. Absorbed, its sedative action becomes general. 

Use. 

Locally it may be used (a 5 to 10 per cent, solution) for its sedative 
action in the treatment of certain skin diseases. 



THE ACIDS. 39 

Internally it may be used as an antispasmodic in the treatment of 
whooping-cough, the irritable cough of the first stage of phthisis, hay 

asthma, etc. 

Toxicology. 

Death may come at once, and this is due to sudden arrest of the heart. 
There is a characteristic cry, a gasp, convulsive movements, cyanosis, 
dilated pupils and clenched teeth. The odor of hydrocyanic acid may be 
present. With a smaller but still poisonous dose death comes more slowly 
and is due to paralysis of respiration. The symptoms may then be divided 
into three stages: (i) giddiness, difficult and irregular respiration, and 
irregular heart's action; (2) violent convulsions, dilated pupils, uncon- 
sciousness, relaxed sphincters, etc. ; (3) asphyxia, complete insensibility, 
paralysis, an almost imperceptible pulse, and death due to paralysis of 
respiration. In the first stage of slow poisoning the arterial character of 
the blood extends into the veins, and this is due to dilatation of the 
peripheral vessels allowing the blood to pass through them rapidly without 
undergoing the usual changes. At the same time the arterial pressure sud- 
denly falls. The power of the blood to give off oxygen is greatly dimin- 
ished, and in the advanced stages of poisoning it assumes a more venous 
character than normal. 

Treatment. — The use of strychnine as a cardiac and respiratory stim- 
ulant, hypodermatically. Other stimulants may be used when strychnine 
is not at hand. If the patient survive twenty or thirty minutes there is 
hope for recovery. 

POTASSII CYANIDUM. KCN. 

Potassium Cyanide. 

It occurs as white, opaque, amorphous pieces, or as a white, granular 
powder; odorless when perfectly dry, but in moist air exhaling the odor 
of hydrocyanic acid. The taste is sharp and somewhat alkaline, and the 
reaction strongly alkaline. It is deliquescent in damp air. Soluble in 
2 parts of water at 15 C. ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. It should be 
kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It may be obtained by heating potassium ferrocyanide at a red heat 
until gases cease to be evolved. 

Dose: 0.003.-0.005 Gm. gr. A— A . 

Action. 

This has an action similar to, but slower than, that of diluted hydro- 
cyanic acid. 

Use. 

When a more prolonged effect is wanted than the diluted hydrocy- 
anic acid is capable of giving. 



40 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

ACIDUM CITRICUM. H,C 6 H 5 7 +H 2 0. 

Citric Acid. 

An organic acid, usually prepared from lemon juice. 

It occurs in colorless, translucent prisms ; odorless, having an agreeable, 
purely acid taste, and an acid reaction. Efflorescent in warm air, and 
deliquescent when exposed to moist air. Soluble at 15 C, in 0.63 part 
of water, and in 1.61 parts of alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Citricum 0.30-T.25 Gm. gr. v-xx. 

Syrupus Acidi Citrici 3.75-15.00 Cc. gi-iv. 

Syrup of Citric Acid contains citric acid 10 Gm., and spirit of 
lemon 10 Cc. in 1000 Cc. 

Action. 

This acid has no marked caustic action, and its acid proper- 
ties are quite limited, for it is decomposed in the blood and has the 
general action of the alkalies after absorption. Of large doses part may 
be eliminated unchanged by the intestinal canal ; part by the kidneys. 
It may produce a certain amount of irritation along the lines of elimina- 
tion, thus acting as a purgative or as a diuretic. It is also a decided anti- 
scorbutic. Citric acid is the most agreebly flavored of the so-called 
organic acids. To it most of the acid edible fruits owe their acidity. A 
six per cent, aqueous solution is about the equivalent of good lemon juice 
as regards acidity. 

Use. 

Citric acid may be used locally in certain skin diseases. It is used 
internally both as a prophylactic and curative agent in the treatment of 
scurvy. In acute articular rheumatism 15 Gm. (giv.) may be used every 
twenty-four hours or 90. to 150. Cc. (giii.-v) of lemon juice may take the 
place of such an amount of citric acid. 

Citric acid (or lemon, or lime juice) makes an agreeable drink for 
fever patients. It may also be used to allay the thirst of diabetic patients. 

ACIDUM TARTARICUM. H 2 C 4 H 4 6 . 

Tartaric Acid. 

An organic acid, usually prepared from argol (crude tartar). 

It occurs in colorless, translucent prisms, or in crystalline crusts, or as 
a white powder ; odorless, having a purely acid taste, and an acid reaction. 
Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.8 part of water and in 2.5 
parts of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.30-1 25 Gm. gr. v-xx. 



THE ACIDS. 41 

Action. 

Tartaric acid has the general action of citric acid, but is more of an 
irritant. It is cheaper than citric acid, and, while not so desirable for 
therapeutic purposes, is otten substituted for it. 

Use. 

This should be limited to its pharmaceutical use in combination with 
potassium or sodium salts to produce effervescence. 

ACIDUM LACTICUM. 
Lactic Acid. 

An organic acid, usually obtained by subjecting milk-sugar or grape- 
sugar, to lactic fermentation. Composed of 75 per cent., by weight, of 
absolute lactic acid (HC 3 H 5 3 ), and 25 per cent, of water. 

A colorless, syrupy liquid; odorless, of a purely acid taste, and a 
strongly acid reaction. Sp. gr. : about 1.213 at 15 C. It absorbs mois- 
ture on exposure to damp air, and is freely miscible with water, alcohol 
and ether. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Lacticum 0.30-1.25 Cc. fit- v-xx. 

Syrupus Calcis Lacto-phosphatis . . See the Lacto-phosphates. 

Action. 

Lactic acid has a marked solvent action upon false membranes. It is 
also a mild caustic. It may aid digestion and prevent gastric fermen- 
tation much after the manner of hydrochloric acid, over which it has no 
advantages. 

Use. 

As a caustic locally, in the treatment of various morbid growths. It 
was formerly much used to dissolve diphtheritic membrane. . 

Internally, in the treatment of some forms of infantile diarrhoea ("green 
diarrhoea") a two per cent, solution, of which eight to ten ounces is the 
daily dose, has been used with marked success. In the treatment of dia- 
betes, with an exclusive meat diet it may be used as a conserver of tissues. 

ACIDUM BORICUM. H 3 B0 3 . 
Boric Acid. Boracic Acid. 

Dose: 0.30-1.25 Gm. gr. v-xx. 

It occurs in transparent, colorless plates, slightly unctuous to the touch, 
permanent in the air, odorless, with a cooling, bitterish taste, and a feebly 
acid reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in 25.6 parts of water, and in 15 parts 
of alcohol; also soluble in 10 parts of glycerin. 



42 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It may be prepared from sodium borate by decomposing that salt in 
aqueous solution with strong hydrochloric acid. 

Action. 

A mild unirritating antiseptic, not to be relied upon as a germicide. 
It is also a protectant, a detergent and an exsiccant. 

Use. 

It has a wide range of application when one or more of its properties 
are called for. Externally in the treatment of burns, wounds, ulcers, etc., 
as a dusting powder, ointment (10 to 25 per cent.) glycerine (glyceritum 
boroglycerine), or aqueous solution (1 to 4 per cent.). 

Internally it may be used to prevent gastric fermentation. Being elim- 
inated by the kidneys it may be used in cystitis to render the urine acid. 

ACIDUM OLEICUM. HC 18 H 33 2 . 

Oleic Acid. 

An organic acid, prepared, in a sufficiently pure condition, by cooling 
commercial oleic acid to about 5 C. (41 ° F.), then separating and pre- 
serving the liquid portion. 

It is a yellowish, or brownish yellow, oily liquid, having a peculiar, 
lard-like odor and taste ; becoming darker and absorbing oxygen on 
exposure to air. Sp. gr : about 0.900 at 15 ° C. Insoluble in water; 
soluble in alcohol, chloroform, etc. An alcoholic solution has a feebly 
acid reaction upon litmus paper. When cooled to 4 C. it becomes semi- 
solid, and, on further cooling, congeals to a whitish, solid mass. At a 
high temperature it is completely dissipated. 

It may be obtained by adding lead oxide to almond oil, thus forming 
an oleate of lead, then decomposing this by means of hydrochloric acid. 

Preparations. 

Oleatum Hydrargyri, (10% Yellow Mercuric Oxide). 
Oleatum Veratrinae, (2% Veratrine). 
Oleatum Zinci, (5% Zinc Oxide). 

Action. 

Having marked penetrating qualities, it readily passes through unbroken 
skin ; at the same time it produces some local irritation. It forms salts 
with many bases, and many of these salts are soluble in an excess of oleic 
acid. Such oleates permeate the skin as readily as does the simple acid, 
and produce their several medicinal actions after absorption has taken 
place. 



the acids. 43 

Use. 
This acid is used pharmaceutically in preparing oleates. Oleates are 
used after the manner of ointments, bearing in mind the fact that they are 
more irritating, and, at the same time, more readily absorbed than oint- 
ments. Friction is seldom required — in fact it may be quite objectionable 
— in applying oleates. 

ACIDUM STEARICUM. HC 18 H 35 2 . 
Stearic Acid. 

An organic acid, in its commercial, more or less impure form, usually 
obtained from the more solid fats, chiefly tallow. 

A hard, white, somewhat glossy solid, odorless and tasteless. Perma- 
nent in the air. Insoluble in water ; soluble in about 45 parts of alcohol 
at 15 C. 

Action. 

Quite similar to that of oleic acid. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutically in preparing the many stearates (non-official) now in 
general use. The stearates make useful dusting powders in the treatment 
of diseased conditions of the skin, or mucous membrane. 

OTHER ACIDS. 

Acidum Arsenosum See Arsenicum. 

Acidum Benzoicum See Benzoinum. 

Acidum Carbolicum See Carbon Compounds. 

Acidum Chromicum See Chromum. 

Acidum Gallicum See Galla. 

Acidum Hydriodicum (Syrupus) . . See Iodum. 

Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum . See Bromum. 

Acidum Salicylicum See Carbon Compounds. 

Acidum Sulphurosum See Sulphur. 

Acidum Tannicum See Galla. 



PART III. 

THE METALS. 

POTASSIUM. K. 

This is the metallic base of the alkali potass a. The metal is not 
official. 

Sources. — The ash left after the combustion of plants; potassium 
nitrate ; potassium bitartrate, etc. 

General Action of the Potassium Salts- — Some of the salts have 
a marked caustic action through their intense affinity for water. All 
act as a protoplasmic poison. Small doses may increase the contrac- 
tile power of muscle ; large or continued doses diminish this contractile 
power, and finally cause paralysis. There is a paralyzing action also 
upon sensory and motor nerves and upon nerve centres. Blood pressure 
is lowered, and the pulse rate slowed. 

With small, not too long continued, doses the oxygen-carrying power 
of the blood is increased, and this is followed by an increase in the amount 
of solids excreted by the kidneys, with a proportionate increase in the 
volume of urine. In the lithsemic the use of certain potassium salts 
causes a diminution in the amount of uric acid excreted, with a simul- 
taneous increase of urea, and the appearance of calcium oxalate in the 
urine. This is supposed to be due to increased oxidation of uric acid, 
forming oxaluric acid, which product then splits up into urea and mes- 
oxalic acid. 

Salts of high diffusion power act as diuretics, and as diaphoretics. 
Salts of low diffusion power used in large doses produce catharsis. Too 
long continued, the potassium salts interfere with nutrition, and the blood 
is altered in character. Poisoning is not apt to occur from the use of the 
non-caustic salts because elimination keeps pace with absorption. 

Potassium salts have an alkalinizing action, both at the point of applica- 
tion and along the lines of elimination. During elimination by the kid- 
neys the urine becomes less acid or even alkaline in reaction. Elimina- 
tion through the liver causes an increased secretion of bile ; the bile at 
the same time becoming more liquid. Elimination by the bronchial 
mucous membrane increases bronchial secretion ; causes liquefaction of 
the secretion; and facilitates expectoration. Elimination through the 
44 



THE METALS. 45 

skin increases the alkalinity of the perspiration. Elimination through the 
salivary glands, diminishes or prevents acid fermentation in the mouth. 

An alkaline solution coming in contact with acid-secreting glands 
stimulates such glands to greater activity. Thus, we may have increased 
desire for food, and increased gastric digestion, through stimulation of the 
acid-secreting glands of the stomach. 

Preparations. 

Potassa For external use. 

Potassa cum Cake For external use. 

Liquor Potassae 0.30-0.95 Cc. Tit v-xv. 

Potassii Carbonas 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Potassii Bicarbonas 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Potassii Acetas 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Potassii Citras 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Potassii Citras Effervescens . . . . 3.75-7.50 Gm. ^i-ij. 

Liquor Potassii Citratis 7.50-15.00 Cc. gij-iv. 

Potassii Bitartras 1. 90-15.00 Gm. 3^-iv. 

Pulvis Jalapae Compositus (see Jalapa) . 0.95-3.75 Gm. gr. xv-31*. 
Potassii et Sodii Tartras 3-75 -I 5-°o Gm. ^i-iv. 

Pulvis Effervescens Compositus. 

Potassii Chloras 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Potassii Nitras 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Charta Potassii Nitratis. 

Argenti Nitras Dilutus See Argentum. 

Potassii Sulphas 3 75-15.00 Gm. gi-iv. 

Potassii Bichromas See Chromum. 

Potassii Bromidum See Bromum. 

Potassii Cyanidum See Hydrocyanic Acid. 

Potasaii Ferrocyanidum For pharmaceutical use. 

Potassii Hypophosphis See the Hypophosphites. 

Potassii Iodidum .... See Iodum. 

Potassii Nitris See Nitrites. 

Potassii Permanganas See Manganum. 

Potassa Sulphurata See Sulphur. 

POTASSA. KOH. 

Potassa. — Caustic Potash. Potassium Hydrate. Potassium Hydroxide. 
It is a white, hard, dry solid, generally in the form of pencils, odor- 
less, or having a faint odor of lye, of a very acrid and caustic taste, and an 
intensely alkaline reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in o 5 part of water and in 
2 parts of alcohol. Exposed to the air it rapidly absorbs carbon dioxide 
and moisture. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles made of hard glass. 



46 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It is obtained first in an aqueous solution (see Liquor Potassae). This 
solution, boiled down, gives a fluid of oily consistency, which, poured 
into paper moulds, hardens on cooling into the cylindrical sticks com- 
monly met with. 

Potassa cum Calce. Potassa with Lime. (Vienna Paste.) 

It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It is a grayish white powder, deliquescent, with a strongly alkaline re- 
action. 

It is made by mixing together 50 Gm., each, of potassa and lime. 

Action. 

Potassa and Potassa cum Calce are active caustics through their in- 
tense affinity for water. The tissues to which they are applied are con- 
verted into a moist, gray slough which readily becomes septic. 

Use. 

Potassa (potassium hydrate) has a very limited use. As a caustic 
it is very painful ; its action is hard to control ; the slough it produces 
is moist and apt to become septic. The actual cautery or the surgeon's 
knife will generally give better results in the removal or destruction of 
tissue. At times it may be used in opening an abscess For this pur- 
pose a small piece of the caustic is fastened, by means of adhesive plaster, 
over the the abscess wall, and an opening by no means so satisfactory as one 
that might have been made with a knife is secured It may be used to 
cauterize the wound inflicted by a rabid animal, or a venomous reptile, 
but the strong acids are better for this purpose because their action is more 
easily controlled. It cannot be safely used upon mucous membranes be- 
cause of the rapidity with which it spreads over moist surfaces. 

Potassa cum Calce is used for much the same purpose as potassa with 
this advantage ; its action is more easily controlled because the lime by 
its hydration forms an insoluble substance (slaked lime). 

Toxicology. 

Potassa and Potassa cum Calce are even more active irritant poi- 
sons than are the strong acids. There is a disagreeable taste which is 
quickly followed by a burning pain in the mouth, extending to the stomach ; 
vomiting, diarrhoea, and symptoms of depression will also be present. The 
eschar formed along the line of contact with the skin or mucous mem- 
brane will be moist and grayish. 

Treatment. — Give acid drinks, diluted vinegar, diluted mineral acids, 
lemonade, etc. Give plenty of water. Later use demulcents, such as 
egg albumin, milk, oil, etc. 



THE METALS. 47 

LIQUOR POTASSA. 
Solution of Potassa. Solution of Potassium Hydrate. 

This is a 5 per cent, aqueous solution of potassa. A clear, colorless 
liquid, odorless, having a very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alka- 
line reaction. Sp. gr. : about 1.036 at 15 C. 

Prepared from Potassium carbonate and lime. 

Action. 

Locally it combines with fatty matter, forming soap. It softens epi- 
dermic scales and horny growths. Undiluted, it is slightly caustic or 
irritant. Well diluted, it may have a sedative action. 

Internally, its alkalinizing action is apparent in the stomach and along 
the lines of elimination. Given after meals, it neutralizes the gastric acid- 
ity, and impairs or improves digestion according to circumstances. A 
small dose given before meals will increase the action of the acid-secreting 
glands of the stomach. Given between meals, properly diluted, it is 
absorbed and then has the general action of potassium carbonate, as an 
alkalinizer. If the internal use is continued for some time symptoms re- 
sembling those of scurvy may appear, such as passive hemorrhages, puffi- 
ness of the skin, general emaciation, etc. 

Use. 

A 20 per cent, aqueous solution may be used locally to soften horny 
epithelium — an ingrowing toe nail, corns, the scales of a chronic 
eczema, etc. 

Internally, it may be used as a general alkalinizer, but it is not well 
borne by the stomach and is inferior to the potassium bicarbonate, acetate 
or citrate for internal administration. 

POTASSII CARBONAS. K g C0 3 . 
Potassium Carbonate. Salt of Tartar. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

A white crystalline, or granular, powder, very deliquescent ; odorless, 
having a strongly alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in 1.1 
parts of water at 15 ° C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 

The impure carbonate (pearlash) is the product of lixiviation of wood 
ashes, and the pure carbonate is prepared from this. 

Action. 

Potassium carbonate is less irritating than potassa, but more irritating 

than the bicarbonate. Locally, it acts as a mild irritating alkalinizer; 

well diluted, it may have a local sedative action. Absorbed, it acts as a 

general alkalinizer throughout the system and along the lines of elimination. 



48 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

Locally as a lotion (10 per cent.), or as an ointment (2 to 10 per cent), 
for its alkalinizing properties, and also for its sedative properties, to 
relieve the severe pruritus which accompanies certain skin diseases. 

Internally it is seldom used, because, with its disagreeable flavor and 
its irritant action, it is inferior as an alkalinizer to certain other potassium 
and sodium salts. 

POTASSII BICARBONAS. KHC0 3 . 
Potassium Bicarbonate. Saleratus. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent prisms, permanent in dry air ; odor- 
less, having a saline and slightly alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. 
Soluble in 3.2 parts of water at 15 C; almost insoluble in alcohol. 

It is prepared by passing carbon dioxide into a strong solution of 
potassium carbonate. 

Action. 

Locally it has not the alkalinizing action of the potassium prepara- 
tions already considered. After absorption it has the action of a general 
alkalinizer like the carbonate. 

Use. 

It may be used in dyspepsia accompanied by excessive gastric acidity, 
but the sodium bicarbonate is generally preferred. In diarrhoea, with 
acid stools, it is preferred by some prescribers to the sodium bicarbonate, 
because, with its greater solubility, a larger quantity may be given without 
increasing the bulkiness of the dose : thus, potassii bicarbonatis, 15.00 Gm.; 
syrupus rhei aromaticus, 15.00 Cc; syrupus rhei dulcis ad, 90.00 Cc. M. sig. 
One-half teaspoonful for a child four or five years of age. twice or thrice 
daily. In the alkaline treatment of rheumatism thirty-grain doses may be 
given every three or four hours until the urine becomes alkaline. After 
this result is secured a sufficient quantity of the drug is continued to keep 
the urine neutral or alkaline. 

POTASSII ACETAS. KC 2 H 3 2 . 
Potassium Acetate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in white, satiny, crystalline masses, or as a white granular 
powder, very deliquescent, odorless, having a mild, saline taste, and a 
neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Soluble, at 15 ° C, in 0.36 part of 
water, and in 1.9 parts of alcohol. 

Prepared by dissolving potassium carbonate in acetic acid. 



1 



the metals. 49 

Action 

Potassium acetate has no direct alkalinizing properties. After absorp- 
tion it is quickly converted into the carbonate, and then has the general 
alkalinizing action of this salt. It is less irritating than the carbonate. 
As one of the potassium salts, with high diffusive power, it is an active 
diuretic and a mild diaphoretic. 

Use. 

It may be used as a diuretic in dropsical affections ; also when the 
secretion of urine is diminished. It may be used for its general alkali- 
nizing properties in the treatment of rheumatism. 

POTASSII CITRAS. K 3 C 6 H 5 7 -f-H 2 0. 

Potassium Citrate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It is a white granular powder, deliquescent ; odorless, having a faintly 
alkaline taste, and a neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Soluble in 0.6 
part of water at 15 C. Slightly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from potassium carbonate by neutralizing with citric acid. 

Liquor Potassii Citratis. Solution of Potassium Citrate. 

This contains about 9 per cent, of anhydrous potassium citrate, with 
some free citric and carbonic acids. 

Potassii Citras Effervescens. Effervescent Potassium Citrate. 

This is made from citric acid, 63 Gm.; potassium bicarbonate, 90 Gm.; 
sugar, 47 Gm.; and is reduced to the form of powder. It must be kept in 
well-stoppered bottles. 

Action. 

Potassium citrate, like the acetate, has no direct alkalinizing properties. 
It, too, is converted into the carbonate after absorption. Like the acetate 
it is an active diuretic and a mild diaphoretic. 

Use. 

The same as that of the acetate. It is the more agreeable salt of the 
two in every way. 

POTASSII BITARTRAS. KHC 4 H 4 6 . 
Potassium Bitartrate. Cream of Tartar. 

It occurs as colorless, or slightly opaque, crystals ; or as a white, some- 
what gritty, powder, permanent in the air, odorless, having a pleasant, 
acidulous taste, and an acid reaction. Soluble in 201 parts of water at 
15° C. Sparingly soluble in alcohol. 
4 



50 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Prepared from argol, deposited in casks during the fermentation of 
grape juice, by purification and evaporation. 

Action. 
The bitartrate does not appear to be converted into the carbonate after 
absorption, and has no alkalinizing action. Small doses have a diuretic 
action. Large doses act as a saline purgative, increasing intestinal secre- 
tion to such a degree as to cause distension of the bowel, and this dis- 
tension causes increased peristalsis and griping. It makes a pleasant, 
cooling, saline drink in the form of the so-called potus imperialis (i per 
cent, each of cream of tartar and lemon juice, with 8 per cent, white sugar 
in boiling water). 

Use. 

It may be used as a diuretic (1.90-3.75 Gm.), well diluted in dropsical 
conditions due to hepatic or renal diseases. Also when there is scanty 
secretion of urine. As a laxative it is used in dropsical conditions, gener- 
ally in combination with other laxatives : sulphur, magnesia, or jalap, the 
last in the official pulvis jalapae compositus. 

The potus imperialis may be used as a cooling, pleasant drink in 
febrile conditions. 

POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS. KNaC 4 H 4 6 +4H 2 0. 
Potassium and Sodium Tartrate. Rochelle Salt. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent crystals, slightly efflorescent in dry 
air; or as a white powder; odorless, having a cooling, mildly saline, and 
bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in 1.4 parts of water at 
15 ° C; almost insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by boiling potassium tartrate in a solution of sodium car- 
bonate. 

Pulvis ErTervescens Compositus. Seidlitz Powder. 

This is put up in two papers ; (1) contains 35 grains of tartaric acid ; 
(2) contains sodium bicarbonate, 40 grains, potassium and sodium tar- 
trate, 120 grains. 

Action. 

This salt, like the bitartrate, acts chiefly as a saline hydragogue 
cathartic. 

Use. 

When cathartics of this class are required this salt is one of the most 
agreeable, either in its own form or as seidlitz powder. 

POTASSII SULPHAS. K 2 S0 4 . 
Potassium Sulphate. 

It occurs as hard, colorless, transparent prisms or as a white powder, 



THE METALS. 51 

permanent in the air; odorless, having a sharp, saline, slightly bitter taste, 
and a neutral reaction. Soluble in 9.5 parts of water at 15 C. ; insolu- 
ble in alcohol. 

It is obtained as a by-product in the preparation of nitric acid from 
potassium nitrate. It is also found native in the Vesuvian lavas. 

Action. 
This is another potassium salt of low diffusion power, hence a saline 
purgative. It is harsh and disagreeable in action. 

Use. 

It is seldom used alone, but is in extensive use as one of the constitu- 
ents of many of the laxative natural mineral waters. 

POTASSII CHLORAS. KC10 3 . 
Potassium Chlorate. 

It occurs in colorless prisms or plates, or as a white powder permanent 
in the air; odorless, having a cooling, saline taste, and a neutral reaction. 
Soluble in 16.7 parts of water at 15 C, in 1.7 parts of boiling water; 
sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from potassium carbonate by treating it with lime and 
chlorine. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, and should not be tritu- 
rated with readily oxidizable or combustible substances. 

Action. 
Potassium chlorate has a specific action of its own, as a refrigerant, 
diuretic and antiseptic. The manner of its action is not well understood. 
It undergoes but slight chemical change in passing through the system, 
and is eliminated in its own form by all of the secretions. It exercises a 
stimulating or irritant action along the lines of elimination. 

Use. 

It is used in various inflammations of the mouth as a gargle or 
wash, or by internal administration. Its internal use secures a constant 
local action of the drug during its elimination by the salivary glands. 

Toxicology. 
With the exception of. the potassium cyanide this is the most poison- 
ous of the potassium salts. Large repeated doses may cause acute nephritis, 
and also marked changes in the character of the blood. The blood cor- 
puscles are disorganized and lose their oxygen carrying power ; the haemo- 
globin is converted into met haemoglobin and as a consequence the blood 
assumes a chocolate color. There is also discolorization of the skin ; 
enlargement of the liver and spleen ; sometimes jaundice ; diminished 



52 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

quantity, or even suppression of urine with its color changed to a dark 
reddish-brown or black. Albumin may be present in the urine, the result 
of the acute nephritis set up. 

There may be marked tenderness throughout the body ; cramps, head- 
ache, delirium, coma, death. Very large single doses may cause death 
speedily with symptoms of irritation throughout the alimentary canal, 
together with cardiac failure. 

Treatment. — When dangerous symptoms appear from slow poisoning, 
discontinue the drug and hasten its elimination by the drinking freelyx>f 
water. Demulcents may also be used. Other treatment should be con- 
ducted on general principles. 

POTASSII NITRAS. KN0 3 . 
Potassium Nitrate. Nitre. Saltpetre. Sal Prunelle. 

It occurs as colorless, transparent prisms, or as a crystalline powder, 
permanent in the air ; odorless, having a cooling, saline, and pungent 
taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in 3.8 parts of water at 15 ° C. ; 
almost insoluble in alcohol. 

It is found native. 

Charta Potassii Nitratis. Asthma paper. 

This is unsized paper which has been dipped in a 20 per cent, solution 
of potassium nitrate, and then dried. 

Action. 
The nitrate resembles the chlorate somewhat in action. Small doses 
well diluted act as a stimulating diuretic. Large doses may cause irrita- 
tion of the kidneys attended by albuminuria, hematuria, etc. There is 
a marked depressant action upon the heart from the continued use of the 
drug. Nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea may be present as the result of 
irritation throughout the alimentary canal. 

Use. 
This is quite limited now, the potassium acetate and potassium citrate 
being safer as diuretics. The fumes from the burning charta potassii 
nitratis are inhaled to relieve asthma. 

Toxicology. 

The symptoms produced are those of an irritant poison, together with 
the effects of the potassium compounds generally. Next to potassium 
chlorate it is the most poisonous of the potassium salts. It is more irri- 
tant than the chlorate, but it does not produce similar changes in the 
blood. 

Treatment. — There is no chemical antidote. Treatment must be 
conducted on general principles. 



THE METALS. 53 

SODIUM. Na. 

This is the metallic base of the alkali soda. The metal is not official. 

Sources. — Sodium chloride (common salt) from sea water or from salt 
mines; sodium nitrate (Chili saltpetre) and sodium borate (borax). 

General Action of the Sodium Salts. — Sodium salts are both absorbed 
and eliminated more slowly than the potassium salts. As a consequence 
the caustic preparations do not burn so deeply, and the poisonous proper- 
ties are' less pronounced. In other respects there is a close relation 
between the potassium and sodium salts. As alkalinizers for internal use, 
the sodium salts are generally preferred because of their more prompt 
action, due to slower elimination, and because they are less offensive to 
the taste and less irritating in the stomach. 

Preparations. 

Soda For external use. 

Liquor Sodae ... 0.30-0.95 Cc. m. v-15. 

Sodii Chloridum 1.90-3.75 Gm. 5^-j. 

Sodii Carbonas 0.30—0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Sodii Carbonas Exsiccatus 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Sodii Bicarbonas 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Trochisci Sodii Bicarbonatis . . . 1=0.18 Gm. or gr. iij. 

Mistura Rhei et Sodae See Rheum. 

Sodii Acetas 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Sodii Boras 0.30-0.95 Gm.'gr. v-xv. 

Sodii Phosphas 1.90-7.50 Gm. 33^-ij. 

Sodii Pyrophosphas Pharmaceutical use. 

Sodii Sulphas 3.75-15.00 Gm. ^j-iv. 

Sodii Chloras 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Sodii Nitras 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Sodii Ethylatis, Liquor For external use. 

Sodii Silicatis, Liquor For making splints. 

Sodae Chloratae, Liquor See Chlorum. 

Sodii Arsenas See Arsenum. 

Sodii Benzoas See Benzoinum. 

Sodii Bromidum See Bromum. 

Sodii Hypophosphis See Phosphorus. 

Sodii Iodidum See Iodum. 

Sodii Nitris See Nitrites. 

Sodii Salicylas See Salicylic Acid. 

Sodii Sulphocarbolas See Carbolic Acid. 

Sodii Sulphis See Sulphur. 

Sodii Bisulphis See Sulphur. 

Sodii Hyposulphis See Sulphur. 



54 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SODA. NaOH. 

Soda. Sodium Hydrate. Sodium Hydroxide. Caustic Soda. 

Soda should be kept in well-stoppered bottles made of hard glass. 

It occurs in dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused masses ; odorless, 
and having an acrid and caustic taste. Exposed to the air, it rapidly 
deliquesces, absorbs carbon dioxide, and becomes covered with a dry coat- 
ing of carbonate. Soluble in 1.7 parts of water at 15 C. ; very soluble 
in alcohol. 

It is obtained first in an aqueous solution from sodium carbonate by 
treating it with lime. This is reduced by evaporation until the water is 
driven off and the soda remains in a fluid state of oily consistency. It is 
then poured into cylindrical moulds and allowed to cool ; or it may be 
allowed to harden en masse. 

Action. 

While soda, like potassa, is an active caustic it is less soluble and there- 
fore more manageable. 

Use. 

It may be used as a caustic in the same class of cases as those referred 
to under potassa. 

Toxicology. 
The toxicology is practically the same as that of potassa. 

LIQUOR SOD^. 
Solution of Soda. Solution of Sodium Hydrate. 

An aqueous solution containing about 5 per cent, of the sodium 
hydrate (NaOH). It is a clear, colorless liquid, having an acrid and caus- 
tic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Sp. gr. : about 1.059 atl 5° C. 
It should be kept in bottles made of green glass, and provided with 
glass stoppers coated with paraffin or petrolatum. 

It is obtained by the action of lime on sodium carbonate in solution ; 
or by dissolving soda. 

Action. 
That of an alkalinizer. 

Use. 

After the manner of liquor potassa when used at all. 

SODII CHLORIDUM. NaCl. 
Sodium Chloride. Common Salt. 

It occurs in small, white crystals, or as a white crystalline powder, 
odorless, having a purely saline taste and a neutral reaction ; permanent 
in dry air. Soluble in 2.8 parts of water at 15 C. ; almost insoluble in 
alcohol. 

It is found native. Also prepared from sea- water by evaporation. 



1 



THE METALS. 55 

Action. 

Sodium chloride is a normal constituent of the body and is taken into 
the system rather as a food than as a therapeutic agent. It plays an import- 
ant part in increasing tissue change. 

Externally it has a local cleansing, stimulating or irritant action, 
according to the strength of the solution. 

Internally a large dose (3.75 Gm.) acts as an irritant emetic. Small 
doses aid digestion, and also tend to dislodge tenacious mucous secretions 
throughout the alimentary canal. 

Use. 
As a local stimulant in the form of baths at the seashore. A salt- 
water bath (1 pound of salt to 4 gallons of water) may in part take the 
place of sea-water bathing. A y 2 to 1 per cent, solution may be used to 
remove tenacious mucous or dried secretions from mucous surfaces. A 3 
to 5 per cent, solution may be used as an enema to destroy pin worms. 
An emetic dose may be used where prompt emesis is wanted as in some 
cases of poisoning. A to per cent, sterilized solution (2 teaspoonfuls to 
the quart of water) may be used by hypodermoclysis to counteract the loss 
of fluid from the circulation in the treatment of cholera, severe hemor- 
rhages, etc. 

SODII CARBONAS. Na,C0 3 +ioH 2 0. 

Sodium Carbonate. Washing Soda. 

It should be kept in well-closed vessels. 

It occurs in large, colorless crystals, efflorescing in dry air ; odorless, 
with a sharp alkaline taste and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in 1.6 parts 
of water at 15 C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from sodium sulphate by roasting it with calcium carbonate 
and coal. 

Sodii Carbonas Exsiccatus. Dried Sodium Carbonate. 

It is obtained from sodium carbonate by exposure to a temperature of 
45 C. (113 F ) until it has lost one-half of its weight by driving off a 
part of its water of crystallization. It is a white, very hygroscopic powder, 
and should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

Action. 
That of a local and general alkalinizer. 

Use. 
Locally a 1 to 5 per cent, solution in the form of a lotion or bath, or 
a 5 to 10 per cent, ointment, may be used in various skin diseases when 
pruritus is a prominent symptom. 



56 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Internally it is seldom used because of its irritating qualities. At the 
same time other alkalinizers are quite as efficient therapeutically. 

SODII BICARBONAS. NaHC0 3 . 
Sodium Bicarbonate. Baking Soda. Saleratus. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

It occurs as a white, opaque powder, permanent in the air, odorless, 
having a cooling, mildly saline taste, and a slightly alkaline reaction. 
Soluble in 11.3 parts of water at 15 C; insoluble in alcohol. Decom- 
posed by hot water, losing its carbon dioxide. 

It is prepared by saturating the dry sodium carbonate with carbon 
dioxide. It contains at least 98.6 per cent, of the pure salt. 

Trochisci Sodii Bicarbonatis. Each troche contains 0.18 Gm. 
(3 grains) of the salt. 

Action. 

That of a local and general alkalinizer like the carbonate. It is less 
irritating than the carbonate. It has also a less disagreeable taste. 

Use. 

Locally it may be used, as a 1 to 5 per cent, solution, to allay. the 
itching of various skin diseases. It is also used in various preparations, 
such as " DobelPs Solution," "Seller's Lotion," etc., to dissolve tena- 
cious catarrhal secretions. 

Internally it is the favorite alkalinizer in acid dyspepsia ; in the uric 
acid diathesis ; in chronic cystitis ; in chronic bronchitis. 

Several of the alkaline mineral waters owe their action, in part, to this 

salt. 

SODII BORAS. Na 2 B 4 7 -f ioH 2 0. 

Sodium Borate. Borax. 

It occurs as colorless, transparent prisms, or as a white powder, slightly 
efflorescent in warm, dry air; odorless, having a mild, cooling, sweetish, 
afterward somewhat alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in 
16 parts of water at 15 ° C; insoluble in alcohol; soluble in 1 part of 
glycerin. 

Borax is found native. It may also be prepared artificially by boiling 
together boric acid and sodium in proper proportions. 

Action. 
This salt has a weak alkalinizing and a mild antiseptic action. It is 
also mildly absorbent, protectant and sedative. 

Use. 
Sodium borate is used locally as a 5 per cent, solution in the treatment 
of freckles ; as a saturated solution to relieve severe itching. In combi- 



THE METALS. 57 

nation with other alkalies it is used for its stimulating, antiseptic and 
cleansing properties in catarrhal conditions of mucous membranes. It 
is second only to potassium chlorate in the treatment of stomatitis, thrush, 
etc., when used as a non-saccharine, non-mucilaginous solution. In the 
treatment of sub-acute pharyngitis, aphonia, hoarseness, etc., a small piece 
of borax may be allowed to slowly dissolve in the mouth, thus securing a 
prolonged local action. Internally it may be used in the treatment of 
epilepsy, but it is by no means an important drug in this disease. 

SODII ACETAS. NaC 2 H 3 2 + 3 H 2 0. 

Sodium Acetate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs as large, colorless, transparent prisms, or as a granular, crys- 
talline powder, efflorescent in warm dry air ; odorless, having a cooling, 
saline, bitter taste, and a neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Soluble, at 
1 5° C, in 1.4 parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol. 

Prepared from sodium carbonate by neutralizing it with acetic acid. 

Action. 
Sodium acetate resembles potassium acetate in its action as a diuretic, 
diaphoretic and remote alkalinizer. 

Use. 
The same as that of the potassium acetate. As a matter of fact it is 
seldom used, the potassium acetate being generally preferred. 

SODII PHOSPHAS. Na 2 HP0 4 +i2H 2 0. 
Sodium Phosphate. Sodium Orthophosphate. Tasteless purging salt. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

It occurs in large, colorless, transparent prisms, quickly efflorescing 
and becoming opaque on exposure to air ; odorless, having a cooling, 
saline and feebly alkaline taste, and a slightly alkaline reaction. Soluble 
in 5.8 parts of water at 15 ° C; insoluble in alcohol. 

It may be obtained by decomposing bone-ash with sulphuric acid and 
saturating the acid calcium phosphate thus obtained with sodium carbonate. 

Action. 

Sodium phosphate is a mild laxative, an hepatic stimulant and a feeble 
alkalinizer. 

Use. 

It may be used as a mild laxative, especially for children. It may be 
used in non-purgative doses to correct bowel derangements due to dimin- 
ished secretion of bile ; in obstructive jaundice ; in the diarrhoeas attended 
by acid stools. It is also used in rickets in non-purgative doses. 



58 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SODII PYROPHOSPHAS. Na 4 P 2 7 +ioH 2 O. 
Sodium Pyrophosphate. 

It occurs as colorless, transparent prisms, or as a crystalline powder ; 
odorless, having a cooling, saline and feebly alkaline taste, and a feebly 
alkaline reaction. Permanent in cool air, slightly efflorescent in warm 
air. Soluble in 12 parts of water at 15 C.j insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by heating sodium phosphate in a suitable vessel to redness. 

Action. 
That of the sodium phosphate. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutical^ in preparing the soluble ferric pyrophosphate. 

SODII SULPHAS. Na 2 S0 4 + ioH 2 0. 
Sodium Sulphate. Glauber's salt. 

It should be kept in well-closed vessels. 

It occurs in large, colorless, transparent prisms, or granular crystals, 
rapidly efflorescing on exposure to dry air, and finally losing all its water 
of crystallization ; odorless, having a peculiar saline and somewhat bitter 
taste, and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in 2.8 parts of water at 15 C. ; 
insoluble in alcohol. 

Found native. It may also be obtained from the acid residue left in 
the manufacture of hydrochloric acid, by neutralizing it with sodium car- 
bonate and crystallizing. 

Action. 

Sodium Sulphate is an active saline purgative, producing much dis- 
comfort due to nausea and griping. 

Use. 

It is but little used alone because of its disagreeable taste and un- 
pleasant action. In many of the laxative natural mineral waters (Carlsbad, 
Friedrichshall, Hunyadi-janos, etc.), this salt is one of the active ingre- 
dients, and in such combination it is used in chronic diarrhoea due to 
intestinal catarrh ; in obstructive jaundice ; in chronic constipation, etc. 

SODII CHLORAS. NaC10 3 . 

Sodium Chlorate. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. It is easily oxidizable 
and great care should be observed in handling the salt, as dangerous ex- 
plosions are liable to occur when it is mixed with organic substances. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent crystals, or as a crystalline powder ; 
odorless, having a cooling, saline taste, and a neutral reaction. Permanent 



THE METALS. 59 

in dry air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 1.1 parts of water and in about 100 
parts of alcohol. 

Prepared from sodium carbonate by treating it with lime and chlorine, 
or by mixing a solution of potassium chlorate with a hot solution of 
sodium bitartrate. 

Action. 

Sodium chlorate has the general action of potassium chlorate without 
any therapeutic advantages. 

Use. 

It is seldom used, but may be prescribed after the manner of potassium 
chlorate. 

SODII NITRAS. NaN0 3 

Sodium Nitrate. Chili saltpetre. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs as colorless, transparent crystals ; odorless, having a cooling, 
saline, and slightly bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Deliquescent in 
moist air. Soluble in, at 15 C, 1.3 parts of water, and in about 100 
parts of alcohol. 

It is found native, and purified by crystallization from water. 

Action. 

Sodium nitrate closely resembles the potassium nitrate in action, except 
that it is far less toxic. 

Use. 
It is but little used. 

$ SODII ETHYLAS. Na 2 CH 5 0. 
Sodium Ethylate. Caustic alcohol. 

It is a brownish or whitish powder, readily oxidizable. It must be 
kept in a cool place in well-stoppered bottles. Upon contact with the 
smallest quantity of water, or living tissue, it splits up into alcohol and 
caustic soda. A solution is official in the B. P. made by dissolving 1 part 
of metallic sodium in 20 parts of ethylic alcohol in a flask kept cool in a 
stream of cold water. This solution should be freshly made. It is a 
colorless liquid, of syrupy consistence, becoming brown on keeping. 

Prepared by dropping small pieces of metallic sodium into absolute 
alcohol kept at a temperature of io° C. (50 F.) until reaction ceases. 
The temperature is then raised to 38 C. (ioo° F.), and the addition of 
sodium continued until hydrogen ceases to be given off. The product is 
then dissolved in half a fluid ounce of absolute alcohol. On cooling, the 
sodium ethylate crystallizes out in large laminae. 



60 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 

In the presence of moisture, sodium ethylate has a caustic action. It 
is decomposed into sodium hydrate and ethylic alcohol, and as this de- 
composition takes place there is a gradual destruction of tissue. The 
pain produced during the caustic action is said to be less than that caused 
by many of the active caustics. This pain can be easily controlled by 
the use of local anaesthetics. The eschar formed is dry, thus differing 
from that formed by potassa or soda. The scar left is less pronounced 
than that produced by other caustics. 

Use. 

It may be used to destroy hairy growths, naevi, etc. Application is 
made by means of a glass rod. 

LIQUOR SODII SILICATIS. 

Solution of Sodium Silicate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

A semi-transparent, almost colorless, or yellowish, or pale greenish- 
yellow, viscid liquid ; odorless, having a sharp, saline, and alkaline taste, 
and an alkaline reaction. Sp. gr. : 1.300 to 1.400 at 15 C. 
It contains about 20 per cent, silica and 10 per cent. soda. 

Use. 

It is used in applying permanent splints. It makes a lighter splint 
than Plaster-of- Paris, and a stronger splint than starch. 

LITHIUM. Li. 

A metal having a silver-white lustre, quickly tarnishing in the air. 
The metal is not official. 

Sources. — Native silicates and phosphates of lithium and other metals. 

General Action of the Lithium Salts. — The lithium salts have much 
the same action on muscle, nerve and nerve centres, as have the potassium 
salts. As protoplasmic poisons they are even more active. They are 
practically useless in the treatment of the uric acid diathesis. 

Preparations. 

Lithii Carbonas 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Lithii Citras . . . . 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Lithii Citras Effervescens ..... 3.75-7.50 Gm. ^i-ii. 

Lithii Benzoas See Benzoinum. 

Lithii Bromidum See Bromum. 

Lithii Salicylas See Salicylic Acid. 



THE METALS. 61 

LITHII CARBONAS. Li 2 C0 3 . 
Lithium Carbonate. 

It is a light white powder, permanent in the air ; odorless, having an 
alkaline taste and reaction. Soluble in 30 parts of water at 15 C. 
Soluble in acids with copious effervescence ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from the lithium chloride by precipitating it with the am- 
monium carbonate. 

Action. 

Lithium carbonate is not so soluble as the potassium carbonate, hence 
it is not so irritating to the stomach. It has a more marked action in 
alkalinizing the urine than have the potassium or sodium salts. It has 
been supposed to enter into combination with uric acid, forming urates 
that are more soluble than those formed with potassium or sodium. This is 
a therapeutic error of old standing. The tendency is towards the forma- 
tion of the more insoluble, not of the more soluble compounds. For 
lithium to be of any service in preventing the deposit of urates in the 
joints, all bases which form compounds with uric acid of less solubility 
than lithic urate (potassium, sodium, ammonium) must be absent, and 
this never occurs. 

Use. 

Since the chemical fallacy which has been the theoretical basis for the 
use of lithium salts in gout and rheumatoid arthritis has been pointed out, 
such use is referred to here only to be condemned. The lithium carbonate 
may be used where it is desirable to render the urine alkaline. 

LITHII CITRAS. Li 3 C 6 H 5 7 . 
Lithium Citrate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It is a white powder, deliquescent on exposure to air ; odorless, having 
a cooling, slightly alkaline taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in 2 
parts of water at 15 C. ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from the lithium carbonate by dissolving it in citric acid. 

Lithii Citras Effervescens. Effervescent Lithium Citrate. 

It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

A white, dry powder, with the general features of lithium citrate. 

Prepared from lithium carbonate, 70 Gm. ; sodium bicarbonate, 280 
Gm. ; citric acid, 370 Gm. ; sugar to 1000 Gm. 

Action. 

The citrate, like other citrates, becomes changed into a carbonate 
after entering the circulation, and its action then becomes that of the 
carbonate. It is not alkaline under its own form, and therefore has no 



62 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

local alkalinizing properties. It is pleasanter to the taste and more grate- 
ful to the stomach than is the carbonate. 

Use. 
To alkalinize the urine. 

AMMONIUM. NH t . 
A name given to the hypothetical base, ammonia, analogous to a metal. 

AMMONIA. NH 3 . 

Formed by the union of nitrogen and hydrogen during the process ol 
decomposition of animal or vegetable tissues. 

Sources.- — The principal commercial source of ammonia is the ammonia- 
cal liquor from gas works, although some is obtained during the dry dis- 
tillation of bones in making animal charcoal. 

Ammonia is a gas, colorless, very soluble in water, having a pungent 
and suffocative odor, and a transient alkaline reaction. It can be liquefied 
by pressure. Its density is about half that of atmospheric air. It is 
not official. 

General Action of Ammonia. — Applied locally ammonia acts as a rube- 
facient. If evaporation be prevented it then acts as a powerful and pain- 
ful irritant, destroying the parts and forming a slough. 

Inhaled it acts as an irritant. Moderate irritation may cause bronchitis, 
or pulmonary oedema. Severe irritation may result in sudden death 
through spasm, or oedema of the glottis. 

Its alkalinizing properties are limited to its local action on the skin or 
mucous surface to which it is applied. After absorption it is oxidized 
and probably eliminated as nitric acid, although some claim that it is 
almost entirely converted into urea and eliminated as such. 

Ammonia increases the acidity of the urine — the reverse of sodium, 
potassium, and lithium. It increases the formation of glycogen in the 
liver. It increases the secretion of the mucous glands of the bronchi, and 
of the intestines. It also increases the action of the sweat glands and of 
the kidneys. 

Its chief action is that of a cardiac and respiratory stimulant. This 
action may be produced quickly by inhaling the vapor, thus stimulating 
the nasal branch of the fifth nerve and reflexly exciting the vaso-motor 
center, the respiratory center and the accelerator nerve center of the heart. 
The same effect on respiration and circulation may be secured by internal 
or hypodermatic administration of the drug, but more time is then 
required. 

Moderate doses act as a spinal stimulant, increasing reflex action. 
Large doses may cause tetanic convulsions followed by paralysis. 



the metals. 63 

Preparations. 

Aqua Ammoniae Fortior For external use. 

Aqua Ammoniae 0.30-0.95 Cc. m. v-xv. 

Spiritus Ammoniae 0.30-0.95 Cc. m. v-xv. 

Spiritus Ammoniae Aromaticus . . . 0.30-0.95 Cc. m. v-xv. 

Lin imen turn Ammoniae For external use. 

Liquor Ammonii Acetatis 3.75-15.00 Cc. ^i-iv. 

Ammonii Carbonas 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Ammonii Chloridum 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Ammonii Nitras Pharmaceutical use. 

Ammonii Benzoas See Benzoinum. 

Ammonii Bromidum See Bromum. 

Ammonii Iodidum See Iodum. 

Ammonii Valerianas See Valeriana. 

AQUA AMMONIA FORTIOR. 
Stronger Ammonia Water. 

An aqueous solution of ammonia (NH 3 ) containing 28 per cent., by 
weight, of the gas. It should be kept in strong, well-stoppered bottles, 
not completely filled, in a cool place. 

A colorless, transparent liquid, having an excessively pungent odor, a 
very acrid and alkaline taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Sp. gr.: 
0.901 at 15 C. 

Prepared from the ammonium chloride, or sulphate, by heating with 
lime and saturating a quantity of water with the gaseous ammonia (NH 3 ) 
given off. 

AQUA AMMONIA. 
Ammonia Water. 

An aqueous solution of ammonia (NH 3 ) containing 10 per cent., by 
weight, of the gas. It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool 
place. 

A colorless, transparent liquid, having a very pungent odor, an acrid, 
alkaline taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Sp. gr.: 0.960 at 15 C. 

Prepared by diluting the stronger ammonia water to the proper 
percentage of gas. 

Action. 

Either of the official waters, if inhaled incautiously, will cause severe 
irritation, and even inflammation of the respiratory organs If applied 
to the skin undiluted, and evaporation prevented, they will cause pain, 
redness, and blistering ; or freely diluted, they will act as local alkali- 
nizers. 

Internally, properly diluted, they act as local alkalinizers ; they 



64 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

also tend to allay nausea and expel flatus. When absorbed they quickly 
produce stimulation of the heart and respiration. 

Use. 

Locally as an alkalinizer over an insect bite or sting the aqua may be 
used. By inhalation it may be used as a cardiac stimulant in syncope, 
chloroform narcosis, alcoholic coma, etc. Great care must be used when 
administering this vapor by inhalation to an unconscious patient, other- 
wise dangerous or even fatal inflammation of the air passages may result. 
Hypodermatically 0.60-0.95 Cc. ( IO to x 5 minims) of the aqua may be 
given every few minutes, as required, when quick cardiac or respiratory 
stimulation is wanted, as in cases already referred to under its administra- 
tion by inhalation. 

Internally it may be used for its antacid and antispasmodic action ; 
also for its stimulating action on secretion, but this last effect is better 
secured by the ammonium carbonate, q. v. In the treatment of drunken- 
ness it acts not only as a stimulant diminishing the alcoholic craving, but 
also through its alkalinizing properties tends to restore a normal gastric 
secretion. 

Toxicology. 

Ammonia acts chiefly as an irritant poison. 

Treatment. — Give vinegar, lemon juice, or diluted mineral acids to 
neutralize the alkali. Oils, mucilaginous drinks, and other demulcents 
are then given to protect and soothe the irritated mucous membrane. 
Further than this the treatment is symptomatic. 

LINIMENTUM AMMONIA. 
Ammonia Liniment. Volatile Liniment. 

Prepared from ammonia water, 350 ; alcohol, 50 ; and cotton-seed 

oil, 600 Cc. 

Action. 

The local stimulating and irritant action of ammonia water. 

Use. 
It may be used where local stimulation and rubefaction are wanted. 

SPIRITUS AMMONIA. 
Spirit of Ammonia. 

An alcoholic solution of ammonia (NH 3 ) containing 10 per cent., by 
weight, of the gas. It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool 
place. 

A colorless, transparent liquid, having a strong odor of ammonia. 
Sp. gr.: 0.810 at 15 C. 



THE METALS. 65 

Prepared by diluting stronger ammonia water with alcohol to the 
proper degree. 

SPIRITUS AMMONIA AROMATICUS. 

Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

A nearly colorless liquid when freshly prepared, but gradually acquir- 
ing a somewhat darker tint. It has a pungent, ammoniacal odor. Sp. 
gr., 0.905 at 1 5 C. 

Prepared from ammonium carbonate, 34 Gm.; ammonia water, 90 Cc, 
etc., with alcohol and water to 1000 Cc. 

Action. 
The stimulant, alkalinizing, and antispasmodic action of ammonia. 

Use. 

Internally it may be used as a stimulant, and also as an antispasmodic. 
The aromatic spirit is the most agreeable of the ammonia preparations for 
internal administration. 

AMMONII CARBONAS. NH 4 HCO s NH 4 NH 2 C0 8 . 
Ammonium Carbonate. Sal Volatile. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

It is in the form of white, hard, translucent masses, having a strongly 
ammoniacal odor, a sharp, saline taste, and an alkaline reaction. On 
exposure to air the salt loses both ammonia and carbonic acid, becoming 
opaque, and finally a white powder. Soluble in 5 parts of water at 15 C. 
Alcohol dissolves the carbamate (NH 4 NH 2 C0 2 ) and leaves the acid car- 
bonate (NH 4 HC0 3 ) behind. 

Prepared from a mixture of the ammonium sulphate or chloride, and 
calcium carbonate by sublimation. It is a mixture of ammonium car- 
bamate and ammonium bicarbonate. 

Action. 

Ammonium carbonate acts like ammonia except that it is less rapid in 
producing an effect that is more prolonged. 

Use. 

Ammonium carbonate is used when a more prolonged stimulating 
effect is wanted than that produced by the ammonia preparations. It is 
more especially in asthenic diseases that it is indicated as a cardiac and 
respiratory stimulant. 
5 



66 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

AMMONII CHLORIDUM. NH 4 C1. 
Ammonium Chloride. Muriate of Ammonia. Sal Ammoniac. 

It is a white, crystalline powder ; odorless, having a cooling, saline 
taste, and a neutral reaction ; permanent in the air. Soluble in 3 
parts of water at 15 C ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from gas liquor by adding hydrochloric acid and subliming 
in iron pots covered with leaden domes. 

Action. 

The ammonium chloride possesses almost no influence on the heart 
and respiration, but has a special action on mucous membrane, increasing 
the secretion of mucus. It also, like ammonia, increases the formation of 
glycogen in the liver. 

Use. 

Ammonium chloride may be used locally as a 10 per cent, solution in 
the treatment of bruises, inflammatory exudations, etc. Its property of 
increasing mucous secretion makes it useful in the treatment of chronic 
laryngitis, or of subacute or chronic bronchitis, alone or in combination 
with stimulating expectorants. In subacute gastric or intestinal catarrh, 
especially in children, it is of marked benefit in establishing a normal 
secretion. Because of its action in the liver it may be used in conges- 
tion, or in functional disturbance of this organ. It is considered a 
valuable remedy in the treatment of hepatic abscess. It seems to relieve 
neuralgic pains sometimes when other remedies fail. It is one of the 
many remedies that may be used in chronic rheumatism. 

LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS. 
Solution of Ammonium Acetate. Spirit of Mindererus. 

An aqueous solution of ammonium acetate (NH 4 C 2 H 3 2 ) containing 
about 7 per cent, of the salt, together with small amounts of acetic and 
carbonic acids. 

A clear, colorless liquid, of a mild saline, acidulous taste, and an acid 
reaction. 

Prepared by adding ammonium carbonate to diluted acetic acid until 
it is neutralized. 

Action. 

The acetate (liquor) has a slight diaphoretic and diuretic action and 
may to a slight degree produce the characteristic effects of ammonia. It 
is a feeble drug at best. 

Use. 

The liquor ammonii acetatis which was formerly much used as a 
diaphoretic and diuretic is but little used now. 



THE METALS. 67 

AMMONII NITRAS. NH 4 N0 3 . 
Ammonium Nitrate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in colorless crystals, or in fused masses ; odorless, having a 
sharp, bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. It is somewhat deliquescent. 
Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.5 part water, and in 20 parts of alcohol. 

It may be obtained by heating commercial ammonium carbonate with 
nitric acid so long as effervescence takes place, filtering and evaporating the 
solution. 

Action. 

Analogous to that of potassium nitrate. 

Use. 
It has no therapeutic use. 

CALCIUM. Ca. 

A metal of the alkaline earths. The metal is not official. 

Sources. — The chief sources are the carbonates, found native as chalk 
or lime stone. 

General Action of the Calcium Salts. — These are of low diffusive power 
and are absorbed but slowly. They have a slight local tendency to diminish 
secretion, and a slight constitutional tendency to oppose degenerative 
processes in the tissues. Calx like potassa and soda is caustic, although 
to a less degree. 

Preparations. 

Calx For external use. 

#Calcii Hydras Pharmaceutical use. 

Liquor Calcis 15.00-60.00 Cc. 3^-ij- 

Linimentum Calcis ...... For external use. 

Syrupus Calcis 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3j4-j. 

Calcii Carbonas Praecipitatus . . . 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Creta Praeparata 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Mistura Cretae 3. 75-7.50 Gm. ^i-ij. 

Pulvis Cretae Compositus 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Trochisci Cretae 0.24 Gm. gr. iv. 

Calcii Phosphas Praecipitatus . . . 0.30-0 95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Calcii Chloridum Pharmaceutical use. 

Calcii Sulphas Exsiccatus For external use. 

Calx Chlorata See Chlorum. 

Calx Sulphurata See Sulphur. 

Calcii Bromidum See Bromum. 

Calcii Hypophosphis See Phosphorus. 

Potassa cum Calce . See Potassa. 



68 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

CALX. CaO. 

Lime. Quick lime. Calcium Oxide. 

It should be kept in well-closed vessels in a dry place. 

It occurs in hard, white, or grayish-white masses, gradually attracting 
moisture and carbon dioxide on exposure to air, and falling to a white 
powder ; odorless, having a sharp, caustic taste, and an alkaline reaction. 
Soluble in 750 parts of water at 15 C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 

It is obtained by calcining chalk or limestone, so as to expel carbon 
dioxide. 

Action. 

Calx is an escharotic when applied to a moist surface acting like 
potassa and soda, through its affinity for water. It does not burn deeply, 
however, because of the insoluble substance formed by its hydration 
(slaked lime). 

Use. 

If used it is as a caustic, generally in combination with potassa (Vienna 
paste) or soda (London paste) to diminish their destructive action on 
tissues. 

* CALCII HYDRAS. Ca(OH) 2 . 

Calcium Hydrate. Slaked lime. 

It is a soft, white, bulky powder of a mawkish, alkaline taste. Spar- 
ingly soluble in water. 

Obtained by adding moisture to lime. 

The official preparations into whose composition it enters are defined 
simply as preparations of lime — q. v. 

Liquor Calcis. Lime Water. Milk of Lime. Solution of Calcium 
Hydrate. 

It is a saturated aqueous solution, and contains about . 1 7 per cent, of 
calcium hydrate [Ca(OH)J. A clear, colorless liquid, without odor, 
having a saline and feebly caustic taste, and an alkaline reaction. 

Prepared by stirring lime with water ; then allowing the undissolved 
lime to settle, and drawing off the clear liquid. 

Action. 
Lime water is a mild alkalinizer and a mild astringent. 

Use. 

It may be applied to granulating surfaces as a soothing dressing. As 
an enema to destroy seat worms — the empty bowel being thoroughly dis- 
tended with the lime water. 

Internally it is used as a mild alkalinizer in acid dyspepsia ; in certain 



THE METALS. 69 

forms of diarrhoea; in the artificial feeding of infants on cow's milk; in 
the use of milk diet for adults, etc. 

Syrupus Calcis. Syrup of Lime. 

Composed of lime 65 Gm., sugar 400 Gm., water, 1000 Cc. (15 minims 
about equal ^ss of lime water). 

Action and Use. 

The same for internal administration as the liquor calcis with no advan- 
tages, but with some disadvantages. 

Linimentum Calcis. Carron Oil. 

Composed of lime water and linseed oil. Equal parts. 

Action and Use. 

Astringent, soothing and protectant. It may be used as a dressing for 
burns, ulcers, etc. 

CALCII CARBONAS PRiECIPITATUS. CaC0 3 . 

Precipitated Calcium Carbonate. 

It is a very fine, white, impalpable powder, permanent in the air ; odor- 
less and tasteless. Insoluble in water or alcohol. Soluble in hydrochloric, 
nitric, or acetic acid with copious effervescence. 

Prepared from the calcium chloride by precipitating with an excess of 
sodium carbonate. Represented by chalk, white marble, etc. 

Action and Use. 
That of creta praeparata — q. v. 

CRETA PR2EPARATA. CaC0 3 . 

Prepared Chalk. 

A white, amorphous powder, permanent in the air"; odorless and taste- 
less. Insoluble in water or alcohol. Soluble in acids. 
Prepared by simply freeing chalk of its impurities. 

Pulvis Cretse Compositus. 

Compound chalk powder consists of prepared chalk 30, powdered 
acacia 20, and powdered sugar 50 parts. Used in preparing the mistura 
cretse. 

Mistura Cretae. Chalk Mixture. 

Composed of compound chalk powder 20, cinnamon water 40, water 
40 parts. It should be freshly made when wanted for use. 



70 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action 

Creta praeparata and its preparations have the antacid and astringent 
properties of lime water. These properties are quite marked throughout 
the intestinal canal because of the insoluble character of chalk. 

Use. 
In the treatment of diarrhoea dependent upon acid stools. 

CALCII CHLORIDUM. CaCl 2 . 

Calcium Chloride. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. It is rendered anhydrous 
by fusion at the lowest possible temperature. 

It occurs in colorless, slightly translucent, hard and friable masses, 
very deliquescent ; odorless, having a hot, sharp, saline taste and a neutral 
or faintly alkaline reaction. Soluble at 15 C. in 1.5 parts of water, and 
in 8 parts of alcohol. 

Action. 
Supposed to be that of an alterative. 

Use. 
Practically it has no therapeutic use. 

CALCII PHOSPHAS PR^CIPITATUS. Ca 3 (PC\) 2 . 
Precipitated Calcium Phosphate. Bone phosphate. 

It is a light, white, amorphous powder, permanent in the air, odorless 
and tasteless. Insoluble in water or alcohol. Soluble in nitric or hydro- 
chloric acid, without effervescence. 

Prepared from bone ash by dissolving it in diluted hydrochloric acid, 
precipitating with ammonia and drying. 

Action. 

Theoretically, this is a reconstructant resembling the hypophosphites 
(see phosphorus). Practically, it is of doubtful value. 

Use. 

Theoretically, when there is a deficiency of this salt in the proper 
tissues, either from a diminished supply or from deficient assimilation, 
viz. : in rachitis, in ostiomalacia, etc. The official syrupus calcii 
lactophosphatus is a pleasant preparation for use to secure the action 
of the precipitated calcium phosphate. 



THE METALS. 71 

CALCII SULPHAS EXSICCATUS. 
Dried Calcium Sulphate. Dried gypsum. Plaster-of-Paris. 

A powder containing about 95 per cent., by weight, of calcium sul- 
phate (CaSOJ, and about 5 per cent, of water. It should be kept in 
well-closed vessels carefully protected from moisture. It is white, odorless, 
and tasteless. 

With half its weight of water it forms a paste which rapidly hardens. 
Soluble in 410 parts of water at 15 ° C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 

It exists native in several conditions, one of the chief being gypsum 
(CaS0 4 2H 2 0). 

It may be prepared by precipitating a solution of calcium chloride 
with diluted sulphuric acid. 

Use. 
It may be used in making permanent splints for fractures, dislocations, 
deformities, etc. 

STRONTIUM. Sr. 

A rare metal, closely resembling calcium in appearance and properties. 
The metal is not official. 

Sources.. — It is found chiefly as a sulphate (celestine, SrS0 4 ), or as a 
carbonate (strontianite, SrC0 3 ). It may be contaminated by barium. 

General Action of the Strontium Sa/ts. — The strontium salts are anti- 
fermentative and germicidal. They improve the general nutrition; im- 
prove the appetite ; and increase body weight. They increase the contractile 
power of muscular tissue, and through this action the heart's force is 
strengthened and arterial tension raised. All of the salts have a diuretic 
action, although not to a very marked degree. 

Preparations. 

Strontii Lactas 0.30-1.25 Gm. gr. v.-xx. 

Strontii Bromidum See Bromum. 

Stronti Iodidum See Iodum. 

STRONTII LACTAS. Sr(C 3 H 5 3 ) 2 + 3H 2 0. 
Strontium Lactate. 

A white, granular powder ; odorless, having a slightly bitter, saline 
taste, and an acid reaction. Soluble in about 4 parts of water at 15 C. ; 
soluble in alcohol. 

Action. 

Strontium lactate has a sedative action on the heart in diseases of its 
valves or of its muscular tissue. It also reduces the amount of albumin 
present in certain forms of albuminuria. 



72 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

This salt is recommended in albuminuria due to renal atony, or to 
chronic parenchymatous nephritis. 

BARIUM. Ba. 

A metal of the alkaline earths with the color and lustre of silver. The 
metal is not official. 

Sources. — It occurs in nature as a sulphate (heavy spar, BaS0 4 ) or as a 
carbonate (witherite, BaC0 3 ). 

General Action of the Barium Salts. — These salts through their influ- 
ence upon unstriped muscular fibres slow the heart's action ; increase 
arterial tension ; increase intestinal peristalsis ; favor diuresis through their 
action upon the circulation ; diminish atony of the bladder, etc. 

Toxicology. 

Toxic doses cause arrest of the heart's action in systole due to over- 
stimulation of the heart muscle. Still larger doses act as an irritant 
poison, causing nausea, vomiting, purging, collapse, and death. 

Treatment. — The use of weak solutions of soluble sulphates, magne- 
sium sulphate, sodium sulphate, etc., followed by demulcents. 

Preparations. 

Barii Dioxidum Pharmaceutical use. 

$ Barii Chloridum 0.005-0.06 Gm. gr. T y-j. 

# Barii Iodidum 00.1-0.06 Gm. gr. i-j. 

BARII DIOXIDUM. Ba0 2 . 

Barium Dioxide. 

It should be kept in well-closed vessels. 

It occurs as a heavy, grayish-white, or pale, yellowish-white, amor- 
phous, coarse powder; odorless and tasteless. Almost insoluble in water, 
with which, however, it forms a definite hydrate, and to which it imparts 
a decidedly alkaline reaction. 

It slowly attracts moisture and carbon dioxide, and is gradually de- 
composed. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutically employed in making the official aqua hydrogenii 
dioxidi. 

BARII CHLORIDUM. BaCl 2 + 2H 2 0. 

Barium Chloride. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent plates ; odorless, with a nauseating, 
bitter taste. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 15 ° C. Sparingly soluble in 
alcohol. 



THE METALS. 73 

It may be prepared from barium carbonate by treating it with hydro- 
chloric acid. 

Action. 

The action of this salt is represented by the general action of the 
barium salts ; that is, a muscular tonic. 

Use. 

It may be used in heart disease accompanied by impartial or deficient 
compensation. Also used in glandular enlargements. 

BARII IODIDUM. Bal 2 . 

Barium Iodide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in small, colorless needles, which deliquesce slightly, and 
are very soluble in water. The solution promptly undergoes decomposi- 
tion by exposure to air, barium carbonate being precipitated and iodine 
set free. 

It may be obtained by adding native barium carbonate to a boiling 
solution of ferrous iodide, or by decomposing a solution of barium sulphide 
with a concentrated alcoholic solution of iodine. 

Action. 
The action of this salt is that of barium rather than of the iodides. 

Use. 
Quite similar to that of the chloride. 

ALUMINUM. Al. 

It is a silver-white metal, very light (sp. gr. 2.56) ; unalterable in air ; 
not acted on by sulphuric or nitric acid ; not tarnished by sulphuretted 
hydrogen. It is dissolved by hydrochloric acid. 

Source. — It occurs abundantly in nature in the form of a silicate, as 
in felspar and its associated minerals, and in the various modifications 
thence derived. The metal is not official. 

General Action of Aluminum Salts. — The soluble salts precipitate albu- 
min, constringe the tissues and diminish the calibre of the vessels at the 
point of application. They thus tend to check mild hemorrhages and to 
diminish secretion. If continued for some time they then act as an irri- 
tant, causing congestion of the parts and increasing secretion. 

Internally the characteristic action already described is produced in 
the stomach. Large doses acting as anfirritant cause emesis without much 
nausea. They have a destructive action on the teeth and should not be 
used as an astringent mouth wash. The insoluble salts have a protectant 
and mild astringent action. 



74 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Alumen 0.30-0.60 Gm., gr. v-x. 

Alumen Exsiccatum For external use. 

Alumini Hydras . 0.18-0.30 Gm., gr. iij-v. 

Alumini Sulphas For external use. 

ALUMEN. Al 2 K 2 (S0 4 ) 4 -f24H 2 0. 
Potassium Alum. Aluminum and Potassium Sulphate. Alum. 

It occurs in large, colorless crystals, acquiring a whitish coating On 
exposure to air, due to absorption of ammonia ; odorless, having a sweetish 
and strongly astringent taste, and an acid reaction. Soluble in 9 parts of 
water at 15 C. ; freely soluble in warm glycerin ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared generally from certain minerals which are called alum ores. 

Alumen Exsiccatum. Dried Alum A1 2 K 2 (S0 4 ) 4 . 

This is alum with the water of crystallization driven off. 

A white, granular powder attracting moisture when exposed to the air ; 
odorless, having a sweetish, astringent taste. Very slowly, but completely 
soluble in 20 parts of water at 15 ° C. 

Action. 
This is already described under the general action of the aluminum 
salts. The dried alum, through its affinity for water, has also a mild caus- 
tic action. 

Use. 

Dried alum may be used locally to destroy unhealthy granulations. 
Alum may be used locally as a dusting powder, or in solution, to check mild 
hemorrhages ; to diminish secretion from mucous membranes. It may be 
applied in solution to the skin to harden tissue and thus prevent the for- 
mation of bed sores. It may be applied in solution or as "alum curds " 
(prepared by adding powdered alum to milk until a curd is formed) over 
contusions to prevent ecchymosis. 

ALUMINI HYDRAS. Al 2 (OH) 6 . 
Aluminum Hydrate. Aluminum Hydroxide. 

It is a light, white, amorphous powder, permanent in dry air ; odorless, 
tasteless, and insoluble in water or alcohol. 

It is prepared by precipitation, by pouring a boiling hot, aqueous, 
solution of alum into a hot solution of sodium carbonate. The precipi- 
tate thus formed — the hydroxide — is then washed with hot, distilled water, 
drained, dried, and pulverized. 

Action. 

Absorbent and protectant like the insoluble bismuth salts, mildly ant- 
acid like magnesia. 



THE METALS. 



Use. 



75 



Locally, it may be used as a dusting powder upon superficial burns, 
ulcers, etc. 

Internally it is sometimes used in the treatment of dyspepsia, diar- 
rhoea, etc. 

ALUMINI SULPHAS. Al 2 (S0 4 ) 3 +i6H 2 0. 

Aluminum Sulphate. 

It is a white, crystalline powder, permanent in the air ; odorless, hav- 
ing a sweetish, and afterward astringent, taste, and an acid reaction. Sol- 
uble, with a trifling residue, in 1.2 parts of water at 15 C. ; insoluble in 
alcohol. 

Prepared by the action of sulphuric acid on alumen. 

Action. 
It has the action of a mild caustic in saturated solution. It is also 
astringent and mildly antiseptic. 

Use. 
Locally, it may be used in the treatment of indolent ulcers. 

CERII OXALAS. Ce 2 (C 2 4 ) 3 +9H 2 0. 
Cerium Oxalate. 

Dose, 0.06-0.60 Gm. gr. j— x. 

It is a white, granular powder, permanent in the air ; odorless, tasteless ; 
insoluble in water or alcohol. 

It is prepared by precipitating some soluble salt of cerium with ammo- 
nium oxalate. 

Action. 

Cerium oxalate has a sedative action in allaying local nervous irritabil- 
ity. In a general way it resembles the insoluble bismuth salts in action. 

Use. 

It may be used to control reflex nausea and vomiting, especially the 
vomiting of pregnancy. 

MAGNESIUM. Mg. 

A white metal, malleable, almost as volatile as zinc, and can therefore 
be purified by distillation. Heated in the air it burns and produces mag- 
nesia, which is its only oxide. The metal is not official. 

General Action of the Magnesium Salts. — The sparingly soluble salts 
have a mild antacid action. The soluble salts act as saline cathartics. 



76 outlines of materia medica and pharmacolo gy. 

Preparations. 

Magnesia 030- 3-75 Gm. gr. v-31. 

Magnesia Ponderosa 0.30- 3.75 Gm. gr. v-^i. 

Magnesii Carbonas 0-30- 3-75 Gm. gr. v-gi. 

Magnesii Citras Effervescens . . . 3.75-15.00 Gm. gi-iv. 

Liquor Magnesii Citratis . . . . 120.00-360.00 Cc. ^iv-xij. 
Magnesii Sulphas 7.50-30.00 Gm. ^ij-^i. 

MAGNESIA. MgO. 
Calcined Magnesia. Light Magnesia. 

It should be kept in well-closed vessels. 

It occurs as a white, very light and fine powder, slowly absorbing 
moisture and carbon dioxide from the air ; odorless, having an earthy but 
not saline taste, and a faintly alkaline reaction. Almost insoluble in 
water and insoluble in alcohol, but soluble in dilute acids. 

Prepared from magnesium carbonate by exposing it to a low red heat 
until all the carbon dioxide is driven off. According to special circum- 
stances in making, magnesia may be comparatively light or heavy. 

Action. 

Magnesia is a mild antacid. Used internally a part is changed by the 
gastric juice into salts which act as a mild laxative. Some of this mag- 
nesia in its changed form may be absorbed and produce a mild alkaliniz- 
ing action throughout the system, and along the lines of elimination. 
Magnesia which passes through the stomach unchanged will act as an ant- 
acid in the intestinal canal. If large quantities of magnesia are taken 
habitually concretions sufficient to obstruct the bowels may be formed. 

Use. 

It may be used as an antacid in certain forms of dyspepsia ; in 
infantile diarrhcea attended by acid stools : in the dyspepsia and vomiting 
of pregnancy. 

It is also used as an antidote in arsenical poisoning. 

MAGNESIA PONDEROSA. MgO. 

Heavy Magnesia. 

A white, dense, and very fine powder, which should conform to the 
tests and reactions of magnesia. 

The ratio of weight of magnesia to magnesia ponderosa is as 1 to 3^. 

Action and Use. 

Magnesia ponderosa has practically the same action and use as has 
magnesia. 



THE METALS. 77 

MAGNESII CARBONAS. (MgC0 3 ) 4 Mg(OH) 2 +5H 2 0. 
Magnesium Carbonate. Magnesia Alba. 

A light, white powder ; odorless* and tasteless ; almost insoluble in 
water, insoluble in alcohol. It is a compound of normal magnesium car- 
bonate and magnesium hydrate. 

Prepared from magnesium sulphate by precipitating with sodium car- 
bonate, using hot, concentrated solutions. 

Action. 
Magnesium carbonate has much the same action as magnesia. On 
coming in contact with the acid gastric juice carbon dioxide is evolved, 
and this may give rise to unpleasant eructations. 

Use. 
Quite similar to that of magnesia. 

MAGNESII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS. 
Effervescent Magnesium Citrate. 

It must be kept in well-closed vessels. 

A white, coarsely granular salt, deliquescent on exposure to air ; odor- 
less, having a mildly acidulous, refreshing taste, and an acid reaction. 
Soluble, with copious effervescence, in 2 parts of water at 15 ° C. Almost 
insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by mixing magnesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, and 
citric acid together. 

Liquor Magnesii Citratis. Solution of Magnesium Citrate. 

It contains of magnesium carbonate 15 Gm. in 360 Cc. 

Prepared by adding magnesium carbonate to a solution of citric acid 
and flavoring with syrup of citric acid. 

An acidulous, sweetened and actively effervescing solution not unpleas- 
ant to the taste. 

Action. 

Magnesium citrate acts as a mild saline purgative. It has rather a 
pleasant taste, and is generally well borne by the stomach. 

Use. 
It may be used where saline laxatives are indicated, as a depletant, or 
to unload the bowels ; hence, in dropsy, in enteritis, in peritonitis. 

MAGNESII SULPHAS. MgS0 4 + 7H 2 0. 
Magnesium Sulphate. Epsom Salts. 

It occurs in colorless prisms, or acicular crystals, slowly efflorescent in 
dry air ; odorless, having a cooling, saline and bitter taste, and a neutral 



78 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

reaction. Soluble in 1.5 parts of water at 15 ° C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 
This is a widely distributed salt, being an ingredient of sea water, and 
of the water of some saline springs. It also occurs native. It may be 
prepared from dolomite (magnesian lime stone) by dissolving it in sul- 
phuric acid. 

Action. 

Magnesium sulphate is a typical saline purgative, increasing secretion, 
increasing the amount of fluid present in the intestinal canal, and, by 
distension, increasing peristalsis. It must be remembered that concen- 
trated solutions are required to secure a purgative action, for these only 
are the ones that abstract fluid from the tissues when brought in contact 
with them. Small, repeated and well-diluted doses of magnesium sulphate 
act as a diuretic. 

Use. 

It may be used when a saline cathartic is wanted as a depletant ; as in 
dropsy, enteritis, peritonitis, etc., or to empty the bowel simply. 

ZINCUM. Zn. 

Zinc. 

Metallic zinc in the form of thin sheets, or in irregular, granulated 
pieces, or in a state of fine powder. 

A bluish-white metal, soluble in diluted sulphuric or hydrochloric acid 
with evolution of hydrogen gas. 

Sources. — It is obtained by washing zinc blende, or calamine, to drive 
off sulphur or carbon dioxide, and then distilling the oxide with charcoal. 

General Action of the Zinc Salts. — The soluble salts coagulate albumin, 
thus acting as astringents. Internally large doses of the soluble salts by 
their irritant action cause prompt emesis with but little nausea. Small 
doses act as astringents at the point of application and along the lines of 
elimination. They also act as a tonic to the nervous system, and tend 
to the abatement of spasmodic nervous disorders. 

Toxicology. 

All of the salts when taken for a long time in excess produce organic 
changes in the nervous system characterized by burning superficial pains, 
increased reflex activity, and other symptoms of myelitis. Poisoning from 
zinc, either in the acute or chronic form, is rare. The salts of zinc cause 
death by their action on the heart and muscles of respiration, without 
influencing to any great extent the central nervous system. 

Treatment. — In chronic poisoning remove the cause and hasten 
elimination. 



the metals. 79 

Preparations. 

Zinci Oxidum 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Oleatum Zinci For external use. 

Unguentum Zinci Oxidi For external use. 

Zinci Acetas For external use. 

Zinci Carbonas Prsecipitatus .... For external use. 
Zinci Chloridum For external use. 

Liquor Zinci Chloridi For external use. 

Zinci Sulphas 0.06-1.90 Gm. gr. i-xxx. 

Zinci Bromidum See Bromum. 

Zinci Iodidum See Iodum. 

Zinci Phosphidum See Phosphorus. 

Zinci Valerianas . See Valerian. 

ZINCI OXIDUM. ZnO. 
Zinc Oxide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It is an amorphous, white powder, without odor or taste. It gradually 
absorbs carbon dioxide from the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol. 
Soluble, without effervescence, in diluted acids ; also in ammonia water. 

It may be prepared from zinc carbonate by calcining. 

Unguentum Zinci Oxidi. Zinc ointment contains 20 per cent. 
of zinc oxide in benzoated lard. 

Oleatum Zinci. Oleate of zinc is prepared by treating 5 parts of 
zinc oxide with oleic acid. 

Action. 

Locally zinc oxide is protective and astringent. 

Internally it has a similar action, but in addition, through chemical 
action that may take place, there may also be a mild tonic and sedative 
action exercised upon the nervous system. 

Use. 

Zinc oxide may be used locally as a dusting powder or as an ointment 
in the treatment of many forms of skin disease, indolent ulcers, burns, etc. 

Internally it may be used in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea, the 
night-sweating of debility, etc. 

ZINCI CARBONAS PR^CIPITATUS. 
Precipitated Zinc Carbonate. 

An impalpable, white powder, of somewhat variable chemical compo- 
sition, without odor or taste. Permanent in the air. Insoluble in water 



80 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

or alcohol; soluble in diluted acids with copious effervescence; also 
soluble in ammonia water. 

Prepared from zinc sulphate by precipitating with sodium carbonate. 

Action. 
This salt has much the same action as has the zinc oxide. 

Use. 
By some prescribers the zinc carbonate is preferred to the zinc oxide 
as a protectant dressing for burns, chronic ulcers, erysipelas, etc. 

ZINCI SULPHAS. ZnS0 4 -f7H 2 0. 
Zinc Sulphate. White Vitriol. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in small, colorless crystals, slowly efflorescing in dry air; 
odorless, having an astringent, metallic taste, and an acid reaction. Solu- 
ble in 0.6 part of water at 15 C. ; also soluble in 3 parts of glycerin; 
insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from zinc by dissolving it in sulphuric acid, and purifying, 
in the same way as in preparing the chloride. 

Action. 
This, a soluble zinc salt, combines with albumin and forms an insoluble 
albuminate. " It has thus an astringent action. It is also irritant and 
mildly antiseptic. Internally, small doses have at first a tonic and sedative 
action upon the nervous system; if long continued a depressant action 
follows. A large dose, through its irritant action, produces prompt eme- 
sis, without depression. 

Use. 

A weak solution (A to f per cent.) may be used locally in the treatment 
of inflammations of mucous membrane ; as in conjunctivitis, gonorrhoea, 
etc. Stronger solutions (1 to 2 per cent.) may be used for their stimu- 
lating and astringent action in certain chronic inflammations ; as in certain 
chronic skin diseases. 

Internally, it has a limited use for the general tonic and sedative 
action of the zinc salts in the treatment of certain nervous diseases, 
hysteria, etc. 

A large dose (0.30-1.90 Gm. — 5 to 30 grs.) may be given as an 
emetic where it is necessary to empty the stomach promptly. 

ZINCI ACETAS. Zn(C 2 H 3 2 ) 2 +2H 2 0. 

Zinc Acetate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in soft, white plates, of a pearly lustre, having a faintly 



THE METALS. 81 

acetous odor, an astringent, metallic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. 
Soluble, at 15 C, in 2.7 parts of water, and in 36 parts of alcohol. 
Prepared from zinc carbonate by dissolving it in acetic acid. 

Action. 

Quite the same as that of the sulphate, with no advantages. 

Use. 
The same as that of the sulphate. 

ZINCI CHLORIDUM. ZnCl 2 . 

Zinc Chloride. Butter of Zinc. 

It should be kept in small, glass-stoppered bottles. 

A white, granular powder, or porcelain-like masses, irregular, oir 
moulded into pencils ; odorless ; of such intensely caustic properties as to 
make tasting dangerous unless the salt be dissolved in much water, when 
it has an astringent, metallic taste. Very deliquescent. Soluble in 0.3 
part of water at 15 C. ; very soluble in alcohol. Its reaction is acid. 

Prepared from zinc by dissolving in hydrochloric acid, then purifying 
from lead or iron that may be present. 

Liquor Zinci Chloridi. — Solution of Zinc Chloride. An aqueous 
solution of zinc chloride containing about 50 per cent., by weight, of the 
salt. 

Action. 

Zinc chloride has a marked caustic action when applied to a denuded 
surface. It burns deeply through its affinity for water, in spite of the fact 
that it forms an insoluble albuminate, which tends to limit its caustic, 
properties. It is also astringent and disinfectant. 

Use. 

As " Canquoin's Paste" (Zinc chloride 1 part; Starch 2, 3, or 4 
parts ; with a sufficient quantity of water), or as the official liquor, it is 
a valuable escharotic in the treatment of malignant growths, where 
operation is not advisable. It coagulates the blood in the vessels, and 
converts the soft tissues into a tough, dry, and uniform mass, which is 
not foetid and which separates, leaving a clean, granulating surface, which 
tends to heal rapidly. Other uses may be made of these preparations for 
their escharotic properties. 

The official liquor zinci chloridi maybe used (1 to 5 per cent, solutions) 
as a disinfectant and deodorant for vaults, sinks, water-closets, etc. It 
will not destroy spores. 



82 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Toxicology. 

The symptoms produced by toxic doses of zinc salts are those of 
intense irritation, often followed by collapse and death. 

Treatment. — Sodium carbonate as a chemical antidote. Other treat- 
ments must be symptomatic. 

CUPRUM. Cu. 

Copper. 

A metal possessing a characteristic red color. The metal is not 
official. 

Sources. — Its chief source is copper pyrites, which is a double sulphite 
of copper and iron. 

General Action of the Copper Salts. — Locally, soluble copper salts are 
irritant and astringent, and mildly caustic. Applied in concentrated 
form to a moist surface, they combine with the albuminous elements of the 
tissues, forming a thin slough, and at the same time constringing and irri- 
tating the parts. The caustic effect is but slight, and the local action is 
practically that of an astringent and irritant. Such action may be suffi- 
cient to promote absorption of easily-absorbed tissues, such as granulations ; 
it may also promote the healing of indolent ulcers, or the abatement of 
catarrhal processes. 

Internally, small doses act as nervous sedatives, after the manner of 
soluble zinc salts. A large dose will produce prompt and free vomiting, 
attended with little nausea or depression. Still larger doses act as irritant 
poisons. 

Toxicology. 

The symptoms produced by toxic doses of copper salts are those of an 
irritant poison. Death may be preceded by insensibility, convulsions, or 
paralysis. 

Treatment. — Give albumin in the form of white of eggs, or milk. This 
forms with the soluble copper salt nearly insoluble albuminates. Potas- 
sium ferrocyanide is a useful antidote, forming a ferrocyanide of copper, 
which is quite insoluble. The after-treatment is symptomatic. 

Preparations. 

Cupri Sulphas, 0.02-0.30 Gm. — gr. §-v. 

Cupri Arsenitis, See Arsenic. 

CUPRI SULPHAS. CuSO,+5H 2 0. 
Copper Sulphate. Blue Vitriol. Blue-stone. 

It is in the form of large, translucent, deep blue crystals, efflorescent ; 
odorless, having a nauseous, metallic taste, and an acid reaction. Soluble 
in 2.6 parts of water at 15 C. ; almost insoluble in alcohol. 



THE METALS. 83 

Prepared from copper by heating the metal, or its oxide, with sulphu- 
ric acid, dissolving in water, and crystallizing. 

Action. 

Copper sulphate is more irritant and astringent than is zinc sulphate. 
It is also slightly caustic. Its general action is much the same as that of 
the soluble zinc salts, viz. : astringent and antiseptic locally, with a tonic 
and sedative action upon the nervous system when used internally in small 
doses for a short time, but depressing when continued too long. 

Use. 

Locally as a wash (i to 2 per cent, solution) to chronic indolent ulcers. 
In the crystalline or stick form it may be applied to exuberant granula- 
tions. Its internal use is extremely limited, other drugs being more 
efficient. 

ARGENTUM. Ag. 

Silver. 

This is a pure white brilliant metal, tolerably soft and very ductile. 
The metal is not official. 

Sources. — Silver occurs native. Its most important ores are silver 
sulphide and various compounds with sulphur, arsenic antimony, copper, 
and other metals. 

General Action of the Silver Salts. — The local action of silver salts 
differs with the different preparations, according to their solubility. 
The constitutional action is that of a tonic and sedative to some parts of 
the nervous system. When taken for some time there is a tendency to a 
bluish-black discoloration of the skin and mucous membrane. . This 
staining is known as argyria. 

Toxicology. 

The symptoms produced by an overdose of soluble silver salt are those 
of an irritant poison, namely, severe burning pains in the stomach and 
intestines, vomiting and diarrhoea. 

Treatment. — Common salt should be used as a chemical antidote, and 
this followed by an abundance of milk. 

Preparations. 

Argenti Iodidum 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. j-ij. 

Argenti Oxidum 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. j-ij. 

Argenti Nitras 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. }&-}&. 

Argenti Nitras Fusus For external use. 

Argenti Nitras Dilutus For external use. 

Argenti Cyanidum For pharmaceutical use. 



84 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

ARGENTI NITRAS. AgNO s . 
Silver Nitrate. 

It should be kept in dark amber-colored vials, protected from light. 

It occurs in, colorless, transparent, tabular crystals, becoming gray, or 
grayish-black, on exposure to light in the presence of organic matter; 
odorless, having a bitter, caustic, and strongly metallic taste, and a 
neutral reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.6 part of water and in 26 parts 
of alcohol. 

Prepared by treating silver with nitric acid. 

Argenti Nitras Fusus. Lunar Caustic. 

Obtained by melting nitrate of silver in a porcelain capsule at as low 
a temperature as possible, then adding to it gradually hydrochloric acid 
(4 parts to 100) ; stirring well, and when nitrous vapors cease to be 
evolved, pouring the melted mass into suitable moulds. The product 
should be kept in dark amber-colored vials, protected from the light. 

It is a white, hard solid, in the form of pencils or cones. Soluble, 
at 15 C, with the exception of about 5 per cent, of silver chloride, in 
0.6 part of water, and in 26 parts of alcohol. In other respects it resem- 
bles silver nitrate. 

Argenti Nitras Dilutus. Mitigated Stick. 

Prepared by melting together in a porcelain crucible, at as low a 
temperature as possible, 30 Gm. of silver nitrate and 60 Gm. of potassium 
nitrate, stirring the melted mass until it flows smoothly, then pouring it 
into suitable moulds. 

It is a white, hard solid, in the form of pencils or cones, having the 
general characteristics of silver nitrate. 

Action. 

Silver nitrate (practically the only silver salt used), like the soluble 
salts of zinc and copper, combines with albumin, forming an insoluble 
albuminate. It is caustic, but self-limiting in action. In diluted form it 
is irritant or stimulant, according to the degree of dilution. Through its 
action on albumin it is astringent and haemostatic, and this effect is 
increased by the irritant action of the drug, which tends to cause contrac- 
tion of the smaller blood-vessels. It is also antiseptic. 

The constitutional action of silver is that of a tonic and sedative to 
the nervous system. 

Use. 

Locally, for its stimulant and astringent action. It may be applied to 
chronic ulcers in strong solution (12 to 20 per cent.), or in the form of a 
crayon : to slowly granulating surfaces (j4 to 1 per cent, solution) to 



THE METALS. 85 

prove the cicatrization ; in subacute or chronic catarrh (^ to 5 per cent, 
solution) ; in the abortive treatment of quinsy a strong solution (10 to 20 
per cent.) is sometimes applied to the affected tonsil As a prophylactic 
against ophthalmia neonatorum a few drops of a one-half to one per cent, 
solution may be used. In chronic conjunctivitis a weak solution (y 2 to 2 
per cent.) may be applied to the everted lid; but this should be neutral- 
ized with a solution of common salt before the lid is replaced. Silver nitrate 
is not well borne by the cornea, and may cause permanent opacity when 
corneal ulcers are present. To prevent the formation of a bed sore a two 
per cent, solution may be painted over the unbroken, but reddened, skin. 

A weak solution (1 in 4,000 to 1 in 2,000) holds a prominent place 
with some prescribers as an injection in the treatment of gonorrhoea. 

In dysentery a weak solution (3- to i per cent.) may be used as an 
enema, after having previously cleansed the bowels by means of a warm- 
water enema. Soap or salt must not be used in this preliminary enema, 
as either of them will prevent the action of the silver. 

Internally silver nitrate may be used in the treatment of gastric ulcer, 
and, in pill form, if coated with keratin or shellac, in intestinal ulceration. 

ARGENTI OXIDUM. Ag 2 0. 
Silver Oxide. 

It should be kept in dark amber-colored vials. 

A heavy, dark, brownish-black powder, liable to reduction by exposure 
to light ; odorless, having a metallic taste, and imparting an alkaline reac- 
tion to water, in which it is very sparingly soluble. It is soluble in 
alcohol. It should not be triturated with readily combustible or oxidiz- 
able substances, and should not be brought in contact with ammonia. 

It is prepared from silver nitrate. 

Action. 

Silver oxide has the general action of the nitrate, but to a less marked 
degree. 

Use. 

Internally after the manner of the nitrate. 

ARGENTI IODIDUM. Agl. 

Silver Iodide. 

It should be kept in dark amber-colored vials, protected from light. 
A heavy, amorphous, light-yellowish powder; unaltered by light, if 
pure ; without odor or taste, and insoluble in water or alcohol. 
Prepared by adding silver nitrate to potassium iodide. 

Action. 

Internally the same as that of the nitrate, or of the oxide. 



86 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 
Practically it has no use, as it is an uncalled-for preparation. 

ARGENTI CYANIDUM. AgCN. 

Silver Cyanide. 

It should be kept in dark amber-colored vials, protected from light. 
A white powder, permanent in dry air, but gradually turning brown 
on exposure to light, odorless and tasteless, insoluble in water or alcohol. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutically this salt is used in preparing the diluted hydro- 
cyanic acid. 

PLUMBUM. Pb. 

A metal. As such it is not official. 

Source. — The chief source is the native sulphide (galeniti), from which 
it is obtainable by washing. 

General Action of the Lead Salts. — Locally the insoluble salts are 
soothing and protectant. The soluble salts combine with albumin, form- 
ing an insoluble albuminate, and thus exercise an astringent action. At 
the same time these soluble salts are far less irritant than most other 
astringent metallic salts. Absorbed, the lead salts exert a peculiar per- 
verting and deteriorating influence upon the tissues. 

Toxicology. 

Poisonous symptoms are not apt to arise during the medicinal use of 
lead preparations, but acute poisoning may follow the administration of 
a large dose of lead acetate, and chronic poisoning may result from the 
medicinal use, or from accidental absorption of lead salts. 

The symptoms of acute poisoning are those of irritation, namely ; 
pain in the stomach and bowels, nausea, emesis, and diarrhoea. 

Treatment consists in the use of emetics, or of the syphon tube, if emesis 
has not already occurred, and the administration of magnesium sulphate 
as a chemical antidote. 

Chronic poisoning may occur among those working with lead ; as 
workmen in the type foundries, type-setters, indoor painters. Drinking 
water that has been conducted through lead pipes may also serve as a cause. 

The symptoms of chronic poisoning are anaemia ; blue lines (a) on the 
gums; (P) in the gums; colic, preceded and accompanied by symptoms 
of indigestion, constipation, etc. ; lead palsy, as shown in the character- 
istic " wrist drop; " cerebral disturbances, as shown by epileptic convul- 
sions, acute delirium, tremors, etc. 

Treatment. — (i) Prophylactic. Remove the cause if possible; cleanli- 



THE METALS. 87 

ness about the person ; the use of a respirator when necessary. (2) Elim- 
inative. Potassium iodide to hasten elimination ; magnesium sulphate 
in purgative doses, both for its chemical and eliminative action. (3) 
Symptomatic. To relieve the pain morphine hypodermatically may be 
necessary. For the paralysis, massage, electricity, and strychnine may be 
used. 

Preparations. 

Plumbi Acetas '. . 0.06-0. 18 Gm. — gr. j-iij. 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis .... For external use. 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus . For external use. 

Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis . . . For external use. 
Plumbi Carbonas For external use. 

Unguentum Plumbi Carbonatis . . For external use. 
Plumbi Iodidum 0.03-01 8 Gm — gr. j£-iij. 

Unguentum Plumbi Iodidi .... For external use. 

Plumbi nitras For external use. 

Plumbi Oxidum For external use. 

Emplastrum Plumbi For external use. 

Uuguentum Diachylon For external use. 

PLUMBI ACETAS. Pb (C 2 H 3 2 ) 2 3H 2 0. 
Lead Acetate. Sugar of Lead. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent, shining, prismatic crystals, or plates, 
or as a heavy, white, crystalline mass, or as granular crystals ; efflorescent, 
and attracting carbon dioxide on exposure to air; having a faintly 
acetous odor, a sweetish, astringent, afterward metallic taste, and a faintly 
acid reaction. Soluble, at 15 C., in 2.3 parts of water and in 21 parts 
of alcohol. 

Prepared by dissolving lead oxide in acetic acid. 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. (Goulard's Extract.) Contains 
about 25 per cent, of lead subacetate. It should be kept in well-stop- 
pered bottles. 

This is a clear, colorless liquid, of a sweetish, astringent taste, and an 
alkaline reaction. 

Prepared from lead acetate, 170 parts, lead oxide, 120 parts, distilled 
water to 1000 parts. 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus (Lead water) contains 3 per 
cent, of the solution of lead subacetate in water. 

Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis (Goulard's Cerate) consists of 



88 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Goulard's Extract i part, cerate of camphor 4 parts. It should be freshly 
prepared when wanted. 

Action. 

This soluble salt unites with albumin, forming an insoluble albuminate, 
and thus acts as an astringent. It has a slight irritating action upon 
denuded surfaces, or on mucous membranes. In the stomach a large dose 
may cause vomiting. Small doses may have a sedative action upon the 
nervous system. Continued doses may give rise to symptoms of chronic 
lead poisoning. 

Use. 

Solutions of subacetate of lead have long been used for their sedative 
and astringent action in the treatment of superficial inflammations ; in 
skin diseases; etc. 

Internally, lead acetate is used alone, or in combination with opium, 
in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea ; chronic dysentery ; etc. 

PLUMBI IODIDUM. Pbl 2 . 

Lead Iodide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It is a heavy, bright, citron-yellow powder, permanent in the air; 
odorless, tasteless, and of a neutral reaction. Soluble in about 2000 parts 
of water ; very sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by mixing solutions of lead nitrate and potassium iodide. 

Unguentum Plumbi Iodidum. Ointment of Lead Iodide. This 
consists of ten per cent, lead iodide with benzoated lard. 

Action. 
Lead iodide has the action of a slightly soluble lead salt. 

Use. 
But little used. 

PLUMBI NITRAS. Pb (N0 3 ) 2 . 

Lead Nitrate. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent or white, nearly opaque crystals, 
permanent in the air; odorless, having a sweetish, astringent, afterward 
metallic taste, and an acid reaction. Soluble in 2 parts of water at 15 
C. ; almost insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by dissolving lead in nitric acid, with the aid of heat, and 
crystallizing. 

Action. 

Lead nitrate has the general astringent action of the acetate ; at the 
same time it is more of an irritant. It decomposes sulphuretted compounds 
and thus proves deodorant to parts generating foul secretions. 



the metals. 89 

Use. 

As a deodorant in the form of a dusting powder, or solution (2 to 5 
per cent.) it may be used upon sloughing, or indolent ulcers. 

PLUMBI OXIDUM. PbO. 
Lead Oxide. Litharge. 

It should be kept in well-closed vessels. 

It occurs as a heavy, yellowish, or reddish-yellow powder, or as minute 
scales ; permanent in the air ; odorless, and tasteless. Almost insoluble 
in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by washing lead in a current of air. 

Emplastrum Plumbi. Lead Plaster. (Diachylon Plaster.) Com- 
posed of y$ litharge and y$ olive oil. 

Unguentum Diachylon. Diachylon Ointment. Composed of 
lead plaster 50, olive oil 49, and oil of lavender 1 part. 

Action. 

Lead oxide being insoluble has only a local protectant action. If, 
through chemical action, a part of it is converted into a soluble salt, the 
effect would then be that of other soluble salts of lead. 

Use. 

Its principal use is in the treatment of various skin diseases, in the 
form of the official ointment or plaster; or as Hebra's diachylon ointment. 

PLUMBI CARBONAS. (PbC0 3 ), Pb (OH) 2 . 
Lead Carbonate. White lead. 

It should be kept in well-closed bottles. 

A heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pulverulent mass ; permanent in 
the air ; odorless, and tasteless. Insoluble in water, or alcohol. 

Prepared by exposing lead to the fumes of vinegar and carbon 
dioxide. 

Unguentum Plumbi Carbonatis. Ointment of Lead Carbonate. 
This consists of ten per cent, lead carbonate, with benzoated lard. 

Action and Use. 
Quite similar to that of the lead oxide. 

HYDRARGYRUM. Hg. 
Mercury. Quicksilver. 

It should be kept in strong, well-stoppered bottles. 



90 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It is a shining, silver-white metal; liquid at temperatures above — 40 C. 
Odorless, tasteless, and insoluble in ordinary solvents, but soluble in nitric 
acid without residue. Sp. gr. : 13.5584 at 15 C. It volatilizes very 
slowly at ordinary temperature, but more rapidly as the temperature 
increases, and at 35 7. 25 ° C. (6 75. 05 ° F.) it boils, and is completely 
volatilized, yielding a colorless and very poisonous vapor When globules 
of mercury are dropped upon white paper, they should roll about freely, 
retaining their globular form and leaving no streaks or traces behind 
them. 

Sources.— It occurs native in the free state ; also in the form of cinna- 
bar (red sulphide of mercury), from which it is obtained by roasting, 
either alone or with iron or lime. 

The mercurial preparations may be divided into three classes for con- 
venience in studying : Those containing mercury in the metallic state ; the 
mercurous compounds ; and the mercuric compounds. 

General Action of Mercurial Preparations. — Metallic mercury, the 
mercurous and the mercuric salts all have local actions differing from one 
another, but after absorption their general action is the same. Metallic 
mercury, when applied to the skin either in the form of vapor (by fumiga- 
tion) or in a finely divided state as in an ointment (by inunction), will be 
absorbed, in a changed or unchanged form, without exciting any local 
action. The mercurous salts have a slightly more stimulating local action 
than has the metal. The mercuric salts unite with albumin, forming an 
albuminate which is insoluble in water, but readily soluble in an excess of 
albumin or in a solution of common salt. The insoluble mercuric salts 
have little action upon the unbroken skin, but the soluble mercuric salts 
are both irritant and caustic in action. When swallowed in too large a 
dose the soluble mercuric salts will cause gastro-enteritis. 

In the system mercury exists probably as an oxide in combination with 
albumin — an oxyalbuminate of mercury. Mercury has a so-called altera- 
tive action, and this is due to the fact that after absorption it is brought in 
contact with the protoplasmic cells. These cells are stimulated to 
greater activity in their attempt to eliminate this protoplasmic poison (for 
such it is). This means increased discharge of katabolic products, 
together with renewed activity in the building-up process. Mercury has 
a specific action in destroying the virus of syphilis, but this specific pro- 
perty is not yet understood ; possibly it may depend entirely upon in- 
creased cell activity, and increased elimination of waste products. Certain 
preparations of mercury act as laxatives, and by increasing peristalsis of 
the small intestines prevent the reabsorption of bile, thus acting as indirect 
cholagogues. The direct cholagogue properties of mercury have been dis- 
puted, but there is good reason to believe that while the chief cholagogue 
action is indirect, it has also a direct cholagogue action during its elimina- 



THE METALS. 91 

tion through the liver. For local antisepsis we confine ourselves to the use 
of soluble mercuric salts, but any of the mercurial preparations may undergo 
such chemical change as to become antiseptic in action at the seat of 
application, or along the lines of elimination. Mercury acts as a diuretic, 
and through the irritation that it produces may possibly cause nephritis 
when the drug is continued for a long time. The elimination of mercury 
is carried on by the liver, kidneys, salivary glands, skin, bronchial, and 
intestinal mucous membranes, and there may be direct stimulation of these 
parts, attended by increased functional activity. 

Toxicology. 

Metallic mercury is not poisonous, but the metal may be rapidly con- 
verted into a soluble salt after absorption. The soluble salts of mercury in 
large doses act as irritants, giving rise to symptoms of acute poisoning (see 
corrosive sublimate poisoning). Slow poisoning — known also as mercurial- 
ism — is the result of (a) inhalation of the vapor or absorption of the metal 
through the skin by those engaged in mining or smelting the ores of mer- 
cury, or working amalgams ; (£) the continuous administration medicinally 
of some mercurial preparation in such quantity that elimination cannot 
keep pace with absorption and a " storing up " of mercury in the system 
follows. 

The symptoms of mercurialism are, a disagreeable odor with the breath ; 
a sensation of soreness of the teeth when the jaws are brought forcibly 
together ; a disagreeable metallic taste ; the gums become swollen, bleed 
easily, and have a bluish line along their margins ; the saliva, which at first 
was thin and watery, becomes tenacious ; the tongue is swollen and coated 
and the teeth become loosened. In more pronounced cases there may be 
ulceration of the mucous membrane of the mouth, with gangrene of the 
soft parts, and necrosis of the jaw in exceptional cases. Besides these local 
symptoms there may be a loss of appetite, abdominal pains, diarrhoea and 
disturbed nutrition. These symptoms are sometimes followed by anaemia, 
neuralgic pains, tremors, paralysis, and even death. 

Treatment. — The first appearance of mercurialism should be a signal 
for the discontinuance of the drug causing it. Cleanliness of the mouth may 
delay or prevent many of the unpleasant symptoms, such as stomatitis, sal- 
ivation, etc., that might otherwise present themselves during a course of 
mercurial treatment. Elimination of the mercury already stored in the 
system should be hastened by the use of potassium iodide, diuretics, etc. 
With this increased elimination there may be a temporary exaggeration of 
the symptoms already present. 

Further treatment should be symptomatic. 



1 2 • 



92 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Massa Hydrargyri 0.06-0.95 Gm. — gr.i-xv. 

Hydrargyrum cum Creta 0.06-0.95 Gm. — gr i-xv. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri For external use. 

Emplastrum Hydrargyri For external use. 

Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro . For external use. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite 0.005-0.95 Gm. — gr.xV-xv. 

Pilulse Antimonii Composite See Antimony. 

Pilulae Catharticse Composite See Colocynth. 

Hydrargyri Iodidum Flavum 0.01-0.06 Gm. — gr.J^-i. 

Hydrargyri Oxidum Flavum For external use. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi . . For external use. 

Oleatum Hydrargyri For external use. 

Hydrargyri Oxidum Rubrum For external use. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri . . For external use. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum .... 0.001-0.005 Gm — gr. eV-x 1 : 

Hydrargyri Iodidum Rubrum 0.003-0.01 Gm. — gr. 2V- i. 

Hydrargyri Cyanidum 0.003-0.01 Gm. — gr. 2V- h 

$ Hydrargyri Nitras. 

Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis For external use. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis .... For external use. 
Hydrargyri Subsulphas Flavus ...... 0.01-0.03 Gm.-gr.^ — y 2 . 

Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum For external use. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Ammoniati .... For external use. 

MASSA HYDRARGYRI. 
Mass of Mercury. Blue Mass. Blue Pill. 

A blue mass in which the globules of mercury are not visible because 
of the minute division produced by trituration. It contains 33^ per 
cent, of metallic mercury. 

Action. 

A single large dose of the mass produces a laxative effect. Small 
repeated doses give the specific action of mercury. See p. 90. 

Use. 

It may be used as a laxative, but calomel is generally to be preferred 
for this action. It may be used to produce the systemic effects of mer- 
cury, but other preparations are generally preferred for this action. 

HYDRARGYRUM CUM CRETA. 
Mercury with Chalk. Gray Powder. 

A gray powder in which the globules of mercury are not visible because 



THE METALS. 93 

of the minute division produced by trituration. It is composed of mer- 
cury 38 Gm., clarified honey 10 Gm., and prepared chalk 57 Gm. 

Action. 

Gray powder is quite similar in action to the mass, but weaker. Its 
laxative properties are less marked, partly on account of the chalk present, 
which has a slight astringent action. Because of its mildness it is espec- 
ially convenient where a general mercurial action is wanted for a long 
time. It has some antiseptic action throughout the intestinal canal. 

Use. 

It may be used as a laxative, mild astringent and antiseptic in the acute 
stage of infantile diarrhoea characterized by clay-colored stools with an 
offensive odor. It is considered by some an excellent remedy in the treat- 
ment of acute tonsillitis. In syphilis this is a satisfactory mercurial, 
because it is not apt to cause gastric disturbance. 

UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI. 
Mercurial Ointment. Blue Ointment. 

This is an ointment in which the globules of mercury are not visible 
because of the minute division produced by trituration. It contains 50 
per cent, of metallic mercury and 2 per cent, of oleate of mercury, with 
lard and suet. 

Action. 

By absorption of the mercury from this ointment, the specific effect of 
the metal is secured. Ste p. 90. 

Use. 

This ointment is the most satisfactory of the mercurial preparations 
for local use. For inunction in the treatment of syphilis, 1.90 to 3.75 
Gm. (3^2 to 1) may be used daily. In sub-acute or chronic articular 
inflammations, equal parts of the mercurial and belladonna ointments 
may be used by inunction, thus securing the absorbent properties of the 
mercury, and the sedative effect of the belladonna. 

EMPLASTRUM HYDRARGYRI. 

Mercurial Plaster. 

This is prepared from mercury, 300 Gm., oleate of mercury, 12 Gm., 
and lead plaster to make 1000 Gm. 

Action. 

The drug action of this plaster is quite similar to, but less pronounced 
than that of the mercurial ointment. At the same time it acts as a mild 
counter-irritant, and also gives mechanical support. 



94 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

This plaster is not in general use now, but it may be applied over 
syphilitic indurations. 

EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI CUM HYDRARGYRI. 

Ammoniac Plaster with Mercury. 

Prepared by combining ammoniac, mercury, oleate of mercury, diluted 
acetic acid, and lead plaster in proper proportions. 

Action. 

This plaster combines the alterative properties of ammoniac and 
mercury. 

Use. 
Practically not in use now. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. Hg 2 Cl 2 . 
Mild Mercurous Chloride. Calomel. 

It should be kept in dark amber- colored bottles. 

A white, impalpable powder ; permanent in the air ; odorless and taste- 
less. Insoluble in water, alcohol, or ether. It is very heavy, and can be 
distinguished by its weight from almost every other white powder. 

It may be prepared by rubbing mercury with mercuric sulphate, mois- 
tened with water, until globules are no longer visible, adding sodium 
chloride, mixing the whole by trituration, and subliming the mixture into 
a large chamber. 

Action. 

Calomel acts, locally, as a bland protectant and mild antiseptic when 
applied to a denuded surface. Internally, in continued doses, it will pro- 
duce the specific action of mercury. A single large dose, or frequently 
repeated small doses, will produce catharsis, and a mild antiseptic action 
throughout the intestinal canal. Repeated large doses will produce 
marked diuresis under certain conditions. This diuretic action is supposed 
to be due to an increase in the amount of urea present as the result of 
increased metabolism. 

Use. 

Calomel may be used as a dusting powder or ointment (i to 5 per 
cent.) upon an ulcerated surface, specific or non-specific, for its protect- 
ant, stimulant, and antiseptic action. 

1.25 to 1,90 Gm. (gr. 20 to 30), used by fumigation, is an excellent 
but inconvenient method for securing the specific action of mercury in 
syphilis. 

Internally, small doses (0.003 to 0.006 Gm. — gr. -h to to) may be 
sometimes used to prevent nausea or vomiting. As a cathartic it may be 



THE METALS. 95 

given in a single dose of 0.30 to 0.60 Gm. (gr. 5 to 10), or in small 
doses (0.0 1 to 0.03 Gm. — gr y& to j4) every half hour until the desired 
effect is secured. In so-called biliousness, when there is constipation 
attended by light clay-colored stools, calomel is an excellent remedy. For 
unhealthy children who are constantly troubled with flatulence, foetid 
breath, and foul-smelling, pasty stools, calomel in o 01 Gm. (gr. y&) 
doses, for three or four successive nights, will often be of marked benefit. 
In cardiac and renal diseases calomel may be used for its diuretic action. 

As an anti-syphilitic, for internal administration, calomel is inferior 
to many other preparations of mercury. It may, however, be conve- 
niently used with children. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. HgCl 2 . 

Corrosive Mercuric Chloride. Corrosive Sublimate. Mercuric 
Chloride. Bichloride, or Perchloride of Mercury. 

It occurs in heavy, colorless, rhombic crystals or in crystalline masses ; 
permanent in the air ; odorless, having an acrid and persistent metallic 
taste, and an acid reaction. Soluble, at 15 ° C, in 16 parts of water, and 
in 3 parts of alcohol. 

It may be prepared by subliming a mixture of yellow mercuric subsul- 
phate with sodium chloride. 

Action. 

Corrosive sublimate is irritant and caustic in concentrated form ; a 
useful antiseptic and parasiticide when properly diluted. The addition of 
tartaric, citric, or hydrochloric acid to the solution increases its antiseptic 
action by preventing the formation of an insoluble albuminate of mercury. 
A single overdose, or long-continued medicinal doses, may cause symp- 
toms of irritant poisoning throughout the intestinal canal. Small repeated 
doses will produce an antiseptic action along the lines of elimination ; they 
will also produce the specific action of mercury. 

Use. 

Corrosive sublimate holds an important place as an antiseptic, when 
used in solutions varying in strength from 1 in 20,000 to 1 in 1,000. It 
is used in general surgery, but its irritating and toxic properties must 
always be borne in mind. As serous membranes absorb very readily, it 
should not be used in the pleural or abdominal cavity. Because of its 
destructive action on metal, it is not suitable for disinfecting instruments. 

As a parasiticide, strong solutions (1 in 500 to 1 in 300) are used over 
the affected part. 

To bring the patient rapidly under the specific influence of mercury, 
0.01 Gm. (gr. y§) may be used daily, hypodermatically. 



96 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Internally, small repeated doses are used in the treatment of diphtheria. 
Also in the treatment of certain forms of summer diarrhoea, characterized 
by offensive-smelling, greenish stools, or stools containing mucus and 
blood. It is not a good mercurial for administration by the mouth, to 
secure the specific action of the metal. 

Toxicology. 

The symptoms of poisoning from corrosive sublimate are those pro- 
duced by an irritant poison : — burning pains in the mouth and throat, 
vomiting, purging with bloody stools, tenesmus, dysurea, collapse, and 
death. The constitutional effects of mercurialism may appear if the patient 
survive two or three days. 

Treatment. — Encourage emesis ; give egg albumin freely, both for its 
protective action and for its property of forming an insoluble albuminate 
of mercury. Milk may also be used. 

HYDRARGYRI CYANIDUM. Hg(CN) 2 . 

Mercuric Cyanide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered, dark amber-colored bottles. 

It occurs as colorless, or white, prismatic crystals, becoming dark col- 
ored on exposure to the light, odorless, having a bitter metallic taste, and 
a neutral reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in 12.8 parts of water, and in 
15 parts of alcohol. 

On adding hydrochloric acid to the aqueous solution, hydrocyanic acid 
vapor is evolved. 

Action. 

Mercuric cyanide is supposed to act after the manner of corrosive sub- 
limate. It is, however, less toxic. 

Use. 
It may be used for the same purposes and by the same methods as cor- 
rosive sublimate. 

HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM FLAVUM. Hg 2 T 2 . 

Yellow Mercurous Iodide. Protoiodide of Mercury. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

A bright yellow, amorphous powder. It becomes darker by exposure 
to light, in proportion as it undergoes decomposition into metallic mer- 
cury and mercuric iodide ; odorless and tasteless. Almost insoluble in 
water ; insoluble in alcohol or ether. 

Prepared from mercury, by the action of nitric acid and potassium 
iodide. 



the metals. 97 

Action. 

The yellow mercurous iodide gives the specific action of mercury, with 
but little disturbance of the alimentary canal, even when continued for a 
long time. 

Use. 

This is a favorite mercurial for internal administration, when the 
specific action of mercury is wanted, as in syphilis. 

HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM. Hgl 2 . 
Red Mercuric Iodide. Biniodide of Mercury. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It occurs as a scarlet-red, amorphous powder, permanent in the air ; 
odorless and tasteless. Almost insoluble in water ; soluble in 130 parts of 
alcohol at 15 ° C. ; also soluble in a solution of potassium iodide, or of 
corrosive mercuric chloride. 

It may be prepared by mixing solutions of potassium iodide and cor- 
rosive sublimate in proper proportions. 

Action. 
This preparation has an action resembling that of corrosive sublimate.. 

Use. 

Red mercuric iodide may be used as an antiseptic instead of corrosive- 
sublimate, but it is more expensive, and less convenient because less solu- 
ble. 

In the treatment of bronchocele, glandular enlargements, syphilitic, 
ulcers, etc., it may be used as an ointment (3 to 5 per cent.). 

Internally, it may be given in the treatment of secondary and tertiary 
syphilis, but it is inferior to the yellow iodide for such use. 

$ HYDRARGYRUM TANNICUM OXYDULATUM. 

Mercurous Tannate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from the light.. 

This is a green powder ; insoluble, tasteless, and odorless. It is readily 
decomposed by weak alkalies yielding metallic mercury in very fine sub- 
division. When treated with alcohol or water, it gives up tannin. 

Prepared by adding an excess of sodium tannate to a solution of mer- 
curous nitrate ; a yellow precipitate, which soon turns green, is formed. 

Action. 

Mercurous tannate is not apt to salivate or cause disturbance of the 
stomach or bowels. It will produce the speciiic action of mercury 
promptly. 



98 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

This is one of the best mercurials, for internal administration, in the 
treatment of syphilis. 

$ HYDRARGYRI SALICYLAS. HgC 7 H 4 3 . 

Secondary Mercuric Salicylate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

A fine, white, amorphous powder; odorless and tasteless. Insoluble in 
water and alcohol, but soluble in an alkaline solution. 

It may be obtained through the interaction of mercuric sulphate and 
barium salicylate. 

Action. 

It will produce the specific action of mercury promptly and without 
causing the general disturbance so often seen after the use of other mer- 
curials. 

Use. 

Internally it may be used in the treatment of syphilis. 

HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM. HgO. 
Yellow Mercuric Oxide. Yellow Precipitate. 

A light orange-yellow, amorphous, heavy, impalpable powder, per- 
manent in the air, but turning darker on exposure to light ; odorless and 
tasteless. Almost insoluble in water; insoluble in alcohol, but readily 
and completely soluble in diluted nitric or hydrochloric acid, forming 
colorless solutions. 

It may be prepared from corrosive sublimate and a solution of soda, 
by precipitation. 

Action. 
That of mercury. 

Use. 

Externally in the treatment of indolent ulcers, syphilitic or non- 
syphilitic. 

HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM. HgO. 

Red Mercuric Oxide. Red Precipitate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It occurs as heavy, orange-red, crystalline scales; or as a crystalline 
powder, becoming more yellow the finer it is divided ; permanent in the 
air; odorless, and having a somewhat metallic taste. Insoluble in water 
,or alcohol, but soluble readily and completely in diluted nitric, or hydro- 
chloric, acid. 



THE METALS. 99 

It may be prepared by triturating mercuric nitrate and metallic mer- 
cury together and applying heat until nitrous fumes cease to be given off. 

Action. 

Beside having the specific action of mercury, the red oxide acts as a 
local mechanical irritant, because of its crystalline form. 

Use. 

Quite limited. It has no advantages and many disadvantages, as com- 
pared with many other mercurials, for internal use. The yellow oxide is 
generally preferred to the red oxide as a local application. 



Mercuric Ammonium Chloride. White Precipitate. 

It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It occurs as white, pulverulent pieces, or as a white, amorphous 
powder; permanent in the air; odorless, with an earthy, afterwards styptic, 
metallic taste. Almost insoluble in water or in alcohol. Readily soluble 
in warm hydrochloric, nitric, or acetic acids, or in a solution of ammo- 
nium carbonate. 

It may be obtained by precipitation, from an aqueous solution of cor- 
rosive sublimate, and water of ammonia. 

Action. 

Locally, the ammoniated mercury is stimulating and irritant in action. 
It acts also as a parasiticide. If absorbed, it produces the specific action 
of mercury. 

Use. 

A i to 5 per cent, ointment may be used in the treatment of scabies, 
tinea, to destroy pediculi, etc. It may also be used in the local treat- 
ment of certain forms of skin disease. The official ointment (10 per 
cent.) is too strong for use undiluted. 

$ HYDRARGYRI NITRAS. Hg(N0 3 ) 2 . 

Mercuric Nitrate. 

This is used in the form of the official preparations. 
Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis. 
Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis. 

Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis. Solution of Mercuric Nitrate. 
It should be kept in glass- stoppered bottles. 

This is a clear, nearly colorless liquid, having a faint odor of nitric 
acid and a strongly acid reaction. 



100 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Obtained from red mercuric oxide 40 Gm., nitric acid 45 Gm., water 
15 Gm. It contains about 60 per cent, of mercuric nitrate together with 
about 11 per cent, of free nitric acid. 

Uuguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis (Citrine Ointment). This 
ointment has a fine, lemon-yellow color. It is prepared from mercury 70 
Gm., nitric acid 175 Gm., lard oil 760 Gm. 

Action. 
The nitrate in the form of the official liquor is an exceedingly active, 
penetrating, and painful caustic. The official ointment has a stimulating, 
irritating action. Absorbed it will produce the specific action of mercury. 

Use. 
The liquor may be used for its caustic action upon syphilitic ulcers. 
The ointment may be used in the treatment of chronic skin diseases. 

HYDRARGYRI SUBSULPHAS FLAVUS. Hg(HgO) 2 S0 4 . 

Yellow Mercuric Subsulphate. Turpeth Mineral. 

It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

A heavy, lemon-yellow powder ; permanent in the air ; odorless, and 
almost tasteless. Soluble in about 2000 parts of water ; insoluble in 
alcohol; soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid. 

This salt may be prepared by subjecting the red mercuric sulphide to 
the action of boiling distilled water in abundance. Decomposition takes 
place ; an acid sulphate, which dissolves in the water, and a basic sulphate, 
which falls as an insoluble yellow precipitate, are formed. 

Action. 
This is a prompt and non-depressing emetic — an irritating emetic. 
If emesis does not occur, then absorption takes place, and is followed by 
the specific action of mercury. Large doses act as a corrosive poison. 

Use. 
It may be used as a non-depressing emetic in membranous croup, 
diphtheria, etc., with no advantage over other non-depressing emetics. 

PHOSPHORUS. P. 

A non-metallic element. A translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a 
waxy lustre, having at the ordinary temperature about the consistence of 
beeswax. It has a distinctive and disagreeable odor and taste, but should 
not be tasted except in a state of great dilution. It is insoluble or nearly 
so in water, to which, however, it imparts its characteristic, disagreeable 
odor and taste. Soluble in 350 parts of absolute alcohol at 15 C., and 
in 80 parts of absolute ether; in about 50 parts of any fatty oil; very 



THE METALS. 101 

soluble in chloroform. When exposed to the air, it emits white fumes 
which are luminous in the dark and have an odor somewhat resembling 
that of garlic. On longer exposure to air it takes fire spontaneously. Sp. 
gr.: 1.830 at io° C. (50 F.) It melts at 44 C. (111.2 F.) It should 
be kept under water, in a secure and moderately cool place, protected from 
light. 

Source. — Obtained from bones. 

General Action of Phosphorus. — Living protoplasm has the power of 
oxidizing phosphorus, and also of reducing the products of its oxidation. 
It enters the circulation unchanged and is excreted by the kidneys 
unchanged, or as phosphoric acid. 

It quickens metabolism. In small doses it appears to cause develop- 
ment of fibrous tissue in the liver, and in doses too small to affect the 
liver, it acts upon osseous tissue, causing bones to become denser. This 
action is due to stimulation of tissue growth. 

Large doses cause the characteristic symptoms of phosphorus poisoning. 

The action of compounds containing phosphorus appears to depend 
largely on the degree of saturation of its affinities, and the readiness with 
which phosphorus may attach itself to the organic constituents of the 
tissues. Thus phosphoric acid, in which the affinities of the phosphorus 
are fully saturated by oxygen, appears to act simply as an acid without 
exerting any specific action. Phosphorus, besides stimulating bone pro- 
duction, is a direct food to nervous tissue. 

Toxicology. 

Phosphorus acts as an irritant poison, causing a burning sensation in the 
throat and stomach, thirst, nausea, and vomiting. The vomitus, also the 
stools and the urine, may be luminous for a few hours after the ingestion of 
the poison. There is a peculiar garlic-like odor and taste present. After 
absorption takes place a new set of symptoms appear : The patient may 
have been apparently convalescing up to the third or fourth day. Then 
may follow jaundice, enlargement of the liver, increased abdominal pain, 
vomiting ; the pulse becomes first rapid, then weak and slow ; there is a 
hemorrhagic tendency — bleeding from the mouth, nose, stomach, intes- 
tines, uterus, extravasations beneath the skin and mucous membranes, etc. ; 
the urine is diminished in quantity, albuminous, and often of a dark 
brown or green color, due to the presence of bile. 

Post-mortem examination shows marked fatty degenerations. 

Treatment — Empty and cleanse the stomach as soon as possible, after 
the ingestion of the poison, by means of the syphon tube, or emetics. 
Copper sulphate — 0.12 to 0.24 Gm. (2 to 4 gr.) every five or ten minutes 
until emesis occurs — is one of the best emetics, for the soluble salts of 
copper form with phosphorus an insoluble phosphide. Mucilaginous and 



102 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

albuminous drinks and foods may be given ; but fats and oils must be 
avoided during the whole progress of the case because phosphorus is soluble 
in these, and its toxic action is increased. 

Preparations. 

Phosphorus 0.0006-0.0008 Gm. gr. t <to-7T. 

Oleum Phosphoratum (1%) . .0.06-018 Cc. HI i-iij. 

Pilulae Phosphori One pill.=o.ooo6 Gm. gr. j^q. 

Spiritus Phosphori 0.30-0.60 Cc. 1Uv-x. 

Elixir Phosphori „ 0.60-1.90 Cc. TTLx-xxx. 

Zinci Phosphidum 0.0012-0.005 Gm. gr. to-tV. 

Oleum Phosphoratum. Phosphorated Oil. 

A clear, yellowish liquid, having the odor of phosphorus and of ether, 
but not phosphorescent in the dark. It should be perfectly free from any 
particles of undissolved phosphorus. 

Prepared by dissolving phosphorus in almond oil and ether, and con- 
tains 1 per cent, of phosphorus. It should be kept in small glass-stop- 
pered vials, completely filled, and in a cool, dark place. 

Spiritus Phosphori. Spirit of Phosphorus. Tincture of Phosphorus. 

Prepared by dissolving 1.2 Gm. of phosphorus in 1000 Cc. of absolute 
alcohol. 

It must be kept in dark, amber-colored vials, securely stoppered, and 
in a dark, cool place. 

Elixir Phosphori. Elixir of Phosphorus. 

It is composed of spirit of phosphorus, glycerin, aromatic elixir, and 
oil of anise. Each Cc. contains about 0.00025 °f phosphorus. 

Use. 

Phosphorus and its preparations are used in the treatment of rachitis, 
osteomalacia, and sometimes in ununited fractures, because of its influence 
on the development of bone. Phosphorus has been recommended in the 
treatment of various forms of nervous exhaustion, but it is of questionable 
value, and may even do harm by producing fatty degeneration of internal 
organs. 

ZINCI PHOSPHIDUM. Zn 3 P 2 . 

Zinc Phosphide. 

It should be kept in small, glass-stoppered vials. 

It occurs as a gritty powder of a dark-gray color, or as crystalline frag- 
ments of a dark metallic lustre, and having a faint odor and taste of phos- 
phorus. In contact with air it slowly emits phosphorus vapor. Insoluble 
in water or alcohol. Soluble in diluted hydrochloric or sulphuric acid 



THE METALS. 103 

with evolution of hydrogen phosphide. When heated in air, it becomes 
oxidized to zinc phosphate. 

It may be prepared by passing phosphorous vapors in a current of dry 

hydrogen over fused zinc. 

Action. 

Zinc phosphide has the general action of phosphorus, but being less of 

an irritant it is not so apt to disturb digestion. At the same time it is not 

so reliable as phosphorus. 

Use. 

The same as that of phosphorus. 

THE HYPOPHOSPHITES. 

These are salts obtained by the union of hypophosphorous acid with a 

salifiable base. 

Action. 

The hypophosphites are supposed to have the general action of phos- 
phorus. If such action exists it is to a very limited degree. Their thera- 
peutic value depends largely upon the basic radicle. They are convenient 
preparations for the administration of calcium or other substances. 

Use. 
The hypophosphites are simply convenient vehicles for administering 
calcium, iron, etc., as reconstructants in the treatment of wasting diseases, 
such as phthisis. 

Preparations. 

Calcii Hypophosphis, 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Ferri Hypophosphis 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Potassii Hypophosphis 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Sodii Hypophosphis 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Syrupus Hypophosphitum . . . „ . 3.75-7.50 Cc. -5J-ij. 

Syrupus Hypophosphitum cum Ferro, 3.75-7.50 Cc. <5J-ij. 

CALCII HYPOPHOSPHIS. Ca(PH 2 2 ) 2 . 

Calcium Hypophosphite. 

It occurs as colorless, transparent prisms, or as small, lustrous scales, 
or as a white, crystalline powder ; odorless, having a nauseous, bitter taste, 
and neutral reaction ; permanent in the air. Soluble in 6.8 parts of water 
at 15 ° C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from slaked lime and phosphorus. 

FERRI HYPOPHOSPHIS. Fe 2 (PH 2 2 ) 6 . 
Ferric Hypophosphite. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs as a white or grayish white powder ; odorless, and nearly 



104 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

tasteless ; permanent in the air. Only slightly soluble in water ; more 
readily soluble in the presence of hypophosphorous acid. 

It may be prepared by the action of hypophosphorous acid on ferrous 
carbonate. 

POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS. KPH 2 2 . 

Potassium Hypophosphite. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs as white, opaque plates, or as crystalline masses, or as a 
granular powder; odorless, and having a pungent, saline taste. Very 
deliquescent. Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.6 part of water, and in 7.3 parts 
of alcohol. 

Prepared by mixing solutions of calcium hypophosphite and granulated 
potassium carbonate. 

SODII HYPOPHOSPHIS. NaPH 2 2 . 

Sodium Hypophosphite. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in small, colorless, transparent plates of a pearly lustre, or as 
a white, granular powder; odorless, and having a bitterish-sweet, saline 
taste. Very deliquescent on exposure to moist air. Soluble, at 15 C, 
in 1 part of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol. 

Prepared by mixing solutions of calcium hypophosphite and crystal- 
lized sodium carbonate. 

SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM. 
Syrup of Hypophosphites. 

This is a simple solution of the hypophosphites of lime, potassium, and 
sodium in water, aided by diluted hypophosphorous acid ; protected by 
sugar, and flavored with spirit of lemon. 

SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM CUM FERRO. 

Syrup of Hypophosphites with Iron. 

This is the syrup of hypophosphites plus ferrous lactate, 10 Gm. in 
1000. It should be freshly made as wanted, owing to the liability to 
change of the ferrous lactate. 

THE LACTOPHOSPHATES. 

These are phosphates combined with lactic acid. 

Action. 

The lactophosphates have the general action of, but are generally con- 
ceded to be superior to, the hypophosphites. 



the metals. 105 

Use. 

The lactophosphates are used after the manner of the hypophosphites in 
the treatment of wasting diseases. 

Preparations. 

Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphites 3-75-7-5° Cc - 3 i_i J ; 

ARSENUM. As. 

A metal, steel-colored, crystalline, brittle, very volatile ; when heated 
it gives off garlicky fumes. It forms two classes of salts, the arsenites 
and arsenates. 

Source. — Arsenic occurs in many ores, combined with metals, oxygen, 
and sulphur. The metal is not official. 

For action, toxicology, etc., see arsenous acid. 

Preparations. 
Acidum Arsenosum (Arsenic) . . . 0.001-0.005 Gm. gr. gV-tV. 

Liquor Acidi Arsenosi 0.12-0.30 Cc. 1U ij-v. 

Liquor Potassii Arsenitis 0.12-0.30 Cc. Til ij-v. 

Arseni Iodidum 0.001-0.005 Gm. gr. fjj— tV- 

Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri Iodidi 0.12-0.30 Cc. HI ij-v. 



Sodii Arsenas . 0.005-0.02 Gm. gr. tV-J. 

Liquor Sodii Arsenatis 0.12-0.30 Cc. Tit ij-v. 

Cupri Arsenitis 0.00006 Gm. gr. toW 

ACIDUM ARSENOSUM. As 2 3 . 
Arsenous Acid. Arsenic Trioxide. White arsenic. 

This is an anhydride (not a true acid except in aqueous solution). 

It is a heavy solid, occurring either as an opaque, white powder, or in 
irregular masses of two varieties ; the one amorphous, transparent, and 
colorless, like glass ; the other crystalline, opaque or white, resembling 
porcelain. Both varieties are odorless and tasteless. Both varieties dis- 
solve slowly, at 15 C, in water, or alcohol; soluble in 5 parts of glycerin. 

Obtained by roasting arsenical ores, and purifying by sublimation. 

Liquor Acidi Arsenosi. Solution of arsenous acid. 

A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having an acidulous taste and an 
acid reaction. It is a 1 per cent, solution. 

Liquor Potassii Arsenitis. Solution of Potassium Arsenite (Fow- 
ler's solution). 

A clear, almost colorless liquid, with an alkaline reaction, and having 
the odor and taste of lavender. The potassium arsenite is obtained by 
the reaction between arsenous acid and potassium bicarbonate. 

This is a 1 per cent, solution. 



106 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action. 

Arsenous acid has an irritant, caustic, and antiseptic action. It has 
no great affinity for albumin and does not coagulate it. Its general action 
is due to chemical changes which follow its coming in contact with alka- 
line compounds in the tissues and fluids of the body. The chemical 
changes take place at the expense of the tissues to which the arsenous acid 
has been applied. As a rule these changes are more rapid in pathological 
tissues than in normal tissues, because of the greater proportion of water, 
carbonates, and phosphates present, and, again, because pathological 
structures are of lower vitality than normal tissues. These two facts 
explain the selective action of arsenous acid when applied locally to 
pathological structures. Furthermore, the irritation produced by the drug 
causes a greater supply of blood to the part, and the sound tissue which is 
able to utilize this increased amount of nutritive material takes on a rapid 
reparative action around the diseased zone. 

Internally, small doses act upon the mucous membrane of the stomach, 
stimulating the nerves and vessels, causing a sense of warmth and hunger, 
and increasing gastric function. By its antiseptic action it may also pre- 
vent fermentation. Larger doses may cause inflammation of the alimen- 
tary canal, resulting in nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea and pain. Still larger 
doses act as an irritant poison. Duiing the passage of arsenous acid 
through the organs and tissues, metabolism is distinctly influenced. Small 
doses increase the vital activity, and the drug acts as a general tonic. 
Taken for a long time, it may cause fatty degeneration of the various 
tissues with which it comes in contact. Arsenic may also affect the life 
of other living particles in the body besides the tissue elements, namely, 
the organisms of certain diseases ; it is thus an antiperiodic, next in value 
to quinine. Its action on the nervous system is to diminish the sensibility 
and reflex irritability of the centres. Larger doses paralyze both the sen- 
sory and motor nerves. Small doses increase, large doses diminish the 
pulse rate and lower blood pressure. Small doses act as a stimulant to 
the respiratory centre, large (toxic) doses act as a respiratory depressant. 

Arsenic is eliminated by the liver, kidneys, skin, lungs, and probably 
by all the secretions. 

Use. 

In prescribing arsenic the following facts should be kept in mind : 
i. Children will bear larger doses, relatively, than will adults. 

2. A tolerance for the drug may be established. 

3. Small doses of arsenic, when indicated, are generally given before 
meals. 

4. Larger doses, when indicated, should be given after meals. 
Locally, arsenous acid, in the form of a paste, has been used as an 



THE METALS. 107 

escharotic in the treatment of cancer, etc., but its application is painful 
and dangerous. 

Internally, arsenous acid, or Fowler's solution, is used for its stimu- 
lating action ; such action being apparent throughout the alimentary 
canal, and along the lines of elimination. 

When the constitutional action of arsenic is wanted the drug may be 
administered hypodermatically. Larger doses can thus be tolerated. 
0.18 Cc. (1TL. 3) of a 5 per cent, solution of arsenous acid may be used 
as an initial dose, and this quantity may be gradually increased every 
second day up to 0.60 Cc. (TTL. 10) or more. This method of medication 
is painful and not adapted for use with children. 

Toxicology. 

Arsenous acid is an irritant poison. The symptoms produced are 
nausea ; an intense burning pain in the throat, oesophagus, and stomach, 
followed by violent and incessant vomiting ; purging and tenesmus may 
also be present. The vomitus and the stools may contain blood. 
The pain extends over the whole abdomen. The urine may be bloody, 
scanty, or suppressed. There is great thirst, with dryness of the mouth 
and throat. The pulse becomes rapid, weak, and intermittent. The 
skin is cold and covered with perspiration. Muscular cramps occur. 
Collapse and death may follow. 

Sometimes the individual passes quickly into a state of collapse, fol- 
lowed by death, without any marked symptoms of irritation having been 
present. 

Treatment. — Empty the stomach as quickly as possible by means of 
the syphon tube, or by the judicious use of emetics. Of chemical anti- 
dotes, hydrated oxide of iron alone, or combined with magnesia, or 
the dialyzed iron, are among the best. The after-treatment should be 
symptomatic. 

Chronic arsenical poisoning, which may occur from the continued 
medicinal use of the drug, or from the absorption of arsenic detached 
from wall-paper, clothing, etc., causes irritation of the nasal mucous 
membrane, of the conjunctivae, etc., giving rise to a train of symptoms 
resembling those of acute coryza. There may also occur loss of appetite, 
nausea and sometimes diarrhoea 

Treatment. — Remove the cause. 

ARSENI IODIDUM. Asl 3 . 

Arsenic Iodide. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered vials, in a cool place, protected 
from light. 

It occurs as glossy, orange-red, crystalline masses, or as shining, 



108 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

orange-red, crystalline scales, having an iodine-like odor and taste, and 
gradually losing iodine on exposure to air and light. Soluble, at 15 C, 
in 7 parts of water, and in about 30 parts of alcohol. 

Prepared by direct combination of iodine and metallic arsenic, or by 
evaporating to dryness an aqueous solution of arsenous and hydriodic 
acids. 

Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri Iodidi. Solution of Arsenic and 
Mercuric Iodide (Donovan's Solution). 

A pale, yellow liquid, with a metallic taste. It contains 1 per cent, 
each of arsenic iodide and red mercuric iodide. 

Action. 

Arsenic iodide has practically the action of arsenous acid. Its action 
is supposed to be influenced by the iodine present. 

Use. 
The same as that for arsenous acid. 

SODII ARSENAS. Na 2 HAs0 4 +7H 2 0. 

Sodium Arsenate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs as colorless, transparent prisms ; odorless, and having a mild, 
alkaline taste. Efflorescent in dry air and somewhat deliquescent in moist 
air. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 15 C. ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by fusing arsenous acid with sodium nitrate and carbonate. 

Liquor Sodii Arsenatis. — Solution of sodium arsenate. This is a 
1 per cent, solution of sodium arsenate. A clear, colorless liquid. 

Action. 

Sodium arsenate has practically the action of arsenous acid. It is sup- 
posed to be less of a gastric irritant than the arsenous acid, or the potassium 

arsenite. 

Use. 

The same as that for arsenous acid. 

$ CUPRI ARSENITIS. (As0 3 ) 2 Cu 3 . 
Copper Arsenite. Scheele's Green. 

This occurs as a light-green powder ; odorless and tasteless. Sparingly 
soluble in water, or alcohol. 

Prepared by adding sodium arsenite to a solution of copper sulphate. 



the metals. 109 

Action. 

Quite similar to that of arsenous acid. It is supposed to be of special 
value in the treatment of certain intestinal diseases, because of the ener- 
getic stimulation produced upon the intestinal mucous membrane, thus 
increasing its power to resist invasion from pathogenic micro-organisms, 
and at the same time favoring a normal condition of the circulation. 
There may also exist a mild antiseptic action. 

Use. 
In acute diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera, typhoid fever, etc., copper 
arsenite has found marked favor in the hands of some physicians. It is 
generally used in very minute doses. A T % milligramme (gr. T ^) is 
dissolved in 120 Cc. (£iv) of water, and of this solution a teaspoonful is 
given every ten minutes for the first hour, then hourly until relief appears. 
A few doses are said to be sufficient. 

ANTIMONIUM. Sb. 
Antimony. Stibium. 

A metal found chiefly in the form of sulphide. The ore is freed by 
fusion from earthy impurities. It has a bluish-white color and strong 
lustre. It is extremely brittle, being reduced to powder with the utmost 
ease. The metal is not official. 

General Action of Antimony. — Salts of antimony probably combine 
with albumin, but they form no precipitate in an alkaline solution — only 
in an acid solution. 

Locally, the soluble antimonials are irritant, causing a pustular erup- 
tion resembling that of small-pox. 

Internally, small doses of the soluble salts cause a sensation of warmth 
in the stomach. There is increased secretion of the gastric and intestinal 
mucous membrane ; increased bronchial secretion ; increased diuresis and 
diaphoresis ; increased secretion of bile. The pulse-rate is lowered and 
arterial tension is diminished. 

Larger doses cause vomiting, with great depression of the circulation, 
and relaxation of both voluntary and involuntary muscles. 

The emetic action of the drug is direct, due to irritation of the stom- 
ach ; and indirect, due to a stimulating action on the vomiting centre. 
The circulation is depressed from the first, the drug reducing the force and 
frequency of the pulse, both by its action upon the heart, and upon the 
walls of the blood-vessels. 

The nervous system is markedly depressed, in part directly, in part 
indirectly, through the circulation. 

On tissues, the action of antimony closely resembles that of arsenic. 

Elimination takes place through the gastric mucous membrane, and 



110 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

other mucous surfaces ; also, through the liver, kidneys, and skin. The 
specific local action of the drug may occur along these lines of elimina- 
tion. 

Tartar emetic is practically the only antimonial salt that is used in this 
country. 

Toxicology. 

In the event of a poisonous quantity of any one of the soluble antimo- 
nial salts having been ingested, symptoms of irritant poisoning, closely 
resembling those of arsenical poisoning, follow. There is also great pros- 
tration. 

Treatment, — Tannic acid, or some substance containing tannic acid, 
is administered, in order to form an insoluble tannate. Further treatment 
is symptomatic. 

Preparations. 

Antimonii et Potassii Tartras, . . 0.002-0.03 Gm. gr. to-4- 
Vinum Antimonii, .... 0.60-3.75 Cc. Tllx-^i. 
Syrupus Scillae Compositus. . 0.60-1.90 Cc. TTLx-xxx. 

$ Antimonii Oxysulphuratum, . . 0.03-0.06 Gm. gr. y 2 -\. 

Antimonii Oxidum. Pharm. use. 

Pulvis Antimonialis, . . . 0.06-0.18 Gm. gr. i-iij. 

Antimonii Sulphidum. Pharm. use. 

Antimonii Sulphidum Purincatum. Pharm. use. 

Antimonii Sulphuratum, .... 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. i-ij. 

Pilulse Antimonii Compositse. 

ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTRAS. 2K(SbO)C 4 H 4 6 +H 2 0. 
Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. Tartar Emetic. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs as small transparent crystals, becoming opaque and white on 
exposure to air ; or as a white granular powder, having a sweet, afterward 
disagreeable metallic taste, and a feebly acid reaction. Soluble in 17 parts 
of water at 15 C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 

It may be prepared by boiling together antimony oxide and potassium 
bitartrate. 

Vinum Antimonii. Wine of Antimony contains 4 parts in 1000 of 
tartar emetic. 

Syrupus Scillae Compositus (see Scilla) contains 2 parts in 1000 of 
tartar emetic. 

Action and Toxicology. 

The action, and toxicology of tartar emetic is that of a soluble anti- 
monial salt, already described under antimony. See p. 109. 



the metals. hi 

Use. 

Tartar emetic is seldom used now as an emetic or as a counter-irritant. 
It is used in small but frequently repeated doses of 0.0006 Gm. (gr. T ^.) 
every hour in the acute stage of certain sthenic inflammatory conditions, 
notably bronchitis, coryza, etc. — for its depressing, and sedative action 
upon the heart. 

ANTIMONII OXIDUM. Sb 2 3 . 

Antimony Oxide. 

A heavy, grayish-white powder; permanent in the air ; odorless and 
tasteless ; almost insoluble in water, and insoluble in alcohol. 

It may be prepared by pouring a solution of antimony chloride into 
water and treating the precipitate of oxychloride with sodium carbonate. 

Pulvis Antimonialis (James Powder). Composed of antimony 
oxide, j part ; precipitated calcium phosphate, f part. 

Action. 

Antimony oxide has the general action of tartar emetic, but to a less 
marked degree because of its sparing solubility. 

Use. 
Practically it has no therapeutic use now. 

ANTIMONII SULPHIDUM. Sb 2 S 3 . 
Antimony Sulphide. 

It occurs in steel-gray masses, of a metallic lustre, forming a black, or 
grayish black, lustreless powder ; without odor or taste, and permanent in 
the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in hydrochloric acid 
with the evolution of hydrogen sulphide. 

It is native antimony sulphide, purified from siliceous matter by fusion 
and as free from arsenic as possible. 

ANTIMONII SULPHIDUM PURIFICATUM. Sb 2 S 3 
Purified Antimony Sulphide. Black Antimony. 

It is a heavy, grayish-black, lustreless powder ; odorless and tasteless. 
Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in hydrochloric acid with the 
evolution of hydrogen sulphide. 

It is prepared by reducing antimony sulphide to a'very fine powder, and 
macerating it in ammonia water for five days; then washing the residue, 
and drying by heat. By this process, impurities in the native sulphide are 
gotten rid of. 



112 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 
Antimony sulphide is practically inert, but when changed into a soluble 
form of antimony it then has the general action of the soluble salts. 

Use. 
It is not used now. 

ANTIMONIUM SULPHURATUM. 
Sulphurated Antimony. Kermes Mineral. 

This consists chiefly of antimony sulphide (Sb 2 S 3 ) with a very small 
amount of antimony trioxide (Sb0 23 ). 

It is a reddish-brown amorphous powder ; odorless and tasteless. Insolu- 
ble in water and alcohol, but soluble in hydrochloric acid with the 
evolution of hydrogen sulphide. 

Prepared by boiling purified antimony sulphide with a solution of caustic 
soda and adding diluted sulphuric acid. 

Action. 
Sulphurated antimony has the general action of other antimonials. 

Use. 

Practically it is not in use. 

BISMUTHUM. Bi. 

A metal disseminated through various rocks, from which it is separated 
by simple exposure to heat. It has a reddish-white color. The metal is 
not official. 

General Action of Bismuth. — The soluble salts of bismuth when given 
in large doses have an action like arsenic, or antimony, causing irritation 
throughout the alimentary canal. Small doses of soluble salts, or large 
doses of insoluble or sparingly soluble salts have a sedative and astringent 
action on the part to which it is applied, whether this be a denuded surface, 
or mucous membrane. 

The insoluble preparations, applied in the form of an ointment or pow- 
der, have a protectant action. 

Preparations. 
Bismuthi et Ammonii Citras, . . . 0.06-0.18 Gm. gr. i-iij. 

Bismuthi Citras, 0.06-0.18 Gm. gr. i-iij. 

Bismuthi Subcarbonas, 0.60-1.90 Gm. gr. x-xxx. 

Bismuthi Subnitras, 0.60-1.90 Gm. gr. x-xxx. 

Bismuthi Subgallas, 0.60-1.90 Gm. gr. x-xxx. 

BISMUTHI SUBNITRAS. 

Bismuth Subnitrate. 

A heavy, white powder, of somewhat varying chemical composition ; 



THE METALS. 113 

permanent in the air ; odorless, and almost tasteless, showing a slightly 

acid reaction when moistened. Insoluble in water or in alcohol, •but 

readily soluble in nitric, or hydrochloric acid. 

Prepared from bismuth by dissolving it in nitric acid and pouring into 

water. 

Action. 

Bismuth subnitrate has a protectant, sedative, and slightly astringent ac- 
tion, upon mucous membranes, or upon denuded surfaces. 

Use. 
Bismuth subnitrate may be used locally as a protectant dressing, either as 
a dusting powder, or as an ointment. 

Internally it may be used in gastric and intestinal diseases, for its sedative 
and protectant action. 

BISMUTHI SUBCARBONAS. 

Bismuth Subcarbonate. 

A white, or pale yellowish-white powder, of somewhat varying chemical 
composition ; odorless and tasteless. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but 
completely soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid, with copious effervescence. 

Prepared from bismuth by dissolving it in nitric acid, evaporating to 
a small bulk, and adding the product to a solution of ammonium carbonate. 

Action. 

That of the insoluble bismuth salts. 

Use. 
The same as that of bismuth subnitrate for internal administrations. 
Therapeutically it is inferior to the subnitrate. 

BISMUTHI CITRAS. BiC 6 H 5 7 . 

Bismuth Citrate. 

A white, amorphous powder, permanent in the air ; odorless and taste- 
less. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in ammonia water. 

Prepared by boiling the bismuth subnitrate with citric acid. 

Action. 
Bismuth citrate has the action of an insoluble bismuth salt. 

Use. 
It is used pharmaceutically in preparing the bismuth and ammonium 
citrate. It has no therapeutic use. 

BISMUTHI ET AMMONII CITRAS. 

Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate. 

It should be kept in small, well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 



114 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It occurs as small, shining, pearly or transparent scales, becoming 
opaque on exposure to air ; colorless ; having a slightly acidulous and metal- 
lic taste, and a neutral, or faintly alkaline reaction. Very soluble in water ; 
sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from bismuth citrate by treating it with water of ammonia. 

Action. 
This soluble salt of bismuth is more stringent than the subnitrate, or 
the subcarbonate. It is also irritant and may produce the toxic symptoms 
of an irritant poison. It has none of the protectant properties of the 
subnitrate. 

Use. 

As an astringent it may be used, well diluted, in chronic diarrhoea. 
Its therapeutic use is limited. 

4> BISMUTHI SUBGALLAS. 

Bismuth Subgallate. Dermatol. 

This drug is a chemical compound of which gallic acid and bismuth 
oxide are the components. 

It is a pale yellow powder; odorless ; non-hygroscopic ; permanent in 
the air, even at a temperature of ioo° C. Insoluble. 

Action. 
Bismuth subgallate has the general action of the insoluble bismuth 
salts. It is slightly kolyseptic. 

Use. 

It may be used locally as a protectant and astringent dusting powder. 

Internally it has been found more useful than the subnitrate in gastric 

and intestinal disturbances, because of its more marked astringent and 

kolyseptic action. 

CHROMIUM. Cr. 

A metal obtained in the pure state as a light-green crystalline powder. 
It occurs principally as a chromite — a combination of chromic oxide with 
ferrous oxide — Cr 2 3 FeO. The metal is not official. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Chromicum For external use. 

Potassii Bichromas For external use. 

POTASSII BICHROMAS. K 2 Cr 2 7 . 

Potassium Bichromate. 

It occurs as large, orange-red, transparent, prismatic crystals ; perma- 
nent in the air ; odorless ; having a bitter, disagreeable, metallic taste, 
and an acid reaction. Soluble in 10 parts of water at 15 ° C. ; insoluble 
in alcohol. 



THE METALS. 115 

It is prepared from potassium chromate by treating it with sulphuric 

acid and its salts. 

Action. 

Potassium bichromate has an action similar to, but milder than that of 

chromic acid, q. v. 

Use. 

It may be used when a less active escharotic than chromatic acid is 

wanted.. 

ACIDUM CHROMICUM. Cr0 3 . 

Chromic Acid. Chromic Trioxide. Chromic Anhydride. 

This is not a true acid (an anhydride). 

Chromic acid should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, and great 
caution should be observed to avoid bringing it in contact with organic 
substances, as accidents are liable to result. 

It occurs in small, needle-shaped crystals, or in rhombic prisms, of a 
dark purplish-red color, and metallic lustre ; odorless ; destructive to 
animal and vegetable tissues. Deliquescent in moist air ; very soluble in 
water. 

It may be prepared from potassium bichromate by the action of sul- 
phuric acid. 

Action. 

This acid is astringent, stimulant and caustic. It readily gives off 
oxygen and thus acts as a deodorant and antiseptic. When used exter- 
nally, enough may be absorbed to produce toxic symptoms. As a caustic 
it forms a dry antiseptic eschar, which separates in two or three days, 
leaving a healthy granulating surface. There is often a marked tendency 
to contraction of the tissues around the point of application. 

Use. 
Chromic acid is used in the pure state, or diluted to 25 per cent., for its 
caustic action, in the removal of warts, and other morbid growths ; upon 
unhealthy granulating surfaces ; in the treatment of fibrous hypertrophies, 
and polypoid growths of mucous membranes ; to arrest superficial hemor- 
rhages. For its astringent and stimulating action it may be used well 
diluted (a ^ to 2 per cent, solution) in the nose and pharynx; upon 
other mucous membranes ; and upon indolent sores. 

Toxicology. 

Chromic acid acts as an irritant poison, causing pain, vomiting and 
purging, etc. The pulse is feeble. The urine may be suppressed. Death 
may be preceded by coma. 

Treatment. — As chemical antidotes, potassium or sodium carbonate, 
magnesia, or chalk, may be administered to convert the chromic acid, or 
bichromate of potash, to a neutral chromate. 



116 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

FERRUM. Fe. 

Metallic iron in the form of fine, bright, and non-elastic wire. 

Source. — Iron is found native in the metallic state; also as an oxide, 
sulphide, chloride, carbonate, phosphate, sulphate, and arsenate. It is 
obtained from its ores by smelting with coke, and clay, or limestone. 

General Action of Iron. — Iron is a normal constituent of the animal 
body, thus differing from most of the other heavy metals. It forms an 
important part of the haemoglobin which acts as an oxygen carrier to the 
tissues. Tissue oxidation depends more or less upon the amount of iron 
present in the body. Iron may, therefore, be regarded as a food as well 
as a medicine. The property of enriching the red blood corpuscles in 
haemoglobin is essentially the whole of the so-called constitutional, or 
hsematinic, action of iron. Iron compounds, unless debarred by properties 
of local irritation, may be given with a freedom impossible with most 
other distinctly metallic salts. 

The action of iron is not simply to supply a deficiency of this metal in 
the haemoglobin, for it must be given as a medicine in great excess of the 
actual amount required. — There are two theories at the present time 
regarding the haematinic action of iron. First (old), that the iron salts 
unite with albumin and form albuminates, which, in some way, pass into 
the system to give origin to haemoglobin. Second (new), Bunge's theory, 
that the haemoglobin of the blood is directly or indirectly derived from 
the iron holding nucleins of the vegetable kingdom. These nucleins are 
called haemotogen. A deficiency in haemoglobin, as illustrated in anaemia, 
is thought to be due to the fact that there is in the intestinal canal more 
or less putrefaction and fermentation. With this putrefaction alkaline 
sulphides are formed, the haemotogen is decomposed, and the haemoglobin 
supply shut off. Now, iron, and its salts, combine with the sulphur of the 
sulphides, and thus protects the haemotogen from decomposition. Accord- 
ing to this theory, iron is administered to protect the iron holding nucleins 
from decomposition, and not with the idea that the iron administered 
enters the system. 

Preparations of iron are divided into two classes so far as regards their 
local effect, namely : The astringent, which are generally irritant as well ; 
and the non-astringent, or bland preparations. Salts of the mineral acids 
are irritant, astringent, and styptic. Example : the chloride, sulphate, 
nitrate, as also the iodide, and bromide. The astringent preparations 
have a harsh, puckery, generally sour, and disagreeably inky taste, and 
tend to blacken, and corrode the teeth. They coagulate albumin and 
favor the formation of a clot when applied to an abraded surface or to a 
mucous membrane. They stimulate a healthy gastric mucous membrane, 
when used in moderate doses, increasing the appetite, and power of diges- 



THE METALS. 117 

tion, but when the stomach is already weak and sensitive to all irritants, 
even small doses may act so unpleasantly as to have to be discontinued. 
In the bowels they cause constipation. In overdoses they act as irritant 
poisons. 

The bland preparations have no such marked action — no irritation, and 
little if any astringency. Some have an inky taste, and blacken the teeth. 
They may cause constipation. All preparations that are insoluble, or but 
sparingly soluble in aqueous solutions, are locally bland. Example : re- 
duced iron, the hydrated oxide, the carbonate, etc. Salts of the so-called 
organic acids — lactic, acetic, citric, and tartaric, as also the phosphate, and 
the pyrophosphate — are bland preparations ; the lactate, and the acetate 
are less so than the others. 

The insoluble preparations have practically no taste ; have not the least 
astringency ; and do not blacken the teeth. After entering the stomach 
they may be acted upon by the free hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice, 
and then become slowly changed into soluble salts capable of the full 
physiological action of iron. 

All of the ferruginous preparations blacken the stools by the formation 
of sulphides, or tannates. This blackening of the stools is of no conse- 
quence, and the patient, or attendants, should be so informed, lest the un- 
usual color should cause needless alarm. 

Preparations. 

Ferrum Reductum o 06-0 30 Gra. gr. i-v. 

Ferri Oxidum Hydratum 15.00-30.00 Gm. gss-j. 

Trochisci Ferri 1 = 0.30 Gm. gr. v. 

Emplastrum Ferri (9 per cent.). 
Ferri Oxidum Hydratum cum Magnesia . 15.00-30.00 Gm. gss.-j. 

* Ferrum Dialyzatum 0.30-15.00 Cc. TTLv-^ss. 

$ Ferri Acetas For pharmaceutical use. 

Liquor Ferri Acetatis 0.12-0.60 Cc. TTUj-x. 

Liquor Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis . . 15.00-30.00 Cc. gss-i. 
Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus o 30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Massa Ferri Carbonatis 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Mistura Ferri Composita 15.00-30.00 Cc. ^ss-j. 

Pilula Ferri Carbonatis. 
Ferri Chloridum For pharmaceutical use. 

Liquor Ferri Chloridi o 12-0.60 Cc. TTUj-x. 

Tinctura Ferri Chloridi 0.30-0.60 Cc. HI v-x. 

Ferri Hypophosphis „ . . See the hypophosphites. 

Syrupus Hypophosphitum cum Ferro . See the hypophosphites. 
Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Pilulse Ferri Iodidi. 



118 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Syrupus Ferri Iodidi 0.60-1.90 Cc. tltx-xxx. 

Ferri Lactas 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Liquor Ferri Nitratis 0.30-0.95 Cc. Tltv-xv. 

Ferri et Ammonii Sulphas 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Ferri Sulphas . 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. i-ij. 

Ferri Sulphas Granulatus 0.06-0.12 Gm gr. i-ij. 

Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus 0.03-0.06 Gm. gr. ss-j. 

Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis o. 1 2-0 30 Cc. Ttlij-v. 

Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis. . t . . . For pharmaceutical use. 

Ferri Valerianas . 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. i-ij. 

*P Liquor Ferri Albuminati 1.90-3.75 Cc. ^ss-i. 

# Haemogallol 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. i-v. 

The Scale Preparations. 
Ferri Citras 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Liquor Ferri Citratis 0.30-0.95 Cc. Tltv-xv. 

Ferri et Ammonii Citras 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Vinum Ferri Citratis 3-75 _ 7«5° Cc. 31-ij. 

Ferri et Ammonii Tartras 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Ferri et Potassii Tartras 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Ferri et Quininse Citras 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Ferri et Quininae Citras Solubilis .... 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Vinum Ferri Amarum 3-75 - 7-5° Cc. gi-ij. 

Ferri et Strychninae Citras 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. i-v. 

Ferri Phosphas Solubilis 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Syrupus Ferri Quininae et Strychninae 

Phosphatum I «9°-3«7S Cc. sjss-i. 

Ferri Pyrophosphas Solubilis 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

FERRUM REDUCTUM. 
Reduced Iron. Iron by Hydrogen. Quevenne's Iron. 

It is metallic iron, with a variable amount of magnetic oxide of iron. 

A very fine, grayish black, lustreless powder, permanent in dry air; 
without odor, or taste. Insoluble in water or alcohol ; soluble in dilute 
acids with the evolution of hydrogen. 

Prepared from iron oxide by passing hydrogen over it, while heated. 

Action. 
Reduced iron is tasteless, bland, and convenient for medication. The 
acid of the gastric juice acts as a solvent and makes it medicinally active. 
Impure preparations give rise to the formation of gas, attended by 
agreeable eructations. 

Use. 

It is used for its haematinic properties. 



THE METALS. 119 

FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM. Fe 2 (HO) 6 . 
Ferric Hydrate. Ferric Hydroxide. 

It is a brownish red magma ; insoluble in water, but wholly soluble in 
hydrochloric acid without effervescence. 

It is obtained by treating, with an alkali, a solution of a ferric salt ; offi- 
cially from the solution of ferric sulphate 10 parts, ammonia water n 
parts, and water a sufficient quantity. It should be freshly prepared as 

needed. 

Action. 

The hydrated oxide being insoluble in water is one of the bland pre- 
parations of iron. It undergoes but slight chemical change in the alimen- 
tary canal, and is in consequence a very feeble hsematinic. Its medi- 
cinal value is largely due to the chemical reaction that takes place when 
it is brought in contact with arsenical compounds. It thus becomes a 
chemical antidote in arsenical poisoning. It also acts as a mechanical 
antidote by enveloping the arsenic and shielding the stomach until the 
bulk of the mass, or an emetic, causes its ejection. 

Use. 

As an antidote in acute arsenical poisoning, in large and frequently 
repeated doses. 

FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM CUM MAGNESIA. 
Ferric Hydrate with Magnesia. (Arsenic Antidote.) 

Prepared from a solution of ferric sulphate and magnesia. The iron 
solution is mixed with twice its weight of water and kept in a bottle. The 
magnesia is rubbed with water to a firm and thin mixture and put into a 
bottle containing 32 ounces. When the preparation is wanted for use 
mix the two liquids by adding the magnesia mixture gradually to the iron 
solution, and shaking them together until a homogeneous mass is formed. 

Action. 
The hydrated oxide of iron with magnesia is no more active as a 
hgematinic than is the preceding preparation, but as an antidote in arseni- 
cal poisoning is more efficient, for the excess of the alkaline precipitate is 
non-irritant, and is itself an antidote. 

Use. 
It is used as an antidote in acute arsenical posioning. 

$ FERRUM DIALYZATUM. 
Ferric Oxychloride. 

It is a clear, reddish-brown solution; odorless, practically tasteless, and 
perfectly bland. It mixes in all proportions with alcohol, water, glycerin 



120 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

and simple syrup. On mixture with alkalies, many salts (notably common 
salt), and most organic matters, it is suddenly transformed into a soft, 
glutinous mass, resembling clotted blood in consistency and color; in this 
state it is not capable of absorption. 

Dialyzed iron is a solution of ferric oxychloride in water. It is made 
by precipitating an aqueous solution of ferric chloride with ammonia 
water, shaking until the precipitate redissolves (formation of oxychlo- 
ride), and then dialyzing over water, continuing the dialysis, with fre- 
quent changing of water, so long as any traces of hydrochloric acid 
remain. The product is then assayed, and, by the addition of water, 
brought to the standard strength of 10 per cent, of dry oxychloride. 

Action. 
Dialyzed iron is a very feeble hsematinic, and is not so reliable in 
arsenical poisoning as the two preceding preparations, because the insolu- 
ble compounds that it forms with arsenic are not so stable in the presence 
of acids. It has the advantage, however, of always being ready for use, 
and for this reason may be ordered when neither of the other antidotes 

are at hand. 

Use. 

Dialyzed iron may be used as a haematinic, but it is inferior, as such, 
to many other iron preparations. It may be used as an antidote in acute 
arsenical poisoning. 

FERRI CARBONAS SACCHARATUS. 

Saccharated Ferrous Carbonate. 

Keep the product in small, well stoppered bottles. 

It is a dull, greenish-gray powder, gradually oxidizing by contact with 
air; odorless, having at first a sweetish, afterward a slightly ferruginous 
taste, and a neutral reaction. Sparingly soluble in water ; freely soluble, 
with copious evolution of carbon dioxide, in diluted hydrochloric acid. 

Prepared from the ferrous sulphate by decomposing it with sodium 
bicarbonate, and adding sugar. Without the presence of sugar the car- 
bonate of iron begins to change, as soon as it is precipitated, by the 
absorption of oxygen, and becomes ferric oxide, associated with a small 
quantity of ferrous carbonate which has escaped change. 

In chalybeate waters we usually have the ferrous carbonate held in solu- 
tion by the excess of carbon dioxide present. The rust-colored deposit 
which these waters yield is due to the ferric hydroxide, resulting from the 
decomposition of the carbonate. 

Massa Ferri Carbonatis (Vallet's mass). This is a greenish- 
black, soft, pilular mass, containing about half its weight of ferrous car- 
bonate, with sugar and honey. An excellent preparation. The ferrous 



THE METALS. 121 

carbonate is precipitated, as in making the saccharated ferrous carbonate, 
but the syrup, by its presence throughout the whole process of making, 
secures a more perfect preservation of the ferrous salt. 

Mistura Ferri Composita (Griffith's mixture). In this the fer- 
rous carbonate, developed by the action of ferrous sulphate with potassium 
carbonate, is held in suspension. The mixture does not keep well, and 
should be freshly prepared when wanted. 

Pilulae Ferri Carbonatis (Blaud's pills. Chalybeate pills). 

These pills are prepared from ferrous sulphate, and potassium carbo- 
nate, the ferrous carbonate being formed, as in the case of Griffith's 
mixture. 

Action. 

The ferrous carbonate, in some one of its many forms, is a most use- 
ful hsematinic. It is but slightly astringent, and is non-irritating. 

Use. 
In anaemia and other conditions, when the internal use of iron is 

called for. 

FERRI ACETAS. Fe 2 (C 2 H 3 2 ) 6 . 

This is official only in the following preparation : 
Liquor Ferri Acetatis. Solution of Ferric Acetate. 

An aqueous solution of ferric acetate, containing 33 per cent, of the 
anhydrous salt. 

It is a dark, red-brown, transparent liquid ; of an acetous odor, a 
sweetish, faintly styptic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. 

It is made by saturating glacial acetic acid with freshly precipitated 
ferric hydrate and bringing the solution to standard strength by the addi- 
tion of water. 

Action. 

Hsematinic, astringent, and styptic. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutical^ it is used as a test for mineral acids. Locally, or 
internally, it may be used as an astringent, or styptic. 

Liquor Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis. (Basham's mixture.) 

This solution is an elegant elixir containing a small amount of iron 

in the form of the acetate. 

It is a clear, reddish solution, of agreeable taste, with scarcely a trace 

of ferruginous flavor. 

It is made with tincture of ferric chloride 2 parts, diluted acetic acid 

3 parts, solution of ammonium acetate 20 parts, elixir of orange 10 parts, 

syrup 15 parts, water 50 parts. 



122 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 
The liquor ferri et ammonii acetatis is haematinic, and diuretic. 

Use. 
It may be used as a haematinic and diuretic in the anaemia of certain 
forms of albuminuria. 

FERRI CHLORIDUM. Fe 2 Cl 6 +i2H 2 0. 
Ferric Chloride. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles protected from light. 

It occurs in orange-yellow, crystalline pieces, very deliquescent. Solu- 
ble in water, alcohol or ether ; odorless, or having a faint odor of hydro- 
chloric acid, with a strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. 

Obtained by dissolving iron in hydrochloric acid, and oxidizing by 
nitric acid. 
Liquor Ferri Chloridi. Solution of Ferric Chloride. 

It contains 37.8 per cent, of anhydrous salt, corresponding to about 
13 per cent, of metallic iron, with some free hydrochloric acid. 

It is a reddish-brown liquid, having a faint odor of hydrochloric acid ; 
an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr.: 1.387 at 
15° C 

Obtained in the same way as the chloride of iron, only adding more 
water to terminate the process. 

Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. Tincture of Ferric Chloride. 

A hydro-alcoholic solution of ferric chloride (F 2 C1 6 ) containing about 
13.6 per cent, of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 4.7 per 
cent, of metallic iron. 

It is a bright brownish liquid, having a slightly ethereal odor, a very 
astringent styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. : about 0.960 at 
15 C. It is decomposed by alkalies, astringent vegetable infusions, and 
mucilage of acacia. 

Prepared from solution of ferric chloride, and alcohol. The product 
must stand, in a closely covered vessel, at least three months ; it should 
then be transferred to glass-stoppered bottles, and protected from light. 
The object in keeping it so long is to allow time for the chemical reaction 
that takes place between the free hydrochloric acid, derived from the 
original iron solution, and the alcohol, by which an ethereal body is 
formed which gives the peculiar flavor to the tincture. 

Action. 
The preparations of iron chloride are harsh styptics, and irritants. At 
the same time they are among the most valuable of the haematinics. They 
have the disadvantage of blackening and injuring the teeth ; of causing 



THE METALS. 123 

gastric irritation, and constipation. They may also cause irritation 
throughout the urinary tract. The destructive action on the teeth may 
be diminished by the use of glycerin, syrup, or a weak alkaline mineral 
water, like vichy water, as a vehicle. 

Use. 
The liquor is used pharmaceutical^ in preparing the official tincture. 
It may be used locally for its styptic properties. 

Internally, it has no advantages over the tincture, and is seldom used. 
The tincture may be used locally for its astringent action. 

Internally it is used as a haematinic in anaemia. It is also used in the 
treatment of diphtheria, erysipelas, and in some forms of chronic albu- 
minuria. 

LIQUOR FERRI NITRATIS. 

Solution of Ferric Nitrate. 

An aqueous solution of ferric nitrate [Fe 2 (N0 3 ) 6 .], containing about 6 
per cent, of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 1.4 per cent, 
of metallic iron. 

It is a transparent, amber-colored, or reddish liquid ; without odor; 
having an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. : 
1.050 at 15 C. 

Prepared by treating fresh, moist, ferric hydrate with nitric acid, and 
bringing the resulting solution of ferric nitrate to standard strength (6 per 
cent.) by adding a sufficient quantity of water. 

Action. 
Haematinic, astringent, and irritant, but to a less marked degree than 
are the preparations of the chloride. 

Use. 

Very limited. 

FERRI SULPHAS, FeS0 4 +7H 2 0. 
Ferrous Sulphate. Green Vitriol. Copperas. 

It occurs in large, pale bluish-green prisms, efflorescent and absorbing 
oxygen on exposure to air ; without odor ; having a saline, styptic taste, 
and an acid reaction. Soluble in 1.8 parts of water at 15 C. ; insoluble 
in alcohol. When quickly heated the crystals fuse ; when slowly heated 
to 115 C. (239 F.) they fall to powder and lose 38.84 per cent, of their 
weight (6 molecules of water of crystallization). It may be prepared 
from iron by dissolving in sulphuric acid. 

Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus. Approximately 2FeS0 4 +3H 2 0. Dried 
Ferrous Sulphate. 

Prepared by exposing the sulphate to a proper heat until the salt ceases 
to lose weight. It is a grayish white powder ; slowly but completely solu- 



124 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

ble in water, and answering to the reactions, and tests, of the sulphate. 
The crystallized sulphate yields about 61 per cent, of the dried sulphate. 

Ferri Sulphas Granulatus. FeS0 4 +7H 2 0. Granulated Ferrous 
Sulphate. 

This is a very pale, bluish-green, crystalline powder efflorescent in dry 
air, but when in contact with moisture gradually becoming oxidized ; with- 
out odor, having a saline and styptic taste, and an acid reaction. 

It should respond to the same reactions and tests as the sulphate. Pre- 
pared by pouring a solution of the ferrous sulphate slowly, with constant 
stirring, into alcohol ; collecting, and drying the precipitate. 

All of the ferrous sulphate salts should be kept in well-closed vessels. 

Action. 

Iron sulphate is an active haematinic. It is also astringent and irritant 
even to the poisonous degree. It has disinfectant properties to a limited 
degree. 

Use. 

Locally as an astringent. 

Internally as a haematinic. 

In cesspools, drains, etc., as a cheap disinfectant. 

Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis. Solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate. 
(Monsel's solution.) 

An aqueous solution of basic ferric sulphate (of variable chemical com- 
position), and corresponding to about 13.6 per cent, of metallic iron. 

A dark, reddish-brown liquid; odorless, or nearly so ; of an acid, 
strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Miscible in water, and alcohol, 
in all proportions, without decomposition. Sp. gr. : 1.550 at 15 C. 

Prepared from ferrous sulphate by adding sulphuric acid, and oxidizing 
by heating with nitric acid, not using enough sulphuric acid to form ter- 
sulphate. 

Action. 

Liquor ferri subsulphatis is intensely styptic, but less irritating than 
the preparations of chloride. It has the general haematinic properties of 
iron. 

Use. 

Locally it is sometimes used for its styptic action. 
Internally it has no advantages over other preparations, and is seldom 
used. 

Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis. Solution of Ferric Sulphate. 

An aqueous solution of normal ferric sulphate [Fe 2 (S0 4 ) 3 ], containing 
about 28.7 per cent, of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 8 
per cent, of metallic iron. 



THE METALS. 125 

A dark reddish-brown liquid ; almost odorless; having an acid, strongly- 
styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Miscible with water, and alcohol, in 
all proportions. Sp. gr. : 1.320 at 15 ° C. 

Prepared in the same way as the liquor ferri subsulphatis, only using 

more sulphuric acid. 

Action. 

Haematinic, styptic and irritant, with no advantages over other prep- 
arations already considered. 

Use. 

It is seldom used therapeutically. Pharmaceutically, it is used in pre- 
paring the official hydrated oxide of iron. 

FERRI ET AMMONII SULPHAS. Fe 2 (NH 4 ) 2 (SOJ 4 -f 24H 2 0. 
Ferric Ammonium Sulphate. Ammonio-Ferric Alum. Iron Alum. 
It occurs in pale violet crystals, efflorescent on exposure to air; odor- 
less; having an acid, styptic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Soluble 
in 2 parts of water at 15 C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Obtained from ferric sulphate, and ammonium sulphate, by heating 
them together. 

Action. 

This salt has the peculiar astringency, without excessive irritation, of 
the true alums. 

Use. 

Locally it is used as an astringent, or styptic. 

FERRI IODIDUM SACCHARATUM. 

Saccharated Ferrous Iodide. 

This preparation must be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool, 
dark place. The ferrous iodide, like the ferrous carbonate, is very unsta- 
ble, and for this reason the sugar is added. 

It is a yellowish-white, or grayish, very hygroscopic powder; without 
odor, and having a sweetish ferruginous taste. Soluble in 7 parts of water 
at 15 C. ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from iron, reduced iron, iodine, sugar of milk, and water. 

Syrupus Ferri Iodidi. Syrup of Ferrous Iodide. 

This is a transparent, pale-green liquid ; odorless; having a sweet, 
strongly ferruginous taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp gr. : about 1 353 
at 15 C. 

Prepared from iron, iodine and syrup, much in the same way as the 
saccharated iodide of iron. It contains about 10 per cent, of the ferrous 
iodide (Fel 2 ). It is a very unstable preparation, and on exposure to air 
the iodide is partially decomposed, iodine being set free and the iron 
oxidized. The decomposition is attended by a change in color from green 
to yellow, or even brown. 



126 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

This syrup should be kept in small, well-stoppered vials, which should 
be completely rilled. 

Pilulse Ferri Iodidi. Pills of Ferrous Iodide. Blanchard's Pills. 

Each pill contains about i grain of ferrous iodide, and i grain of 
reduced iron. 

Action. 

Iodide of iron has the action of iodine as well as that of iron. It is 
irritant without much astringency, and tends rather to relax the bowels 
than to cause constipation. 

Use. 

It is us?d in the treatment of anaemia associated with struma. 
FERRI LACTAS. Fe(C 3 H 5 3 ) 2 +3H 2 0. 

Ferrous Lactate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It ( ccurs as pale, greenish -white, crystalline crusts, or grains; perma- 
nent in the air ; odorless ; having a mild, sweetish, ferruginous taste, and a 
slightly acid re action. Soluble in 40 parts of water at 15 ° C. in 12 parts 
of b iling water ; almost ins )luble in alcohol. 

Prepared from iron by dissolving in lactic acid. 

Action. 

That of a feeble haematinic. 

Use. 

Practically it has no therapeutic use. It is used pharmaceutically in 
preparing the official syrup of the hypophosphates with iron. 

FERRI VALERIANAS. 

Ferric Valerianate. 

It must be kept in close-stoppered bottles, in a cool, dark place. 

It occurs as a dark tile-red, amorphous powder of somewhat varying 
chemical composition ; permanent in dry air ; having a faint odor of vale- 
rianic acid, and a mildly styptic taste. Insoluble in cold water but soluble 
in alcohol. Decomposed by hot water, valerianic acid being set free, leav- 
ing ferric hydrate. 

Prepared from ferrous sulphate, by decomposing with sodium valerianate. 

Action. 
That of a feeble Haematinic. 

Use. 
There is no reason why it should be used therapeutically. 



THE METALS. 127 

THE SCALE PREPARATIONS. 

All of the so-called scale preparations are obtained by reducing solu- 
tions of the drug, by evaporation, to the consistence of syrup, then spread- 
ing on glass, or porcelain plates, and drying. 

FERRI CITRAS. 

Ferric Citrate. 

It occurs in the form of transparent, garnet-red scales ; permanent in 
the air; odorless; having a very faint ferruginous taste, and an acid reac- 
tion. Slowly but completely soluble in cold water ; readily soluble in 
boiling water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

It is prepared from the solution of the citrate of iron by evaporation. 

Liquor Ferri Citratis. Solution of Ferric Citrate. 

An aqueous solution of ferric citrate containing about 35 per cent, of 
the anhydrous salt. 

A dark brown liquid ; odorless ; possessing a ferruginous taste, and 
an acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 1.250 at 15 C. 

Prepared by mixing fresh, and moist, ferric hydrate with citric acid. 
This mixture is heated and stirred until a solution is formed ; such solu- 
tion is then reduced by evaporation to standard strength and dried upon 
plates. 

Action. 

That of a bland haematinic. 

Use. 

Very limited because not sufficiently active. 

FERRI ET AMMONII CITRAS. 
Iron and Ammonium Citrate. 

It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles in a cool place. 

It occurs in transparent, garnet red scales ; odorless ; having a saline, 
mildly ferruginous taste, and a neutral reaction. Deliquescent on expo- 
sure to moist air ; completely soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by evaporation of a solution of ferric citrate with ammonia 
water. 

Vinum Ferri Citratis. 

This is a 4 per cent, solution of iron and ammonium citrate, in a 
mixture of tincture of sweet orange peel, syrup, and white wine. 

Action. 
That of a bland haematinic. 

Use. 
This preparation has no therapeutic use. Pharmaceutically it is used 
in preparing the iron and strychnine citrate. 



128 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

FERRI ET AMMONII TARTRAS. 
Iron and Ammonium Tartrate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 
It occurs in thin, transparent scales, varying in color from garnet-red 
to reddish-brown ; odorless ; of a sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste, and 
neutral reaction. It is slightly deliquescent; very soluble in water; 
insoluble in alcohol. 

Obtained by adding the solution of ferric sulphate to diluted ammonia 
water, and adding the moist ferric hydrate thus formed to diluted tartaric 
acid. 

Action. 
That of a bland hsematinic. 

Use. 
Therapeutically it is but little used. 

FERRI ET POTASSII TARTRAS. 
Iron and Potassium Tartrate. Potassio-Ferric Tartrate. 

The product should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from 
light. 

It occurs in thin, transparent scales, varying in color from garnet-red 
to reddish-brown; without odor, and having a sweetish, slightly ferruginous 
taste. Slightly deliquescent in moist air ; very soluble in water ; insoluble 
in alcohol. 

Obtained by adding fresh hydrated oxide to a solution of potassium 
bitartrate. 

Action. 

That of an agreeable, and bland hsematinic. 

Use. 

It may be used as a mild hsematinic. 

FERRI ET QUININ2E CITRAS. 
Iron and Quinine Citrate. 

Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It occurs in thin, transparent scales, of a reddish-brown color ; odor- 
less ; with a bitter, mildly ferruginous taste, and a slightly acid reaction. 
Slowly but completely soluble in cold water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from ferric citrate, quinine, citric acid, and water. It con- 
tains 12 per cent, quinine. 

FERRI ET QUININE CITRAS SOLUBILIS. 

Soluble Iron and Quinine Citrate. 

Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It occurs in thin, transparent scales of a greenish, golden-yellow 



THE METALS. 129 

color ; odorless ; having a bitter, mildly ferruginous taste, and an acid 
reaction. 

Prepared from ferric citrate, quinine, citric acid, ammonia water, and 
water. It contains 12 per cent, quinine. 

Vinum Ferri Amarum. Bitter Wine of Iron. 

Prepared from soluble iron and quinine citrate, tincture of sweet 
orange peel, syrup, and white wine. It contains 5 per cent, of the soluble 
iron and quinine citrate. 

Action. 

The iron and quinine citrate preparations combine the action of a 
bland hsematinic and a bitter tonic. 

Use. 
They are sometimes used when both iron and quinine are indicated. 
As a rule, however, it is better to prescribe these drugs in such amounts 
as are needed, and not in fixed proportions as in this preparation. 

FERRI ET STRYCHNINE CITRAS. 
Iron and Strychnine Citrate. 

It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

It occurs in transparent, garnet-red scales; odorless; having a bitter 
and slightly ferruginous taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Deliquescent 
in moist air. Soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol. 100 parts 
contain of iron and ammonium citrate 98 parts, of strychnine 1 part. 

Prepared by combining iron and ammonium citrate, strychnine, and 
citric acid, in solution. This solution is evaporated, and the residue col- 
lected in the form of scales. 

Action. 

That of a bland hsematinic, and of strychnine. 

Use. 
Like the iron and quinine preparations there is but little use for this 
combination. It is better to prescribe the iron and strychnine separately, 
as needed. 

FERRI PHOSPHAS SOLUBILIS. 

Soluble Ferric Phosphate. 

It should be kept in dark, amber-colored, well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in thin, bright green, transparent scales ; without odor, and 
having an acidulous, slightly saline taste. Permanent in dry air when 
excluded from light. Freely and completely soluble in water, but insolu- 
ble in alcohoL 

Obtained by mixing solutions of sodium phosphate, and of ferric 
citrate. 
9 



130 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action. 
That of a bland haematinic. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutically, as one of the ingredients of the official syrup of the 
phosphate of iron, quinine, and strychnine. 

FERRI PYROPHOSPHAS SOLUBILIS. 

Soluble Ferric Pyrophosphate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles in a dark place. 

It is in the form of thin, apple-green, transparent scales; permanent in 
dry air when excluded from light, but turning dark on exposure to light; 
odorless; having an acidulous, slightly saline taste, and a slightly acid re- 
action. Soluble in water, but insoluble in alcohol. 

It is a composite preparation obtained from solutions of ferric citrate 
and sodium pyrophosphate. 

Action. 

That of a bland haematinic only. 

Use. 
This is a favorite preparation when the use of a bland haematinic is 
called for. 

* LIQUOR FERRI ALBUMINATE 

Solution of Iron Abuminate. 

A brownish liquid, non-astringent, non-irritant, with a not unpleasant 
taste. 

Obtained by mixing solutions of egg albumin and iron oxychloride, 
and heating the precipitate with soda. It contains the equivalent of 
about 4 per cent, of metallic iron. 

Action. 
That of a bland haematinic. 

Use. 
Where haematinics are indicated. 

$ H^MOGALLOL. 
This is haemoglobin deoxidized; a reddish-brown powder. 

Action. 
That of a haematinic. It is rapidly absorbed. After entering the circu- 
lation, it takes up oxygen and becomes active haemoglobin again. Many 
advantages are claimed, for this new preparation, over the iron prepara- 
tions. 

Use. 

In all cases where haematinics are indicated. 



THE METALS. 131 

MANGANUM. Mn. 

Manganese is quite abundant in nature in an oxidized state, entering 
into the composition of several minerals. The metal is obtained by 
reducing its oxide, by heating it to redness with charcoal. It is hard, 
grayish white in color; looks like cast-iron, and is very brittle. The metal 
is not official. 

General action of the ma?iganese salts. The manganese salts are sup- 
posed by some to have the general action of the iron salts. 

Preparations. 

Mangani Dioxidum 0.18-0.30 Gm. gr. iij-v. 

Mangani Sulphas 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. i-ij. 

Potassii Permanganas 0.01-0.06 Gm.gr. ^-i. 

MANGANI DIOXIDUM. 
Manganese Dioxide. Black Oxide of Manganese. 

It is a heavy, grayish-black, more or less gritty powder; permanent in 
the air ; odorless, and tasteless. Insoluble in water or alcohol. When 
heated with hydrochloric acid it is converted into manganous chloride 
with the development of chlorine. At a red heat the dioxide gives off 
oxygen gas. 

This is the native crude manganese dioxide, containing at least 66 per 
cent, of the pure dioxide (Mn0 2 ). 

Action. 
This is a bland and unirritating preparation. It is supposed to act as 
a hsematinic, and also as an emmenagogue. 

Use. 
In anaemia, as an adjunct to iron preparations. In amenorrhcea 
dependent upon functional disturbances, or upon anaemia. 

MANGANI SULPHAS. MnS0 4 -f-4H 2 0. 
Manganese Sulphate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in colorless, or pale rose-colored, transparent prisms, slightly 
efflorescent in dry air; odorless ; having a slightly bitter, and astringent 
taste, and a faintly acid reaction. Soluble in 0.8 part of water at 15 C.; 
insoluble in alcohol. 

Prepared by dissolving the impure protoxide (MnO) in sulphuric acid, 
with the addition of a little hydrochloric acid. 

Action. 

Manganese sulphate has an irritant action upon the gastric and intes- 
tinal mucous membrane, and causes purgation. To it is also attributed the 



132 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

hsematinic properties of manganese salts. Its reputed cholagogue action 
, is very doubtful. 

Use. 

It has been used, without any very good reason, as a purgative in 
jaundice. 

POTASSII PERMANGANAS. KMnO*. 
Potassium Permanganate. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles protected from light. 

It occurs in deep purple, violet or nearly black, needle-shaped prisms, 
of a metallic lustre ; permanent in the air ; odorless, having a sweet, after- 
ward disagreeable, astringent taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in 16 
parts of water at 15 ° C, and in 3 parts of boiling water; decomposed 
by alcohol. When heated, the salt decrepitates, and at 240 C. (464 F.) 
it decomposes, yielding oxygen, potassium manganate, and manganese 
dioxide. 

The aqueous solution of the salt is of a deep violet-red color when 
concentrated, and of a rose color when much diluted, and this color is 
discharged by hydrogen sulphide, ferrous sulphate, oxalic acid, alcohol, 
and many other readily oxidizable substances, especially if the solution be 
first rendered acid by sulphuric acid. It should not be triturated, nor 
combined in solution, with organic, or readily oxidizable substances. 

It is obtained by combining potassa, manganese dioxide, potassium 
chlorate, diluted sulphuric acid, and water. 

Action. 

Potassium permanganate is an oxidizer, an irritant, and a mild caustic. 
At the same time it has the general action of manganese dioxide. As an 
oxidizer it is a deodorant, and a fleeting antiseptic. It is a useful antidote 
in poisoning by morphine, strychnine and many other organic poisons. 
It is an efficient antidote against the poison of venomous serpents. In 
poisoning, in order to be effective, the drug should be given before absorp- 
tion has taken place. 

Use. 

A saturated solution may be used as a disinfectant for the hands of the 
operator, in surgical practice. Weak solutions (£ to 5 per cent.) maybe 
used as a deodorant and antiseptic wash for ill-conditional ulcers, foetid 
rhinitis, gangrene, etc. 

Internally it may be used in the treatment of atonic amenorrhcea, but 
its irritant properties must be kept in mind, otherwise there may be con- 
siderable gastric distress. In poisoning from morphine or other alkaloids 
0.18-0.24 Gm. (3 or 4 grains) of the potassium permanganate, in a weak 



THE METALS. 133 

solution, should be swallowed at once. Inasmuch as many of the organic 
poisons after absorption are excreted in part by the gastric mucous mem- 
brane the use of this antidote may be continued from time to time as an 
adjunct to other treatment. As an antidote to the poison of venomous 
serpents a i per cent, solution should be injected hypodermatically about 
the wound before the poison is absorbed. 

AURII ET SODII CHLORIDUM. 

Gold and Sodium Chloride. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered vials. 

A mixture composed of equal parts of dry gold chloride (AuCl 3 ) and 
sodium chloride (NaCl). 

It is an orange-yellow powder ; odorless, with a saline, and metallic 
taste, and a slightly acid reaction. It is slightly deliquescent in damp air. 
Very soluble in water, and soluble in alcohol. 

It may be prepared by dissolving gold in nitro-hydrochloric acid, etc., 
and then adding a solution of common salt. 

Dose. — 0.001-0.005 Gm. gr. eV-xV. 

Action. 

This salt is antiseptic. It increases secretion. It is supposed to closely 
resemble mercury in its general action. 

Use. 
Gold and sodium chloride has no extensive therapeutic use. 



PART IV. 

NON METALLIC ELEMENTS. 

* OXYGEN. O. 

This is a colorless, odorless, tasteless, and respirable gas. Prepared by 
heating potassium chlorate with manganese dioxide. The manganese 
merely aids in the decomposition of the potassium salt, and takes no part 
in the reaction. Oxygen may be collected in a gasometer, or it may be 
condensed in iron cylinders, and withdrawn as wanted. 

Action. 
It is an active oxidizer. Applied to the unbroken skin it has but little 
action, but to a wound it acts as a stimulant, and increases the circula- 
tion through the part. Inhaled it causes a slight feeling of warmth 
in the mouth, extending downward over the body. Sometimes nervous 
symptoms may appear, due to an excess of oxygen respired. 

Use. 

It is used by inhalation in asphyxia, whether due to pneumonia, phthi- 
sis, diphtheria, or to poisoning by coal gas, opium, hydrocyanic acid, etc. 
One to two gallons may be administered once or twice daily, or in case 
of poisoning requiring its use, half a gallon may be administered every 
half hour, as needed. 

For further use of oxygen, see aqua hydrogenii dioxide. 

$ HYDROGENII DIOXIDUM. H 2 2 . 
Hydrogen Dioxide. 

It is a colorless, transparent, odorless, syrupy, extremely unstable fluid, 
with a harsh, bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. : 1.452. Solu- 
ble in water, and in ether. The ethereal solution is more stable than the 
aqueous solution. 

AQUA HYDROGENII DIOXIDI. 

Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

A slightly acid aqueous solution of hydrogen dioxide (H 2 2 ), contain- 
ing, when freshly prepared, about 3 per cent., by weight, of pure hydrogen 
dioxide, corresponding to about 10 volumes of available oxygen. 
134 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 135 

A colorless liquid, without odor, slightly acidulous to the taste, and 
producing a peculiar sensation, and soapy froth, in the mouth. Liable to 
deteriorate by age, exposure to heat, or protracted agitation. Sp. gr. : 
1.006 to 1. 012 at 15 C. 

A small amount of free acid is purposely allowed to remain in it for 
preservation. 

Many of the solutions are worthless because the H 2 2 is soon decom- 
posed into water and oxygen. A simple test of its activity is to place a 
few crystals of potassium permanganate in a test tube and add four to eight 
grammes of the solution. The violence of the resulting effervescence is in 
direct ratio to its value as a remedial agent. 

Prepared from barium dioxide, through the action of phosphoric, and 
diluted sulphuric acid. 

Action. 

That of oxygen. The preparations of hydrogen dioxide readily give 
off oxygen. Added to pus, it causes disintegration, with effervescence. 

Use. 
The therapeutic use of this preparation depends upon its instability. It 
may be used locally for its cleansing and antiseptic action. 

4> NITROUS OXIDE. N 2 0. 
Nitrogen Monoxide. Laughing Gas. 

It is a colorless, inodorous gas, with a slightly sweetish taste. Prepared 
by heating ammonium nitrate sufficiently to decompose it, not exceeding 
204. 4 C. (400 F.), collecting and washing the resulting gas, which may 
be condensed to the liquid form by pressure, and kept in strong iron 
flasks, from which it is allowed to escape into a properly constructed gas 
bag, for use as wanted. 

Action. 

When inhaled it rapidly enters the circulation. It combines with the 
oxygen of the red blood corpuscles, without itself uniting with the haemo- 
globin, and thus produces partial asphyxia, which is followed by anaesthe- 
sia. It does not interfere with the production, or elimination, of carbon 
dioxide. It must be given without the admixture of air. The result of 
this action on the blood is to affect the nervous centres, first stimulating 
them, and then producing anaesthesia. The first stage is characterized by 
fits of involuntary laughing, shouting, etc. When the gas is discontinued 
the anaesthetic effect quickly passes off, and a period of excitement may 
again come on as the patient breathes the pure air. 

Use. 
Nitrous oxide is sometimes used as an anaesthetic in minor surgical 



136 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

operations. It is more frequently used by dentists for its anaesthetic 
properties during the extraction of teeth. 

CARBON. C. 

This element is used in medicine in the form of animal and vegetable 
charcoal. 

Preparations. 
Carbo Animalis. 

Carbo Animalis Purificatus, . . . o.i 2-1.90 Gm. gr. ij-xxx. 
Carbo Ligni, o.i2-i.9oGm. gr. ij.-xxx. 

Carbo Animalis. Animal Charcoal. Bone Black. 

It occurs as dull black, granular fragments, or as a dull black powder ; 
odorless, nearly tasteless, and insoluble in water or alcohol. When ignited 
it leaves a grayish ash, amounting to about 85 per cent, of the original 
weight of the portion taken. The ash should be soluble in hydrochloric 
acid with the aid of heat, leaving not more than a trifling residue. 

It is the residue of bones which have been exposed to a red heat 
without the access of air. 

Carbo Animalis Purificatus. Purified Animal Charcoal 
This is a dull black powder ; odorless, tasteless, and insoluble. 
Prepared by dissolving out the earthy matters from bone-black with 

hydrochloric acid, washing, and drying the product. It should be kept in 

well-stoppered bottles. 

Action. 

It is a decolorizer, and an antidote in poisoning by the alkaloids. 

Use. 

It may be used in the treatment of poisoning by alkaloids. 
Carbo Ligni. Charcoal. 

Prepared from soft wood by burning it without the free access of air. 
The volatile portions of the wood — oxygen and hydrogen — are dissipated, 
and the carbon is left behind. 

It is a black powder ; odorless, tasteless and insoluble. 

Action. 

In the dry state it has the power of absorbing gases, and is thus a de- 
odorizer. It absorbs oxygen and parts with it readily in the presence of 
oxidizable substances, thus having an antiseptic, and also a deodorizing 
action. Saturation with water is very difficult, consequently its oxidizing 
power may be present in fluids to which it has been freshly added. In the 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 137 

stomach it has also a mechanical action, removing mucus, stimulating the 
circulation, and increasing peristalsis. 

It should be reheated immediately before use, to expel the gases con- 
densed in its pores which would diminish its absorbing properties. 

Use. 

Locally, it may be used as an antiseptic dressing ; a cheese-cloth bag 
containing powdered charcoal may be applied to gangrenous, or slough- 
ing, sores. 

Internally, it may be used in catarrhal, and fermentative diseases of the 
stomach. The dose, required, to be efficient, must be bulky, and there is 
no reason why charcoal should ever be given internally with so many other 
efficient drugs at our disposal. 

CARBONEI DISULPHIDUM. CS 2 . 
Carbon Disulphide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, or in tin cans, in a cool 
place, remote from light and fire. 

It is a clear, colorless, highly refractive liquid; very diffusive; having a 
strong, characteristic, but not fetid odor, a sharp, aromatic taste, and a 
neutral reaction. Soluble in 535 parts of water at 15 ° C. ; very soluble 
in alcohol, ether, chloroform, fixed and volatile oils. Sp. gr. : 1,268- 
1,269 at 15 C. It vaporizes readily at the ordinary temperature ; is 
highly inflammable, and when ignited produces carbon and sulphur 
dioxide. 

It is prepared by the direct combination of carbon and sulphur, at a 
moderate red heat. 

Action. 

Carbon disulphide is a powerful agent of the general type of the 
volatile alcohols and ethers. 

Locally, it is irritant, but also anaesthetic. It is also antiseptic. 

Internally, its narcotic properties are so pronounced as to make it an 
undesirable remedy. 

Use. 

Locally, to produce anaesthesia, it may be employed as an atomized 
vapor. Pain precedes the anaesthesia. 

It may be used for the relief of neuralgia, headache, etc. It has been 
used to lessen the swelling of enlarged lymphatic glands. 

SULPHUR. S. 

An elementary substance which occurs in nature as a brittle, crystal- 
line solid. 

Sources. — It is found native in volcanic districts. It is also found in 



138 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

combination with other elements, chiefly in the form of sulphates, and 
sulphides. 

General Action. — Sulphur is a parasiticide, an antiseptic locally and 
along the lines of elimination, a vascular stimulant, a diaphoretic, an 
expectorant, and a laxative. Its action is due to mechanical irritation, to 
the formation of sulphides, or of sulphur dioxide. 

Preparations. 

Sulphur Sublimatum For pharmaceutical use. 

Sulphur Lotum . 3-75 _ 7-5° Gm. gi-ij. 

Pulvis Glycyrrhizas Compositus . . See Senna. 

Unguentum Sulphuris For external use. 

Sulphur Prsecipitatum 3.75-7.50 Gm. ^i-ij. 

Sulphuris Iodidum For external use. 

Hydrogen Sulphide. 

Calx Sulphurata 0.01-0.03 Gm gr. %-%• 

Potassa Sulphurata 0.03-0.18 Gm. gr. y£— iij. 

Sulphur Dioxide. 

Acidum Sulphurosum 0.30-3. 75 Cc. TTLv-gi. 

Sodii Sulphis 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Sodii Bisulphis 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Sodii Hyposulphis 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

SULPHUR SUBLIMATUM. S. 
Sublimed Sulphur. Brimstone. Flowers of Sulphur. 

It is a fine, yellow powder, having a slight, characteristic odor, a 
faintly acid taste, and an acid reaction. Insoluble in water; slightly solu- 
ble in absolute alcohol. When ignited it burns with a blue flame, forming 
sulphur dioxide (So 2 ). 

Prepared by volatilizing crude sulphur in an apparatus so arranged 
that the vaporized sulphur will condense in the form of a powder on the 
walls of the receiving chamber. 

Action. 

This has the general action of sulphur, (a. v.) It always contains 
some sulphuric acid, and is thus rendered unfit for internal use. 

Use. 
For the disinfection of rooms and clothing, sulphur is burned; sulphur 
dioxide, the active disinfecting agent, is the product of this combustion. 

SULPHUR LOTUM. S. 
Washed Sulphur. 

This is simply sublimed sulphur, freed from impurities by washing it 
with diluted ammonia water, drying the product, and passing it through a 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 139 

No. 30 sieve. The ammonia not only neutralizes any sulphurous, or sul- 
phuric acid present, but it also dissolves out, and removes, arsenic sulphide, 
which may be present. 

It is a fine, yellow powder ; odorless and tasteless. Insoluble in water; 
slightly soluble in absolute alcohol. 

Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus. Compound Liquorice Powder, 
contains 8 per cent, of washed sulphur (see Senna). 

Unguentum Sulphuris. Sulphur Ointment, contains 30 per cent, of 
washed sulphur in benzoated lard. 

Action. 

This has the general action of sulphur (See p. 138). It is the most 
satisfactory of the sulphur preparations as a laxative. 

Use. 

Externally it may be used as a parasiticide in the form of the official 
ointment, or better still because less irritating, as a weaker sulphur oint- 
ment in combination with other parasiticides. It is also used in chronic 
skin diseases, as in psoriasis, chronic eczema, etc., when local stimulation 
is required. This is the most agreeable form of sulphur for internal admin- 
istration. It is a useful laxative, especially in the treatment of haemor- 
rhoids; the stool produced is soft and pultaceous. It may be combined 
with rhubarb, or potassium bitartrate, or with senna as in the official com- 
pound liquorice powder. 

SULPHUR PR^CIPITATUM. S. 
Precipitated Sulphur. Milk of Sulphur. Lac Sulphur. 

It is a fine, amorphous powder, of a pale yellow color, without odor 
or taste. Insoluble in water ; slightly soluble in absolute alcohol. 

Obtained by precipitating, with diluted hydrochloric acid, a solution of 
sulphur salts of calcium (from sublimed sulphur, 100 parts; calcium, 50 
parts). The sulphur, after precipitation, is collected upon a strainer, 
thoroughly washed with water, and dried at a gentle heat. 

The product should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

Action. 

This has the general action of sulphur (See p. 138). When freshly pre- 
pared it is a pleasant laxative like the washed sulphur, but upon keeping it 
tends to develop an acid, and this gives it a harsh action. 

Use. 
Quite similar to that of the washed sulphur. 



140 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SULPHURIS IODIDUM. 

Sulphur Iodide. 

This is a mixture of sulphur and iodine. It must be kept in a glass- 
stoppered bottle, in a cool place. 

It occurs in brittle masses, grayish-black, having the odor of iodine, 
and a somewhat acrid taste. Almost insoluble in water; soluble in 60 
parts of glycerin. Alcohol and ether dissolve out the iodine, leaving the 
sulphur. On exposure to air it gradually loses iodine. 

Prepared by fusing together a mixture of 1 part of washed sulphur and 
4 parts of iodine. The fused mass, after cooling, is broken into small 
pieces. 

Action. 

Sulphur iodide has the action of free iodine, and free sulphur. It is . 
therefore an antiseptic, a parasiticide, an irritant, and a mild alterative. 

Use. 

It may be used as an ointment (2 to 10 per cent.) in certain chronic 
skin diseases, especially those of a tubercular, or syphilitic type. 

$ HYDROGEN SULPHIDE. H 2 S. 

Sulphureted Hydrogen. 

This is a colorless non-respirable gas, with the odor and taste of 
rotten eggs. 

Obtained by treating ferrous sulphide with diluted hydrochloric acid. 

Action. 

Hydrogen sulphide acts as a vascular stimulant, a parasiticide, an 
antiseptic, and an irritant even to the corrosive degree. It causes an 
increased secretion from the intestinal glands, and also increased peristal- 
sis. It acts as a diaphoretic, and diuretic. It is in part absorbed, 
and may cause emaciation, and debility, through interference with oxida- 
tion. Excretion takes place through the skin, the kidneys, the bronchial, 
and the intestinal mucous membrane, either in an unchanged state or as 
sulphates. Calx sulphurata and potassa sulphurata are the drugs used to 
secure the action of the sulphides. 

CALX SULPHURATA. 
Sulphurated Lime. Crude Calcium Sulphide. 

A mixture containing at least 60 per cent, of calcium monosulphite 
(CaS), together with unchanged calcium sulphate (CaSOJ, and carbon, 
in varying proportions. 

It is a pale gray powder, exhaling a faint odor of hydrogen sulphide, 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 141 

having a nauseous, alkaline taste. Slightly soluble in water ; insoluble 
in alcohol. 

Prepared by heating to a bright-red heat, in a closed crucible, a mix- 
ture of dried calcium sulphate, charcoal, and starch. 

The product should be kept in small, glass-stoppered vials. 

Action. 
Sulphurated lime has the general action of hydrogen sulphide (see p. 
140). It is irritant. It tends to prevent suppuration, or if this is not 
possible, to hasten the reparative process when suppuration already exists. 

Use. 
It may be used in the trea'ment of boils, indolent abscesses, glandular 
enlargements, etc. 

POTASSA SULPHURATA. 

Sulphurated Potassa. Liver of Sulphur. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It forms irregular pieces of liver-brown color, which, by exposure to 
the air, gradually absorb moisture, oxygen, and carbon dioxide, and 
change to a greenish-yellow, and finally to a gray mass, containing potas- 
sium carbonate, hyposulphite, and sulphate. It has a faint odor of hydro- 
gen sulphide, a bitter, alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. 

Prepared by mixing together dried potassium carbonate and sublimed 
sulphur, gradually heating the mixture until it is completely melted, then 
pouring the liquid on a marble slab, and when cooled and solidified, 
breaking the mass into irregular pieces. 

Action. 

Sulphurated potassa has the general action of hydrogen sulphide (see 

p. 140). 

Use. 

In the bath it may be used (i in 10,000 to 1 in 1,000 parts of water 
with the addition of a little sulphuric acid to favor the formation of 
hydrogen sulphide) in the treatment of chronic lead, or mercury poisoning, 
rheumatism, certain skin diseases, etc. Wooden bath-tubs must be used. 
A wash or an ointment (5 to 20 per cent.) may be used instead of the 
bath in the treatment of chronic skin diseases. 

Internally, it has no advantage over the calx sulphurate, and is, in 
fact, but little used. 

* SULPHUR DIOXIDE. S0 2 . 

(Incorrectly called sulphurous acid gas.) 

It is a colorless gas, with a characteristic, sulphurous odor, offensive to 
the nostrils, and non-respirable. It dissolves freely in water, forming, in 
the process of solution, an acid body, sulphurous acid (H 2 S0 3 ). 

It is the product of the combustion of sulphur in air. 



142 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 

Anhydrous sulphur dioxide has no disinfectant properties, but i per 
cent, of the gas in the presence of moisture, through the formation of sul- 
phurous acid gas (H 2 S0 3 ), becomes active as an aerial disinfectant. It 
will destroy bacteria, but not spores. 

Use. 

Sulphur dioxide is used in the presence of moisture to disinfect rooms, 
clothing, etc., after contagious diseases. 

ACIDUM SULPHUROSUM. 
Sulphurous Acid. 

A liquid composed of not less than 6.4 per cent., by weight, of sul- 
phurous acid gas (Sulphur Dioxide, S0 2 ) and not more than 93.6 per cent, 
of water. 

A colorless liquid, of the characteristic odor of burning sulphur, and of 
a very acid, sulphurous taste. Sp. gr. : not less than 1.035 at I 5° C. 
Litmus paper moistened with the acid is first reddened and afterwards 
bleached. 

Prepared by deoxidizing sulphuric acid by means of charcoal, and 
passing the resulting fumes into water. 

It should be kept in dark, amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, in a 
cool place, protected from light. 

Action. 
Sulphurous acid has the action of a deodorant, and disinfectant. 

Use. 

It is sometimes used externally in the treatment of parasitic skin dis- 
eases, syphilitic ulcers, etc. (a 25 to 50 per cent, solution). It is also 
used as a spray (50 per cent, solution) for its antiseptic and stimulating 
action, in diseases of the throat, — catarrhal, syphilitic, or diphtheritic. 

Sodii Sulphis. Sodium Sulphite, Na 2 So 3 -f 7H 2 0. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent prisms; odorless, and having a cool- 
ing, saline, sulphurous taste. In air the salt effloresces, and is slowly oxi- 
dized into the sulphate. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 15 ° C. ; sparingly 
soluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution is neutral, or feebly alkaline. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. It may 
be prepared by passing sulphur dioxide into a solution of sodium carbo- 
nate until saturated, forming sodium bisulphite (sodii bisulphis). An 
equal weight of sodium carbonate now added forms a solution of the 
sodium sulphite, which is to be evaporated and crystallized out. 



1 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 143 

Sodii Bisulphis. Sodium Bisulphite. NaHS0 3 . 

It occurs as opaque, prismatic crystals, or as a granular powder, exhal- 
ing an odor of sulphur dioxide, and having a disagreeable, sulphurous 
taste. Exposed to the air, the salt loses sulphur dioxide, and is gradually 
oxidized to sulphates. Soluble, at 15 C, in 4 parts of water, and in 72 
parts of alcohol. The aqueous solution gives an acid reaction. 

It should be kept in a cool place, in small, well-stoppered bottles, 
filled as full as possible. 

Prepared by passing sulphur dioxide through a solution of sodium car- 
bonate (see Sodii Sulphis). 

Sodii Hyposulphis. Sodium Hyposulphite. Sodium Thiosulphate. 
Na 2 S 2 03+ 5 H 2 0. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent prisms, having a cooling, afterwards 
bitter taste. Efflorescent in dry air above the temperature of 7,3° C. 
(91.4 F.). Soluble in 0.65 part of water at 15 C. ; insoluble in alcohol. 
Its aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles It is more stable than the 
sulphites, undergoing decomposition with acids less readily. 

It may be obtained by digesting the solution of sodium sulphite, at a 
high temperature but short of ebullition, with finely-divided sulphur. 

Action. 

Sodium sulphite, bisulphite, and hyposulphite are decomposed by acids, 
and sulphur dioxide is a product of this decomposition. They have then 
the action of sulphurous acid, with the advantage of a more prolonged 
effect during the process of decomposition and elimination. 

Use. 

Externally, these may be used in solution, or ointment, (10 per cent.) 
in the treatment of parasitic skin diseases. 

Internally they may be used in the treatment of some forms of dyspepsia. 

* ICHTHYOL. C 28 H 36 S 3 6 (NHJ 2 . 
Ammonium Ichthyol Sulphonate. 

This is the most important of the salts of ichthyo-sulphonic acid. Pre- 
pared from a bituminous mineral of Tyrol, which is rich in fossilized 
remains of fish and sea animals. 

It has a peculiar, disagreeable odor, due to the presence of an insepa- 
rable volatile oil, and contains about 10 per cent, of sulphur combined 
in a manner not well understood. It is a clear, reddish-brown, viscid 
liquid, with a bituminous odor and taste. Miscible with water (the mix- 



144 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

ture being faintly acid), and capable of combining in all proportions 
with fats and vaseline. 

Dose : 0.12-0 60 Gm. gr. ij-x. 

Action. 

Ichthyol is a new drug of decided value. Its action depends upon (1) 
its reducing properties, (2) its antiseptic action, and (3) its vascular con- 
tractile effect. It is sedative, alterative, antiseptic, and parasiticide in 
action. 

Internally it retards disintegration of albumins. It has a marked 
effect, especially when used both externally and internally, upon exuda- 
tions. Pain is promptly relieved and the exudate is gradually absorbed. 
The peculiar properties of ichthyol are largely ascribed to the high propor- 
tion of sulphur that it contains. 

Other salts of ichthyo-sulphonic acid are the ichthyo-sulphonates of 
sodium, lithium, zinc, and mercury. They all occur as brownish-black, 
tar-like masses, but the first is the only one of importance. Being solid, 
it is employed when we wish to give ichthyol in pill form. 

Use. 

Externally as an ointment (10 to 20 per cent., made with vaseline and 
lanolin) it is one of the best applications in the treatment of erysipelas, of 
local suppurative processes, of frost bites, of enlarged lymphatics, etc. ; 
also in the treatment of various skin diseases, parasitic or non-parasitic. 
As a solution it may be used in certain inflammatory conditions of mucous 
membranes, but such solutions should be made with oil or with the liquid 
petroleum preparations, for in aqueous, alcoholic, or ethereal solutions, it 
has an acid reaction and is decidedly painful when applied to sensitive 
parts. 

Internally it has no extensive therapeutic use, but it may be prescribed 
in some forms of chronic gastric catarrh, in some forms of nephritis, in 
chronic cystitis, chronic gonorrhoea, etc. 

<? THIOL. 

Liquid thiol is a thin, brownish-black, neutral extract, with a feeble 
bituminous odor reminding of birch oil. Soluble in water, or glycerin; 
sparingly soluble in alcohol, or ether. Sp. gr. : 1. 080-1. 082. 

When evaporated to dryness liquid thiol yields 40 per cent, of residue 
(thiolum siccum). 

It is obtained by the action of sulphur on coal tar, and is a mixture of 
sulphureted hydro -carbons. It is practically an artificial ichthyol. 

Dose, 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. i-v. 



1 



non-metallic elements. 145 

Action and Use. 

Supposed to be that of ichthyol. Whether it is as efficient as ichthyol 
has yet to be proven. 

$ CHLORUM. 
Chlorine. 

A greenish yellow gas with a suffocating odor. It is non-respirable. 

Source. — It may be obtained from hydrochloric acid, or from sodium 
chloride. 

General Action. — Chlorine, and all of its preparations, acts as an anti- 
septic, and also as a bleacher. Its bleaching properties result from its 
decomposing water, removing its hydrogen, and setting free nascent 
oxygen which is the direct destroyer of organic matter. Its antiseptic pro- 
perties, in part at least, are due to this same cause. It is very irritant in 
the undiluted form, whether respired or applied locally. It does not enter 
the system in the free state, but combines with bases or with albumin at 
the point of application, and is absorbed in this changed form. It has a 
narcotic action, paralyzing nerve centres, and it may cause death by para- 
lyzing the respiratory centre ; or through its irritant action, causing spasm 
of the glottis, or intense bronchitis. In poisoning by the inhalation of 
chlorine, the sufferer should cautiously inhale the fumes of ammonia, or a 
weak mixture of hydrogen sulphide in air. 

Preparations. 

Aqua Chlori 3-75 _I 5.° Cc gi-iv. 

Liquor Sodse Chloratse 1.90- 3.75 Cc. Z%-). 

Calx Chloratae 0.18-0.36 Gm. gr. iij-vj. 

Aqua Chlori. Chlorine Water. 

A greenish-yellow, clear liquid, having the suffocative odor, and disa- 
greeable taste, of chlorine. It must contain at least 0.4 per cent, of the gas. 

It must be kept in a dark, cool place, in amber-colored, glass-stoppered, 
completely filled, bottles. 

Prepared by passing washed chlorine gas into water. 

Action. 
That of chlorine. 

Use. 

It may be used as an antiseptic mouth-wash (20 to 50 per cent, dilu- 
tion), in stomatitis, aphtha, etc. By inhalation it may be used, combined 
with a saturated solution of salt, (equal parts), in the treatment of chronic 
bronchitis, chronic laryngitis, tuberculosis, etc. j 15. to. 60. Cc. (3^-ij) 
of this mixture may be vaporized at each sitting, and there may be from 
one to three sittings daily. 
10 



146 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Liquor Sodse Chloratae. Solution of Chlorinated Soda. Labar- 
raque's Solution. 

A clear, pale, greenish liquid, with a faint odor of chlorine, a disa- 
greeable, alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Sp. gr. : 1.052 at 15 ° C. 
It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

Prepared by decomposing chlorinated lime with sodium carbonate, or 
by passing chlorine into a solution of sodium carbonate. It contains 
chiefly sodium hypochlorite and chloride, with some carbonate. 

Action. 
That of chlorine. (See p. 145.) 

Use. 
As a disinfecting wash, or gargle (10 to 15 per cent, dilution). 

Calx Chlorata. Chlorinated lime. Bleaching powder. 

A compound resulting from the action of chlorine upon calcium 
hydrate, and containing not less than 35 per cent, of available chlorine. 
It is often improperly called " chloride of lime." 

It is a white, or grayish-white, dry, or but slightly damp, powder, or 
friable lumps ; exhaling the odor of hypochlorous acid ; having a repulsive, 
saline taste ; becoming moist, and gradually decomposing on exposure to 
air. It is sparingly soluble in water, or in alcohol. 

On dissolving chlorinated lime in diluted hydrochloric acid, chlorine 
is given off. It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

Action. 

That of chlorine. (See p. 145.) 

Use. 

It may be used for the disinfecting properties of chlorine in the disin- 
fection of cesspools, water-closets, sick rooms, etc. A saturated solution 
may be used in the bed-pan that is to receive the stools from a typhoid 
fever, or tubercular, patient. It maybe used to secure chlorine for inhala- 
tion in the treatment of chronic laryngitis, chronic bronchitis, tuberculosis, 
etc. 1.90 to 22.50 Gm. (3^ in 6) of chlorinated lime is used in 
a room containing 550 cubic feet. The liberation of chlorine from 
chlorinated lime may be hastened by the addition of a small amount of 

hydrochloric acid. 

BROMUM. Br. 

Bromine. 

It should be kept in a glass-stoppered bottle, in a cool place. 
It is a heavy, dark, brownish-red, mobile liquid, evolving, even at 
ordinary temperatures, a yellowish-red vapor, highly irritant to the eyes 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 147 

and lungs, and having a peculiar, suffocating odor, resembling that of 
chlorine. Soluble in 30 parts of water at 15 C. ; readily soluble in 
alcohol, ether, chloroform, etc. It is completely volatilized by exposure 
to air, or heat. It renders gelatinized starch yellow. Sp. gr. : 2.990. 

Source. — Found in sea water, and in saline springs. 

General Action — Bromine, like chlorine, has an intense affinity for 
hydrogen, and so favors the oxidation of organic matter in the presence 
of moisture, by appropriating the hydrogen of the water and setting the 
oxygen free. It is thus a deodorant, and a disinfectant. 

Pure bromine is a painful caustic. Weak solutions are antiseptic and 
stimulant. It enters the system as a bromide. All the compounds of 
bromine show a certain physiological action, due to the bromine they 
contain, called bromism. This is characterized by diminished reflex irri- 
tability, cerebral and spinal, or, in more marked cases, there is not only 
diminished reflex irritability, but also positive stupidity, failure of memory, 
motor and sensory weakness, and diminished, or abolished, sexual function. 
In still more marked bromism there may be total loss of conscious exist- 
ence and the patient may die from paralysis of respiration, or of the 
heart. With bromism there is also a peculiar fcetor to the breath ; an 
cane-like eruption upon the face and upper part of the body ; a muddy 
or bronzed complexion; a tendency to congestion, and even oedema, of 
the fauces, and of the conjunctiva. 

The bromides are quickly absorbed, and elimination is rapid, chiefly 
through the kidneys, skin, and salivary glands. All the symptoms of 
bromism quickly disappear if the drug is discontinued, and, as a rule, no 
ill effects are left behind. 

Use. 

Bromine undiluted may be used as a caustic in hospital gangrene, etc. 
A weak solution (^ per cent.) may be used as an antiseptic wash, or 
dressing. Bromine may also be used, if handled with great care, for 
deodorizing or disinfecting vaults, cesspools, hospital wards, etc. 

Preparations. 
Bromum. 

Ammonii Bromidum 0.60—3.75 Gm. gr. X-3L 

Calcii Bromidum 0.60-3.75 Gm. gr. X-3L 

Lithii Bromidum 0.60-3.75 Gm. g r - x- 3i- 

Potassii Bromidum 0.60-3.75 Gm. gr. x-^i. 

Sodii Bromidum 0.60-3.75 Gm. gr. x-gi. 

Strontii Bromidum 0.60-3.75 Gm. gr. x-gi. 

Zinci Bromidum 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. %-\). 

Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum . . 1.90-7.50 Cc. 3 /^-ij- 



148 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

POTASSII BROMIDUM. KBr. 
Potassium Bromide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in colorless, translucent, cubical crystals ; permanent in dry 
air; odorless, having a pungent, saline taste, and a neutral reaction. Solu- 
ble, at 15 C, in 16 parts of water, and in 200 parts of absolute alcohol. 

Prepared from potassa and bromine. 

Action. 

This is the most frequently used of the bromides. It has the physio- 
logical action peculiar to bromine. It has also the action of all potas- 
sium salts upon the circulation, slowing and weakening the heart's action, 
and diminishing the calibre of the small blood-vessels through vaso-motor 
spasm. The result of these actions in the circulation is partial capillary 
anaemia, and slight reduction of body temperature. Tissue waste is 
diminished also. 

Use. 

Potassium bromide is used alone, or in combination with the sodium 
and ammonium salts, in the treatment of epilepsy. It is also used in cer- 
tain nervous conditions not dependent upon anaemia ; in functional dis- 
turbances of the genital organs; in marked irritability of the pharynx 
or larynx, in order to facilitate examination of these parts ; in spasmodic 
diseases, — whooping cough, infantile convulsions, puerperal convulsions, 
etc. 

SODII BROMIDUM. NaBr. 

Sodium Bromide. 

It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in small, white, or colorless crystals, or as a crystalline pow- 
der ; permanent in dry air ; odorless, having a saline, bitter taste, and a 
neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in 1.2 parts of 
water, and in 13 parts of alcohol. 

Prepared from soda and bromine. It contains 77.62 per cent, of bro- 
mine, while the corresponding potassium salt contains but 67.13 per cent, 
bromine. 

Action. 

Sodium bromide is less unpleasant to the taste than the potassium 
salt, and, in every way, causes less functional derangement, but it is 
inferior in curative properties. 

Use. 

In a general way it may be stated that the sodium salt is used after the 
manner of the potassium salt. 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 149 

LITHII BROMIDUM. LiBr. 

Lithium Bromide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It is a white, granular salt ; odorless, having a sharp, somewhat bitter 
taste, and a neutral reaction. Very deliquescent; soluble in 0.6 part of 
water; very soluble in alcohol. 

Prepared from lithium carbonate, and bromine ; or by first forming 
lithium sulphate, and adding to it a saturated solution of potassium bro- 
mide. 

Action. 

Lithium bromide contains more bromine than does any other of the 
alkaline bromides. It is claimed to be more speedily, and more power- 
fully, hypnotic than the other bromides. It closely resembles the potas- 
sium salt in general action. 

Use. 
The same as that of potassium bromide. It is seldom used. 

CALCII BROMIDUM. CaBr 2 . 

Calcium Bromide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

A white, granular salt ; odorless, having a pungent, saline, bitter taste, 
and a neutral reaction. Very deliquescent. Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.7 part 
of water, and in 1 part of alcohol. 

Prepared by first forming a sulphur bromide, by the action of sulphur 
on bromine, and then treating this with a solution of lime. 

Action. 

Calcium bromide has been recommended, because less irritating than 
the potassium salt, of which it is otherwise a duplicate. 

Use. 
The same as that of the potassium bromide. It is seldom used. 

AMMONII BROMIDUM. NH 4 Br. 

Ammonium Bromide. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent, prismatic crystals, or as a white, 
granular salt, becoming yellow on exposure to air ; odorless, having a 
pungent, saline taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in 1.5 
parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol. 

It may be prepared from ammonium sulphate by decomposing it with 
potassium bromide ; or by neutralizing hydrobromic acid with ammonia. 



150 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action. 

Ammonium bromide is far more stimulating, and irritating than the 
potassium salt ; otherwise it is a duplicate in action. 

Use. 

Whenever the bromides are to be used for a long time, as in epilepsy, 
a mixture of the potassium, sodium, and ammonium salts will often pro- 
duce a more satisfactory result than can be secured from any one of 
them singly. The use of the ammonium salt is largely confined to such 
combinations. 

STRONTII BROMIDUM. StBr 2 -}-6H 2 0. 

Strontium Bromide. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered vials. 

It occurs as colorless, transparent crystals ; odorless, having a bitter, 
saline taste, and a neutral reaction. Very deliquescent. Soluble in 1.5 
parts of water at 15 C; very soluble in alcohol. 

Action. 

This is a new salt that is considered by some to be superior to the 
potassium salt in many ways. Beside having the general action of the 
bromides it is said to act as an anti-fermentative ; to increase the appetite ; 
and to improve general nutrition. It has not a depressing action upon 
the heart. 

Use. 

In epilepsy. In certain gastric affections attended by hyper-acidity. 
It is said to be of especial benefit in the gastric affections so often present 
with patients suffering from organic heart disease ; bright' s disease ; etc. 

ZINCI BROMIDUM. ZnBr. 

Zinc Bromide. 

It should be kept in well -stoppered bottles. 

A white, or nearly white, granular powder ; odorless, having a sharp, 
saline, and metallic taste, and a neutral reaction. Deliquescent. Very 
soluble, in water, and in alcohol. It may be prepared by the direct com- 
bination of zinc and bromine. 

Action. 

Zinc bromide is irritant, and emetic, like other zinc salts. The action 
that is sought for in its medicinal use is the combined anti-spasmodic effect 
of zinc and bromine, but the possible dose gives an insignificantly small 
amount of bromine. 



non-metallic elements. 151 

Use. 

There is no good re son for the use of this bromide therapeutically. 
It is seldom used. 

ACIDUM HYDROBROMICUM DILUTUM. 
Diluted Hydrobromic Acid. 

It is completely volatilized by heat and should be kept in glass-stop- 
pered bottles protected from light. 

A liquid composed of 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute hydrobromic 
acid (HBr), and 90 per cent, of water. It is colorless, odorless, having 
a strongly acid taste, and an acid reaction. 

It may be prepared by passing sulphureted hydrogen into an aqueous 
solution of bromine. Two drachms contain about 12 grains of bromine, 
the equivalent of about 18 grains of potassium bromide. 

Action. 

Diluted hydrobromic acid is almost identical with the potassium bro- 
mide in its action, without the depressing effect of the potassium salt, and 
with less tendency to cause bromism. It may also fulfill the properties of 
the dilute mineral acids, so far as their sour qualities are concerned. It is 
a good solvent for quinine, as it diminishes the tendency to cinchonism. 

Use. 
Quite similar to that of the potassium bromide. 

IODUM. I. 
Iodine. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles in a cool place. 

Iodine is a solid, bluish-black, non-metallic element. 

It occurs in the form of dry rhombic plates, of a metallic lustre, a 
distinctive odor, a sharp and acrid taste, and a neutral reaction. It 
imparts a deep-brown stain to the skin and slowly destroys vegetable 
colors. It is sparingly soluble in water ; soluble in 10 parts of alcohol at 
1 5 C. ; freely soluble in ether, or chloroform, or in the presence of 
iodides. It is slowly volatilized at ordinary temperature. With gelatin- 
ized starch, in a cold solution, it produces a dark-blue color. 

Source. — Obtained from the ashes of sea-weed, and from mineral 
iodides, and iodates. 

General Action of Iodine. — Iodine has not so great an affinity for 
hydrogen as has chlorine or bromine, and medically is more manageable. 
Locally, the vapor and weak solutions, are deodorant, and disinfectant ; 
strong solutions are irritant, and caustic, causing tingling, prickling, or 
even severe pain. It stains the skin a yellowish-brown. The healing 



152 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

action following the direct effect of iodine is rapid. It also is a parasiti- 
cide, though not to the same degree as are the mercurials. In the stomach 
it is apt to have an irritant action, disturbing digestion. 

It is absorbed as an iodide (sodic), or as an albuminate, and gives the 
physiological action of the iodides. There is no good argument for the 
internal use of iodine preparations in preference to the iodides, where the 
constitutional action of the drug is wanted. 

The iodides show a marked physiological action, due to the iodine 
they contain. It is possible that the constitutional action may be due 
largely to its affinity for hydrogen, thus setting free nascent oxygen, 
increasing oxidation of tissue, and acting as an alterative. The action 
at the point of elimination is due to a local irritation, mild or severe, ac- 
cording to the amount of elimination that is taking place. Elimination 
is chiefly through the kidneys, the skin, and salivary glands ; also through 
the nasal, bronchial, and intestinal, mucous membrane. 

Iodism is characterized by a general feeling of discomfort, preced- 
ing feverishness, watery discharge from the eyes and nose, together with 
congestion of the conjunctiva and nasal mucous membrane ; hoarse- 
ness and difficult breathing, due to irritation and congestion of the 
mucous membrane lining the air passages ; epigastric pain, nausea, vom- 
iting, diarrhoea, and colic, due to irritation of the gastro-intestinal mucous 
membrane ; an acne-like eruption, generally appearing in the following 
order — on the face, the body, and the extremities (sometimes this eruption 
is eczematous rather than acne-form) ; nervous symptoms, such as listless- 
ness and depression. These symptoms are largely due to the iodine set 
free from its compounds during elimination. 

Outside of the symptoms of iodism are the physiological effects that 
we seek for in prescribing the iodides. These favor retrograde metamor- 
phosis of the products of various morbid processes, inflammatory or 
hyperplastic. This influence is most marked when the parts involved 
belong to the nervous, or to the connective tissue structures, especially 
when the morbid process is due to syphilis, or to rheumatism. 

Iodine set free in the system may combine with such metals as arsenic, 
lead, mercury, etc., which may have become deposited in the tissues, 
forming soluble iodides which are readily eliminated through the usual 
channels. 

Preparations. 

Tinctura Iodi 0.12-0.30 Cc. TTt ij-v. 

<P Tinctura Iodi Composita .... For external use. 

Liquor Iodi Compositus 0.12-0.30 Cc. 1TL ij-v. 

Unguentum Iodi For external use. 

Ammonii Iodidum 0.18-0.30 Gm. gr. iij-v. 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 153 

Potassii Iodidum 0.30-3.75 Gm. gr. v-gi. 

Unguentum Potassii Iodidi . . . For external use. 

Sodii Iodidum 0.30-3.750111. gr. v-gi. 

Strontii Iodidum 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici 0.60-3.75 Cc. Tit x-31. 

Zinci Iodidum 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. ^-ij. 

Argenti Iodidum See Argentum. 

Arseni Iodidum See Arsenum. 

Plumbi Iodidum See Plumbum. 

Sulphuris Iodidum See Sulphur. 

Tinctura Iodi. Tincture of Iodine is prepared from iodine 70 Gm. 
alcohol to 1000 Cc. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. (A 7 
per cent, tincture.) 

Tinctura Iodi Composita. Compound Tincture of Iodine. 
(Churchill's Tincture.) Prepared from iodine gv, potassium iodide gi, 
water %i, alcohol giij (twice the strength of the official tincture). (A 
15 per cent, tincture.) 

Use. 

These tinctures are used externally for their irritant, local alterative, 
antiseptic, or parasiticide action ; and by injection into serous cavities for 
their irritant action. Internally the preparations of iodine are inferior 
to the iodides, and are seldom used. They may be used by inhalation 
for the stimulating action of iodine in the treatment of chronic diseases 
of the respiratory tract. 

Unguentum Iodi. Iodine Ointment. Prepared from iodine 4 
parts, potassium iodide 1 part, benzonated lard to 100 parts. 

Use. 

The ointment is used for the irritant effect of iodine, and also for its 
local alterative action at the point of absorption. It should always be 
freshly prepared. 

Liquor Iodi Compositus. Compound Solution of Iodine. 
(Lugol's solution.) Prepared from iodine 5 parts, potassium iodide 10 
parts, w;iter to 100. It must be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

Use. 
This liquor may be used internally instead of the iodides, but there 
is no good reason for so doing. 

POTASSII IODIDUM. KI. 

Potassium Iodide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in colorless, translucent, cubical crystals, having a peculiar, 
faint odor, a pungent, saline, bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Deli- 



154 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

quescent. Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.75 part of water, and in 18 parts of 
alcohol. The commercial salt generally appears in white, opaque crystals, 
having a faintly alkaline reaction. 

Prepared from a solution of potassa and iodine. 

Unguentum Potassii lodidi. Ointment of Potassium Iodide. 
It contains 12 per cent, of potassium iodide in benzoated lard. 

Action. 

Potassium iodide is less irritating than iodine, and, perhaps, more 
quickly absorbed. It has the general action of the potassium salts in 
addition to the iodine action, that is wanted. It is the most frequently 
prescribed of the iodine preparations. 

It forms soluble salts with metals that may be present in the tissues, 
and thus hastens their elimination. 

Use. 
Potassium iodide is used for its alterative action in syphilis ; in some 
forms of subacute or chronic rheumatism ; in certain chronic inflamma- 
tions of serous, or mucous membranes, etc. It may be used for its chemi- 
cal action after absorption in the treatment of chronic poisoning from 
mercury, lead, zinc, arsenic, etc. The beneficial action resulting from 
the use of this salt in secondary and tertiary syphilis when its administra- 
tion has been preceded by a course of mercurial treatment is due in part, 
at least, to the setting free of mercury that has been stored up in the tissues. 

SODII IODIDUM. Nal. 

Sodium Iodide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in minute, white, or colorless crystals, or as a crystalline 
powder ; odorless, having a saline, and slightly bitter taste, and a neutral, 
or faintly alkaline reaction. Deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble, 
at 15 ° C, in 0.6 part of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol. 

Prepared from a solution of soda and iodine. 

Action. 
Sodium iodide has about the same physiological action as has the 
potassium salt, except that it is less depressing, less irritating, less diuretic, 
and also less certain to produce the desired physiological action of the 
iodides. 

Use. 

This salt is preferred by some, on theoretical grounds, to the potassium 
salt. When used it is, however, in the same class of cases in which the 
potassium salt is applicable. It is generally conceded to be inferior to the 
potassium salt, therapeutically. 



NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 155 

AMMONII IODIDUM. NH 4 I. 
Ammonium Iodide. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles and protected from the light. 

It occurs as a white, granular salt, or as minute crystalline cubes, soon 
becoming yellow, or yellowish- brown on exposure to air ; odorless when 
white, but emitting a slight odor of iodine when discolored ; having a 
sharp saline taste, and a neutral reaction. Very deliquescent. Soluble, 
at 15 C, in 1 part of water, and in 9 parts of alcohol. 

It may be prepared through a double decomposition between ammo- 
nium sulphate and potassium iodide. 

Action. 

Ammonium iodide is less depressing, more irritating, and less certain 
than the potassium iodide. 

Use. 
It is seldom used. 

STRONTII IODIDUM. Srl 2 -f 6H 2 0. 

Strontium Iodide. 

It should be kept in dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered vials. 

It occurs as colorless, transparent plates ; odorless, having a bitterish 
saline taste, and a neutral, or very slightly acid reaction. Deliquescent ; 
colored yellow by exposure to air, and light. Soluble in 0.6 part of 
water at 15 C. Soluble in alcohol, and slightly soluble in ether. 

Action. 
Strontium iodide has the general action of potassium iodide, but is 
less depressing. 

Use. 

After the manner of potassium iodide. 

ZINCI IODIDUM. Znl,. 

Zinc Iodide. 

It must be kept in small, glass-stoppered bottles. 

It is a white, or nearly white, granular powder ; odorless, having a 
sharp, saline, metallic taste, and an acid reaction. Very deliquescent. 
Soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

Prepared from zinc and iodine. 

Action. 

This salt is supposed to have the combined action of zinc and iodine, 
but the dose is necessarily so small that the iodine action is quite limited. 

Use. 
It is seldom used. 



156 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SYRUPUS ACIDI HYDRIODICI. 

Syrup of Hydriodic Acid. 

A transparent, colorless, or pale straw-colored, syrupy liquid, contain- 
ing i per cent, of absolute hydriodic acid (HI) ; odorless, having a sweet, 
and acidulous taste, and an acid reaction. 

Obtained from a solution of iodine in alcohol, syrup, and water, by 
passing through this mixture a current of hydrosulphuric acid gas. It is 
very unstable. 

Action. 

Syrup of hydriodic acid has the general action of the so-called mineral 
acids. It also has the action of the alkaline iodides because of the iodine 
in its composition, and it is for this action that it is generally used. 

Use. 

This preparation is sometimes used instead of the commonly prescribed 
iodides when the action of the iodides is wanted. 






PART V. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 

" Carbon compounds are remarkable, as a class, for a degree of com- 
plexity of constitution far exceeding that observed in any of the com- 
pounds previously described. And yet the number of elements which 
enter into their composition is extremely limited. Very few contain more 
than four, viz., carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen. This paucity of 
elementary bodies is compensated by the peculiar and extraordinary prop- 
erties of combinations that these four possess. There appears to be abso- 
lutely no limit to the number of definite substances which can be formed, 
each marked by a perfect individuality of its own." 

COAL TAR. 

"When bituminous coal is subjected to dry distillation, besides the 
incondensible gases which serve for lighting, and the charcoal, left behind 
as coke, which is a valuable fuel, there are formed, through the reactions 
of the disengaged principles of the coal, numerous other products, neces- 
sarily more or less varying in character and amount, not only according 
to the kind of coal used, but also with the varying circumstances of the 
decomposing process. Most of these newly-formed bodies, all of which 
are volatile, are condensed into a dark, thick liquid, or semi-liquid sub- 
stance, called coal tar. Formerly this was considered as refuse matter, 
and the most embarrassing problem for the manufacturer was how to get 
rid of it most conveniently. But science and industry have combined to 
wrest from this seemingly useless mass many substances of great value in 
the arts, and several which have entered into the catalogue of remedies. 
The composition of coal tar varies considerably with the temperature at 
which the distillation of the coal is effected, the yield of solid bodies and 
of gases being larger when the temperature is higher, while at a lower 
temperature the liquid portion of the tar is increased in amount. When 
coal tar is submitted to distillation and rectification it yields the following 
products in variable proportion. They maybe arranged in three divisions 
of solids, liquids and gases : 

i. Solids. — Naphtalene C 10 H 8 , methyl-naphtalene C n H 10 , acetyl- 
naphtalene, and diphenyl C 12 H 10 , fluorene C 13 H 10 , anthracene and phen- 

157 



158 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

anthrene C U H 10 , fluoranthene C 15 H 10 , methyl-anthracene C 15 H 12 , retene 
C 16 H 12 , chrysene C 18 H 12 , pyrene C 16 H 10 , and carbazol C 16 H U N. 

2. Liquids. — These may be neutral hydrocarbons, acids and ethers of 
the same, or bases. The neutral hydrocarbons are benzol C 6 H 6 , toluol C 7 H 8 , 
methyl-toluol and iso-xylol C 8 H 10 , pseudocumol, and mesitylene C 9 H 12 , 
cymol C 10 H 14 . The acid constituents are phenol C 6 H 6 0, orthociesol, paracre- 
sol and metacresol C 7 H 8 0,phlorol C 8 H 10 O, rosolic acid C 20 H 16 O 3 , pyrocate- 
chin C 6 H 6 2 , and creosote, consisting of the methyl ethers of pyrocatechin 
and its homologues C 7 H 8 2 , C 8 H 10 O 2 , C 9 H 12 2 . There are also present, prob- 
ably in combination with the ammonia of the ammoniacal liquor, acetic, 
butyric, carbonic, hydrocyanic, sulphocyanic, and hydrosulphuric acids. 
The bases are ammonia, NH 3 , methylamine CH 3 NH 2 , ethylamine C 2 H 5 NH 2 , 
phenylamine C 6 H 5 NH 2 , pyridine C 5 H 5 N, picoline C 6 H 7 N, lutidine C 7 H 9 N, 
collidine C 8 H U N, leukoline C 9 H 7 N, iridoline C 10 H 9 N, kryptidine C u H n N, 
acridine C 12 H 9 N, coridine C 10 H 15 N, rubidine C n H 17 N and viridine C 12 H 19 N. 

3. Gases. — These may be divided into illuminating gases, heating and 
diluting gases, and impurities. Illuminating gases. Acetylene C 2 H 2 , ethy- 
lene C 2 H 4 , propylene C 3 H 6 , butylene C 4 H 8 , allylene C 3 H 4 , crotonylene 
C 4 H 6 , terene C 5 H 8 , and vapors of benzol C 6 H 6 , styrolene C 8 H 8 , naphta- 
lene C 10 H 8 , methyl-naphtalene C U H 10 , fluorene C 13 H 10 , fluoranthene C 15 H 10 , 
hexane C 6 H U , heptane C 7 H 16 , octane C 8 H 18 . Heating and diluting gases. 
Hydrogen H 2 , marsh -gas (methane), CH 4 , carbon-monoxide, CO. Impur- 
ities. Carbon dioxide C0 2 , ammonia NH 3 , cyanogen (CN) 2 , methyl- 
cyanide CH 3 CN, sulphocyanic acid HCNS, hydrogen sulphide H 2 S, car- 
bon disulphide CS 2 , carbon oxysulphide COS, and nitrogen N 2 . — U. S. 

D. 1 6th Edition. 

BENZINUM. 

Petroleum Benzin. Petroleum Ether. 

A purified distillate from American Petroleum consisting of hydro- 
carbons, chiefly of the marsh gas series (C 6 H 12 , C 6 H u ), and homologous 
compounds. It should be carefully kept in well-stoppered bottles, or tin 
cans, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire. 

It is a transparent, colorless, diffusive liquid, of a strong, characteristic 
odor, slightly resembling that of petroleum, but much less disagreeable ; 
neutral in reaction. Insoluble in water ; soluble in about 6 parts of alco- 
hol, and readily so in ether, chloroform, fixed and volatile oils. Sp. gr., 
0.670-0675 at i5°C. It is highly inflammable, and its vapor, when mixed 
with air and ignited, explodes violently. 
Dose: 0.30-0.95 Cc. tttv-xv. 

Action. 
Benzin has the action of an antiseptic, a sedative, a local anaesthetic, 
a rubefacient, and a parasiticide. It is also toxic. An overdose, by 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 159 

inhalation, or internal administration, will produce sometimes only an 

intoxication like that from alcohol ; sometimes convulsions, coma and 

death. 

Use. 

It may be used as a local anaesthetic, as a rubefacient, or as a parasiti- 
cide. Internally it may be used to prevent gastric fermentation. By 
inhalation it may be used in whooping-cough. It may be used pharma- 
ceutically instead of ether as a solvent for fats, resins, etc. 

4> RHIGOLENE. 
Amyl Hydride. 

This is a name given to the lighter distillates from petroleum, namely, 
those which boil at a temperature of about i8° C. (65 F.). It is most 
inflammable, and the highly diffusible vapor, when mixed with atmos- 
pheric air, is exceedingly explosive. It should be kept in strong bottles, 
securely corked, and in a cool place. 

Action. 

That of a local anaesthetic, and refrigerant. 

Use. 

As a spray it may be used as a local anaesthetic, but care must be taken 
not to continue its application too long, lest it cause sloughing of the 
part. 

Rhigolene is not in general use, on account probably of its dangerous 
character. 

$ PETROLATUM. 

A mixture of the hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh gas series. Ob- 
tained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from petro- 
leum until the residue has reached the desired consistence. It is then 
purified by filtration through bone-black. 

Preparations. 

Petrolatum Liquidum For external use. 

Petrolatum Molle For external use. 

Petrolatum Spissum For external use. 

PETROLATUM LIQUIDUM. 
Liquid Petrolatum. Liquid Paraffin. 

A colorless, or more or less yellowish, oily, transparent liquid ; without 
odor, or taste, or giving off when heated, a faint odor of petroleum. Sp. 
gr., 0.875 t0 °-945 at T 5° C. Insoluble in water; scarcely soluble in 
alcohol. 



160 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

PETROLATUM MOLLE. 

Soft Petrolatum. Soft Paraffin. Paraffin Jelly. Vaseline, Cosmo- 
line, Abolene. 
A fat-like mass of about the consistence of an ointment, varying 
from white to yellowish, or yellow, transparent in thin layers, completely 
amorphous; without odor or taste, or giving off when heated a faint odor 
of petroleum. If a portion of soft petrolatum be liquefied, and brought 
to a temperature of 6o° C. (140 F.), it will have a sp. gr. of about 0.820 
to 0.840. The melting point for soft petrolatum ranges between 40 and 
45 C. (104 and 113 F.). When petrolatum is ordered, without fur- 
ther specification, soft petrolatum is to be dispensed. 

PETROLATUM SPISSUM. 

Hard Petrolatum. 

A fat-like mass of about the consistence of a cerate. Its melting point 
ranges between 45 and 51 C. (113 and 125 ° F.). In other respects 
hard petrolatum has the characteristics of liquid petrolatum. 

Action. 



All of the preparations of petrolatum act as bland protectants. 

Use. 
These preparations may be used as a basis for sprays, ointments, etc. , 
when protection of a part is wanted. 

GLYCERINUM. 
Glycerin. 

A liquid obtained by the decomposition of vegetable or animal fats, or 
fixed oils, and containing not less than 95 per cent, of absolute glycerin 
[C 3 H 5 (OH) 3 ], a triatomic alcohol. 

It is a clear, colorless liquid, of a thick, syrupy consistence, oily to 
the touch ; odorless, very sweet and slightly warm to the taste. Sp. gr. 
not less than 1.250 at 15 C. When exposed to the air it slowly abstracts 
moisture. Soluble in all proportions, in water or alcohol. An aqueous 
solution has a neutral reaction. 

Glycerin is produced during the manufacture of soap, the potassa or 
soda uniting with the fatty acids and setting the glycerin free. 

It is also produced by decomposing fats with high pressure steam, in 
the presence of a small quantity of zinc oxide. 

Or, again, subjecting fatty bodies to the action of water at a high 
temperature, under pressure, whereby the fats, which are glycerides, or 
ethers of the fatty acids, are broken up into free glycerin and free fatty 
acids, the water supplying the hydrogen and oxygen necessary for that 
change. 



the carbon compounds. 161 

Action. 

Glycerin is emollient and protectant when diluted ; slightly irritant 
in the undiluted state ; depletant when applied to a congested mucous 
surface. Much of its local action is due to its hygroscopic properties. 
Taken internally, or used per rectum, glycerin acts as a mild laxative. This 
action is due to its irritant and hygroscopic properties. In the liver it 
inhibits the formation of sugar. It has slight nutritive properties. It is 
also mildly antiseptic. 

Preparations. 

Glycerinum 0.60-3.75 Cc. TTLx-^i. 

Suppositoria Glycerini 1 = 6 Gm. (about 31^). 

Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici .... (20 per cent. acid). 
Glyceritum Acidi Tannici .... (20 per cent. acid). 
Glyceritum Boroglycerini . . . . (31 per cent, boric acid). 

Glyceritum Amyli (10 per cent, starch). 

Glyceritum Hydrastis (50 per cent, hydrastis). 

Glyceritum Vitelli (45 per cent. yolk). 

Use. 

Glycerin diluted with water, or alcohol, may be used as a local protect- 
ant in certain forms of skin disease. It may be used diluted (25 per cent.) 
as a mouth wash in typhoid, and other forms of fever ; also in the treat- 
ment of mouth affections for its own action, and to prolong the local effect 
of such drugs as may be prescribed with it. It is used extensively in 
gynaecological practice for its hygroscopic properties. Its hygroscopic 
properties make it useful in chronic constipation ; used as an enema, or 
as a suppository, a soft moist stool should follow within half an hour's 
time. It may be used for its antiseptic action to prevent gastric fermen- 
tation. It may be used instead of sugar as a sweetening agent during 
the existence of glycosuria. 

Pharmaceutically glycerin has an extensive use as a vehicle and solvent ; 
also as a means of keeping extracts, etc., moist. 

ALCOHOL ABSOLUTUM. C 2 H 5 OH. 

Absolute Alcohol. 

Ethyl alcohol, containing not more than 1 per cent., by weight, of 
water. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, or in cans, in a cool place, 
remote from lights or fire. 

A transparent, colorless, mobile and volatile liquid, of a characteristic, 
rather agreeable odor, and a burning taste. Very hygroscopic. 

It is obtained from vegetable juices, and infusions containing sugar, 
11 



162 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

by vinous or alcoholic fermentation and distillation. The sugar C 6 H 12 6 , 
yields by fermentation, 2C 2 H 5 OH(alcohol) -j- 2C0 2 (carbon dioxide). 

Action. 

Alcohol precipitates albumin, by withdrawing water from it, and thus 
tends to harden tissue. Applied to the skin evaporation takes place 
readily and produces a sensation of cold. If evaporation is prevented, it 
.acts as a mild irritant, causing an increased supply of blood to the part, 
.and a sensation of warmth or burning. On mucous membrane it has a 
similar action, the precipitation of albumin now having a mild, astringent 
«effect, while the influence on the local circulation is more marked through 
s paralysis of the vaso-constrictor centres, causing congestion and a sensa- 
tion of warmth, with increased secretion. Alcohol is aseptic, but not 
.antiseptic, in action. 

Absorption of alcohol (sufficiently diluted) from the stomach takes 
place rapidly. In the blood it diminishes the oxygen-carrying power of 
ithe corpuscles. In the tissues it appropriates oxygen, thus lessening oxi- 
dation of tissue and consequent elimination of tissue waste, and favoring 
the accumulation of waste materials in the tissues in the form of fat. The 
alcohol itself is oxidized, like any other carbohydrate, into carbon dioxide 
and water, and supplies force. 

Alcohol has a double action upon the nervous system. First, by 
.increasing the circulation through the nerve centres it may stimulate their 
functional activity for the time being ; its secondary action is sedative 
or paralyzing, affecting the nerve centres in the inverse order of their 
development — the highest centres first, the lowest last. 

Alcohol affects the circulation ; first, by increasing the force and 
frequency of the heart's action ; second, by causing dilatation of the 
peripheral blood-vessels. Its action upon the circulation is not thoroughly 
understood, but it is probably both centric and peripheral. As a result 
of the dilated peripheral blood-vessels, the body surface becomes flushed 
and warm ; the blood passes more rapidly from the arteries to the veins, 
and does not so completely lose its arterial character as it would under 
normal conditions ; the veins are therefore distended, and of a lighter 
blue than usual. 

Four factors enter into the lowering of temperature which accompa- 
nies the use of alcohol, (i) Diminished oxidation ; this only comes 
when large doses have been used. (2) Increased radiation, due to the 
dilated condition of the peripheral vessels. (3) Increased secret-ion of 
sweat, attended by increased evaporation. (4) Increased expenditure of 
heat in warming the increased excreta by the lungs, skin, and kidneys. 

Digestion is influenced favorably by small quantities of alcohol, for it 
increases the supply of blood to the gastric mucous membrane and thus 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 



163 



increases the secretion of gastric juice ; at the same time it excites a desire 
for food. Large single, or continued doses, are harmful ; the first 
retards digestion ; the second, by constant stimulation, gives rise to an 
abnormal gastric secretion which greatly interferes with digestion. 

Glandular secretion, generally, is increased, the result of an increased 
supply of blood to the glands. A long-continued increase of blood 
supply to the glands leads, in time, to the development of pathological 
changes in the glands. 

Elimination of alcohol takes place through the lungs, skin, kidneys, 
and intestines. A moderate amount may be so thoroughly oxidized in 
the tissues that very little of the quantity ingested will escape through the 
channels of elimination already indicated. 

Toxicology. 

Large doses of alcohol may cause sudden death by heart failure, 
through reflex action ; or by paralysis of the cardiac, or of the respiratory 
centre. 

Treatment. — The use of cardiac or respiratory stimulants, such as 
strychnine, electricity, artificial heat, etc. 

Preparations. 



Name. 



Alcohol Absolutum . . . 
Alcohol Deodoratum . . . 

Alcohol 

Alcohol Dilutum .... 
Spiritus Frumenti .... 
Spiritus Juniperi Compositus 
Spiritus Vini Gallici . . . 

Vinum Album 

Vinum Rubrum 



Percentage 
of Alcohol. 



By Wght. 



99- 

92.5 

91. 

41. 

44 to 50 
68.7 

39 to 47 
10 to 14 
10 to 14 



By Volume. 



95-1 

94. 

48.6 

50 to 58 

70. 

46 to 55 

12.4 to 17.3 

12.4 to 17.3 



Sp. Gr. at 
1 5° C. 



0.797 
0.816 
0.820 
0.936 
0.930-0.917 

0.941-0.925 
0.990-1. 010 
0.989-1. 010 



Dose. 



Cc. 



Pharmaceutical Use. 



7.50- 15.00 
15.00- 30.00 
15.00- 30.00 
15.00- 30.00 
15.00- 30.00 
60.00-120.00 
60.00-120.00 



lj-iv 



ij— iv 
ij-iv 



■Si 



Alcohol Dilutum. Diluted Alcohol. 

A liquid composed of about 41 per cent, by weight, or about 48.6 
per cent., by volume, of absolute ethyl alcohol, and about 59 per cent. 
by weight, or about 51.4 per cent., by volume, of water. It should be 
kept in well-closed vessels, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire. 

Action. 
The action is described fully under alcohol. See p. 162. 



164 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

Alcohol may be used externally as a stimulating and astringent wash to 
prevent the formation of bed-sores. In fevers it may be used as a sponge 
bath. It reduces the temperature in these cases by favoring evaporation ; 
at the same time it increases the general comfort of the patient through its 
sedative action. It may be used as a local dressing for sprains, burns, etc., 
for its local sedative action. It may be used to arrest the oozing of 
capillary haemorrhage. 

In regulating the dose for internal use of the various alcoholic stimu- 
lants, the physical condition of the patient and the result to be acquired 
must be taken into consideration. A healthy adult can assimilate about 
two ounces of absolute alcohol in twenty-four hours without causing 
disturbance of digestion, or other injurious consequences. In certain 
diseased conditions, however, the patient may far exceed the normal 
limit without injury. 

The taste of alcohol is less objectionable to children, as a rule, than 
is that of the spirits, and wines, and for this, or other reasons, it may be 
prescribed internally, where alcoholic stimulants are indicated to over- 
come heart failure ; — as in diphtheria, typhoid fever, pneumonia ; poison- 
ing from certain drugs; poisoning from the bite of venomous insects, or 
serpents ; or in shock due to injury, or surgical operation. In febrile con- 
ditions — notably typhoid fever— it may be used, not only for its stimula- 
ting properties, but also for its sedative action, and its power to diminish 
oxidation. It may be used to aid digestion in certain cases of debility, 
due to age, or disease. Its sedative action may be utilized in the treat- 
ment of some forms of insomnia. 

The danger of the patient acquiring the alcoholic "habit," as a 
result of its therapeutic use, should always be kept in mind by the pre- 
scriber. This is especially true when alcohol is used in the treatment of 
chronic, or nervous diseases. 

Spiritus Frumenti. Whiskey. 

An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distillation of the mash of fer- 
mented grain (usually of mixtures of corn, wheat, and rye), and at least 
two years old. It is amber-colored, having a distinctive odor and taste, 
and a slightly acid reaction. 

Action and Use. 
That of alcohol. See p. 162. 

Spiritus Vini Gallici. Brandy. 

An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distillation of the fermented, un- 
modified juice of fresh grapes, and at least four years old. A pale, amber- 






THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 165 

colored liquid, having a distinctive odor and taste, and a slightly acid 
reaction. 

Action and Use. 

That of alcohol. See p. 162. Whiskey and brandy are the most gen- 
erally used of the alcoholic stimulants. Whiskey has been used more than 
brandy, in years gone by, because genuine brandy was not easily secured. 
At present this objection to brandy should not exist. In general, it may 
be stated that whiskey is less palatable than brandy, and it is more apt to 
produce functional disturbance of the stomach. In the absence of pure 
brandy, whiskey is the best of the alcoholic distilled liquors. 

Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. A substitute for gin. 

An alcoholic preparation to which the oils of juniper, caraway and 
fennel have been added in fixed proportions (oil of juniper, 8 Cc. ; oil of 
caraway, 1 Cc. ; oil of fennel, 1 Cc. ; alcohol, 1400 Cc. ; water to 2000 
Cc). 

Action. 

In addition to the stimulating effect produced by the alcoholic prepa- 
rations, the compound spirit of juniper has a diuretic action, dependent 
upon the oil of juniper present in its composition. 

Use. 

It may be used as a diuretic, carminative, and antispasmodic alcoholic 
stimulant. 

Vinum Album. White Wine. 

An alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of fresh grapes, 
freed from seeds, stems, and skins. 

It is a pale, amber-colored, or straw-colored liquid, having a pleasant 
odor free from yeastiness, and a fruity, agreeable, slightly spirituous taste, 
without excessive sweetness or acidity. 

When white wine is prescribed, without further specification, it is re- 
commended that a dry white wine of domestic production (such as Cali- 
fornia Riesling, Ohio Catawba, etc.), be employed. 

White wine should be preserved in well-closed casks filled as full as 
possible, or in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

Vinum Rubrum. Red Wine. 

An alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of fresh, colored 
grapes, in presence of their skins. 

A deep, red liquid, having a pleasant odor free from yeastiness, and a 
fruity, moderately astringent, pleasant and slightly acidulous taste, without 
excessive sweetness or acidity. It contains some tannin. 

When red wine is prescribed, without further specification, it is recom- 



166 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

mended that a dry red wine of domestic production (such as a native 
Claret, Burgundy, etc.), be employed. 

Red wine should be preserved in well-closed casks filled as full as pos- 
sible, or in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

Action and Use. 

These wines owe their action to the alcohol which they contain, and 
are used accordingly. The red wines contain more tannin than the 
white wines, and are consequently more astringent. 

OTHER ALCOHOLIC PREPARATIONS. Not Official. 

Champagne. 

This is an effervescent, or so-called sparkling wine, obtained by fer- 
mentation from grapes. The effervescence is due to arrested, or incom- 
plete, fermentation. Alcoholic strength, by volume, 6 to 13 per cent. 

Dose: 15.00-60.00 Cc. ^ ^-ij- 

Action. 

Champagne produces a more marked stimulant action than an equal 
quantity of a " still " wine of similar alcoholic strength. 

Use. 

This wine is particularly useful when alcoholic stimulants are indicated, 
but when an irritable condition of the stomach prevents the administration 
of the more common wines. 

For therapeutic use champagne should be as free from sugar as possible 
— an extra dry wine. 
Beer. 

This is a fermented infusion of malt, flavored with hops. Alcoholic 
strength (by volume) 1 to 5 per cent. 

Ale. 

This is also a fermented infusion of malt, made by a more rapid pro- 
cess, and at a higher temperature than that employed for beer. It has, as 
a rule, a higher alcoholic strength (3 to 8 per cent, by volume) than beer. 

Porter. 

This resembles the other malt liquors. It derives its color from malt 
that has been dried at a still higher temperature. Its alcoholic strength 
(by volume) is 3 to 5 per cent. 

Stout. 

This constitutes a beverage of the same nature as porter. It contains 
a large amount of extractive matter. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 167 

General Action of Fermented Liquors. — These fermented liquors con- 
tain water, alcohol, sugar, dextrine and allied substances, nitrogenous 
matter, traces of fatty matter, aromatic, bitter, and coloring principles, 
saline matter, with variable quantities of carbonic, and acetic acids. The 
alcohol, sugar and its allies, and the bitter principles are the constituents 
that give these liquors their characteristic properties, namely; — their stim- 
ulating, nutritive, and tonic properties. 

Use. 
The lighter ales and beer may be used as stomachic tonics, or to aid 
digestion, in certain conditions of debility. Porter or stout are of value 
in wasting diseases, in convalescence from acute diseases, and for nursing 
women. 

Liquid Malt Extracts. 

There are many of these on the market. They are quite generally 
understood, by the laity, to be non-alcoholic malt preparations. This is 
not true of the best productions. They contain from 3 to 7 per cent, 
(by volume) of alcohol. It is hard to understand what advantages these 
preparations can have over the so-called fermented liquors, unless the fact 
that over-scrupulous individuals may thus unknowingly be persuaded to 
use such a liquor when desirable, can be so considered. 

CHLOROFORMUM. CHC1 3 . 
Chloroform. Trichlormethane. 

A liquid consisting of 99 to 99.4 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
chloroform, and 1 to 0.6 per cent, of alcohol. 

It should be kept in dark, amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, in a 
cool and dark place. 

A heavy, clear, colorless, mobile, and diffusible liquid, of a character- 
istic, ethereal odor, and a burning, sweet taste. Soluble in 200 times its 
volume of cold water, and in all proportions of alcohol, ether, etc. Sp. gr. : 
not below 1.490 at 15 C. (59 F.) or 1.473 at 2 5° c - (77° F.) It is vola- 
tile even at a low temperature, and boils at 6o° to 6i° C. (140 to 141. 8° 
F.) It is not inflammable, but its heated vapor burns with a green flame. 

The vapor, when generated in the presence of gas or lamp flame, 
develops chlorine and phosgen gas (COCl 2 ). These are irritant, and non- 
respirable. 

Prepared by distilling alcohol with chlorinated lime ; or by decom- 
posing chloral hydrate with alkalies; or by distilling acetone with 
chlorinated lime. 

Action. 

Applied locally it is anodyne in action when used in small quantity, 
or properly diluted; irritant, if used undiluted, causing pain, followed by 



168 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

numbness, and local anaesthesia. Blistering may occur if evaporation is 
prevented. 

It has antiseptic properties, and will arrest fermentation. It is also a 
parasiticide. 

Internally its first action is that of an antiseptic, and gastric stimulant, 
or irritant, according to the amount swallowed. 

If there is excessive flatulence or colic it causes expulsion of flatus by 
increasing peristalsis, and at the same time has a local narcotic influence, 
quieting pain and spasm. The constitutional symptoms, produced by an 
internal dose of 3.75 to 7.50 Cc. feitogij), are similar to those produced 
by inhalation of the drug, the narcotism, however, developing and pass- 
ing off more slowly. 

Inhalation produces general anaesthesia, with a train of symptoms 
which, for convenience, may be divided into four stages. 

(1) Stage of Stimulation. A feeling of warmth comes over the sur- 
face. There is increased cerebral activity, due to a direct action on the 
nerve cells, the highest nerve centres being the first affected. The imag- 
ination and feelings become exalted ; noises are magnified, and a sensation 
of light in the eye may be present. There is a feeling of oppression at 
the chest, and sometimes a choking sensation. Soon external impressions 
are but slight, questions are but slowly and imperfectly answered, and 
any sensation of pain which may have been present becomes greatly 
diminished, or entirely abolished. The pulse and respiration are slow, 
due to reflex inhibition, through stimulation of the nerves of the nose and 
larynx. 

(2) Stage of Excitement. The patient is no longer conscious of what 
is going on around him, but he may struggle, shout, sing, laugh, cry, or 
talk during this stage. The respiration is now quickened, due to the 
stimulation of the vagus branches distributed to the lung ; at the same 
time the pulse is quickened. This quickening of the respiration and pulse 
is in part due to paralysis of the nerves supplying the mucous mem- 
brane of the nose, larynx, and lungs, which, during the first stage, had 
caused slowing of both the respiration and pulse. The pupils may dilate, 
as the result of stimulation of the sympathetic nervous system. 

This stage is generally most marked in men, especially those who have 
been accustomed to the use of alcoholic stimulants. In children and 
weakly persons it may be absent entirely, the patient passing quickly from 
the first to the third stage. 

(3) Stage of Anaesthesia. There is general muscular relaxation; 
reflex action is entirely abolished, and there is total loss of consciousness 
and of sensation. The pupils are contracted, as the result of stimulation 
of the third nerve, or of its cerebral centre. The pulse and respiration are 
slow and steady; general reflexes being abolished, they are now under the 
control of their respective nervous mechanisms alone. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 169 

(4) Stage of Paralysis, or of Recovery. The respiratory centre itself 
becomes paralyzed, the respiration becomes slow, and feeble, and finally 
ceases. The heart's action becomes feeble, and may stop entirely. The 
blood pressure is lowered, as a result of enfeebled heart's action and par- 
alysis of the vaso-motor centre. The pupils are dilated, as the result of 
paralysis of the third nerve, or of its centre. Death may come from 
paralysis of respiration, paralysis of the heart, or both. 

If this stage is one of recovery, then returning consciousness is gener- 
ally pleasant. The nervous system appears to be paralyzed in the follow- 
ing order : the brain, the sensory part of the cord, the motor tract of the 
cord, the sensory parts of the medulla oblongata, and, finally, the motor 
portion of the medulla, thereby producing death by failure of respiration. 
The order in which the nerve centres are paralyzed is sometimes changed, 
and the heart may stop before respiration ceases, or both functions may 
cease together. 

Sometimes death may come suddenly during the administration of 
chloroform before the anaesthetic stage is complete. This is probably due 
to shock, causing sudden arrest of respiration, or of heart's action, or of 
both. 

Use. 

Chloroform may be used by inhalation to produce general anaesthesia. 
Extreme care must be used in the administration of chloroform as an 
anaesthetic. Not more than two or three per cent, of chloroform vapor 
should be present in the respired air. It is best given on an Esmarch's, 
or similar, inhaler, for this allows the free admixture of air. 

Internally, chloroform has been used as an anthelmintic against tape- 
worms, twenty minims being administered with some convenient vehicle 
every half hour up to three doses, and this followed by a dose of castor oil. 

Toxicology. 
When dangerous symptoms arise during the administration of chloro- 
form, the first thing to determine is the cause. If due to obstruction of the 
air passages, remove the obstruction. If due to shock, the result of too 
early operation, probably nothing that may be done will save the patient 
from death. If due to an overdose of chloroform, discontinue the drug. 
Use artificial respiration if necessary. If respiration is good and there is 
a tendency to heart- failure, give amyl nitrite by inhalation, or glonoin 
hypodermatically to cause dilatation of the blood-vessels, and thus relieve 
an over-distended heart. Artificial heat should be applied to the chest 
and extremities. Inversion of the body should not be practiced, for this 
throws extra work on an already paralyzed and over-dilated heart. Elec- 
tricity is of questionable value. Cardiac and respiratory stimulants, such 
as strychnine, ammonia, etc., may be used hypodermatically, but are of 
questionable value. 



170 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Aqua Chloroformi 3.75— 7.50 Cc. gi-ij. 

Emulsum Chloroformi 1.90- 3.75 Cc. Z%-). 

Spiritus Chloroformi 0.60- 1.25 Cc. Til x-xx. 

Linimentum Chloroformi For external use. 

Aqua Chloroformi. Chloroform water is a saturated aqueous solution 
(1 in 200 parts). 

Use. 

This is used as a carminative, anti-spasmodic, or anti-fermentative in 
certain gastric disturbances. 

Emulsum Chloroformi. Chloroform emulsion consists of chloroform 
40 Cc, expressed oil of almonds, 60 Cc, tragacanth, 
15 Gm., and water to 1000 Cc. 

Use. 

This is a convenient preparation of chloroform, for internal adminis- 
tration, in flatulence, colic, etc. 

Spiritus Chloroformi. Spirits of chloroform is a 6 per cent, alcoholic 
solution of chloroform. 

Use. 

This is another convenient preparation for the internal administration 
of chloroform. 

Linimentum Chloroformi. Chloroform liniment consists of 300 parts 
of chloroform with 700 parts of soap liniment. 

Use. 
For the local and temporary relief of pain in neuralgia, etc 

$ BROMOFORMUM. CHBr 3 . 

Tribromomethane. 

An analogue of chloroform, produced by the action of bromine upon 
alcohol in the presence of an alkali. 

A clear, colorless liquid, with a peculiar, but not unpleasant odor, and 
a sweetish taste. Sparingly soluble in water ; freely soluble in alcohol 
and ether. Sp. gr. : 2.830 at o° C. (32 F.). It must be protected from 
light, as it is readily decomposed. 

Dose, 0.06-0.30 Cc. Tit i-v. 

Action. 

Anaesthetic, but not a safe one ; antispasmodic ; a local analgesic ; and 
an antiseptic. 



the carbon compounds. 171 

Use. 

This has been used of late in the treatment of whooping-cough. A 
daily dose of from 0.30-1.25 Cc. (TTL- 5~ 2 °) mav De given to a child. It 
is most conveniently prescribed as an alcoholic solution, with water. 

IODOI 
Iodoform. Triiodomethane. 

It should be kept in a cool place, in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in small, lemon-yellow, lustrous crystals, having an almost 
insuppressible, characteristic odor, and an unpleasant, iodine-like taste. 
Not perceptibly soluble in water, to which it imparts a slight odor and 
taste. Soluble in 52 parts of alcohol at 15 ° C. ; in 12 parts of boiling 
alcohol ; in 5.2 parts of ether; very soluble in chloroform, fixed, or vola- 
tile oils. Its solutions have a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. : 2.000 at 15 C. 

It may be prepared by mixing an alcoholic solution of potash with 
tincture of iodine ; or by the action of iodine on a mixture of alcohol 
and a solution of sodium, or potassium, carbonate. It contains about 97 
per cent, of free iodine. 

Dose, 0.06-0.18 Gm. gr. i-iij. 

Action. 

Iodoform has the action of a local anaesthetic, a local stimulant or 
irritant, an alterative, a kolysystic (that is having a restraining influence 
upon the development of bacteria). Its anaesthetic action is confined to 
denuded, or to mucous surfaces. Its other actions — stimulant, irritant, 
kolyseptic, and alterative — depend upon its liberation of fine iodine when 
in contact with moist living tissue. Through its general alterative action 
it seems to prevent the development of giant cells, and may thus hinder 
morbid tissue growth. It has a specific, though unexplained, action in 
inhibiting local tubercular processes. 

Use. 

It may be used locally or hypodermatically (10 to 20 per cent, in 
sterilized glycerin, or olive oil) in the treatment of tubercular processes. 
It may be used locally in the treatment of syphilitic and non-syphilitic 
ulcers. Its kolyseptic action makes it a useful surgical dressing. It may 
be used for its anaesthetic action in the form of a suppository (0.30- 
0.60 Gm. gr. 5-10), in the treatment of painful haemorrhoids, fissure of 
the anus, etc. 

Toxicology. 

Large doses of iodoform have a marked action upon the nervous sys- 
tem, causing feverishness, sleeplessness, headache, irritability, and loss of 



172 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

memory ; in some cases delirium ; in others drowsiness, symptoms of 
collapse, and death. 

Treatment — Discontinue the use of the drug. Hasten its elimination 
through the kidneys by the free use of diluent diuretics. Stimulants may 
be required to control symptoms of depression. 

Unguentum Iodoformi. 

This, a 10 per cent, ointment made with benzoated lard, is the only 
official preparation. 

$ DI-IODOFORMUM. C 2 I 4 . 
Di-iodoform. Periodized ethylene. 

This occurs as yellow prismatic needles, or as a yellow powder, almost 
odorless when protected from the light, and tasteless. Insoluble in water ; 
sparingly soluble in alcohol, and in ether; soluble in chloroform. It 
should be kept in colored bottles protected from the light. 

Prepared by treating periodized oestylene (C 2 I 2 ) with an excess of 
iodine. It contains 95 per cent, of iodine. 

Dose, 0.06-0.18 Gm. gr. i-iij. 

Action and Use. 

Di-iodoform has the general action of, and has been used as a substitute 
for, iodoform. 

4> IODOL. CJ 4 NH. 

Tetra-iodo-pyrrol. 

It occurs as a yellowish-brown, shining powder, free from odor or 
taste. Sparingly soluble in water; soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
and fixed oils. 

Prepared from the pyrrol, which is obtained in Dippel's oil (bone oil), 
by an interaction between it and iodine. It contains nearly 87 per cent, 
of iodine. 

Dose, 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Action. 
It is supposed to have the general action as iodoform, with the advan- 
tage of being less disposed to produce dangerous symptoms through 
absorption ; and also of not having such a penetrating, disagreeable odor 
as has iodoform. 

Use. 
So far, iodol has shown itself to be a poor substitute for iodoform. It 
has not come into general use, and probably never will. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 173 

4> SOZOIODOL. C 6 H 2 I 2 OHS0 3 H. 
Di-iod-para-phenol-sulphonic-acid. 

It occurs as a white, glittering powder ; odorless, and of slightly acid 
taste. Soluble in water, alcohol, and glycerin. 

Prepared by the interaction of potassium paraphenol sulphonate, dis- 
solved in diluted hydrochloric acid, and a solution of potassium iodate and 
iodide, in molecular proportions. It contains 54 per cent, of iodine, 
20 per cent, of carbolic acid, and 7 per cent, of sulphur. 

Action. 

Sozoiodol is supposed to have the action of carbolic acid and iodine, 
without poisonous properties The carbolic acid is present in the form of 
carbol-suiphonic acid — a harmless compound. 

Use. 
This is intended as a substitute for iodoform, with the advantages of 
solubility, freedom from odor, and non-toxic properties. 

* ARISTOL. C(OI)H 2 C 6 j £ 3 ^- 
Dithymol-diiodide. Thymol-iodide. 

It occurs as a brownish-red, odorless, somewhat unstable, amorphous 
powder, containing about 46 per cent, of iodine. Insoluble in water, or 
glycerin ; slightly soluble in alcohol ; freely soluble in ether ; readily 
taken up by fatty oils, or by vaseline, when rubbed together with them. 
It is easily decomposed by light and heat. 

Prepared through the decomposition of iodine, in a solution with 
potassium iodide, by an alcoholic solution of thymol. 

Action. 

Aristol is supposed to have the action of iodoform. It is weaker, 
however. It is also non-toxic. 

Use. 
It is used to some extent as a substitute for iodoform. 

$ EUROPHEN. 2(£** I » j C 6 H 3 0)HI. 

Di-iso-butyl-ortho-cresol-iodide. 

An amorphous yellow powder of peculiar aromatic odor. Insoluble in 
water or glycerin ; readily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and oils. 
Like aristol it is easily decomposed by light or heat. In contact with 
water or aqueous secretions (wound secretion) small quantities of iodine 
seem to be given off that are again taken up. It contains about 22 per 
cent, of iodine, and is five times as bulky as iodoform. 



174 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It is obtained by the interaction of iso-butyl-alcohol, and ortho cresol 
in the presence of zinc chloride, at a high temperature, when iso-butyl- 
ortho cresol is formed. This, dissolved in a dilute alkaline solution and 
precipitated with a solution of iodine and potassium iodide, yields euro- 
phen, which is washed and dried in the dark. 

Dose : 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 
Europhen has the general action of iodoform. It is non-toxic. 

Use. 
It may be used as a substitute for iodoform. 

^THER. 
Ether. 

A liquid composed of about 96 per cent., by weight, of absolute ether, 
or ethyl oxide [(C 2 H 5 ) 2 0], and about 4 per cent, of alcohol, containing 
a little water. 

Ether should be kept in well-stoppered containers, preferably in tin 
cans, in a cool place, remote from lights, or fire. 

A transparent, colorless, mobile liquid, having a characteristic odor, a 
burning and sweetish taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr., 0.725 to 0.728, 
at 1 5 C. It boils at 37 C. (98. 6° F.). Soluble in ten times its volume 
of water at 15 C. Miscible, in all proportions, with alcohol, chloroform, 
fixed, and volatile oils. 

It is highly volatile, and inflammable. Its vapor, when mixed with air 
and ignited, explodes violently. 

Obtained by dehydrating ethylic alcohol, by means of sulphuric acid, 
and purifying the product. 

Action. 

Locally, evaporation is so rapid as to produce anaesthesia by freezing the 
part; continued for some time, the part may be destroyed, and separate 
as a slough. If evaporation is prevented, it will then act as a local stimu- 
lant, or irritant. 

It has a similar irritant action on mucous membranes, both during 
administration, and elimination. In the stomach, it increases the secretion 
of gastric juice, increases peristalsis, and hastens the expulsion of flatus. 
It probably tends to increase the co-ordination of the movements of the 
stomach, and intestines, thus relieving spasms. When inhaled, it causes 
marked irritation of the air passages, producing paroxysmal coughing and 
temporary arrest of respiration, due to spasm. During elimination by the 
lungs and kidneys dangerous symptoms may result from the irritation 
produced. On entering the general circulation it still acts as a stimulant. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 175 

It is one of the most diffusible and rapid of cardiac stimulants, but fleet- 
ing in its effects. It also stimulates the respiratory center, in ordinary 
doses. 

In large doses (generally by inhalation), ether has a narcotic action, 
producing general anaesthesia, and even death. Like chloroform, it acts 
first on the brain, then on the sensory centers of the cord, then on the 
motor centers of the cord, next the sensory centers of the medulla, and 
finally the motor centers (including that of respiration) of the medulla. 
Death comes from paralysis of respiration. As with chloroform the anaes- 
thesia produced by ether has four stages : 

(i) The stage of stimulation, which is prolonged. 

(2) The stage of excitement, which is marked and prolonged. 

(3) The stage of anaesthesia. 

(4) The stage of paralysis, or of recovery, which is apt to be accom- 
panied by a series of disagreeable symptoms. 

The vapor of ether is administered in as concentrated a form as possi- 
ble. A close mask is used in order to exclude any admixture of air. 

Use. 

Ether is used by inhalation as a general anaesthetic. 
Compared with chloroform ether has the following advantages and 
disadvantages : 

Advantages. 

Ether is safer, during all stages of anaesthesia 

for heart, 

for respiration. 
As a rule ether is not so treacherous as chloroform. 

Disadvantages. 

Ether is not so pleasant to take as chloroform. 

The odor is disagreeable. 

The vapor is suffocating. 

The stage of excitement is marked. 

Vomiting is often present. 
Because of its irritating action ether is 

Not so safe in disease of the lungs. 

Not so safe in disease of the kidneys. 

Not so safe because of possible suffocative catarrh following its use, 
Because the vapor is inflammable ether is 

Not so safe in the presence of gas- or lamp-light. 

Not so safe when using the actual cautery. 
Recovery from ether anaesthesia is tedious and often accompanied by a 

train of very unpleasant symptoms. 



176 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Ether may be used as a local anaesthetic in minor surgical operations, 
but it is inferior to many other drugs, for this action. 

It may be used hypodermatically, for its prompt stimulating effect; in 
cases of shock, etc., 0.60-0.95 Cc. (min. 10 to 15) maybe used every ten 
minutes, up to three or four injections. 

It may be used with cod-liver oil, to favor the digestion of the oil. 

Because of its solvent properties, it may be used to aid in cleansing 
a surface preparatory to a surgical operation. 

Preparations. 

Spiritus ^Etheris 0.60-1.25 Cc. Tltx-xx. 

Spiritus ^Etheris Compositus 0.60-1.25 Cc. Tltx-xx. 

Spiritus Athens. Spirit of ether is an alcoholic solution contain- 
ing 32.5 per cent, of ether. 

Spiritus ^Etheris Compositus. Compound spirits of ether, 
(Hoffman's anodyne). This is an alcoholic solution containing 32.5 per 
cent, of ether and 2.5 per cent, of ethereal oil. 

Use. 

These two preparations are used internally — by preference the Hoff- 
man's anodyne —when the stimulating, or anti-spasmodic, action of ether 
is wanted. 

OLEUM ^THEREUM. 

Ethereal Oil. 

This is a transparent, nearly colorless, volatile liquid, with a peculiar 
aromatic, ethereal odor, a pungent, refreshing, bitter taste, and a neutral 
reaction. Sparingly miscible with cold water ; readily miscible with 
alcohol, and ether. Sp. gr. : 0.910, at 15 C. It consists of equal volumes 
of heavy oil of wine, and ether. 

Action. 

It has a stimulating, and sedative action. 

Use. 

As an ingredient of Hoffman's anodyne it is used to increase the 
stimulant, anti-spasmodic, and sedative action of ether. 

^THER ACETICUS. 

Acetic Ether. 

A liquid composed of 98.5 per cent., by weight, of ethyl acetate 
(C 2 H 5 C 2 H 3 2 ), and about 1.5 per cent, of alcohol containing a little 
water. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place, 
remote from lights or fire. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 177 

A transparent, colorless liquid, of a fragrant and refreshing, slightly 
acetous odor, a peculiar acetous and burning taste, and a neutral reaction. 

Sp. gr. : 0.893 t0 °- 8 95 at I 5° c - ll boils at about 7 6 ° C - ( l6 8.8° F.). 
It is readily volatilized, even at a low temperature. It is inflammable. 
Soluble in about 8 parts of water at 15 ° C. Miscible in all proportions, 
with alcohol, ether, fixed, and volatile oils. 

Obtained by the action of sodium acetate on the dehydrated product 
resulting from the action of sulphuric acid on e thy lie alcohol. 

Dose: 0.60-1.25 Cc. ; TTlx-xx. 

Action. 

Stimulant, and anti-spasmodic. It has an action similar to that of ether, 
but being less volatile, is less rapidly absorbed and eliminated, and its 
effects are more lasting. It is not used as an anaesthetic because it is too 
slow in action. It has a pleasanter flavor than ether. 

Use. 

Internally, or hypodermatically, it may be used in the same class- 
of cases as those calling for the use of ether, namely; colic, flatulence,, 
syncope, etc. 

SPIRITUS iETHERIS NITROSI. 

Spirit of Nitrous Ether. Sweet Spirits of Nitre. 

An alcoholic solution of ethyl nitrite (C 2 H 5 N0 2 ), yielding when' 
freshly prepared and tested in a nitrometer, not less than 11 times its own 
volume of nitrogen dioxide (NO). 

A clear, mobile, volatile, and inflammable liquid, of a pale yellowish, 
or faintly greenish-yellow tint ; having a fragrant, ethereal, and pungent 
odor free from acridity, a sharp, burning taste, and a neutral reaction. 
Sp. gr. about 0.836 to 0.842 at 15 C. 

Prepared by distilling alcohol with sodium nitrite and sulphuric acid,, 
and diluting the distillate. 

Dose: 0.95-3.75 Cc. ; TTUV-3J. 

Action. 

Diaphoretic, diuretic, and anti-spasmodic. In full doses its action 
upon the blood and upon the nervous system is like that of other nitrites. 
(See amyl nitrite.) 

Use. 

This preparation is not so frequently used now as in times past. It 
may be given for its diaphoretic action in slight febrile conditions. It is 
sometimes used for its diuretic action. 
12 



178 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

$ METHYL CHLORIDE. CH 3 C1. 
Monochlormethane. Chlormethyl. 

A gaseous compound, colorless, slightly inflammable, with an ethereal 
odor. Easily liquefied under pressure. Soluble in water, alcohol, ether, 
and chloroform. Sp. gr. : 0.9915. It boils at 21 C. (5 8° F.). 

It is obtained by the action of hydrochloric acid gas upon methyl 
alcohol. 

Action. 
A local anaesthetic. 

Use. 

As a spray, or by means of a cotton pledget, methyl chloride may be 
used to produce local anaesthesia, for the purpose of performing minor 
surgical operations, or of relieving pain due to neuralgia, etc. 

* METHYLENE BICHLORIDE. CH 2 C1 2 . 

Dichlormethane. Methylene Dichloride, Methylene Chloride. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, and in a cool place. Its 
vapor is inflammable. 

A colorless liquid, resembling chloroform in odor, reaction, and solu- 
bility. Sp. gr. : 1.360 at 15 ° C. 

It may be prepared by the action of chlorine on marsh-gas, or by the 
reduction of chloroform. 

The English so-called methylene chloride is a mixture of ethylic ether 
and methylene bichloride. 

Action. 

Anaesthetic, like that of chloroform, but not so safe. It has local 
analgesic properties. 

Use. 

This drug may be used in the form of a spray, to produce local anaes- 
thesia. 

* ETHYL CHLORIDE. C 2 H 5 C1. 

Hydrochloric Ether. 

A colorless liquid, having a strong, saccharine taste, and a penetra- 
ting, ethereal odor. It is inflammable, very volatile, and boils at- io° C. 
(50 F.). Soluble in 50 parts of water. Very soluble in alcohol. Sp. 
gr. : 0.9214 at o° C. (32 F.). 

Prepared from alcohol and absolute hydrochloric acid. Because it is 
so very volatile, it is put up in small tubes, containing about 10 Cc. 
each, and hermetically sealed with a capillary point, or in a larger tube 
with a capillary orifice upon which a tightly fitting cap is screwed. 



the carbon compounds. 179 

Action. 
Ethyl chloride has the action of a diffusible stimulant ; of a general 
anaesthetic ; and of a local anaesthetic. 

Use. 
It is used only as a local anaesthetic in minor surgical operations ; in 
dental practice ; for the relief of neuralgic pains ; etc. 



Bromethyl. ^Ether-bromatis. Hydrobromic Ether. 

It is a colorless, volatile, limpid, non-inflammable liquid, with an 
odor resembling that of chloroform, and a burning, sweetish taste. Not 
miscible with water, but freely so with alcohol, ether, chloroform, and 
oils. Sp. gr. : 1.380 to 1.420 at 15 C. It boils at 40 C. (104 F.). 

It is decomposed under the combined action of light and air, and 
must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles remote from the light, or in 
colored glass tubes hermetically sealed. 

Prepared by mixing alcohol and pure concentrated sulphuric acid 
together, allowing the mixture to cool, then placing it in a retort, adding 
powdered potassium bromide, distilling, and purifying the product ; or, 
by distilling alcohol with bromine and phosphorus. 

Dose (by inhalation) 3.75-7.50 Cc. 31 — ij. 

Action. 

That of a general anaesthetic, with prompt but transitory effect. The 
pulse is (1) increased in frequency, due to stimulation of the automatic car- 
diac centres ; (2) slowed, probably through its influence on the inhibitory 
mechanism of the heart. There is a slight depressant action upon the 
heart. Blood pressure is but little affected. There is no vaso-motor 
paralysis. Respiration becomes slow, shallow, and stertorous. Death, 
when it occurs, is due to respiratory failure. The pupils are hardly con- 
tracted even by large doses. Reflexes are not necessarily abolished. 

As an anaesthetic this drug has the following advantages : (1) Prompt 
action, a few seconds being sufficient time to produce anaesthesia. (2) 
Transitory effect, the anaesthesia passing away in the course of a few 
minutes on the withdrawal of the inhaler. (3) Slight, if any, disagree- 
able effects ; nausea is never pronounced ; vomiting, if present, is not 
persistent, and may not occur at all, even though food may have been 
taken but a short time before ; there is no irritation of the mucous mem- 
branes, as from ether. 

The disadvantages are : (1) Its toxic effects, which are probably less 
than those from chloroform. (2) It is not suitable for long operations. 
(3) The unpleasant after-taste in the mouth. 



180 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

It may be used in minor surgery, especially about the mouth, nose and 
throat ; in obstetric practice ; in dentistry. It should be administered 
from an inhaler in concentrated form, i to 2 Cc. (Til 15 to 30) at a time. 

$ ETHYL IODIDE. C 2 H 5 I. 

Hydriodic Ether. 

A colorless, non-inflammable liquid, with a penetrating ethereal odor, 
and a pungent taste. Insoluble in water. Soluble in alcohol, and ether. 
Sp. gr. : 1.920. Boils at 71° C. (160 F.). 

Obtained by gradually and cautiously mixing together, in proper pro- 
portions, alcohol, iodine, and phosphorus, and distilling the product. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered vials, or in glass capsules, as it is 
decomposed by exposure to air, liberating iodine. 

Dose (by inhalation), 0.30-0.60 Cc. TTLv-x. 

Action. 

Ethyl iodide has the action of a general stimulant, an anti-spasmodic, 
an anaesthetic, or an alterative. 

Use. 

It may be used by inhalation to bring the system quickly under the 
influence of iodine in the treatment of subacute or chronic bronchitis, 
asthma, etc. 

PARALDEHYDUM. C 6 H 12 3 . 

Paraldehyde. Elaldehyde. 

A polymeric form of ethylic aldehyde, C 2 H 4 0. It should be kept in 
well-stoppered, dark amber-colored bottles, in a cool place. 

A colorless, transparent liquid, having a strong, characteristic odor, 
and a burning, intensely disagreeable, and, afterward, cooling taste. 
Soluble in 8.5 parts of water at 15 C. Miscible in all proportions with 
alcohol, ether, and fixed, or volatile oils. Sp. gr. : 0.998. Its reaction is 
neutral, or slightly acid. It boils at i23°-i25° C. (253.4°-257° F.), 
giving off inflammable vapors. 

Dose : 0.95-3.75 Cc. ; TTjxv-si. 

Action. 

Paraldehyde is a pure hypnotic, causing sleep like chloral. It has not 
nearly so depressing an action upon the heart, or respiration, as has 
chloral Its local action may cause irritation of the pharynx and stomach. 
A condition of tolerance may soon be established. Should death result 
from the use of paraldehyde, it would probably be due to paralysis of 
respiration. 



the carbon compounds. 181 

Use. 
To produce sleep. Its disagreeable flavor will limit its therapeutic use. 

$ CHLORAL. C 2 HC1 3 0. 

This is a thin, oily, colorless liquid not used in medicine. It unites 
with one molecule of water, forming chloral hydrate. 

Chloral is prepared by saturating absolute alcohol with dry chlorine 
gas. The alcohol is first reduced to aldehyd, and this is attacked by 
chlorine forming tri-chloraldehyd, a word which has been shortened to 

chloral. 

CHLORAL. C 2 HC1 3 + H 2 0. 
Chloral Hydrate. 

The official name of this drug is unfortunate, for it is not chloral, but 
chloral hydrate. 

Chloral hydrate occurs in whitish crystals, slowly evaporating when 
exposed to the air, having a peculiar, pungent odor, a disagreeable taste, 
and a neutral reaction. Soluble in water, alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
fixed, or volatile oils. It liquefies when rubbed with camphor, carbolic 
acid, menthol, or thymol. Its aqueous solution soon acquires an acid 
reaction, but its alcoholic solution remains neutral. 

It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool, and dark place. 

Dose: 0.60-1.25 Gm. ; gr. x-xx. 

Action. 

Locally, chloral has an irritant, and an antiseptic action. Absorbed 
it acts as a pure hypnotic through its direct influence upon the cerebral 
centres. It also has a depressing action upon the motor tract of the 
spinal cord, and produces general muscular relaxation. Medicinal doses 
have no effect upon sensation. 

Blood pressure is lowered (1) through dilatation of the blood-vessels, 
resulting from paralysis of the vaso-motor centre ; (2) through weakened 
heart's action. 

The heart's action is (1) quickened, because of diminished resistance 
on the part of the dilated vessels ; (2) slowed because of paralysis of the 
cardiac ganglia. 

The blood is not changed by small doses, but after large doses it 
becomes dark ; the corpuscles swollen, but not dissolved. 

Respiration is not affected by moderate doses, but by poisonous doses 
the breathing grows slower, weaker, and finally ceases. This is due to 
paralysis of the respiratory centre. 

Temperature is but slightly influenced by ordinary doses, but large 
(toxic) doses cause a steady, and rapid, fall of temperature. This is due, in 
part to diminished heat production, in part to increased heat dissipation. 



182 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Through its irritant action chloral may cause nausea, and ev.en vomit- 
ing. It may also cause nephritis during its elimination by the kidneys. 

The urine may respond to certain sugar tests during the administra- 
tion of chloral. 

Use. 

Chloral may be used to secure sleep where the insomnia is due to 
some cerebral disturbance, and not to pain. It may be used to secure 
muscular relaxation in tetanus, strychnine poisoning, infantile convul- 
sions, puerperal convulsions not dependent upon nephritis, etc. ; also 
during labor, to relax a rigid os. 

Toxicology. 

The poisonous symptoms produced by chloral are those of coma, car- 
diac and respiratory paralysis. There is general muscular relaxation. The 
pupils are dilated. The temperature may be sub-normal. 

Treatment. — In poisoning from chloral remove any of the unabsorbed 
drug that may still be present in the stomach, by means of the syphon- 
tube ; keep up the body temperature by means of artificial heat, swathing 
the extremities, and the body, in non-conducting material, such as cotton- 
batting; use cardiac stimulants, such as strychnine, ammonia, ether, etc. 
Keep the patient in the recumbent posture. 

CROTON CHLORAL. C 4 H 5 Cl 3 0-f H 2 0. 

Butyl-chloral-hydrate . 

It occurs in the form of crystalline, micaceous scales, of a pungent 
odor, and acrid, disagreeable taste. Sparingly soluble in water ; freely 
soluble in hot water, and alcohol, but insoluble, or nearly so, in chloro- 
form. The aqueous solution is neutral, or but slightly acid. 

Prepared bypassing dry chlorine through aldehyd cooled to — io° C. 
(14 F.). Fractional distillation is resorted to, and the product boiling 
between 163 and 165 C. (325. 4°-32q F.) is reserved; this is butyl- 
chloral, a colorless, oily liquid ; the necessary amount of water is added 
and butyl-chloral-hydrate is the result. 

Dose: 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xx. 

Action. 

The action of croton chloral is closely allied to that of chloral. It 
has, however, a more marked analgesic action, and a less depressing action 
upon the heart, and respiration, than has chloral. 

Use. 

It may be used in sleeplessness even when this is due to pain. It may 
also be used in some forms of neuralgia. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 183 

C 

Chloral-formamide. 

It occurs in lustrous, colorless, odorless crystals, with a slightly bitter 
taste. Slowly soluble, at 15 ° C, in 20 parts of water, or in 1.5 parts 
alcohol. Decomposed by water heated to 6o° C. (140 F.), and also by 
the action of alkalies, into chloral hydrate and ammonium formate. 

Prepared by the interaction of chloral (not chloral hydrate) and form- 
amide. 

Dose: 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xx. 

Action. 

That of a pure hypnotic. This, like croton chloral, is more of an 
analgesic, and at the same time less of a cardiac, and respiratory, depres- 
sant than is chloral. It has also less irritant properties than chloral. 

Use. 
Chloralamide may be used for its hypnotic action ; it is safer than 
chloral. It may also be used in some forms of neuralgia. 

HYPNAL. 
Mono-chloral-antipyrine. 

It occurs in large transparent crystals; odorless, and with a slight saline 
taste. Soluble in 6 parts of water. 

Prepared by mixing 47 parts of chloral hydrate, in solution, with 53 
parts of antipyrine, in solution ; an oily-looking liquid results. This, if 
drawn off and allowed to stand a sufficient length of time, solidifies into a 
mass of rhombic crystals. 

Dose: 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xx. 

Action. 
Hypnal has the action of its components, and is, therefore, both anal- 
gesic, and hypnotic. 

Use. 

When it is necessary both to relieve pain, and to produce sleep. 

SOMNAL. C 7 H 12 C1 2 3 N. 
Ethylated chloral-urethane. 

It is a clear, colorless liquid, having a hot, burning taste. It is a 
solution of chloral hydrate, and urethane, in alcohol. 
Dose: 0.60-1.25 Cc. Wlx-xx. 

Action. 
Somnal is a pure hypnotic, with the general action of chloral. 

Use. 
It may be used in the same class of cases as call for the use of chloral. 



184 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

$AMYLENE HYDRATE. (CH 3 ) 2 C 2 H 5 COH. 

Di-methyl-ethyl-carbinol. Tertiary amyl alcohol. 

It is an isomer of amylic alcohol (C 5 H 12 0.) obtained by the action of 
sulphuric acid upon amylene at a low temperature. 

It is a limpid, colorless, hygroscopic liquid, with a peculiar, penetrat- 
ing, ethereal odor, and a hot, aromatic, pungent taste. Soluble in 8 parts 
of water, at 15 C; freely soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and ether. Sp. 
gr. : 0.810. 

Dose: 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3 %-i. 

Action. 

As an hypnotic, this drug holds a place between chloral and paralde- 
hyde, so far as safety and efficiency are concerned. It has also some ano- 
dyne, and anti-spasmodic action. 

Use. 

Like chloral, as an hypnotic. It has been used in small doses (0.1S- 
o. 24 Cc. Tit iij-vj) as an antispasmodic in whooping-cough. 

$ SULPHONAL. (CH 3 ) 2 C(S0 2 C 2 H 5 ) 2 . 
Diethyl-sulphon-dimethyl-methane. 

It occurs in colorless, odorless, nearly tasteless crystals. Sparingly 
soluble in cold water; soluble in 15 parts of boiling water; soluble in 
alcohol, and in ether. It is a very stable substance. 

Obtained by the interaction of anhydrous ethyl-hydro sulphide, and 
anhydrous acetone, in the presence of hydrochloric acid gas. 

Dose: 0.95-1.90 Gm. gr. xv-xxx. 

Action. 

This is a pure hypnotic, through direct action on the cerebral centres. 
Medicinal doses have no effect on the respiration or circulation ; it is, there- 
fore, safer than some of the older hypnotics. On the other hand, it is 
sometimes slow in its action, and cumulative in the system. Its use may 
be followed by disagreeable symptoms, such as anorexia, vomiting, diar- 
rhoea, giddiness, headache, or depression. It is said also to increase 
arterial tension, and to be contra-indicated in angina pectoris. 

Use. 

Like chloral, as an hypnotic. Its effects are more promptly secured 
when administered in some warm vehicle, as tea, broth, milk; or as an 
alcoholic solution. 






THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 185 

<i> TRIONAL. CH 3 ,C 2 H 5 .C.(S0 2 C 2 H 5 ) 2 . 
Diethyl-sulphon-methyl-ethyl-methane. 

This occurs as colorless, odorless, shining, crystalline plates, which 
melt at 76 C. (1.69 F.). It is sparingly soluble in cold water; soluble 
in hot water, alcohol, and ether. 

Obtained by the interaction of anhydrous ethyl-hydro sulphide and 
methyl-ethyl-ketone in the presence of hydrochloric acid gas. 

Dose: 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Action. 

Hypnotic, like sulphonal. The advantages claimed for this preparation 
over sulphonal are that it is a more powerful hypnotic ; that its action is 
more prompt; and that unpleasant after-effects are fewer, or absent alto- 
gether. 

Use. 

Like sulphonal, as an hypnotic. This too, like sulphonal, is best given 
in some warm vehicle, or alcoholic solution. 

4> TETRONAL. (C 2 H 5 ) 2 C(S0 2 C 2 H 5 ) 2 . 

Diethyl-sulphon-diethyl-methane. 

It occurs in colorless, and odorless, shining plates, and laminae, melting 
at 89 C. (192. 2 F.). It is sparingly soluble in cold water ; soluble in hot 
water, alcohol, and ether. 

Diethyl-ketone-mercaptol, upon oxidation with potassium permanga- 
nate, yields tetronal. 

Dose: 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Action. 
Hypnotic, like sulphonal. 

Use. 

After the manner of sulphonal, or trional, as an hypnotic. 
AMYL NITRIS. 

Amyl Nitrite. 

A liquid containing about 80 per cent, of amyl nitrite (C 5 H u NO a ), 
together with variable quantities of undetermined compounds. It is a 
clear-yellow, or pale-yellow liquid, of a peculiar, ethereal, fruity odor, and 
a pungent, aromatic taste. It is almost insoluble in water ; miscible in 
all proportions with alcohol, or ether. In alcoholic solution it gradually 
decomposes, with the formation of ethyl nitrite, and amylic alcohol. It 
is very volatile, and is inflammable. Sp. gr. : 0.870-0.880, at 15 ° C. 

It should be kept in small, dark amber-colored, and glass -stoppered 
bottles, or in glass capsules (" pearls "), in a cool, dark place, remote from 
fire and light. 



186 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Prepared by the action of nitric, or nitrous, acid on amylic alcohol. 
Dose, 0.18-0.30 Cc. TTUij-v. 

Action. 

Amyl nitrite is antispasmodic, sedative, and depressant. It causes 
a great reduction of blood-pressure, by depressing the vaso-motor centres, 
thus producing marked dilatation of the blood vessels. The pulse rate 
becomes rapid, because of diminished resistance from the blood-vessels 
which have become suddenly dilated ; also, because of the diminished 
restraint of the inhibitory apparatus of the heart. The heart muscle may 
be stimulated by very small doses, but this is doubtful. The arterial blood 
has a chocolate color, due to the formation of methaemoglobin, which 
is not so readily reoxidized as is haemoglobin. The temperature may be 
reduced because of (1) diminished oxidation, and (2) increased dissipation 
of heat. 

By its depressing effect upon the motor tract of the spinal cord, reflex 
action is diminished. 

Elimination takes place through the lungs, and kidneys. The urine 
sometimes contains sugar. 

The sensations produced by amyl nitrite are, fulness in the head, 
ringing in the ears, muscular relaxation, and tumultuous heart action. 

Nitrous acid is one of the products of decomposition of amyl nitrite, 
and it is to this acid that the nitrites owe their action. The depressant 
action of amyl nitrite is very rapid — next to hydrocyanic acid. 

Use. 
Amyl nitrite is used where speedy action of the nitrites is required, 
as during the spasm of angina pectoris, whooping-cough, or asthma ; 
in threatened paralysis of the heart from chloroform poisoning, fright, 
or insufficient compensation ; to ward off a threatened epileptic fit. The 
drug is administered by inhalation. 

SPIRITUS GLONOINI. 
Spirit of Glonoin. Spirit of nitro-glycerin. 

This is a 1 per cent, alcoholic solution of glonoin. It should be kept, 
and transported, in well-stoppered tin cans, and should be stored in a cool 
place, remote from lights and fire. 

It is a clear, colorless liquid, possessing the odor and taste of alcohol. 
Sp gr. : 0.826 to 0.832, at 15 ° C. Reaction neutral. 

Dose, 0.06-0.12 Cc. Uli-ii. 

Action. 

Glonoin is not a nitrite, but after absorption it is decomposed in the 
body, and has the action of the nitrites, which is represented by amyl 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 187 

nitrite, see p. 186. Its effects are not so quickly apparent as are those from 
amyl nitrite, but they are more prolonged 

Use. 

Spirits of glonoin is used, per orem or hypodermatically, when a more 
prolonged action of the nitrites is wanted than that produced by amyl 
nitrite. 

SODII NITRIS. NaN0 2 . 
Sodium Nitrite. 

This occurs in white, opaque, fused masses, usually in the form of 
pencils, or as colorless, transparent crystals; odorless, having a mild, 
saline taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in 1.5 parts of water, at 15 
C, and very soluble in alcohol. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

Dose, 0.18-0.30. Cc. gr. iij-v. 

Action. 
This has a still slower, but more persistent, action than has amyl 
nitrite, or glonoin. Its general action is that of amyl nitrite. 

Use. 
It may be used in such cases as require the prolonged action of the 

nitrites. 

ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. C 6 H 5 OH. 

Carbolic Acid. Phenol. 

A constituent of coal tar obtained by fractional distillation, and sub- 
sequently purified. It should be kept in dark, amber-colored, well-stop- 
pered vials. 

It occurs as colorless, needle-shaped crystals, or as a white, crystalline, 
mass, sometimes acquiring a reddish tint, having a characteristic, some- 
what aromatic odor, and, when diluted with water, a sweetish taste, with a 
slightly burning after-taste. Its reaction is slightly acid. Deliquescent 
on exposure to damp air. Soluble in about 15 parts of water, at 15 C, 
the solution varying according to the degree of hydration of the acid ; 
very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, glycerin, fixed, and volatile oils. 

When gently heated, carbolic acid melts, forming a highly refractive 
liquid. It is also liquefied by the addition of 8 per cent, of water. It 
should have a boiling point not higher than 188 C. (370. 4 F.). 

Preparations. 

Acidum Carbolicum 0.06-0.12 Cc TTLj— ij. 

Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici (20 percent.) . 0.12-0.30 Cc. TTUj-v. 
Unguentum Acidi Carbolici (5 percent.) . For external use. 



188 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 

This is an active deodorant, antiseptic, and disinfectant, destroying 
bacteria if already present ; preventing their development if used early. 
It may also prevent the action of organic ferments. In weak solutions it 
paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerves, causing anaesthesia. Pure, or in 
strong solutions, it acts as a caustic, forming a dry, parchment-like, asep- 
tic eschar. It coagulates albumin, and therefore cannot burn deeply. 
Absorbed, it diminishes heat production; and increases heat dissipation, 
thus acting as an antipyretic. 

Elimination takes place chiefly through the kidneys as sulpho-carbo- 
lates, and as hydroquinone. It sometimes causes a dark-brown, smoky 
urine, due to some oxidation product not yet determined. There may 
be marked irritation of the kidneys, even to the degree of causing total 
suppression of the urine. The characteristic smoky urine, resulting from 
the use of carbolic acid is one of the early toxic symptoms. 

Use. 

Carbolic acid may be used (2 to 5 per cent, solution) in preparing 
the patient for an operation, and the surgeon for operating. It is an 
excellent antiseptic for use in rendering instruments aseptic, because of its 
non-corrosive properties. It may be used (2 to 5 per cent, solution) for 
cleansing, and as a dressing for, septic surfaces. Its anaesthetic action 
makes it useful (1 to 3 per cent, solution) in the treatment of burns, cer- 
tain forms of skin disease with marked pruritis, etc. By inhalation, it 
may be used for its antiseptic action in the treatment of chronic bronchitis, 
phthisis, etc. 

Internally, it may be used to prevent gastric fermentation, or to relieve 
vomiting, due to gastric irritability. 

Toxicology. 

Through its action on the nerve centres, carbolic acid is an extremely 
rapid poison — second only to hydrocyanic acid — causing death by paralysis 
of the heart, or, in smaller but still poisonous quantity, by paralysis of 
respiration. It also acts as an irritant poison, because of its caustic pro- 
perties. 

During the therapeutic use of carbolic acid, toxic symptoms may 
appear if the quantity administered is too large. These symptoms are, 
restlessness, smoky urine, diminished secretion of urine, pain in the 
lumbar region, and pyrexia. 

Treat7nent. — In sub-acute poisoning, discontinue the use of the drug, 
and treat symptoms. In acute poisoning use magnesium, or sodium, sul- 
phate in order to form the harmless sulpho-carbolates. Demulcents 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 189 

should be used, but not in the form of oils. Cardiac and respiratory stimu- 
lants will probably be required. 

ACIDUM CARBOLICUM CRUDUM. 

Crude Carbolic Acid. 

A liquid consisting of various constituents of coal tar, chiefly cresol 
and phenol, obtained by fractional distillation. 

It is a nearly colorless, or reddish-brown liquid ; of a strongly empy- 
reumatic and creosote-like odor, and a slightly acid reaction. Soluble in 
15 parts of water, at 15 C. 

Action. 

This has the general action of pure carbolic acid, but is in all points 
more active. 

Use. 

This is not a suitable preparation for therapeutic use, but is a very effi- 
cient disinfectant for use in vaults, cess-pools, etc. 

SODII SULPHOCARBOLAS. NaC 6 H-S0 4 2H 2 0. 

Sodium Sulphocarbolate. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent prisms ; odorless, or nearly so, hav- 
ing a cooling, saline and somewhat bitter taste. Soluble, at 15 C, in 4.8 
parts of water, and in 132 parts of alcohol. 

Prepared from sodium carbonate by decomposing with barium sulpho- 
carbolate. The barium sulphocarbolate is obtained by mixing equal parts 
of carbolic acid and strong sulphuric acid, allowing them to stand for 
some days, diluting, and neutralizing with barium carbonate. 

Dose: 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Action. 

Sodium sulphocarbolate has little, if any, local action. If decom- 
posed, it then has the action of carbolic acid, to a limited extent. It thus 
has a mild antiseptic action throughout the alimentary canal, and along 
the lines of elimination. 

Use. 

It may be used in the treatment of vomiting, due to gastric fermenta- 
tion, or irritation ; the vomiting of pregnancy ; certain forms of diarrhoea, 
etc. It has also been highly extolled in the treatment of scarlatina. 

<i> TRIKRESOL. 

This is a white liquid, with a creosote-like odor, and taste. Miscible with 
40 parts of water, forming a clear solution. Sp. gr. : 1.042 to 1.049. It rep- 
resents the three kresols — ortho-, para-, and meta-kresols; hence the name. 



190 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Prepared from coal tar, but its method of preparation is not disclosed 
by the manufacturers. 

Dose: 0.06-0. 18 Cc. TTli-nj- 

Action. 
This is a new, and excellent, germicide, even in the presence of albu- 
min. It has the general action of, and is said to be more efficient than, 
carbolic acid. At the same time it is less irritating, and less toxic. 

Use. 
After the manner of carbolic acid, as a germicide, in surgical, and 
obstetrical work. 

$ LYSOL. 

This is a brown, oily looking liquid with a creosote-like odor. Misci- 
ble with water, forming a clear, saponaceous, frothy liquid. It is also 
miscible with alcohol, chloroform and ether. Sp.gr.: 1.042. Obtained 
from coal tar by a German patented process. It is said to contain 50 per 
cent, of kresols. 

Dose: 0.06-0.18 Cc. Tflj-iij. 

Action. 
It has the general action of carbolic acid. It is said to be more active, 
as a germicide, and at the same time less toxic, than carbolic acid. 

Use. 
It may be used as an antiseptic in surgical, and obstetrical work ; also 
as a disinfectant in vaults, cess-pools, stables, etc. 

4> CREOLIN. 

This is a dark-brown, alkaline, syrupy liquid, which forms a turbid, 
saponaceous mixture, or emulsion, with water. It is miscible with alco- 
hol, chloroform and ether. Sp. gr. : 1.040 to 1.080. It has a character- 
istic, tar-like odor and taste. Obtained from coal-tar by a patented 
process. 

Dose: 0.06-0.18 Cc. TTU-iij. 

Action. 
This has the general action of carbolic acid, than which it is said to 
be more active and less toxic. 

Use. 

After the manner of carbolic acid. 

$ BROMOL. C 6 H 2 Br 3 OH. 

Tri-bromo-phenol. 

It occurs in white crystals, with an unpleasant, bromine-like odor, and 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 191 

a sweet, astringent taste. Insoluble in water, but freely soluble in alcohol, 
chloroform, ether, glycerin, and oils. 

Obtained by precipitating a weak solution of carbolic acid with bro- 
mine; dissolving this precipitate in an alkali, and re-precipitating with 
acid, gives tri-bromo-phenol. 

Dose: 0.006-0.02 Gm. g r «. yV"i"- 

Action and Use. 

That of carbolic acid. See p. 188. 

RESORCINUM, C 6 H 4 (OH) 2 . 
Resorcin. Meta-dioxybenzol. 

A diatomic phenol. It should be kept in dark amber-colored vials. 

It occurs in the form of colorless, or faintly reddish, needle-shaped 
crystals, or rhombic plates, having a faint, peculiar odor, and a disagree- 
able, sweetish, and afterwards pungent taste. Soluble, at 15° C, in 1.6 part 
of water, and in 0.5 part of alcohol; also soluble in ether, or glycerin. 
An aqueous solution has a neutral reaction. 

Dose : 0.06-0.18 Gm. gr. j-iij. 

Action. 

Resorcin is anti-fermentative, antiseptic, analgesic, antipyretic, and 
sometimes caustic in action. In all these points it resembles carbolic 
acid. Weak solutions harden the skin ; strong solutions macerate, and 
destroy it. 

Use. 

Locally, it is used upon the face, to promote peeling of skin in the 
treatment of acne rosaceae — a 10 to 50 per cent, ointment, or paste. It is 
also used in other forms of skin disease. 

Internally, it is used for its anaesthetic, and antiseptic, action in the 
treatment of gastritis, gastric ulcers, etc. 

4>HYDROQUINONE. C 6 H 6 2 . 

Para-dioxy-benzene. 

This is isomeric with resorcin. It occurs in long, colorless, odorless 
crystals, which have a sweetish taste, and melt at 169 C. (336° F.). 
Soluble in about 1 7 parts of cold water ; freely soluble in hot water, 
alcohol, and ether. 

Prepared by the oxidation of aniline, with potassium bichromate, and 
sulphuric acid. 

Dose: 0.06-0.18 Gm. gr. j-iij. 

Action. 

This has the general action of resorcin. 



192 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 
Quite similar to that of resorcin, internally. 

PYROGALLOL. C 6 H 3 (OH) s . 

Pyrogallic Acid. 

A triatomic phenol, obtained chiefly by the dry distillation of gallic 
acid. It should be kept in dark amber-colored bottles. 

It occurs as light, white, shining laminae, or as fine needles ; odorless, 
having a bitter taste, and a neutral or slightly acid reaction. Soluble, at 
1 5° C, in 1.7 parts of water, and in 1 part of alcohol. 

Action. 

Locally, irritant, caustic, and parasiticide ; a doubtful antiseptic. It 
is not safe for internal administration, and its local use may be followed 
by absorption, and toxic symptoms. 

Use. 

Pyrogallol may be used in the treatment of certain skin diseases, as a 
10 to 20 per cent, ointment. 

Toxicology. 

The symptoms of poisoning are, vomiting, and diarrhoea ; high tem- 
perature, black, and acid urine containing an abundance of globulin ; 
collapse, and death. 

Treatment. — Discontinue the drug, and treat symptoms. 

NAPHTALINUM. C 10 H 8 . 
Naphtaline. Naphtalene. 

A hydro-carbon, obtained from coal tar. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in colorless, shining, transparent laminae, having a strong 
characteristic odor resembling that of coal tar, and a burning, aromatic 
taste; slowly volatilized on exposure to air. Insoluble in water; soluble 
in 15 parts of alcohol, at 15 C. ; also in ether, chloroform, volatile, and 
fixed oils. Its reaction is neutral. Its vapor is inflammable. 
Dose: 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Action. 

Locally, and along the lines of elimination, naphtalin has an antiseptic, 
and irritant action. Elimination takes place through the respiratory, the 
intestinal, and the urinary tract. Large doses of naphtalin are poisonous. 
The toxic symptoms produced are those common to many of the coal-tar 
products, namely ; a tendency to collapse. In large, but non-toxic doses, 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 193 

there may be considerable irritation produced throughout the urinary 
tract ; this is shown by frequent micturition with burning pain, vesical 
tenesmus, and dark-colored urine. 

Use. 

This drug has been used locally in the treatment of parasitic skin dis- 
eases (a 5 to 10 per cent ointment). 

Internally, it may be used as an intestinal antiseptic, in the treatment 
of summer diarrhoea, typhoid fever, and dysentery ; also as an anthelmin- 
tic, to cause the expulsion of the tapeworm, or round worms. 

NAPHTOL. C 10 H 7 OH. 
Beta-naphtol. 

This is a phenol occurring in coal tar, but usually prepared artificially 
from naphtalin. It should be kept in dark amber-colored, well-stoppered 
bottles. 

It occurs in colorless, or pale buff-colored, shining, crystalline laminae, 
or as a white, or yellowish-white, crystalline powder, having a faint, 
phenol-like odor, and a sharp, pungent, but not persistent taste. Perma- 
nent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 1000 parts of water and in 0.75 parts 
of alcohol ; soluble in about 75 parts of boiling water ; soluble in ether, 
chloroform, etc. Its reaction is neutral. 

Dose: 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Action. 

Naphtol has the general action of naphtalin, but is less irritant, and 
less toxic. 

Use. 

This drug is superior to naphtalin as a therapeutic agent, and may be 
used by preference, for those conditions referred to under naphtalin. 

# Hydro-naphtol is quite similar to, if not identical with, naphtol. 
Dose : o. 1 2-0.60 Gm. gr. ij-x. 

# Naphtol-aristol. Di-iod-beta-naphtol. A product of iodine, B- 
naphtol, and sodium carbonate. It is a greenish-yellow substance ; odorless, 
and tasteless. Insoluble in water ; sparingly soluble in ether, alcohol, or 
acetic acid. For external use. 

# Sodium-naphtol. Microcidin. Prepared by melting ^-naphtol 
with half its weight of sodium hydrate, and allowing it to cool. It occurs 
as a whitish powder, soluble in 3 parts of water. 

Dose: 0.12-0.60 Gm. gr. ij-x. 

# Benzo-naphtol. ^-naphtol benzoate. This is analogous to betol. 
See p. 203. Prepared by the action of benzoyl chloride on ^-naphtol. It 
occurs in long needle-like crystals, or as a white crystalline powder; odor- 

13 



194 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

less and tasteless. Insoluble in water. In the intestinal canal it is split 
up into its constituents. 

Dose: 0.12-0.60 Gm. gr.ij-x. 

Action and Use. 

These derivations of naphtol have the general action, and uses, of naph- 
talin, and naphtol. Certain advantages, not yet established, have been 
claimed for each one. 

$ METHYLENE BLUE. C 16 H 18 N 3 Scl. 

Tetra methylin-chloride. 

This occurs in small, scaly, indigo-colored crystals, with a bronze-like 
tinge. It is soluble in water and alcohol ; odorless, and tasteless. 

Dose : 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. ^-ij. Daily dose : 0.18-0.60 Gm. gr. iij-x. 

Action. 

A staining agent; an analgesic, and an antiseptic. It may cause 
slight irritation at the point of application, and along the lines of elim- 
ination. 

Use. 

It may be used locally as an antiseptic (1 to 10 per cent, volume). 

It has been used for its analgesic action in neuralgia, rheumatism, 
etc. By some it is considered of marked benefit as an antiperiodic, 
promptly destroying the Plasmodium malariaz ; others consider it worse 
than useless. It has also been used in the treatment of chyluria, due to 
the presence of the Filaria sanguinis hominis. It has been used in the 
treatment of gonorrhoea, both internally, and by injection. 

Its property of coloring everything blue with which it comes in con- 
tact is sometimes a disadvantage. In the case of a pregnant woman to 
whom the drug was administered the amniotic fluid was discolored, and 
the urine of the child remained blue for at least four days after birth. 

Methyl-blue is often substituted for methylene-blue, and v. v. 

$ METHYL BLUE. 

Methyl Violet. Blue pyoktanin. 

This is one of the aniline dyes. It occurs in the form of an odorless 

powder. It may also be obtained as crayons of various shapes, and sizes. 

Dose: 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. ^-ij. Daily dose : 0.06-0.60 Gm. gr. i-x. 

Action. 
Methyl blue is antiseptic, and analgesic. It has the disadvantage of 
staining everything with which it comes in contact. (The stain may be 
removed by washing the part with soap, and afterwards with alcohol.) It 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 195 

does not coagulate albumin. Undiluted it acts as an irritant. Large 
doses internally have a sedative effect on both motor, and sensory nerves. 
It is not so active a germicide as is carbolic acid. 

Use. 

This drug has no established place in therapy. It may be used as a 
local antiseptic (i in iooo) in surgical practice, and in the treatment of 
parasitic skin diseases. It may be used in the treatment of gonorrhoea, 
both by injection (i in 3000), and by internal administration. It has 
been highly praised for use in the treatment of malignant growths, by hypo- 
dermatic injections into, or at the side of, the growth. 

Methylene blue is often substituted for methyl-blue and v. v. 

CREOSOTUM. 

Creosote. 

A mixture of phenols, chiefly guaiacol and creosol, obtained during 
the distillation of wood-tar, preferably of that derived from the beech, 
fagus sylvatica (Nat. ord., Cupulifera). 

An almost colorless, yellowish, or pinkish, highly refractive, oily 

liquid, having a penetrating, smoky odor, and burning, caustic taste ; 

usually becoming darker in tint, on exposure to light. Sp. gr. : not below 

1.770, at 1 5 C. Soluble in about 150 parts of water, at 15 C, but 

without forming a perfectly clear solution ; soluble in all proportions, in 

absolute alcohol, ether, chloroform, fixed, and volatile oils. Its reaction 

is neutral, or faintly acid. Most of it distils over between 205 and 215 

C. (4oi°-4i9° F.). 

Preparations. 

Creosotum 0.06-0.18 Cc. TfiVj-iij. 

Aqua Creosoti (1 per cent.) 3.75-15.00 Cc. gi-iv. 

Action. 

Creosote has practically the action of carbolic acid. It is generally 
diluted with neutral wood oils so that it is not so strong as pure carbolic 
acid. It is more antiseptic than carbolic acid of the same strength ; less 
antiseptic than " coal tar creosote." Internally, it is apt to cause gastric 
irritation. 

Use. 

Creosote is seldom used externally. It is used by the dentist in cleans- 
ing, and dressing cavities. 

It may be used by inhalation alone, or in combination with other volatile 
antiseptics, in the treatment of chronic laryngitis — tubercular, or non- 
tubercular, — in chronic bronchitis, and in pulmonary tuberculosis. Inter- 
nally, it may be used in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. 



196 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

$ CREOSOTAL. 

Creosote Carbonate. 

This is an amber-colored, viscid, oily liquid, becoming more fluid upon 
warming. It is neutral in reaction, and odorless, with a faint, sweetish 
taste of creosote. Insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol, ether, and 
chloroform. Sp.gr.: 1. 165, at 15 ° C. 

Obtained by the action of carbon-dioxide on beech-wood creosote. 

Dose : 0.30-0.60 Cc. 1TI v-x. 

Action. 
That of creosote. It does not cause gastric irritation even when 
administered in large doses. It is said to be decomposed in the intestinal 
canal into carbon dioxide, and creosote. 

Use. 
This may be used instead of creosote in the treatment of pulmonary 
tuberculosis. Also as a gastric, and intestinal, antiseptic, 

$ GUAIACOL. C 6 H 4 OHOCH 3 . 

Methyl-pyro-catechin. 

This is a liquid compound said to constitute from 60 to 90 per cent, 
of beech-wood creosote. 

It is colorless, with an agreeable odor, and a not-unpleasant taste. 
Soluble in 85 parts of water; soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed oils. 
Sp. gr. : 1.133. 

Obtained by fractional distillation of beech-wood creosote ; the frac- 
tion passing over between 200 and 205 C. (392 to 401 F.), being 
collected and purified. 

Dose, 0.30-0.60 Cc. Til v-x. 

Action. 

This preparation has the general action of creosote. It does not cause 
gastric irritation. 

Use. 

Guaiacol has been introduced as a substitute for creosote in the treat- 
ment of pulmonary tuberculosis, and as an intestinal antiseptic. It has 
the advantage of a definite chemical nature. 

$ GUAIACOL CARBONAS. (C 6 H 4 OCH 3 ) 2 C0 2 . 

Guaiacol Carbonate. 

This is a white, neutral, crystalline powder; nearly odorless,*and taste- 
less. Insoluble in water ; soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Its 
melting point is 86° to 90 C. (186.8 to 194 F.). 

Dose, 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 19^ 



Action. 



That of guaiacol. It is said to be decomposed in the intestinal canal 
into carbon dioxide, and guaiacol. 

Use. 

This preparation is generally considered superior to guaiacol, or creo- 
sote, in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis, or as an intestinal anti- 
septic. 

BENZOSOL. C 6 H 4 OHC 6 H 5 C0 2 . 

Guaiacol Benzoate. Benzoyl-guaiacol. 

This is a colorless, crystalline powder ; almost odorless, and tasteless. 
Insoluble in water, but soluble in hot alcohol, ether and chloroform. 

Obtained by the formation of a potassium salt, from pure guaiacol ; 
also by the interaction of guaiacol with benzoic anhydride. It contains 
54 per cent, of guaiacol. 

Dose, o. 30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 

Benzosol depends upon the guaiacol that it contains for its action ; the 
guaiacol is set free by the alkaline secretions of the intestinal canal. Its 
advantage over guaiacol is, its being tasteless, not disturbing digestion, or 
causing disagreeable eructations. 

Use. 

The same as that of guaiacol carbonate. 

ACIDUM SALICYLICUM. HC 7 H 3 3 . 

Salicylic Acid. 

An organic acid, existing naturally, in combination, in various plants, 
but most largely prepared synthetically from carbolic acid. 

It occurs as light, fine, white, prismatic needles, or as a light, white, 
crystalline powder; odorless, having a sweetish, afterwards acrid taste, and 
an acid reaction. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 450 parts 
of water, and in 2.4 parts of alcohol ; soluble in ether, and chloroform. 

Dose, 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 

Salicylic acid is irritant, antiseptic, parasiticide, anti-periodic, anti- 
pyretic, and anti-rheumatic. It has also the property of softening 
the epidermis. Its irritant properties are apparent locally; or in the 
stomach, causing nausea and vomiting; or along the lines of elimination, 
causing albuminuria, redness, and itching of the skin. 



198 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It enters the circulation as a salicylate, but a portion of the acid is 
again set free and is eliminated by the kidneys, the skin, the salivary 
glands, and other secretions. A part of the acid is eliminated in the urine 
unchanged ; a part is converted into salicyluric acid (HC 9 H 8 NOJ. 

Its antiseptic action is somewhat more marked than that of carbolic 
acid, and maybe secured both locally, and along the lines of elimination. 
Its anti-periodic properties are probably dependent on its action as an 
antiseptic ; they are not so marked as those resulting from the use of 
quinine. 

Like other antipyretics of the group of carbon compounds, salicylic 
acid probably reduces temperature by diminishing heat production, and, 
to a certain degree, increasing heat elimination. 

It has a specific action in relieving the pain, and reducing the tempera- 
ture, of rheumatic fever. The salicylic compounds all increase the excre- 
tion of uric acid, and this may explain their action as anti-rheumatics. 

Use. 

Although an active antiseptic, it is not a convenient antiseptic for 
general use. It has a prominent place in the treatment of certain sub- 
acute and chronic skin diseases ; in part for its antiseptic action ; in part 
for its property of softening epidermic growths, and favoring, through 
stimulation, the normal epithetical proliferation ; 2 to 5 per cent, is the 
usual strength for ointment, dusting powder, or plaster. It may also be 
used internally in the treatment of certain forms of skin diseases. 

In the treatment of rheumatic fever, salicylic acid has a prominent 

place, for, through its action, the pain is quickly relieved, the temperature 

reduced, and the disease possibly shortened. The quantity of the drug 

to be administered is regulated by the tolerance of the patient. The daily 

dose must be large, and must be continued for some time after the pain 

and fever have disappeared, in order to prevent a relapse. Salicylic acid 

may be used locally with apparently as good results as those which follow 

its internal administration, and without causing so much disturbance of 

the nervous system, or of the stomach An ointment containing oil of 

turpentine, 10 parts, salicylic acid, 10 parts, and lanolin, 80 parts, is a 

suitable one for applying to the affected joints, which should then be 

wrapped in flannel. The absorption of the acid is rapid, as shown by its 

speedy appearance in the urine. In muscular rheumatism, salicylic acid 

may also give relief. In tonsillitis, especially when of the rheumatic 

type, salicylic acid is almost a specific. In gastric dyspepsia, due to the 

decomposition of food, salicylic acid, prescribed after meals, may be of 

marked benefit. 

Toxicology. 

An overdose of salicylic acid gives rise to ringing in the ears, partial 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 199 

or total deafness, disturbed vision, headache, and diminished reflexes ; 
the functions of the heart and lungs become greatly depressed ; the pulse 
becomes weak and irregular ; the respirations become feeble, and death 
may occur from paralysis of respiration. The urine has a dark-green 
color, due to the presence of indican, or pyrocatechin. There may be 
albuminuria, hsematuria, or suppression of urine. 

The toxic symptoms are more apt to occur after the use of a synthet- 
ically prepared acid than after the use of an acid obtained from the oil of 
wintergreen, or of sweet birch. 

Treatment. — Discontinue the drug, and treat the untoward symptoms 
as they arise. 

THE SALICYLATES. 

General Action. — With the salicylates the local action of salicylic 
acid is wanting, but the constitutional action remains. Or, to put it more 
properly, the constitutional action, described as that of salicylic acid, is 
really that of the salicylates, for salicylic acid enters the system only after 
conversion into a salicylate. With their use there is some gastric irrita- 
tion ; a tendency to free perspiration ; a reduction of temperature in case 
pyrexia is present ; and, a sense of fulness of the head, or even headache, 
with some ringing in the ears, as described under salicylic acid. Salicylic 
acid can be detected in the urine, the sweat, and the saliva, soon after the 
ingestion of a salicylate. In over-doses the salicylates will produce the 
toxic symptoms described under salicylic acid, but to a less marked degree. 

Preparations. 

Methyl Salicylas 0.30-0.95 Cc. Tltv-xv. 

Oleum Gaultheriae 0.30-0.95 Cc. Ttlv-xv. 

Oleum Betulae Volatile 0.30-0.95 Cc. Htv-xv. 

Sodii Salicylas 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xxx. 

Lithii Salicylas 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Physostigminae Salicylas See Physostigma. 

METHYL SALICYLAS. CH 3 C 7 H 5 3 . 
Methyl Salicylate. Artificial (or synthetic) oil of wintergreen. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It is a colorless, or slightly yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, 
strongly aromatic odor, and the sweetish, warm, and aromatic taste of oil 
of gaultheria. Sp.gr.: 1.183 to 1.185, at 15 C. Soluble in all propor- 
tions in alcohol. The alcoholic solution is neutral, or slightly acid. 

Action. 
This has the general action described for the salicylates. 



200 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 
It may be used internally, alone, or in combination with other salicy- 
lates, or with salicylic acid, for the constitutional action of salicylic acid, 

or of the salicylates. 

OLEUM GAULTHERIiE. 

Oil of Gaultheria. Oil of wintergreen. 

A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultheria pro cumb ens (Nat. 
ord. : Ericacece) consisting almost entirely of methyl salicylate, and nearly 
identical with the volatile oil of betula. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It is a colorless, or yellow, or occasionally reddish liquid, having a 
characteristic, strongly aromatic odor, and a sweetish, warm, and aro- 
matic taste. Sp. gr. : 1. 175 to 1.185, at 15 C. 

Spiritus Gaultherise. Spirit of gaultheria is a 5 per cent, alcoholic 
solution of oil of gaultheria. 

OLEUM BETULA VOLATILE. 

Volatile Oil of Betula. Oil of sweet birch. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

A volatile oil obtained by distillation from the bark of Betula lente 
(Nat. ord. : Betulacecz). It is identical with methyl salicylate, and nearly 
identical with oil of wintergreen. 

It has the same properties and conforms to the same reactions as methyl 
salicylas. See p. 199. 

Action. 

These two oils and their preparations have the general action of the 
salicylates. They are less likely to produce unpleasant symptoms than is 
the synthetically prepared methyl salicylate. 

Use. 
This conforms to the internal use of salicylic acid. See p. 198. 

SODII SALICYLAS. NaC 7 H 6 3 . 

Sodium Salicylate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from heat, and 
light. 

A white, amorphous powder ; odorless, having a sweetish, saline taste, 
and a slight acid reaction in aqueous solution. Permanent in cool air. 
Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.9 part of water, and in 6 parts of alcohol; soluble 
in glycerin. 

Prepared by mixing 100 parts of salicylic acid, made into a paste with 
water, with 104 parts of sodium carbonate ; carbon dioxide will be evolved, 
and sodium salicylate will remain. 



the carbon compounds. 201 

Action. 

The sodium salicylate has no local antiseptic action, but when used 
internally the test for salicylic acid will reveal its presence in the urine, 
saliva, sweat, etc., and an antiseptic action is thus present along the lines 
of elimination. 

It may cause some disturbance of the nervous system, as shown by the 
ringing in the ears produced, but there is no such marked depression as that 
produced, by salicylic acid. Its irritant action is not marked, except when 
large and continued doses are used. Its antipyretic action is very pro- 
nounced, and is probably due to both diminished heat production, and 
increased heat dissipation. Very profuse diaphoresis results from continued 
antipyretic doses. 

It (like salicylic acid) has a specific action in relieving the pain, and 
reducing the temperature, of acute inflammatory rheumatism. 

It seems to increase the secretion of bile, and at the same time make it 
more liquid in character. 

Use. 

Sodium salicylate is a favorite salicylate for use in the treatment of 
those conditions calling for the internal use of salicylic acid. In other 
words ; when the constitutional action of the salicylates is wanted, or 
when the action of salicylic acid is wanted along the lines of elimination. 

LITHII SALICYLAS. LiC 7 H 5 3 . 

Lithium Salicylate. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It is a white, or grayish-white powder; odorless, having a sweetish 
taste, and a slightly acid reaction in aqueous solution. It is deliquescent 
on exposure to the air ; very soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

It may be prepared by adding to a mixture of 1 1 parts of salicylic 
acid, and 3 parts of lithium carbonate, 25 parts of water ; then heating 
until effervescence ceases, filtering, and evaporating the product. 

Action. 

Lithium salicylate has an action similar to that of the sodium salt, with 
the theoretical advantage that may be derived from lithium salts in rheu- 
matic, or gouty cases. 

Use. 

This salt has but little therapeutic use, as the sodium salt can practically 
fulfill all of its requirements. 

SALICINUM. C 13 H 18 7 . 

Salicin. 

A neutral principle obtained from several species of Saltx and Populus 
(Nat. ord. : Salicacecz). 



202 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It occurs in colorless, or white, silky, shining crystalline needles, or as 
a crystalline powder; odorless, having a bitter taste and a neutral reaction. 
Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 28 parts of water, and in 30 
parts of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.60-1.25 Gra. gr. x-xx. 

Action. 

Salicin has the general action of salicylic acid. It is one of the 
sources of salicylic acid. It is decomposed in the body, and is eliminated 
partly as salicylic acid, and partly (in the urine) as salicyluric acid. 

Use. 

Salicin is but little used now. It has been displaced by salicylic acid, 
and the salicylates. 

SALOL. C 6 H 5 C 7 H 5 3 . 

Phenyl Salicylate. 

A white crystalline powder ; odorless, or having a faintly aromatic 
odor, almost tasteless, and having a neutral reaction. Almost insoluble 
in water; soluble in 10 parts of alcohol, at 15 C. ; soluble in ether, 
chloroform, fixed, or volatile oils. 

Prepared by heating salicylic acid, or a salicylate, with phenol in the 
presence of phosphorus pentachloride, or oxychloride. It is composed of 
40 per cent, carbolic acid and 60 per cent, salicylic acid. 

Dose: 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 

Salol is antiseptic, antipyretic, analgesic, and toxic, to a greater degree 
than is salicylic acid, or the salicylates. The toxic action is that of carbolic 
and salicylic acid combined. It has an advantage in the intestinal 
canal as an antiseptic because decomposition takes place here, it being 
resolved into salicylic and carbolic acid. Its antiseptic action is apparent 
along the lines of elimination — the urinary tract, the salivary tract, etc., 
— as well as throughout the intestinal canal. While possessing anti-rheu- 
matic properties, its toxic qualities make it unsafe for such use. 

Use. 

It may be used locally as a deodorant and antiseptic dressing for ulcers, 
burns, etc. (a 3 per cent, dusting powder, or ointment). Internally, it is 
used for its antiseptic action in certain forms of diarrhoea, or dysentery, 
and in typhoid fever. It is a useful drug in the treatment of muscular 
rheumatism, but not suitable for use in rheumatic fever. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 203 

* SALOPHEN. C 6 H,(OH)C0 2 C 6 H 4 NHCOCH 3 . 
Acetyl-para-amido-salol. 

This occurs as minute white scales, containing about 51 per cent, of 
salicylic acid. It is odorless and tasteless; insoluble in cold water; spar- 
ingly soluble in hot water, and freely soluble in alcohol, ether, and alka- 
line solutions. 

The process of preparing this is a complicated one. While the product 
resembles salol, the carbolic acid element has been replaced by a compara- 
tively harmless phenol. 

Dose: 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 
Like that of salol, but safer. 

Use. 
The same as that of salol. 

$ BETOL. C ]0 H 7 C 7 H 5 O 3 . 

Naphtalol. Naphtosalol. Salinaphtol. 

A crystalline compound, with the composition of i?-naphtol salicylate, 
and closely allied to salol. 

It occurs as a colorless, lustrous, crystalline powder; odorless and 
tasteless. Insoluble in water or glycerin ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 
Split up by the alkaline pancreatic secretion, in the intestinal canal, into 
^-naphtol, and salicylic acid. 

Prepared by heating together a mixture of i?-naphtol, sodium salicylate, 
and phosphoric chloride ; besides betol, sodium meta-phosphate, and 
sodium chloride are formed. 

Dose : 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v— x. 

Action. 

Quite similar to salol, but less effective because of its higher melting 
point, greater stability, and more marked insolubility. 

Use. 
The same as that for salol, with no advantages. 

$ DIURETIN. C 7 H 7 NaN 4 2 C 7 H 5 3 Na. 

Sodio-theobromine Salicylate. 

A definite double compound of sodium theobromine, and sodium 
salicylate. 

It occurs as a white powder ; odorless, with a saline, alkaline taste ; solu- 
ble with the aid of heat, in less than half its weight of water. 

It is very unstable, and is decomposed by all acids, even by the carbonic- 
acid gas present in the atmosphere. 



204 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It should contain about 50 per cent, of theobromine, and about 38 per 
cent, of salicylic acid. 

Dose: 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xx. 

Action. 
That of a diuretic, and cardiac stimulant. Whether this action is due 
in part to the effect of the drug upon the circulation, or only to stimu- 
lation of the secreting epithelium of the kidney, is not yet determined. 
It has the stimulating action of theobromine upon the heart. 

Use. 
In dropsy, due to cardiac disease, especially when calomel, digitalis, 
strophanthus, etc., have failed to give relief. It has been used in dropsy, 
due to renal disease, but without much benefit. 

4> PIPERAZINE. C,H 10 N 2 . 
Diethylene-diamine. Ethylenimine. Piperazidine. 

Formed by the action of ammonia on ethylene bromide, or chloride. 

It occurs in the form of lustrous crystals, almost tasteless. Very solu- 
ble in water. Very unstable. It absorbs moisture, and carbon dioxide, 
from the atmosphere, and liquefies in so doing. 

Dose: 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Action. 
This is not well understood. It is supposed to have a marked solvent 
action upon uric acid, and concretions of urates. Experiments tend to 
show, however, that while relief may be obtained in cases due to faulty 
excretion of urates, it does not appear to increase the excretion of uric 
acid, or of urea. It may sometimes increase the amount of urine excreted. 
It is possible that the action of this drug may be due to increased oxida- 
tion in the tissues, thus increasing the formation of urea. 

Use. 
In the treatment of renal calculus, and of gravel ; also, in the treat- 
ment of goat. In this latter disease, because of the diminished alkalinity 
of the blood, it may be well to have the patient on an alkaline treatment 
in connection with this use of piperazine. Thus: Potassium citrate, 1.90 
Gm., (3^) with each dose of piperazine. 

Toxicology. 
The continued use of large doses of piperazine will produce a feeling 
of nervousness, and apprehension ; a dazed condition ; inability to think 
clearly ; uncontrollable hallucinations, and delusions ; delirium, or par- 
tial unconsciousness. There may be intermittent muscular spasms, mus- 
cular prostration, with inco-ordination. 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 205 

Treatment. — Discontinue the drug and treat the symptoms that require 

attention. 

ACETANILIDUM. C 6 H-NH, C 2 H 3 0. 

Acetanilid. Phenyl acetamide. Antifebrin. 

An acetyl derivative of aniline. 

It occurs as white, shining, micaceous, crystalline laminae, or as a crys- 
talline powder; odorless, having a faintly burning taste, and an acid reac- 
tion. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 194 parts of water, 
and in five parts of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.18-0.36 Gm. gr. iij-vi. 

Action. 

Acetanilid is antipyretic, mildly anaesthetic, analgesic, hypnotic, 
haemostatic, desiccant, antiseptic, and, to a slight extent, germicidal. 
Its antypretic action is due to diminished heat production and increased 
heat dissipation. The blood is not altered by small doses, but large 
or continued doses may result in the formation of met-haemoglobin, 
and marked interference with oxygenation. There is no appreciable 
effect on the heart from small doses, but large or continued doses 
cause cardiac depression. Its haemostatic properties are due to the 
blood changes produced — increased consistency without increased coagu- 
lability — and to contraction of the blood-vessels. Medicinal doses 
lessen reflex activity, and exercise a sedative action upon the nervous 
system. Diaphoresis is often present ; this may be preceded by a chill. 
Acetanilid may cause the appearance of an eruption, resembling that of 
measles, upon the body. There may also be intense itching. 

From a laboratory, and probably from a clinical point of view, it is 
far superior to iodoform, as an antiseptic, or germicide, and its substitu- 
tion for iodoform seems warrantable. 

Use. 

Locally, acetanilid may be used as an anaesthetic, and as an antiseptic 
dressing. 

Internally, if used with discretion, it may be prescribed at times to 
reduce body temperature, in febrile condition. It, however, should not 
be used in any asthenic, nor in many sthenic, febrile conditions ; in fact, it 
would be no great loss if the use of this drug, purely for its antipyretic 
action, was entirely done away with. 

It may be used to relieve the pain attending rheumatic fever, but it 
has no curative action, and is in no way the equal of salicylic acid, or the 
salicylates, in this disease. The chief value of this drug, for internal 
administration, depends upon its analgesic action ; but even here it must 
be avoided when there is a tendency to much depression. 



206 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Toxicology. 

In large doses this drug causes symptoms of cyanosis. There is also 
excessive depression of temperature; profuse perspiration, beginning about 
the head, and gradually extending over the body ; a feeble pulse. The 
respirations are slow, and shallow ; the blood corpuscles are disorganized ; 
the urine is diminished in quantity, and dark colored, from the presence of 
coloring matter from the blood. Death may occur from cardiac or respi- 
ratory failure. 

Treatment. — This should consist in the use of simulants: Strychnine, 
for its action upon the heart and respiration ; belladonna, for its effect on 
arterial tension ; external heat ; the inhalation of oxygen ; etc. 

# Salicybromanilide. Salbromalide. Antinervine. A mixture of 
ammonium bromide, salicylic acid and acetanilid, in the proportions of 
i.i, and 2. 

Dose: 0.18-0.36 Gm. gr. iij-vj. 

Methacetine. C 6 H 4 OCH 3 , NHCH 3 CO. Para-acetanilid. This is 
in the form of lustrous, colorless, scaly crystals; odorless. Sparingly soluble 
in cold water ; soluble in alcohol, glycerin, chloroform, and fatty oils. 

Dose : 0.18-0.36 Gm. gr. iij-vj. 

$ Exalgine. C 6 H 5 N(CH 3 )CH 3 CO. Methyl-acetanilid. It occurs in 
acicular needles ; odorless, and tasteless. Sparingly soluble in cold water ; 
soluble in alcohol. 

Dose: 0.18-0.36 Gm. gr. iij-vj. 

Action. 

Salicyl-bromanilide, and methacetine, were supposed to have advan- 
tages over acetanilid, so far as its action upon the heart, and blood is 
concerned. They have not established the claim. 

Exalgine was expected to take a prominent place as an analgesic. It, 
however, has a marked toxic action, resembling that of carbolic acid, and 
should be used with extreme care. It has no antipyretic action when used 
in medicinal doses. 

$ PHENACETINUM. C 6 H 4 OC 2 H 5 NHCH 3 CO. 
Phenacetin. 

It occurs in colorless, glistening, scaly crystals ; odorless, and tasteless. 
Sparingly soluble in 16 parts of alcohol. 

Obtained from sodium para-nitrophenol, by the action of ethyl iodide, 
and glacial acetic acid. 

Dose, 0.18-0.36 Gm. gr. iij-vj. 

Action. 
Phenacetin has the general action of acetanilid, but is less disposed 



THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 207 

to produce unpleasant effects upon the heart, and circulation, than its 

companion drug. 

Use. 

As an antipyretic in certain febrile conditions. As an analgesic in 
neuralgia, headache, etc. 

$ ANTIPYRIN. C n H 12 N 2 0. 

Phenazonum (B. P.). 

This is a derivative of coal tar. 

It occurs in scaly crystals; odorless, with a somewhat bitter taste. 
Soluble in water, alcohol, and chloroform. 

Prepared by a patented process. Knorr's patent. 

Dose, 0.30-1.25 Gm. gr. v-xx. 

Action. 

Antipyrin resembles acetanilid in its general action ; in addition, it 
may cause nausea, and vomiting. 

Use. 
Locally it may be used as a haemostatic, or analgesic (4 per cent, solu- 
on). Sometimes it is combined with cocaine, as their local action has 
some points in common. For internal use it has given way to acetanilid, 

and phenacetin. 

4> SALIPYRIN. 
Antipyrin Salicylate. 

This is a white, coarsely crystalline powder ; odorless, with a rough, 
but not unpleasant, sweetish taste. Sparingly soluble in water, and in 
ether ; soluble in alcohol. 

Dose, 0.30-1.25 Gm. gr. v-xx. 

Action. 
Salipyrin is supposed to resemble antipyrin and acetanilid in action, 
with freedom from cardiac influence. 

Use. 
If used at all it is as a substitute for antipyrin, or acetanilid. 

$ SACCHARIN. C 6 Hj^ InH. 
Gluside. Glucosimide. 

It occurs as a white powder, having an intensely sweet taste (300 times 
sweeter than sugar), and a slight, aromatic odor. Sparingly soluble in 
water ; soluble in alcohol, glycerin, ether, and in a solution of sodium 
bicarbonate. Its aqueous solution has an acid reaction, and forms salts. 

It is prepared from toluol — a product of coal tar. 

Dose, 0.06-0.60 Gm. gr. i-x. 



208 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 

Antiseptic. It retards the action of digestive ferments and may thus 
impair nutrition. It is eliminated largely by the kidneys and its anti- 
septic action is apparent throughout the urinary tract. Its chief value is 
simply to replace sugar when sugar for any reason is contraindicated. 

Use. 

As a sweetening agent where sugar is proscribed, as in diabetes mel- 
litus. As an antiseptic, in cystitis. 

* ANTHRAROBIN. C 6 H 4 j q^- } C « H 2 (0 H ) 2 - 

Desoxyalizarin. 

It occurs as a yellowish white powder. Insoluble in water, and in dilute 
acids j sparingly soluble in chloroform ; freely soluble in alcohol, and 
glycerin. 

A phenol derivative, allied to chrysarobin. 

Action. 
That of chrysarobrin, /. <?., a local stimulant, and parasiticide. It has 
the advantage over chrysarobin of being non-irritant, and not producing 
a stain. At the same time it has been characterized, by some, as perfectly 
worthless. 

Use. 

Locally, in some forms of chronic skin diseases — psoriasis, etc. — as an 
ointment, 5 to 10 per cent. 



PART VI. 

THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 
$ HIRUDO. 



Leech. 



The Sanguisuga medicinalis and Sanguisuga officinalis (class, Vermes ; 
order Annelida ; sub-order, Apoda ; family Hirudinea). 

The body of the S. 77iedicinalis is 75 to 150 Mm. (3 to 6 inches) long, 
and weighs from 1 to 5 Gm. (15 to 75 grainsj. It is smooth, soft, round, 
somewhat flattened, tapering towards both ends, and made up of from 
75 to 100 soft rings, or folds. Both ends are provided with a flattened 
disc, the posterior being the larger, each of which is adapted to fix upon 
objects by suction. In the centre of the anterior disc is the mouth, con- 
taining three jaws, each with a double row of fine, sharp teeth. Color of 
back, olive green or blackish green, with longitudinal stripes dottecl with, 
black ; the belly is a somewhat lighter green. 

Habitat. — Found more or less in all parts of Europe, but chiefly in the 
northern part, in ponds of fresh water. 

Preservation. — Place the leeches in a vessel containing clear water at 
a temperature of io° to 20 C. (5o°-8o° F.). Have some charcoal, moss, 
and pebbles, in the vessel. Keep it in a shaded place. The water should 
be changed at least once a week. 

Use. 

For local blood-letting ; a healthy leech will draw from 2 to 8 Gm. 
(3/4 to 2) of blood, and as much more will flow after the leech has fallen 
off. Leeches gorged with blood should be kept by themselves, and not 
used for six months, or more. 

Hirudo decora. 

The American leech. This one is sometimes employed. Its back is 
a dark-green color, marked with one row of orange brown, and two lateral 
rows of black spots. The belly is of a light orange-brown color, spotted 
with black. 

COCCUS. 

Cochineal. 

The dried female of Coccus cacti (class, Insecta ; order, Hemipterd). 
14 209 



210 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

They are about 5 mm. (J/2 an inch) long ; of a purplish-gray, or pur- 
plish-biack color ; nearly hemispherical. They yield a dark-red powder. 
Odor, faint ; taste, bitter. 

Chief constituent. Carminic acid. 

Dose, 0.06-0.95 Gm. gr. i-xv. 

Action. 
Diuretic, stimulant, antispasmodic. 

Use. 
Chiefly used as a coloring agent. 

CANTHARIS. 
Spanish Fly. Cantharides. 

The Cantharis vesicatoria (class, Ins e eta ; order, Coleoptera). 
They should be thoroughly dried at a temperature not to exceed 40 
C. and kept in a well-closed vessel, containing a little camphor. 

They are about 25 Mm. (1 inch) long, 6 Mm. (^ inch) broad, with 
transparent brownish wings ; elsewhere of a shining coppery green color. 
The powder is grayish-brown, and contains green, shining particles ; odor 
strong, and disagreeable. 

Chief constituent. Cantharidin. 

Preparations. 
Tinctura Cantharidis (5 per cent.) . . 0.06-0.30 Cc. TTU-v. 
Ceratum Cantharidis (32 per cent.) . . Blistering cerate. 
Collodium Cantharidatum (60 per cent. ).Blistering collodion. 
Emplastrum Picis Cantharidatum (8 

per cent.) Warming plaster. 

Action. 

Locally, cantharis acts as an irritant, causing tingling, redness, and 
vesication. 

Internally, cantharis acts as an irritant throughout the alimentary 
canal ; also along the line of elimination, throughout the urinary tract. 

Use. 

Externally, cantharis may be used as a counter-irritant, or as a local 
irritant, or rubefacient. 

Internally, it may be used in small doses for its stimulating action 
thoroughout the urinary tract. 

Toxicology. 
A toxic dose of cantharis will cause acute inflammation throughout the 
urinary tract, as manifested by pain in the lumbar region ; a burning pain 



THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 211 

in the bladder, and along the urethra, vesical tenesmus, acute nephritis, 
bloody urine diminished in quantity at first, and later suppressed. These 
symptoms may be produced by absorption of the drug during its local 
use. When taken internally there will also occur symptoms of marked 
gastro-enteritis. 

Treatment. — Morphine to relieve the pain ; copious drafts of warm 
water, followed by the free use of mucilaginous, or albuminous liquids. 
The fixed oils, and other substances that may dissolve the active principle 
of cantharis, should be avoided. 

MEL. 

Honey. 

A saccharine secretion deposited in the honey comb by Apis Mellifica 
(honey-bee), (class, Ins e eta ; order, Hymenopterd). 

A syrupy liquid of a light yellowish to a pale yellowish-brown color, 
translucent when fresh, but gradually becoming opaque and crystalline ; 
having a characteristic, aromatic odor, and a sweet, faintly acrid taste. 

Chief constituents. Grape sugar, or dextrose; fruit sugar, or levu- 
lose ; a little wax, proteids, volatile oil, mucilage, and formic acid. 
Mel Despumatum. Clarified honey, with a little glycerin. 
Mel Rosse. Clarified honey, with fluid extract of rose. 

Action. 
Demulcent, laxative. 

Use. 

This has no prominent therapeutic use. 

CERA FLAVA. 
Yellow "Wax. Bees-wax. 

A peculiar concrete substance prepared by Apis Mellifica (honey-bee), 
(class, Lis e eta ; order, Hymenopterd), 

A yellowish to brownish-yellow solid, having an agreeable, honey-like 
odor, and a faint, balsamic taste. Sp. gr. : 0.952-0.967, at 15 C. Insol- 
uble in water ; sparingly soluble in cold alcohol ; freely soluble in boiling 
alcohol, ether, chloroform, fixed, and volatile oils. 

Action. 
Protective. 

Use. 

This is used pharmaceutical^, in preparing various cerates, plasters, 
and ointments. 

CERA ALBA. 
White Wax. Bees-wax. 

A yellowish-white solid, having a slightly rancid odor, and an insipid 



212 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

taste. Sp. gr. : 0.965 to 0.975, at 15 C. This is simply yellow wax 
bleached. 

Action. 
Protective. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutical^, in various cerates, plasters, and ointments. 

ICHTHYOCOLLA. 
Isinglass. Fish glue. 

The swimming bladder of A ripens er Huso, and of other species of 
Acipenser (Sturgeons), (class, Pisces ; order, Sturiones). 

It occurs in separate sheets, sometimes rolled, of a horny or pearly 
appearance, whitish or yellowish, semi-transparent. Very soluble in boil- 
ing water. The solution in 24 parts of boiling water forms, on cooling, 
a transparent jelly. It is odorless, and almost tasteless. 

To obtain it the swimming bladder is cut, washed, deprived of its 
outer layer, and dried. 

Action. 

Emollient, nutritive, protective. 

Use. 

It may be used as an article of diet during the treatment of certain 
diseases of the bowels. Isinglass plaster (court-plaster) is in very com- 
mon use to protect slight cuts, and abrasions of the skin. 

OLEUM MORRHU^. 

Cod-Liver Oil. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered, and perfectly dry bottles. 

A fixed oil obtained from the fresh livers of Gadus Morrhua (com- 
mon cod fish) or of other species of Gadus (class, Pisces ; order, Teleostia), 

A colorless, or pale-yellow, thin, oily liquid, with a fishy odor, and 
taste, and a faintly acid reaction. Sp. gr. ; 0.920-0.925, at 15 C. Spar- 
ing soluble in alcohol ; readily soluble in ether. 

Chief constituents. Olein, palmitin, stearin, iodine, traces of chlo- 
rine, bromine, phosphorus, and sulphur; cholesterin, and other biliary 
compounds. 

Dose, 3.75-7-50 Cc. 3i-ij- 

Action. 

That of a food, due to the presence of fat in an easily digested form ; 
it also has a tonic, and stimulating, action on nutritive processes, due to 
the small amount of iodine, bromine, etc., present. 



the animal kingdom. 213 

Use. 

Cod-liver oil is a suitable food for use in the treatment of various 
chronic or wasting diseases, such as syphilis, neuralgia, chronic bronchitis, 
marasmus, tuberculosis, etc. Also during delayed, or tedious, conval- 
escence after acute diseases, such as pneumonia, typhoid fever, measles, etc. 
It should be given two or three hours after meals. Where not well borne 
by the stomach, cod-liver oil may be used by inunction. 

$MORRHUOL. 

A crystalline substance obtained from cod-liver oil, containing phos- 
phorus, iodine and bromine (4.5 to 6 per cent, in the brown oil, 2.5 to 3 
per cent, in the straw-colored oil). This substance is supposed to repre- 
sent the medicinal properties of cod-liver oil. 

Three to five drops are considered the equivalent of gi of cod-liver 
oil. It is generally administered in capsule. 

Action. 

Alterative because of the bromine, iodine and phosphorus that it con- 
tains. It is supposed by some to be an efficient substitute for cod-liver 
oil ; it cannot, however, have the same food value. 

Use. 

Theoretically, it is useful in the same class of diseases as are benefited 
by the use of cod-liver oil. 

CETACEUM. 

Spermaceti. 

A peculiar concrete, fatty substance obtained from Physeter macro- 
cephalus (the sperm whale), (class, Mammalia; order, Cetaced). 

It occurs in white, somewhat translucent, slightly unctuous masses, 
becoming yellowish and rancid by exposure to air; odorless, having a 
mild bland taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. : about 0.945 at 15 C. 
Insoluble in water. Soluble in ether, chloroform and boiling alcohol. It 
melts near 50 C. (122 F.). 

Chief constituent. Cetin, a fatty crystallizable substance. 

Action. 
Emollient, and protective. 

Use. 
This is used pharmaceutically, in certain cerates, and ointments. 

ADEPS. 

Lard. 

The prepared internal fat of the abdomen of the Sus Scrofa (the 



214 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

hog) ; (class. Mammalia ; order, Pachydermata), purified by washing with 
water, melting, and straining. 

Lard should be kept in well-closed vessels impervious to fat, and in a 
cool place. 

It is a soft, white, unctuous solid, having a faint odor free from ran- 
cidity, and a bland taste. Insoluble in water ; slightly soluble in alcohol ; 
freely soluble in ether, chloroform, etc. Sp. gr.: 0.932, at 15 C. It 
melts at 38 to 40 C. (ioo° to 104 F.) to a perfectly clear liquid, which 
is colorless in thin layers, and which should not separate an aqueous 
layer. 

Chief constituents. Olein, palmitin, and stearin. 

Action. 
Emollient, and protective. 

Use. 

Lard is used pharmaceutical^, as a basis for ointments, cerates, etc. 
It easily becomes rancid and is then unfit for use. 

Adeps Benzoinatus. Benzoinated lard. This contains 2 per 
cent, of benzoin, and is less liable to become rancid than is the pure lard. 

Use. 
This also is used as a basis for ointments, cerates, etc. 

PEPSINUM. 

Pepsin. 

A proteolytic ferment or enzyme, obtained from the glandular layer of 
fresh stomachs from healthy pigs (Sus Scrofa ; class, Mammalia ; order, 
Pachydcrmatd), and capable of digesting not less than 3000 times its own 
weight of freshly coagulated, and disintegrated, egg albumen. 

It is a fine, white, or yellowish-white, amorphous powder ; or thin, pale 
yellow, transparent scales; free from any offensive odor, and having a 
mildly acidulous, or slightly saline taste, usually followed by a suggestion 
of bitterness. It slowly attracts moisture when exposed to the air. Solu- 
ble in about 100 parts of water; more soluble in water acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or chloroform. A solution 
of pepsin heated to ioo° C. (21 2 F.) loses all proteolytic power. In a 
dry state it can bear this temperature without injury. Pepsin usually has 
a slightly acid reaction. It may be neutral, but should never be alkaline. 

Dose: 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 

Pepsin is a digestive ferment, converting proteids into peptones in the 
presence of an acid (hydrochloric). 



the animal kingdom. 215 

Use. 
It may be used in gastric indigestion, due to deficient secretion. 
PEPSINUM SACCHARATUM. 

Saccharated Pepsin. 

This consists of pepsin 10 parts, triturated with sugar of milk 90 parts. 
Dose: 1.90-3.75 Gm. %%-}. 

Action and Use. 
Same as for pepsin. It is but little used. 

PANCREATINUM. 
Pancreatin. 

A mixture of the enzymes naturally existing in the pancreas of warm- 
blooded animals, usually obtained from the fresh pancreas of the hog 
(Sus Scrofa ; class, Mammalia; order, P achy d er mat d). 

A yellowish or grayish, amorphous powder ; odorless, or having a faint, 
peculiar odor, and a characteristic taste. Slowly and almost completely 
soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. Pancreatin digests albuminoids, 
and converts starch into sugar ; prolonged contact with mineral acids 
renders it inert. 

Chief constituents. A starch digesting ferment resembling ptyalin ; a 
ferment which digests proteids called trypsin ; and a milk curdling ferment. 

Preparations. 
Pancreatinum 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

# Extractum Pancreatis 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

# Liquor Pancreaticus 3'75~7«5° Cc. ^i-ij. 

Action. 
That of a digestive ferment, acting in a neutral, alkaline, or slightly acid 
medium. 

Use. 

It may be used in some forms of gastric, and intestinal, indigestion. 

MOSCHUS. 
Musk. 

The dried secretions from the preputial follicles of Moschus Moschi- 
ferus {Musk Deer) (class, Mammalia ; order, Ruminantid). 

Habitat. Central Asia. 

It occurs in irregular, crumbly, somewhat unctuous grains, dark, red- 
dish brown, having a peculiar, penetrating, and persistent odor, and a 
bitterish taste. About 10 per cent, of musk is soluble in alcohol. About 
50 per cent, of musk is soluble in water. 

Chief constituents. Ammonia, an acid, etc. 



216 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Moschus 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Tinctura Moschi (5 per cent.) .... 0.95-3.75 Cc. Wlxv-^i. 

Action. 

Musk is a prompt, diffusible, but transient stimulant, acting upon the 
nervous system. It is also an anti-spasmodic. 

Use. 
It may be used in typhoid fever, or in other forms of fever, when there 
is threatened collapse. If frequently repeated it soon loses its effect ; it 
should only be given, therefore, to carry the patient past a crisis. It is not 
in common use, for other stimulants, such as alcohol, ether, camphor, 
strychnine, etc., are generally more easily obtained. 

* SANGUIS. 
Blood. 

The arterial blood of Bos Taurus (Ox) (class, Mammalia ; order, 
Ruminantia). 

This is a bright red, opaque fluid. Sp. gr.: 1.050. 

Chief constituents, albumin, fibrin, salts, blood-corpuscles, and water. 
The color is due to haemoglobin. 

Dose (desiccated) : 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Action. 
Nutritive, or restorative. 

Use. 

It may be used in certain wasting diseases. 

* HEMOGLOBIN. 

This is the red coloring principle of the blood. 
Dose (desiccated): 0.12-030 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Action. 
The action is due to the iron it contains in a presumably easily assimi- 
lated form. It is absorbed, thus having an advantage over many .of the 
iron preparations. 

Use. 

It may be used in anaemia, chlorosis, etc. It is best given in capsules, 
or in tablets. 

$ H/EMOGALLOL. 

This is a reddish-brown powder obtained by the action of pyrogallol, 
on the coloring matter of the blood. It is haemoglobin deoxidized. 
Dose: 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 



the animal kingdom. 217 

Action. 

This is due to the presence of iron in an easily assimilated form. After 
entering the circulation, it is supposed to take up oxygen, and become 
active haemoglobin again. It is supposed to have many advantages over 
the preparations of metallic iron. 

Use. 

It may be used in anaemia, chlorosis, etc. It is best given in capsules, 
or in tablets. 

$ HEMOL. 

This is a reddish-brown powder obtained by the action of zinc dust on 
the coloring matter of the blood. 
Dose: 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of haemogallol. 

FEL BOVIS. 

Ox Gall. 

The fresh bile of Bos Taurus (the ox), (class, Mamma lia ; order, 
Ruminantid). 

It is a brownish -green, or dark green, somewhat viscid liquid, having 
a peculiar, unpleasant odor, and a disagreeable, bitter taste. Sp. gr. : 
1. 018 to 1.028, at 15 C. Reaction neutral, or slightly alkaline. 

Chief constituents. Glycocholic, and taurocholic, acids. 

Fel Bovis Purificatum. Purified ox gall. Obtained by precipitation 
with alcohol. 

Dose : 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 

It precipitates pepsin, and interferes with the digestion of albuminous 
substances in the stomach. It quickens the absorption of fats. It is 
antiseptic, and prevents to some extent putrefactive changes in the intes- 
tinal canal. It increases peristalsis, and has a laxative action (nature's 
cathartic). 

Use. 

It may be used when there is deficient secretion of bile ; or impaired 
elimination of bile ; or deficient digestion of fats, due to absence, or dimin- 
ished quantity, of bile. It interferes with gastric digestion, and should, 
therefore, be administered some hours after meals, in order that gastric 
digestion may have been completed. It is well to prescribe it in pill 
form, with a coating of shellac, or keratine. 



218 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SACCHARUM LACTIS. C 12 H 22 O n -f-H 2 0. 
Sugar of Milk. Lactose. 

A peculiar, crystalline sugar, obtained from the whey of cows' milk, 
by evaporation, and purified by recrystallization. 

It occurs in white, hard, crystalline masses, yielding a white powder, 
feeling gritty on the tongue ; odorless, having a faintly sweet taste. The 
aqueous solution has a neutral reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in 6 parts 
of water, and in 1 part of boiling water ; insoluble in alcohol, ether, and 
chloroform. 

Action. 

Laxative, demulcent, and diuretic. 

Use. 

It is preferred as a sweetening agent in preparing cows' milk for infant 
feeding, because it is less likely to ferment than is cane sugar, or beet 
sugar. 

Pharmaceutically, it is used in triturates ; also to increase the bulk of 
small powders. 

SEVUM. 

Suet. Mutton Suet. 

The internal fat of the abdomen of the Ovis Aries (domestic sheep) 
(class, Mammalia ; order, Ruminantid) purified by melting, and straining. 

Suet should be kept in well-closed vessels, impervious to fat. It should 
not be used after it has become rancid. 

It is a white, solid fat ; nearly odorless, and having a bland taste when 
fresh, but becoming rancid on long exposure to air. Insoluble in water, 
or cold alcohol. It melts between 45 and 50 C. (113 and 122 F.). 

Chief constituents. Stearin, and palmitin. 

Action. 
Emollient, protective. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutically, it is used in various ointments, cerates, and plasters. 

ADEPS LAN^ HYDROSUS. 

Hydrous Wool-fat. Lanolin. 

The purified fat of the wool of the Ovis Aries (domestic sheep) (class, 
Mammalia ; order, Ruminantia), mixed with not less than 30 per cent, of 
water. 

It is a yellowish-white, or nearly white, ointment-like mass, having a 
faint, peculiar odor. Insoluble in water, but miscible with twice its 



THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 219 

weight of water, without losing its ointment-like character. With ether, or 
chloroform, it yields turbid solutions, which have a neutral reaction. It 
melts at 40 C. (104 F.). 

Chief constituents. Cholesterin, combined with fatty acids. 

Action. 
Emollient, protective. 

Use. 

This is an excellent basis for ointments, especially when absorption of 
the medicament is wanted. 

* GELATINA. 
Gelatin. 

Bone, cartilage, skins, tendons, and ligaments, are boiled in water until 
dissolved, and the resulting jelly is dried in the air. 

It occurs in thin, transparent sheets, or porous and opaque, sheets or 
layers. The solution in hot water is colorless and odorless. Inferior 
kinds of gelatin are called glue. 

Chief constituent. Glutin. 

Action. 

Emollient, protective, slightly nutritive. 

Use. 

It may be used as an article of diet during convalescence from acute 
disease, but its food value is very slight. It may be used to allay the irri- 
tation produced throughout the alimentary canal by corrosive poisons. It 
may be used in baths, or in the form of plasters, in the treatment of skin 
diseases. 

Pharmaceutically, it is used in preparing plasters, coating pills, and 
making capsules. 



PART VII. 

THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 

CIMICIFUGA. 
Black Snake-root. Black-cohosh. 

The rhizome and rootlets of the Cimicifuga racemosa (Nat. Ord. 
Ranunculacece) ; of a slight but heavy odor, and a bitter, acrid taste. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, a resin, and a bitter, neutral sub- 
stance. It is not yet determined to which of these its activity is due. 

Preparations. 

Cimicifuga (powdered) 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xx. 

Extractum Cimicifugse 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. i-v. 

Extractum Cimicifugae Fluidum . . . 0.60-1.25 Cc. Til x-xx. 
Tinctura Cimicifugse (20 per cent.) . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3j4-j- 

Action. 

Through stimulation of the vagus it slows the heart. It increases the 
heart's force by direct influence upon the heart muscle, and by increased 
resistance due to stimulation of the vaso-constrictors. Toxic doses have 
the reverse, or paralyzing action on the vagus, and on the vaso-constric- 
tors. So far the drug resembles digitalis. 

It increases the contractile power of involuntary muscular fibre through- 
out the body, thus resembling the action of ergot. 

It paralyzes the sensory tract of the spinal cord, thus having a sedative 
action, like aconite. 

While it resembles these three drugs in action it is much feebler than 
any of them. 

Use. 

Cimicifuga may be used as a mild cardiac tonic in heart disease. It 
may be used to produce normal uterine contractions during labor, or to 
allay the " after-pains." It may be used in some forms of neuralgia. Also 
in muscular rheumatism. 

HYDRASTIS. 

Golden-seal. Yellow-root. Indian-dye. 

The rhizome and rootlets of the Hydrastis Canadensis (Nat. ord., 
Ranunculacece) ; odor slight ; taste bitter. 
220 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 221 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. Hydrastine, and berberine. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Hydrastis Fluidum .... 0.30-1.25 Cc. Ttt v-xx. 

Glyceritum Hydrastis 1 .90-3. 75 Cc. 3^-j. 

Tinctura Hydrastis (20 per cent.) . . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. %%-). 

Action. 

Tonic, haemostatic, antiperiodic, antiseptic. 

It increases secretion of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane ; 
increases peristalsis ; increases the secretion of bile. In all of these points 
has the general action of a so-called bitter tonic. Applied locally it causes 
contraction of the blood-vessels, probably through stimulation of the vaso- 
constrictors. It has a distinctive action on the lower organisms, thus 
resembling cinchona, and its alkaloids. 

Use. 

It may be used in the treatment of chronic catarrhal conditions ; also 
as a simple bitter in some forms of indigestion. 

$ BERBERINA. C 20 H 17 NO 2 . 

Berberine. 

This is one of the most widely diffused of the alkaloids. It occurs as 
a bright-yellow powder, with a very bitter taste. It is soluble in 100 parts 
of cold water : less soluble in alcohol; freely soluble in both hot water, 01 
hot alcohol ; insoluble in ether. Its hydrochlorate, and sulphate, are but 
sparingly soluble, but the acetate is freely soluble. 

Dose, 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Action and Use. 

That of hydrastis, as a bitter tonic, or antiperiodic. Large toxic doses 
cause spinal, tetanic convulsions, followed by paralysis. 

*HYDRASTINA. C 22 H n N0 2 
Hydrastine. 

This is an alkaloid occurring in the form of white crystals ; odorless, 
and almost tasteless. Soluble in alcohol, ether and chloroform, but 
insoluble in water. Its salts, the nitrate, sulphate, tartrate, and especially 
the hydrochlorate, are soluble in water. 

Dose : 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. }&-%. 

Action. 
That of hydrastis. It is more toxic than berberine. 



222 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

HYDRASTININ^ HYDROCHLORAS. C u H n N0 2 Hcl. 

Hydrastinine Hydrochlorate. 

This is an artificial alkaloid derived from hydrastine. It occurs as 
light yellow, amorphous granules, or as a pale yellow, crystalline powder ; 
odorless, having a bitter, saline taste ; deliquescent on exposure to damp 
air. Soluble, at 15 ° C, in 0.3 part of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol. 
Reaction, acid. 

Dose: 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. yi-%. 

Action and Use. 

That of hydrastis. 

PULSATILLA. 
Anemone. Pasque-flower. Wind-flower. 

The herb of the Anemone Pulsatilla and A pratensis. (Nat. ord., 
Ranunculacece). Collected soon after flowering, and should not be kept 
more than one year. Odorless, very acid. 

Habitat. Southern Europe, and Western North America. 

Chief constituents. Anemonin, C 15 H 12 6 , convertible into anemonic 
acid, C 15 H 14 7 , by the action of alkalies. Anemone-camphor is an unstable 
product which splits up into anemonin and anemonic acid. 

Preparation. 
<P Tinctura Pulsatilla (50 per cent.) . . . 0.06-0.30 Cc. Uli-v. 

Action. 

Pulsatilla acts as a local irritant, even to the degree of vesication. 
The fresh juice will cause tingling and burning, followed by numbness in 
the part to which it is applied. If swallowed it may cause severe irritation 
of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane. Through the vagus nerve it 
has a sedative action upon the heart ; the vaso-motor system is also de- 
pressed. The heart's action is, therefore, slower; alterial tension is 
diminished ; blood-pressure falls. It may cause diaphoresis, and diuresis. 
It is supposed, by some, to have a specific action (sedative) upon the 
generative organs. 

Use. 

It is very questionable whether this drug has advantages over, or is in 
any way equal to, aconite — the drug which it closely resembles in action. 
In fresh preparations it may be used in the treatment of dysmenorrhoea, 
epididymitis, etc. In a general way it may be stated that aconite dis- 
places it therapeutically. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 223 

$ ANEMONIN. C 15 H 12 6 . 
Anemonin. 

This occurs as colorless crystalline needles ; readily soluble in warm 
water, but insoluble in cold water, or in ether. 
Dose : 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. %-%> 

Action and Use. 

The same as that described for pulsatilla ; in fact it is for the action 
of anemonin that pulsatilla is used. 

$ ADONIDIN. 

This is a glucoside derived from adonis vernalis (nat. ord. Ranuncu- 
laceoz). 

Dose: 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. %-%> 

Action. 

This, the active principle of adonis vernalis, has the general proper- 
ties of digitalis. It increases the heart's force, and increases blood-pres- 
sure. It is not cumulative. 

Use. 

It may be used as a cardiac tonic, instead of digitalis. 

STAPHISAGRIA. 
Stavesacre. Larkspur. 

The seeds of the Delphinium Staphisagria (Nat. ord., Ranunculacece). 
Nearly odorless ; taste bitter, and acrid. 

Chief constituents. Delphinine, and staphisagrine. 
Preparations : There are none official. 

Action. 
This acts as a local irritant, causing tingling, burning, and even inflam- 
mation. Its action upon the heart, and respiration, resembles that 
of aconite. 

Use. 

There is no practical use for this drug. It is sometimes used as a para- 
siticide. 

ACONITUM. 

Aconite. Monks-hood. Wolfs-bane. 

The tuberous root of the Aconitum Napellus (Nat. ord., Ranunculacece) 
collected in winter, or early spring, before the leaves have appeared. 
Odorless,; taste at first sweetish, soon becoming acrid. 

Habitat. Mountainous districts of Europe, Asia, and northwestern 
North America. 

Chief constituent. Aconitine. 



224 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Aconiti . . 0.01-0.02 Gm. gr. j4-}i.. 

Extractum Aconiti Fluidum .... 0.02-0.03 Cc. 1TL }i-/£- 
Tinctura Aconiti (35%) 0.03-0.18 Cc. TTL H~^h 

Action. 

Sedative, anodyne, antipyretic, toxic. 

Locally, it causes a sensation of tingling, due to irritation ; followed 
by numbness of the skin or mucous membrane, due to its paralyzing 
action on the peripheral sensory nerves : It is thus a local anodyne. A 
similar sensation results from its internal administration, affecting the parts 
in the order of their sensitiveness, viz., the tongue and lips, finger tips, 
face, etc. 

Its chief action is that of a depressant upon the sensory tract of the 
cord, and upon the sensory nerves in general, the peripheral sensory 
nerves being the first affected. 

Through the vagus roots it has a sedative action on the heart ; the 
heart's action is slower. The vaso-motor system is depressed ; arterial 
tension is diminished. Blood-pressure falls, in part because of diminished 
heart's action, in part because of dilated blood-vessels. 

There is increased diaphoresis, probably due to the dilated condition 
of the small blood-vessels. 

Its antipyretic action is due to increased heat dissipation, and impaired 
circulation. 

In moderate doses aconite quiets respiration; in toxic doses it causes 
death by paralysis of the respiratory centre. 

Use. 

Locally, aconite is used for its anodyne action to relieve pain in neu- 
ralgia, rheumatism, etc. A tincture, or a liniment, is the most convenient 
preparation for such use. 

Internally, aconite is used in the early stage of acute inflammatory 
conditions, for its sedative action upon the nervous system, and upon the 
circulatory system. At the same time the antipyretic action of the drug 
is secured. When aconite is to be prescribed it is well to decide what the 
daily dose shall be and to so divide this dose that a small quantity of the 
drug may be given every 15 or 30 minutes. 

$ ACONITINA. C 33 H 43 N0 12 . 
Aconitine. 

This is an alkaloid which exists either in an amorphous, or in a crystal- 
line form ; odorless, with an intensely bitter taste, and an alkaline reac- 
tion. Sparingly soluble in water ; soluble in alcohol. 

Dose : 0.0002-0.0006 Gm. gr. 3-J--0— y^j-. 



1 



the vegetable kingdom. 225 

Action. 

The action described under aconite is the action of this alkaloid, for 
this is the active principle of aconite. 

Use. 

The same as that of aconite. Care must be taken in prescribing this 
drug to use a reliable preparation. 

Toxicology. 

The early symptoms of poisoning from aconitine, or aconite, are prick- 
ling sensations in the throat, mouth, and extremities. Then follow, general 
relaxation ; anaesthesia of the surface ; a weak intermittent pulse ; feeble, 
shallow respiration ; profuse perspiration ; countenance pale, and anxious ; 
protrusion of eyes, dilated pupil, loss of sight, and sometimes diplopia ; 
temperature lowered ; death by paralysis of respiration. Consciousness 
may be present to the end. There may be severe gastric pain. 

Treatment. — The prone posture ; the application of artificial heat ; 
the use of artificial respiration ; clearing the stomach, by means of the 
stomach-tube, but avoiding the use of emetics ; the use of strychnine hypo- 
dermatically as a cardiac, and respiratory, stimulant. 

ILLICIUM. 
Star Anise. 

The dried fruit of Illicium verum (Nat. ord., Magnoliacece). This has 
an anise-like odor ; taste, sweet, and aromatic. 

Chief constituent. A volatile oil, resembling true oil of anise. 

Action. 
Stimulant, carminative, anodyne, diuretic. 

Use. 

This may be used for its carminative properties in flatulence, etc. It is 
used pharmaceutically, as a flavoring agent. 

CALUMBA. 

Columbo, Colombo. 

The root, cut transversely, of Jateorhiza pahnata (Nat. ord., Meinsper- 
macece). Odor, slight ; taste, mucilaginous, slightly aromatic, very bitter. 

Habitat. Eastern Africa. 

Chief constituents. Columbin, berberine, calumbic acid. No tannin. 

Columbin, C 21 H 22 7 , is a white, crystalline substance ; odorless, but 
extremely bitter. Sparingly soluble in water, alcohol, or ether, at ordi- 
nary temperatures. It is neutral in reaction. 
15 



226 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Columbic acid, C 22 H 24 7 , occurs as a yellow, amorphous substance, 
somewhat less bitter than Columbin. Sparingly soluble in water; solu- 
ble in alcohol, and alkaline solutions. 

Berberine — see Hydrastis. 

Preparations. 

Calumba (powdered) 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xx. 

Extractum Calumbae Fluidum .... 0.60-1.25 Cc. tltx-xx. 
Tinctura Calumbae (to per cent.) . . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. Z%~Y 

Action. 
Tonic. Calumba is one of the most useful of the simple bitters. It is 
not astringent, and has very mild stimulating properties. By reflex action it 
increases the secretion of saliva, and of the gastric juice, thus increasing 
the appetite, promoting digestion, and favoring constructive metamor- 
phosis. 

Use. 

This is used, after the manner of the so-called simple bitters, to improve 
digestion in atonic dyspepsia, during convalescence from acute disease, etc . 
It may be prescribed with iron preparations. 

MENISPERMUM. 

Canadian Moon-seed. Vine apple. 

The rhizome and roots of the Menispermum canadense (Nat. ord., 
Menispermacece).. This is nearly odorless ; taste bitter. 

Chief constituents. Berberine, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Menispermi Fluidum .... 0.60-1.25 Cc. Wtx-xx. 

Action. 
That of a bitter tonic. 

Use. 

Like that of Calumba, q. v. 

PAREIRA. 

The dried root of the Chondodendron tomentosum (Nat. ord., Menisper- 
macece). This is odorless ; taste bitter. 
Chief constituent. Buxine. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Pareirae Fluidum 1.90-7.50 Cc. 33^-ij. 

Action. 
Pareira has the action of a simple, non-irritating, diuretic. 



the vegetable kingdom. 227 

Use. 

It may be used in chronic inflammatory diseases of the genito-urinary 
tract. 

PICROTOXINUM. C 30 H3 4 O 13 . 
Picrotoxin. 

A neutral principle obtained from the seeds of Anamirta Paniculata 
(Cocculus Indicus). (Nat. ord., Menispermacece.*) 

It occurs as colorless, flexible, shining, prismatic crystals, or a micro- 
crystalline powder ; odorless, and having a bitter taste ; permanent in the 
air ; sparingly soluble in water ; soluble in alcohol. 

Dose, 0.0006-0.0012 Gm. gr.xos-sV. 

Action. 

This is a parasiticide. It is also a cerebro-spinal irritant, causing 
convulsions when given in toxic doses. It increases all of the secretions, 
especially that of the sweat glands. Small doses . act as a respiratory 
stimulant. 

Use. 

Externally (a 2 per cent, ointment) it may be used to destroy pediculi. 
Sufficient absorption may take place to give rise to toxic symptoms, 
therefore it is a dangerous drug. 

Internally, it may be used as a substitute for strychnine. It may also 
be used to check the night-sweating of phthisis. 

CAULOPHYLLUM. 
Blue-cohosh. Squaw-root. 

The rhizome and roots of the Caulophyllum thalictroides (Nat. ord., 
Berberidaccce). Nearly odorless ; taste bitter, and somewhat acrid. 

Chief constituent. Saponin (see Quillaja). 

Dose, 0.30-1.25 Gm. gr. v-xx. 

Action. 
Antispasmodic, emmenagogue, diuretic. 

Use. 
This drug, though official, is but little used. When used it is for its 

action on the uterus. 

PODOPHYLLUM. 

May-apple. Mandrake. 

The dried rhizome and rootlets of Podophyllum peltatum (Nat. ord., 
Berberidaceoz). Nearly odorless ; taste bitter, and acrid. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituent. Picropodophyllin (a neutral principle). 



228 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Podophyllum (powdered) 0.12-0.60 Gm. gr. ij-x. 

Extractum Podophylli 0.03-0.18 Gm. gr. ^-iij. 

Extractum Podophylli Fluidum . . . 0.12-0.60 Cc. Tit ij-x. 
Resina Podophylli (Podophyllin) . . 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. \- x / 2 . 

Action. 

Cholagogue, cathartic, irritant. 

It increases the secretion of bile, and of the intestinal mucous mem- 
brane. Its action is apparent, whether given hypodermatically, or by the 
mouth. It is one of the slowest-acting purgatives in the pharmacopoeia. 

Use. 
Podophyllum is used for its laxative, or cholagogue action, in the treat- 
ment of chronic constipation, "biliousness," malaria, etc. 

OPIUM. 

The concrete milky juice, obtained by incising the unripe capsule of 
the Papaver somniferum (Nat. ord., Papaveracece). 

Habitat. Western Asia. 

Chief constituents. Morphine, 2.5 to 15 per cent.; codeine, 0.2 to 
0.7 per cent.; narcotine, 1 to 10 per cent.; narceine, 0.02 to 0.7 per 
cent. ; thebaine, 0.15 to 1 per cent. ; meconic acid, etc. 

Opium occurs as a brownish mass, having a peculiar odor, and a bitter 
taste. 

General Action. — When opium, or any of its preparations, are used, 
the action may be variable, because of the varying proportions of its active 
principles. The action that is wanted is that of morphine, and codeine. 
Narcotine is neither hypnotic nor anodyne in action ; it is antipyretic, 
and anti-periodic. The action of narceine is not determined. Thebaine 
resembles strychnine in action. Meconic acid has little or no action. 
There are more than twenty active principles present in opium in varying 
proportions and with uncertain physiological action. 

For further action, use, and toxicology of opium, see morphine, p. 230. 

Preparations. 

Opium 0.06-0. 12 Gm. gr. j-ij. 

Opii Pulvis 0.03-0.06 Gm. gr. }£-}. 

Pilula Opii. 

Opium Deodoratum 0.03-0.06 Gm. gr. j£-j. 

Extractum Opii 0.03-0.06 Gm. gr. }4-j- 

Emplastrum Opii For external use. 

Trochisci Glycyrrhizae et Opii. 



0.30-0.60 Cc. Ttl v-x. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 229 

Pulvis Ipecacuanha et Opii 0.30-0.60 Gra. gr. v-x. 

Tinctura Ipecacuanhae et Opii, s 

Acetum Opii 

Vinum Opii 

Tinctura Opii, 

Tinctura Opii Deodorati, 

Tinctura Opii Camphorata 1.90-7.50 Cc. 3^-ij. 

Gum opium should yield 9 per cent, morphine. 
Powdered opium should yield 13 to 15 per cent, morphine. 
Opium pill contains 0.06 Gm. (gr. i) of powdered opium in each pill. 
Troches of liquorice and opium contain .006 Gm. (gr. tV) of pow- 
dered opium in each. 

Deodorized opium is prepared from powdered opium and should con- 
tain from 13 to 15 per cent, of morphine. The opium, by the action of 
ether, is deprived of its narcotine, and, of the odoriferous principles, and is, 
therefore, less apt to cause unpleasant after-effects than is the crude opium. 
It contains a small amount of sugar of milk. 

Extract of opium contains about 18 per cent, morphine. 
Opium plaster contains 6 per cent, of the extract. 
Pulvis Ipecacuanhas et Opii (Dover's powder) contains 10 per cent, 
each of powdered opium, and of powdered ipecac. 

Tinctura Ipecacuanhae et Opii (liquid Dover's powder) contains 10 
per cent, of opium (in the form of the deodorized tincture), and 10 per 
cent, of fluid extract of ipecac. 

Acetum Opii (black drop). ") 

Tinctura Opii (laudanum). ( All contain 10 percent. 

Tinctura Opii deodorati. { of powdered opium. 

Vinum Opii (Sydenham's laudanum). J 
Tinctura Opii Camphorata (paregoric) contains 4 parts in 1000 of 
powdered opium, camphor, benzoic acid, and oil of anise, and 40 parts 
of glycerin. 

MORPHINA. C 17 H 19 N0 3 -f H 2 0. 

Morphine. 

This alkaloid, obtained from opium, occurs in colorless, or white, 
shining crystals, or as fine needles, or as a crystalline powder ; odorless, 
having a bitter taste, and an alkaline reaction. Permanent in the air. 
Sparingly soluble, at 15 ° C, in water, or in alcohol. 

Preparations. 
Morphinae Acetas, . . . | 

Morphinae Hydrochloras,. } ... 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. ^&-%. 
Morphinae Sulphas, ... J 

Pulvis Morphinae Compositus, . . . 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 
Troschisci Morphinae et Ipecacuanhae. 



230 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

The salts of morphine (acetas, hydrochloras, and sulphas) all occur as 
a white, or yellowish-white, powder, or crystals ; odorless ; taste bitter. All 
are soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

Pulvis Morphinse Compositus (Tully's powder) contains in 60 parts, 1 
part of morphine sulphate, 19 parts of camphor, 20 parts of licorice, and 20 
parts of precipitated calcium carbonate. 

Troches of Morphine and Ipecacuanha contain about .015 Gm. (^ gr.) 
of morphine sulphate, and about .005 Gm. (xV gr.) of powdered ipecac. 

Action. 

Morphine, or its salts, represents the action of opium. It is anodyne, 
hypnotic, sedative, anti-spasmodic, toxic. 

Locally, morphine probably has no action when applied to the 
unbroken skin. Absorption may take place through wounds, denuded, or 
granulating surfaces, or through mucous surfaces, and produce local seda- 
tive, and anodyne action. 

Internally, the principal action is on the nervous system, affecting first, 
the cerebral convolutions which are stimulated for a brief period, then 
depressed, producing sleep. With doses too small to produce sleep there 
may be complete relief from pain, and from all unpleasant nervous dis- 
turbances ; the individual is extremely comfortable. As the effects of the 
drug wear off, previous nervous symptoms return, and are even intensi- 
fied ; the individual is extremely uncomfortable. Herein lies one of the 
dangers which may lead to the formation of the opium habit. With 
large doses the stage of stimulation may be short or absent. Some 
individuals do not bear morphine well, and with such the stage of stimu- 
lation may be marked, while the stage of depression is slight, or absent. 

The perceptive, or sensory centres, are, first excited, then paralyzed ; 
the power of conduction of the afferent nerves is impaired ; sensation is 
diminished, and pain, when present, is relieved. The pupil is markedly 
contracted, and this is probably due to central causes. 

The first effect upon the circulation is to cause dilatation of the super- 
ficial vessels, sometimes causing an eruption, and accompanied by itching ; 
or the itching may be present without any eruption. Small doses have 
no effect upon the pulse, but larger doses slow the pulse, increase its force, 
and raise arterial tension. The slowing of the pulse depends on stimula- 
tion of the pneumogastric nerve ; the increase in force of the pulse is due to 
simulation of the heart muscle ; the rise in blood-pressure is due to 
increased heart's action, and vaso-motor stimulation. In small doses mor- 
phne is a respiratory stimulant ; in large doses it is an active paralyzer of 
the respiratory centre in the medulla. Death results from paralysis of 
respiration. 

By its general action it diminishes tissue waste. In diabetes mellitus 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 231 

it diminishes the elimination of sugar. Secretions are all diminished 
except that of skin, and kidneys. Peristalsis is diminished by the arrest 
of intestinal secretion, and the abolition of intestinal reflexes. Constipa- 
tion results from diminished secretion, and diminished peristalsis. 

Children, and old people, do not bear morphine well. 

Reaction from the use of morphine may not be unpleasant ; or it may 
be accompanied by nausea, headache, impaired digestion, constipation, 
hoarseness, etc. 

Elimination takes place through the gastric mucous membranes, the 
liver, and the kidneys. Most of the drug is destroyed in the body, but 
some is eliminated unchanged. 

Use. 

Opium and the salts of morphine are our most reliable agents for use in 
relieving pain. Action is most promptly and satisfactorily secured by the 
hypodermatic injection of the morphine preparations. In the treatment of 
abdominal and pelvic pains, the administration of opium or morphine 
by the rectum often gives better results than when administered by the 
mouth. 

Always in administering opium or morphine, the general systemic dis- 
turbance, as well as the danger of forming the drug habit, must be kept in 
mind, and, when possible, milder and safer anodynes should be used. 

Belladonna or atropine salts increase the anodyne action and diminish 
the systemic disturbance of opium or morphine. It is often well, there- 
fore, to combine these drugs. 

As sleep-producers, opium and morphine again take first place. They 
will succeed when all other drugs fail. The sleep produced is not so rest- 
ful or so natural, as that which follows the use of many other hypnotics ; 
and the systemic disturbance is often sufficient to counteract, in part, the 
benefit secured through sleep It is well, therefore, before prescribing 
these drugs as hypnotics, to weigh carefully their untoward effects, and, if 
less objectionable preparations are likely to produce the desired effect, 
they should be given the preference. 

Opium or morphine is our most reliable agent for securing the com- 
bined action of an anodyne and a hypnotic in those cases where sleepless- 
ness is due to pain. 

While opium or morphine are excellent sedatives, their use in nervous 
irritability should be governed by extreme care, for here again there is a 
great tendency to the formation of a " habit." 

When there is an inflammatory condition of the brain, the spinal cord, 
or the meninges, opium or morphine is contraindicated. 

In some of the acute febrile diseases, these preparations may be of 
benefit as sedatives, and also as conservers of tissue. 



232 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

As diaphoretics, they are generally used in combination with other 
drugs, thus : opium and ipecac, in Dover's powder. 

Morphine and camphor, in Tully's powder, may be given in the early 
stage of a " cold," to relieve the congestion of the respiratory organs. 

In diseases of the alimentary canal, when a profuse secretion continues 
after the source of irritation has been removed, opium or morphine alone, 
or, better still, with tonics or local astringents, may be used to check such 
secretions. 

Opium or morphine is used in diabetes mellitus, to diminish the elimi- 
nation of sugar. 

Toxicology. 

An over-dose of opium or morphine will cause profound sleep, attended 
by the characteristic, slow stertorous, breathing, and the contracted " pin- 
hole " pupil. Death follows from paralysis of the respiratory center. 

Treatment. — Strychnine, caffeine, strong coffee, # atropine, etc., are 
given for their physiological action as cardiac and respiratory stimulants. 
Potassium permanganate is used as a chemical antidote. (See potassii 
permanganas.) Artificial respiration must be insisted upon in failure of 
respiration. 

Emetics cannot be depended upon to empty the stomach. The syphon 
tube is a safe and speedy means of bringing this about. This emptying 
of the stomach is very essential, not only to remove any portion of the 
drug still unabsorbed, but also, to cause the removal of any portion of the 
drug that may be eliminated by the gastric mucous membrane. 

CODEINA. C 16 H 21 NO s +H 2 0. 

Codeine. 

This is an alkaloid obtained from opium. It occurs as white, or nearly 
translucent prisms, or as crystals ; odorless, having a faintly bitter taste 
and a neutral reaction ; slightly effervescent in warm air. Soluble, at 
1 5 C, in 80 parts of water and in 3 parts of alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Codeina 0.01-0.06 Gm. gr. }£-}. 

$ Codeinae Sulphas 0.01-0.06 Gm. gr. }£-). 

Action. 

This has but slight anodyne action. It resembles morphine in a 
general way, with the possible advantage of producing fewer unpleasant 
symptoms during the stage of reaction following its use. There is less 
danger of the formation of a " habit " with the use of codeine than with 
opium or morphine preparations. It is an excellent sedative. 






THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 233 

Use. 

It is a convenient sedative for use in cough mixtures. It is well borne 
by children and may, when necessary, be used as a hypnotic, or as a 
mild anodyne. In diabetes mellitus, its use diminishes the quantity of 
sugar eliminated. 

APOMORPHINE HYDROCHLORAS. C 17 H 17 N0 2 HC1. 

Apomorphine Hydrochlorate. 

This is the hydrochlorate of an artificial alkaloid obtained from mor- 
phine or codeine. It should be kept in small, dark, amber-colored vials. 

It occurs in minute, grayish-white, shining crystals \ odorless, with a 
faintly bitter taste, and acquiring a greenish tint upon exposure to light or 
air. It has a neutral reaction. Soluble, at 15° C.,in 45 parts of water, 
or in 45 parts of alcohol. 

Dose, o. 005-0.01 Gm. gr. rs-h 

Action. 

Apomorphine is an emetic through a direct action upon the vomiting 
centre. It is prompt, certain, and unirritating, and causes but little 
nausea. Small doses increase the secretion of the bronchial mucous mem- 
brane and thus act as an expectorant. Large doses are depressant to the 
heart and respiration. 

Use. 

A small dose (0.001-0.002 Gm. gr. to-tV) may be used as an expecto- 
rant, generally in combination with other drugs. The prescribed dose is 
used hypodermatically where prompt, non-depressing emesis is wanted, as 
in cases of poisoning. 

SANGUINARIA. 

Blood-root. 

The rhizome of Sanguinaria canadensis (Nat. ord. Papaveracecz), 
collected in autumn. Odor slight; taste persistently bitter, and acrid. 
Chief constituent. Sanguinarin, C 19 H 17 N0 4 . 

Preparations. 

Extractum Sanguinaria^ Fluidum . . 0.06-0.30 Cc. Tflj-v. 
Tinctura Sanguinarise (15 per cent. ) . 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTLv-xv. 
Sanguinarinse Nitras 0.005-0.01 Gm. gr. tV-^€- 

Action. 
Expectorant in small doses ; emetic in large doses. 



234 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

The therapeutic use of this drug is very limited at the present time. 
When stimulating expectorants are required it may be given alone or in 
combination with other expectorants. 

CHELIDONIUM. 
Celandine. Tetter-wort. 

The plant Chelidonium majus (Nat. ord., Papaveracece). It has an 
unpleasant odor, and an acrid taste. 

Chief constituent. Chelerythrine (supposed to be identical with san- 
guinarin). 

Dose : 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Action. 

Like sanguinaria, it is an expectorant in small doses ; an emetic in 
large doses. 

Use. 

Chelidonium still has a place in the pharmacopoeia, but its therapeutic 
use may conveniently be relegated to the past. 

SINAPIS ALBA. 

White Mustard. 

The seeds of the Brassica alba (Nat. ord. Crucifcrce). These seeds are 
odorless, and have a pungent, acrid taste. 

Habitat. Europe. Cultivated in the United States. 

Chief constituents. Sinalbin, C^H^N^O^, a crystallizable substance. 
Myrosin an albuminous ferment, and a fixed oil. Sinalbin, by the action 
of the ferment, myrosin, and water, is converted into a volatile oil, sulpho- 
cyanate of acrinyl. The ferment, myrosin, in the presence of moisture, 
is destroyed by a temperature of 6o° C. (140 F.), hence, mustard powder 
mixed with boiling water yields no volatile oil. 

Action and Use. 
This is the same as for sinapis nigra, q. v. 

SINAPIS NIGRA. 
Black Mustard. 

The seeds of the Brassica nigra (Nat. ord., Crucifercz). These seeds are 
odorless and have a pungent, acrid taste. 

Habitat. Europe. Cultivated in the United States. 

Chief constituents. Sinigrin (potassium myronate), C 10 H 18 KNS 2 O 10 , 
myrosin an albuminous ferment, and a fixed oil. Sinigrin, by the action 
of the ferment, and water, is converted into a volatile oil, sulpho-cyanate of 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 235 

acrinyl. To this volatile oil (Oleum Sinapis Volatile) is due the pungent 
taste and odor of the moistened powder. 

Preparations. 

Sinapis (emetic dose) 3- 75-7-5° Gm. 3J-ij. 

Charta Sinapis. About 0.36 Gm. (gr. vj) powdered sinapis to the sq. in. 

Action. 

The unbroken seeds may act as a mechanical laxative. 

The powdered mustard moistened (through the development of the 
volatile oil), has a deodorant, antiseptic, stimulant, and irritant action. 

Taken internally a small dose acts as a gastric stimulant, and tonic ; a 
large dose acts as a prompt emetic. 

Use. 
Mustard flour is used as though it were a powdered soap in deodoriz- 
ing and disinfecting the hands, preparatory to a surgical operation. It is 
applied externally, in the form of a plaster, as a rubefacient and counter- 
irritant. Internally, it is used where prompt emesis, without depression, 
is wanted, as in poisoning from narcotics. 

OLEUM SINAPIS VOLATILE. 
Volatile Oil of Mustard. 

A volatile oil obtained from black mustard by maceration with water 
and subsequent distillation. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, 
in a cool place, protected from light. 

It is a colorless or pale-yellow, turpid, and sharply refractive liquid, 
having a very pungent, and acrid, odor and taste. Sp. gr. : 1.018 to 1.029, 
at 15 C. 

Preparation. 

Linimentum Sinapis Compositum (3 per cent.) . . For external use. 

Action. 

The properties of the volatile oil have already been described under 
sinapis nigra, q. v. 

Use. 

The volatile oil is seldom used alone. It is only as it is present in 

the moistened flour that it is used as a deodorant, antiseptic, irritant, 

counter-irritant, or emetic. 

SENEGA. 
Snake root. Milk root. 

The root of Polygala Senega (Nat. ord., Polygalacece). Odor slight, 
acid, unpleasant ; taste sweetish, afterward acrid. 
Habitat. United States. 
Chief constituents. Senegin, polygallic acid. 



236 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Senegae Fluidum ...... 0.06-0.30 Cc. ITlj-v. 

Syrupus Senegae (20 per cent. fd. ext.) . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^2-i. 
Syrupus Scillse Compositus (see Scilla) . . 0.30-3.75 Cc. tTLv-^i. 

Action. 
In small doses senega has a stimulating action. Large doses act as an 
irritant. It is eliminated by the bronchial mucous membrane, by the kid- 
neys, and by the skin ; during elimination it acts as an expectorant, a 
diuretic, or a diaphoretic. A large dose will cause emesis, but it is never 
used alone for its emetic effect (see syrupus scillae compositus). 

Use. 
Senega may be used in combination with other drugs, as a stimulating 

expectorant. 

KRAMERIA. 

Rhatany. 

The root of Krameria Triandra or Krameria Ixina (Nat. ord., 
Polygalacece). Odorless ; very astringent. 

Habitat. (1) Peru. (2) Savanilla. 

Chief constituents. Kramero-tannic acid, and rhatania red. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Krameriae 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Extractum Kramerise Fluidum .... 0.60-1.25 Cc. TTtx-xx. 
Syrupus Krameriae (35 per cent. fd. ext.). 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 
Tinctura Kramerise (20 per cent. pulv.). 1.90-3. 75 Cc. 3^-i. 
Trochisci Kramerise, one = 0.06 Gm. gr. i. 

Action. 
Krameria has an astringent action. 

Use. 
When a mild astringent is wanted, as in certain forms of pharyngitis, 
diarrhoea, etc., krameria may be used alone or in combination with 
other drugs. 

CAMBOGIA. 

Gamboge. 

A gum resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburnii '(Nat. ord., Guttiferce). 

It occurs in cylindrical pieces, sometimes hollow in the centre, of a 
waxy lustre, orange-red in color; odorless; taste very acrid. It is partly 
soluble in alcohol, and in ether. 

Habitat. China. Siam. 

Chief constituent. Gambogic acid. 

Dose : 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr ^-ij. 



the vegetable kingdom. 237 

Action and Use. 

Gamboge has the action of a drastic, hydragogue cathartic, causing 
violent irritation throughout the alimentary canal, attended by vomiting, 
griping and purging. It has no action on the liver. 

Gamboge is too drastic for use alone. It is one of the ingredients of 
the compound cathartic pill (see colocynth). 

$ GURJUN. 
Gurjun Balsam. Wood oil. 

An oleo-resin obtained from Dipterocarpus turbinatus (Nat. ord., Dip- 
terocarpecz). This is a thick, viscid balsam, with a bitter taste and a 
copaiba like odor. 

Habitat. The East Indies. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and gurjunic acid. 

Dose: 0.30-1.90 Cc. TTlv-xxx. 

Action. 

Stimulant, antiseptic, irritant. Large doses may cause nausea, vomit- 
ing and diarrhoea. Its antiseptic and stimulant action can be secured by 
local application ; also along the lines of elimination — the urinary tract, 
the skin, the bronchial mucous membrane. 

Use. 
Gurjun balsam has been used in the treatment of gonorrhoea after the 
acute stage has passed. It has been highly recommended both locally, (1 
part of the oil with 3 of lime water) and internally, in the treatment of 
leprosy. 

ALTHAEA. 

Marshmallow. 

The root of Althcea officinalis (Nat. ord., Malvacece). It has a faint, 
aromatic odor ; a sweetish, mucilaginous taste. 
Chief constituents. Mucilage, and sugar. 
Dose: Syrupus altheae (5 per cent.) 3.75-15.00 Cc. 31-iv. 

Action. 

Emollient. 

Use. 
As an emollient, in disease of the mouth or pharynx. 

GOSSYPIUM PURIFICATUM. 
Purified Cotton. Absorbent Cotton. 

The hairs of the seeds of Gossypimn herbaceum, and of other species 
of Gossypium (Nat. Ord., Malvacece), freed from adhering impurities, and 



238 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

deprived of fatty matter. It occurs in white, soft, fine filaments ; insolu- 
ble in ordinary solvents. It should readily absorb water. 
Habitat. Africa, Asia, America. 

Action. 
Absorbent cotton acts as a mechanical protectant. 

Use. 

It may be used to exclude air in the dressing of burns, and in surgical 
practice. 

PYROXYLINUM. 
Pyroxylin. Soluble Gun Cotton. Colloxylin. 

Prepared by treating cotton with nitric acid, sulphuric acid, etc. It 
is kept as small, detached pellets, loosely packed in well-closed vessels, in 
a cool, dry place, remote from lights or fire. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutical. 

COLLODIUM. 
Collodion. 

This is prepared by treating pyroxylin, 3 parts ; with ether, 75 parts ; 
and alcohol, 25 parts. It is a clear, viscid liquid which should be kept 
in cork-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire. 

Preparations. 

Collodium Cantharidatum ~\ 

Collodium Flexile V For external use. 

Collodium Stypticum ) 

Flexile collodion has Canada turpentine 5 parts, and castor oil 3 parts, 
with collodion 92 parts. 

Styptic collodion has tannic acid 20 parts, alcohol 5 parts, ether 25 
parts, with collodion to 100 parts. 

Cantharidal collodion has 60 parts of cantharides, with flexile collo- 
dion to 100 parts. 

Action. 

Collodion has a constringing, and a protectant action. 

Use. 

It may be used as a substitute for adhesive plaster over small wounds. 
It may also be used to relieve pain, by the steady pressure it exerts over 
an inflamed part. 

The cantharidal collodion is used for blistering purposes (see cantharis). 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 239 

OLEUM GOSSYPII SEMINIS. 

Cotton Seed Oil. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seeds of Gossypium herbaceum, and of 
other species of Gossypium (Nat. ord., Malvacecz), and subsequently 
purified. It should be kept in well-closed vessels. 

A pale yellow, oily liquid, without odor, and having a bland, nut-like 
taste. Sp.gr.: 0.920 to 0.930 at 15 C. Sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Action. 
Cotton seed oil has a demulcent and a protective action. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutical^, in preparing liniments. 
Therapeutically, as a protective dressing for burns, etc. 

GOSSYPII RADICIS CORTEX. 

Cotton Root Bark. 

The bark of the root of Gossypium herbaceum, and of other species of 
Gossypium (Nat. ord., Malvacece). It is odorless. The taste is slightly 
acrid, and faintly astringent. 

Chief constituents. An acid resin, a fixed oil, and tannin. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Gossypii Radicis Fluidum .... 1.90- 3.75 Cc. 3^2 -i. 
Infusum Gossypii Radicis Cortex .... 120.00-240.00 Cc. giv-viij. 

Action. 

Cotton root bark has an emmenagogue, and oxytocic action. (It re- 
sembles ergot in action). 

Use. 

It may be used to stimulate normal uterine contractions. 

$ KOLA. 

The seeds of Cola Acuminata (Nat. ord., Sterculiacece). The odor is 
slightly mustard-like. Taste not disagreeable. 
Habitat. Western tropical Africa. 
Chief constituents. Caffeine, and theobromine. 

Preparation. 

Extractum Kolae Fluidum, 0.60-1.90 Cc. TTLx-xxx. 

Action. 
Kola has the action of a stimulant upon the nervous system. It in- 
creases the heart's force, and increases arterial tension. Through the 



240 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

increased arterial tension, it produces diuresis. It favors digestion, either 
by increasing gastric secretion, or by action upon the muscular coat of 
the stomach, thus increasing gastric peristalsis. It controls intestinal se- 
cretion and gives tone to the intestinal muscular coat in relaxed conditions. 

Use. 
Kola may be used to strengthen a weak heart. It may be used as a 
diuretic, in cases of dropsy attending cardiac lesion ; in atonic gastric dys- 
pepsia ; in subacute or chronic diarrhoea. It may be used after the manner 
of coffee, or caffeine, to prevent fatigue. 

$ THEOBROMA. 

Cacao. Chocolate nut. 

The seeds of the Theobroma Cacao (Nat. ord., Sterculiacetz). These 
have an agreeable odor ; a bitter, oily taste. 

Habitat. Mexico, Central, and South America. 

Chief constituents. Caffeine, and theobromine. 

Action. 
The action, due to its active constituents, caffeine and theobromine, 
closely resembles that described for kola. 

Use. 
Chiefly as a beverage. 

<i> OLEUM THEOBROMATIS. 
Oil of Theobroma. Butter of Cacao. 

A fixed oil, expressed from the seeds of Theobroma Cacao (Nat ord., 
Sterculiaceoz). 

Chief constituents. Olein, and stearin. 

A yellowish-white solid, having a faint, agreeable odor, and a bland, 
chocolate-like taste. Sp. gr. : 0.970-0.980, at 15 ° C. Soluble in ether, 
chloroform, and boiling absolute acid. Its reaction is neutral. 

Action. 
Demulcent. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutical, in making suppositories. 

LINUM. 
Linseed. Flaxseed. 

The seeds of Linum usitatissimum (Nat. ord., Linacece)* Odorless; 
taste mucilaginous, oily, and bitter. 
Habitat. Southern Europe. 
Chief constituents. Mucilage, and a fixed oil. 



the vegetable kingdom. 241 

Action. 
Demulcent. 

Use. 

The meal is used in making poultices. 

An infusion made from the seeds may be used as a demulcent, sooth- 
ing drink in the treatment of pharyngitis. 

OLEUM LINI. 
Linseed Oil. Flaxseed oil. 

A fixed oil, expressed from linseed without the use of heat. 

A yellowish, or yellow, oily liquid, having a slight, peculiar odor, a 
bland taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in 5 parts of absolute alcohol, 
and in 1.5 parts of ether. Sp. gr. : 0.930 to 0.940 at 15 C. 

Chief constituents. Linolein, with palmitin. 

Action. 
Demulcent, protective. 

Use. 

Linseed oil may be used as a local, protective dressing, alone, or com- 
bined with lime water (" Carron oil "), in the treatment of burns, etc. 

SAPO MOLLIS. 
Soft Soap. Green soap of Pharm., 1880. 

This is prepared from potassa, and linseed oil. 

It is a soft, unctuous mass of a yellowish-brown, or brownish-yellow, 
color, having a peculiar, characteristic odor, a disagreeable, alkaline taste, 
and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

Preparation. 
Linimentum Saponis Mollis, . (65 per cent.). For external use. 

Action. 
That of an antacid, a local stimulant, and a detergent. 

Use. 
Soft soap is used in general surgery for its cleansing properties ; in 
certain diseases of the skin for its cleansing properties ; also for its local 
stimulating action. 

COCA. 

The leaves of Erythroxylon Coca (Nat. ord., Lined), Odor, slight 
and tea-like ; taste, somewhat aromatic and bitter. When chewed, coca 
benumbs the lips and tongue. 

Habitat. South America. 

Chief constituent. Cocaine. 
16 



242 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Cocae Fluidum 3-75 _ 7-5° Cc. 31-ij. 

Action. 

The action of coca is represented by its alkaloid cocaine. See Cocainae 
Hydrochloras. 

COCAINAE HYDROCHLORAS. C 17 H 21 N0 4 HC1. 

Cocaine Hydrochlorate. 

This is the hydrochlorate of an alkaloid obtained from coca. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent crystals, or as a white, crystalline 
powder ; without odor ; of a saline, slightly bitter taste, and producing 
upon the tongue a tingling sensation, followed by numbness of some 
minutes' duration. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.40 parts 
of water, and in 3.5 parts of alcohol. Its reaction is neutral. 

Dose: 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. }&-%* 

Action. 

Cocaine paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerves when used locally, and 
acts as a local anaesthetic. It also acts upon the vaso-motor system, first, 
as a stimulant causing marked contraction of blood-vessels ; this is fol- 
lowed by paralysis, with dilatation of the vessels, and congestion of the 
parts which they supply. 

It causes marked dilatation of the pupil, through peripheral stimulation 
of the sympathetic in the iris, thus producing excessive action of the 
dilators. (Atropine causes paralysis of the sphincters.) It is possible that 
dilatation of the pupil may be due in part, or entirely, to the effect 
produced upon the arterioles of the iris. 

Internally, small doses stimulate, and large doses paralyze, the nerve 
centres. There is a direct stimulant action upon the muscles, and this 
lessens fatigue. Respiration is stimulated, then paralyzed by large doses, 
and death may come from paralysis of respiration. Small doses slow the 
pulse, probably by stimulating the vagus. Arterial tension is increased 
through stimulation of the vaso-motor system. Small doses increase 
peristalsis; probably through stimulation of the vagus. Large doses 
diminish peristalsis, by paralyzing the intestinal ganglia. The secretion 
of saliva, sweat, milk, and of mucous glands in general, is diminished ; 
probably through paralysis of the secreting nerve fibres. 

Use. 

Cocaine is used to produce local anaesthesia, and thus relieve, or pre- 
vent, pain. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 243 

It may be used internally, as a stimulant, but the danger of forming 
the drug "habit " must always be kept in mind. 

GUAIACI LIGNUM. 
Guaiac Wood. Lignum Vitse. 

The heart-wood of Guaiacum officinalis and of Guaiacum Sanctum 
(Nat. ord., Zygophyllece). When heated this has a balsamic odor. The 
taste is slightly acrid. 

Habitat. West Indies, and northern South America. 

Chief constituent. A resin. 

GUAIACI RESINA. 
Guaiac. 

The resin of the wood Guaiacum officinalis (Nat. ord., Zygophyllece). 

This occurs in irregular masses, greenish-brown, or reddish-brown, 
fusible, feebly aromatic, somewhat acrid. Powdered it is grayish, turning 
green on exposure to air. Soluble in solutions of potassa, and in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Guaiaci Resina (powdered) 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Tinctura Guaiaci (20 per cent.) . . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-j. 
Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata (20 per 

cent.) i-9°-3-75 Cc - Z%-)- 

Action. 
Guaiac acts as a stimulant and irritant to the parts with which it is 
brought in contact, and also along the lines of elimination. It may thus 
exercise a diaphoretic, diuretic, laxative, or alterative action. This is a 
drug that has been very much overrated, and one whose beneficial quali- 
ties can all be found in some more agreeable form. 

Use. 
Guaiac is used in the treatment of tonsillitis. It is also sometimes 
used as an alterative, in the treatment of chronic rheumatism, syphilis, etc. 

GERANIUM. 
Cranes-bill. Spotted Geranium. 

The rhizome of Geranium maculatum (Nat. ord., Geraniacece). Odor- 
less ; taste strongly astringent. 

Chief constituents. Tannic, and gallic acids. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Geranii Fluidum I «9°-3-75 Cc. 3^-j. 



244 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 
Astringent. 

Use. 

Geranium may be used where astringents are indicated, in diseases of 
the alimentary canal. It is an unimportant drug. 

XANTHOXYLUM. 
Prickly Ash. 

The bark of Xanthoxylum americanum and of Xanthoxylum Clava- 
Herculis (Nat. ord., Rutacece). Odorless ; taste bitter. 
Habitat. United States. 
Chief constituents. Volatile oil, tannic acid, and resins. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Xanthoxyli Fluidum .... 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3%-i. 

Action. 
In action this drug resembles guaiac. 

Use. 
This drug is of little therapeutic value and is seldom used. 

BUCHU. 

The leaves of the Barosma betulina and Barosma crenulata (Nat. 
ord., Rutacece). Odor, and taste, strongly aromatic, mint-like, pungent, 
and bitterish. 

Habitat. South Africa. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and a bitter substance. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Buchu Fluidum 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3j£-i. 

Action. 
That of a stimulant and irritant. Large doses will cause a burning 
sensation in the stomach, and irritation throughout the urinary tract; 
vomiting, purging, and strangury. Its activity depends upon the volatile 
oil which is eliminated chiefly by the kidneys. During its elimination it 
acts as a stimulating diuretic, and possibly as an antiseptic along the 
urinary tract. 

Use. 
Buchu may be used as a diuretic in combination with some saline 

diuretic. 

PILOCARPUS. 

Jaborandi. 

The leaflets of Pilocarpus. Sdloanus and Pilocarpus Jaborandi (Nat. 
ord., Rutacece). Taste bitter and pungent ; odor aromatic. 
Habitat. Brazil. 
Chief constituents. Pilocarpine, and jaborine. 



the vegetable kingdom. 245 

Preparation. 
Extractum Pilocarpi Fluidum . . . 0.95-1.90 Cc. ttl xv-xxx. 

Action and Use. 
This is described under pilocarpine hydrochloras. 

PILOCARPINE HYDROCHLORAS. C U H 16 N 2 2 HC1. 
Hydrochlorate of Pilocarpine. 

This is the hydrochlorate of an alkaloid obtained from pilocarpus . It 
should be kept in small, well-stoppered vials. 

It occurs as small white crystals ; odorless, having a faintly bitter 
taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

Action. 

Pilocarpine stimulates the nerves supplying certain glands. It may 
also have a direct stimulating action on the secreting cells. It thus causes 
an enormous secretion of sweat, or of saliva, or of both. It also increases 
other secretions, as of the bronchial and nasal mucous membranes, the 
lachrymal glands, the kidneys, the intestinal mucous membrane, and some- 
times the mammary gland. It stimulates the growth of hair. 

It stimulates nerves, supplying involuntary muscular fibre ; causing in 
the eye contraction, by stimulating the terminations of the third nerve ; 
in the intestines, increased peristalsis through stimulation of the intestinal 
ganglia ; in the stomach, contraction attended by belching ; in the blad- 
der, contraction attended by a desire for frequent micturition ; in the 
uterus, contraction, 

It *is a cardiac depressant, but this depression is preceded by a short 
period of stimulation. The pulse is quickened, the vagus ends being 
paralyzed ; the blood-vessels are dilated, the result of vaso-motor paralysis, 
and there is a fall of blood-pressure with the diminished arterial tension. 
The effect on respiration is probably only secondary. There may be 
dyspnoea, due to cardiac failure ; or apnoea, due to the excessive bronchial 
secretion. The temperature falls as a result of heat dissipation. Elimina- 
tion takes place through the kidneys. 

Use. 

Locally, it may be used in some forms of alopecia. 

Internally, small doses (0.002 Gm., gr. ^) may be used with expector- 
ants, to increase bronchial secretion in subacute, or chronic, bronchitis. 
The same dose may sometimes be of benefit in checking the sweating so 
often present in debilitated conditions. In suppression of urine due to 
nephritis it may be of marked benefit, through its action upon the sweat 



246 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

glands, causing profuse diaphoresis; and also through the lowering of 
blood-pressure, thus doubly relieving the strain upon the kidneys. 

$ BELA. 
Bael Fruit. Bengal quince. 

This is the fruit of the AZgle Marmelos (Nat. ord. Rutacece). It is 
nearly odorless, and has a mucilaginous, slightly bitter taste. 

Habitat. The Himalaya mountains. 

Chief constituents. Mucilage, a bitter principle, and a volatile oil. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Belae Fluidum 1.90-7.50 Cc. 3^2-ij. 

Action. 
Bael fruit probably has an action similar to that of coto, increasing 
intestinal absorption. It is not astringent. 

Use. 
It may be used in dysentery, diarrhoea, etc. This drug is of little use, 
except in its native country. The preparations, to be efficient, must be 
made from the fresh fruit. 

AURANTII AMARI CORTEX. 

Bitter Orange Peel. 

The rind of the fruit of Citrus vulgaris (Nat. ord., Rutacece). This 
has a fragrant odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Aurantii Amari Fluidum . . 0.95-1.90 Cc. TTLxv-xxx. 
Tinctura Aurantii Amari (20 per cent.) 3.75-7.20 Cc. 31-ij. 

Action. 
All of the orange preparations, so far as they have any action, are 
stimulating, and carminative. 

Use. 

The orange preparations are used chiefly as flavoring ingredients, or 
as vehicles. 

AURANTII DULCIS CORTEX. 

Sweet Orange Peel. 

The rind of the fruit of Citrus Aurantium (Nat. ord., Rutacece). This 
has a fragrant odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste. 

Preparations. 

Syrupus Aurantii i-9°-3-75 Cc. 3^2-i- 

Tinctura Aurantii Dulcis (20 per cent.) . . 3.75-7.50 Cc. 31-ij. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 247 

OLEUM AURANTII CORTICIS. 

Oil of Orange Peel. 

A volatile oil obtained by expression from the fresh peel of either the 
bitter orange, Citrus vulgaris, or the sweet orange, Citrus Aurantium. 
It is a pale, yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, aromatic odor of 
orange, and an aromatic taste. Sp. gr. : 0.850 at 15 C. 

Preparations. 
Spiritus Aurantii (5 per cent.) -\ 

-Spiritus Aurantii Compositus (20 per cent.) _ . 

_,. . . . v > For flavoring purposes. 

Elixir Aromaticum 

Spiritus Myrceae J 

OLEUM AURANTII FLORUM. 

Oil of Orange Flowers. Oil of Neroli. 

A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of the bitter orange, 
Citrus vulgaris. 

It is a yellowish, or brownish, thin liquid, having the very fragrant odor 
of orange flowers, and an aromatic, somewhat bitter taste. Sp. gr. : 0.875 
to 0.890 at 15 C. 

Preparations. 

Aqua Aurantii Florum Fortior .... For pharmaceutical use. 

Aqua Aurantii Florum ") 

c. . ... -™ \ For flavoring purpose. 

Syrupus Aurantii riorum J ° r r 

LIMONIS SUCCUS. 
Lemon Juice. 

The freshly expressed juice of the ripe fruit of Citrus Li?nonum (Nat. 
ord., Rutacece). 

This is a slightly turbid, yellowish liquid, usually having an odor of 
lemon, due to the residental presence of some of the volatile oil of the 
rind. Taste acid and slightly bitter. Sp. gr. : not less than 1.030 at 15 ° C. 

Action. 
Anti-scorbutic, refrigerant, diuretic. 
Dose, pro re nata. 

Use. 

Lemon juice may be used both as a prophylactic and curative agent, 
for scurvy. It is also used as a refreshing, acid drink in fevers. 

LIMONIS CORTEX. 

Lemon Peel. 

The rind of the recent fruit of Citrus Limonum (Nat. ord., Rutacece), 
Odor fragrant ; taste aromatic and bitter. 

Chief constituent. A volatile oil obtained by mechanical means. 



248 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Spiritus Limonis (5 per cent.) For flavoring purposes. 

Syrupus Acidi Citrici See Citric Acid. 

Action. 
Stimulant and carminative. 

Use. 
For pharmaceutical purposes. 

OLEUM LIMONIS. 

Oil of Lemon. 

A volatile oil obtained by expression from fresh lemon peel. It is a 
pale-yellow, limpid liquid, having the fragrant odor of lemon, and an 
aromatic, somewhat bitter taste. Sp. gr. : 0.858 to 0.859 at 15 ° C. 

Preparations. 

Spiritus Aurantii Compositus, (5 per cent.). For flavoring purposes. 
Spiritus Limonis, (5 per cent.). 

Action. 
Stimulant and carminative. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutically, as a flavoring agent. 

OLEUM BERGAMOTT^. 

Oil of Bergamot. 

A volatile oil obtained by expression from the rind of the fresh fruit of 
Citrus Bergamia (Nat. ord., Rutacece). 

Action. 
Stimulant, carminative. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutically, as a perfume. 

QUASSIA. 
Bitter Ash. Bitter Wood. 

The wood of Picrcena Excelsa (Nat. ord., Simarubece). This is odor- 
less, and has an intensely bitter taste. 

Habitat. Jamaica. 

Chief constituent. Quassin, C 32 H 44 O 10 , a crystallizable bitter princi- 
ple. Sparingly soluble in water \ soluble in alcohol, and in chloroform. 



the vegetable kingdom. 249 

Preparations. 

Extractum Quassiae 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. j-ij. 

Extractum Quassiae Fluidum 0.30-0.60 Cc. gr. v-x. 

Tinctura Quassiae, (10 per cent). . . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3j£-j. 

Action. 
That of a bitter tonic. It contains no tannic acid. 

Use. 

An infusion of quassia, may be used by enema, to destroy thread worms. 

Internally, quassia may be used to increase the appetite, and to aid 
digestion during the convalescence from acute diseases; also in some 
forms of dyspepsia. 

MYRRHA. 
Myrrh. 

A gum resin obtained from the Commiphora Myrrha (Nat. ord., Bur- 
scracece). 

This occurs in irregular, or roundish tears, or masses of a dusty, brown- 
ish-yellow color ; odor balsamic ; taste aromatic, and bitter. 

Habitat. Eastern Africa, and Arabia. 

Chief constituents. A resin, and a volatile oil. 

Preparations. 
Mistura Ferri Composita See Ferrum. 

Pilulse Aloes et Myrrhae, ) A , 

_. ., ;_ / V See Aloes. 

1 inctura Aloes et Myrrhae, J 

Tinctura Myrrhae, (20 per cent.) .... 0.30-0.95 Cc. ttl v-xv. 

Action. 

Myrrh has the action of a local stimulant, and disinfectant ; in large 
doses, a local irritant It also acts as a stimulant along the lines of elim- 
ination, when given internally, viz. : upon the bronchial mucous mem- 
brane, and throughout the urinary tract. It is supposed to be a uterine 
stimulant, and emmenagogue. 



Use. 

At the present time the use of myrrh is very limited, 



$ COCCILLANA. 



The bark of an undetermined species of Guarea (Nat. ord., Meliaced). 
This has a peculiar odor, with a slightly nauseous, unpleasant taste. 
Habitat. Bolivia. 
Chief constituents. An alkaloid (?), resins, and tannic acid. 



250 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Coccillanae Fluidum, . . . 0.30-1.90 Cc. tltv-xxx. 

Action. 
Coccillana resembles ipecac in action. It is irritant locally, and along 
the lines of elimination. In small doses it increases secretion throughout 
the alimentary canal, thus increasing the appetite, and also producing a 
mild laxative effect. It increases bronchial secretion, thus acting as an 
expectorant. Large doses cause nausea, vomiting, and catharsis. 

Use. 
This is a comparatively new drug, and its therapeutic use is by no 
means fully established. So far, it has shown itself to be a useful expec- 
torant. 

EUONYMUS. 

Wahoo. Spindle Tree. Burning Bush. 

Bark of Euonymus atropwpureus (Nat. ord. : Celastrtnece). This is 
odorless, with a somewhat bitter, acrid taste. 

Habitat. United States. 

Chief constituents. Euonymin, atropurpurin, and a fixed oil. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Euonymi, 0.06-0.18 Gm. gr. i-iij. 

$ "Euonymin," 0.03-0.06 Gm. gr. %-). 

Action. 
A laxative of mild character, usually. A large dose may act as an irri- 
tant in the intestinal canal, causing profuse watery discharges. It is an 
hepatic stimulant, increasing the secretion of bile. 

Use. 
It may be used when the action of an hepatic stimulant and a mild 
laxative is wanted, as in chronic constipation. It is generally used in 
combination with other laxatives. 

FRANGULA. 
Buckthorn. 

The bark of the Rhamnus Frangula (Nat. ord., Rhamnece), collected 
at least one year before being used. This is nearly odorless, and has a 
bitter taste. 

Habitat. Europe, and Asia. 

Chief constituents. Frangulin, and tannic acid. 

Frangulin (C 20 H 20 O 10 ), a glucoside, occurs in fine yellow crystals; 
odorless and tasteless. Insoluble in water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 



the vegetable kingdom. 251 

Preparation. 
Extractum Frangulae Fluidum, .... 0.30-1.25 Cc. til v-xx. 

Action. 
The frangulin which is found in the fresh bark is changed by time into 
emodin (C 15 H 10 O 5 ), and it is this that gives the official (old) bark the de- 
sired physiological action, namely : that of a mild, stimulating laxative. 
It increases secretion, and increases intestinal peristalsis. Large doses 
cause nausea, vomiting, and catharsis. 

Use. 

This is an excellent laxative for use in the treatment of chronic consti- 
pation. Its tonic influence upon the intestines prevents the constipation 
which usually follows the use of laxatives. It is not suitable for use as a 
cathartic. 

RHAMNUS PURSHIANA. 

Cascara Sagrada. California Buckthorn. Sacred Bark. 

The dried bark of the Rhamnus Purshiana (Nat. ord., Rhamnacece), 
collected at least two years before being used. Odorless, taste bitter. 

Habitat. Western United States. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, a red, a yellow, and a brown 
resin ; also a neutral crystalline substance (resembling frangulin, but pro- 
bably not identical with it). 

Preparations. 

# Cascara Cordial 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Extractum Cascarae Sagradse 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. i-v. 

Extractum Rhamni Purshianse Fluidum . 0.30-1.25 Cc. tlX v-xx - 

Action. 

As with frangula, the composition changes with age, and the bark 
which was irritant and disagreeable when fresh, has a mild laxative action 
when kept the proper length of time. It is possibly more active and more 
certain in its action than frangula. Emodin has been found in bark a 
vear old. 

Use. 

This, like frangula, is used in chronic constipation, as a laxative, and 
as an intestinal tonic. 

GUARANA. 

A dried paste chiefly consisting of the crushed or pounded seeds of 
Paullinia sorbilis (Nat. ord., Sapindacece). This occurs in subglobular, or 
elliptic cakes, or cylindrical sticks. It is hard, dark reddish-brown in 



252 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

color. The odor is slight, resembling that of chocolate ; taste astringent 
and bitter. 

Habitat. Brazil. 

Chief constituent. Caffeine, q. v. 

Preparations. 

Guarana 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Extractum Guaranae Fluidum .... 0.30-1.90 Cc. HI v-xxx. 

Action. 

Guarana depends upon its chief constituent, caffeine, for its action. 
It is therefore tonic and stimulant (see caffeine). 

Use. 

Therapeutically, it has been quite generally displaced by caffeine. It 
may be used in the treatment of certain forms of headaches. 

MASTICHE. 

Mastic. 

A concrete resinous exudation from Pistacia Lentiscus (Nat. ord., 
Anacardiece). It has a weak, somewhat balsamic, resinous, odor, and a 
mild terebinthinate taste. 

Chief constituents. A resin, and a volatile oil. 

Preparation, 
Pilulse Aloes et Mastiches See aloes. 

Action and Use. 
This drug has but little, if any, therapeutic value, and is seldom used. 

RHUS GLABRA. 
Sumach. Upland Sumach. 

The fruit of Rhus Glabra (Nat. ord., Afiacardieci). Odorless, with 
an acid taste. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituent. Tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Rhois Glabrae Fluidum For local use. 

Action. 
That of tannic acid, q. v. 

Use. 

This may be used as an astringent gargle, or mouth wash, as required. 






THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 253 

RHUS TOXICODENDRON. 
Poison Ivy. Poison oak. Mercury vine. 

The fresh leaves of the Rhus radicans (Nat. ord., Anacardietz). Odor- 
less ; taste somewhat astringent, and acrid. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. Toxicodendric acid (volatile), tannic acid, and a 

fixed oil. ' 

Preparation. 

Tinctura Rhois Toxicodendri . . . . 0.005-0.12 Cc. TTL^-ij. 

Action. 
Stimulant and irritant locally. When used internally there is irrita- 
tion throughout the alimentary canal, and along the lines of elimination. 

Use. 
This is a drug of questionable therapeutic value. It may be used in 
certain chronic skin diseases ; it may be used in incontinence of urine 
dependent upon atony of the bladder, etc. 

GLYCYRRHIZA. 

Liquorice Root. 

The root of the Glycyrrhiza glabra (Nat. ord., Leguminosce). The 
taste is sweet, and somewhat acrid. 

Habitat. Southern Europe, and Western Asia. 
Chief constituents. Starch, sugar, and glycyrrhizin. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Glycyrrhizae "} 

Extractum Glycyrrhiza Purum > For flavoring. 

Extractum Glycyrrhizse Fluidum ...._) 

Trochisci Glycyrrhizse et Opii See Opium. 

Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus See Senna. 

Mistura Glycyrrhizse Composita 3-75 - 7-5° Cc. ^i-ij. 

Glycyrrhizinum Ammoniatum 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Mistura Glycyrrhizse Composita. (Brown Mixture.) This 
contains extract of liquorice pure 3 parts, mucilage 10 parts, syrup 5 parts, 
spirits of nitrous ether 6 parts, wine of antimony 6 parts, paregoric 12 
parts, water to 100 parts. 

Action. 

Demulcent, and mildly laxative. 

Use. 
The many preparations of liquorice are used chiefly as vehicles, to dis- 
guise the flavor of certain drugs, especially that of quinine. 



254 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

H^MATOXYLON. 

Logwood. 

The heart wood of the Hcematoxylon campechianum (Nat. ord., Legu- 
minosce). Odor faint, and agreeable ; taste sweetish, and astringent. 
Habitat. Honduras. Jamaica. 
Chief constituents. Tannic acid, haematoxylin. 
Hematoxylin, C 16 H U 6 , occurs in colorless, sweet crystals. Soluble 
in water, and in alcohol. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Hsematoxyli 0.60-1.90 Gm. gr. x-xxx. 

Action. 
Logwood has the action of a mild astringent. 

Use. 
It may be used in diarrhoea, when astringents are indicated. It colors 
the urine red, and may thus be a source of needless alarm, unless atten- 
dants have been informed as to this fact. 

SANTALUM RUBRUM. 

Red Saunders. 

The wood of the Pterocarpus santalinus (Nat. ord., Leguminoscz). 
Nearly odorless ; nearly tasteless. 

Chief constituent. Santalin (a coloring agent). 

Action and Use. 
This is a coloring agent, which has some use pharmaceutically. 

SENNA. 

The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia (Alexandria senna) and of Cassia 
angustifolia (Indian senna) (Nat. ord., Leguminosce). These have a 
somewhat peculiar odor, and a nauseous, bitter taste. 

Habitat. Africa, and India. 

Chief constituent. Cathartic acid. 

Preparations. 

Confectio Sennas 3.75— 7.50 Gm. 31-ij. 

Extractum Sennae Fluidum 3.75— 7.50 Cc. 31 — ij . 

Infusum Sennae Compositum .... 60.00-120.00 Cc. §ij-iv. 

Syrupus Sennae (25 per cent.) .... 3.75- 7.50 Cc. 31-ij. 

Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus . . . 1.90- 3. 75 Gm. 3^-i. 

Syrupus Sarsaparillae Compositus . . . See Sarsaparilla. 

Confectio Sennae = senna 10, cassia 16, tamarind 10, prune 7, and 
fig 12 parts in 100. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 255 

Infusum Sennae Compositum (Black Draught) = senna 16, manna 
12, magnesium sulphate 12, and fennel 2 parts in 100. 

Pulvis Glycyrrhizse Compositus = senna 18, licorice 24, oil of 
fennel j4» washed sulphur 8, and sugar to 100 parts. 

Action. 
Senna acts as a cathartic, by increasing secretion, and increasing peris- 
talsis. Its action is chiefly on the upper part of the small intestine, and 
it causes considerable griping. It may cause discoloration of the urine. 

Use. 
Senna, in its many preparations, may be used as a laxative, or as a 
cathartic. It is seldom, if ever, used alone. 

SCOPARIUS. 
Broom. 

The tops of Cytisus Scoparius (Nat. ord., Leguminosce). These have a 
peculiar odor when bruised ; taste very bitter. 
Habitat. Europe, Asia, and America. 
Chief constituents. Spartein, scoparin, a volatile oil, and tannic acid. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Scoparii Fluidum 0.30- 0.95 Cc. 1Uv-xv. 

# Decoctum Scoparii 15.00-30.00 Cc. %%-i. 

Action. 
Scoparius has the action of a diuretic, and a cardiac tonic. The action 
is more fully described under scoparius and sparteine, q. v. 

Use. 
Scoparius may be used as a diuretic in certain forms of dropsy. 



This is a neutral, crystalline principle from the Cytisus Scoparius. It 
is freely soluble in water, and in alcohol. It has a pale yellow color ; is 
odorless, and tasteless. 

Dose : 0.06-0.30 Gm., gr. i-v. 

Action. 
Scoparin is supposed to be a true diuretic ; that is, a diuretic that 
increases secretion directly through its action in the kidneys. 

Use. 

It is used — chiefly as a constituent of scoparius — for its diuretic action 
in certain forms of dropsy. 



256 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SPARTEINE SULPHAS. C 15 H 26 N 2 H 2 S0 4 + 4H 2 0. 

Sparteine Sulphate. 

This is the neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from Scoparius. 

It occurs in colorless crystals, or as a granular powder ; odorless, hav- 
ing a saline, slightly bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Very soluble in 
water, and in alcohol. 

Dose : 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. yi-%. 

Action. 

Sparteine resembles digitalis in its action on the circulation. It stim- 
ulates the cardiac muscle, and the inhibitory apparatus, thus slowing the 
heart's action. Large doses cause paralysis of the heart muscle, and 
exhaustion of the inhibitory apparatus ; this gives rise to a rapid, irregu- 
lar, feeble heart's action. Small doses stimulate the vaso-motor centre, 
and cause contraction of the arterioles in general, and of the splanchnic 
vessels in particular, thus increasing the circulation in the kidneys and in 
the skin. Its diuretic action depends upon this property, and is generally 
supposed to be effective only when cardiac disease exists. Sparteine has 
no cumulative action, neither does it interfere with digestion, nor cause 
disturbance of the general nervous system. In all these points it has an 
advantage over digitalis. 

Use. 

Sparteine may be employed as a cardiac tonic, or as a diuretic, in all 
cases adapted to the use of digitalis. 

CASSIA FISTULA. 

Purging Cassia. 

The fruit of the Cassia fistula (Nat. ord., Leguminosce). The odor 
resembles that of prunes ; the taste is sweetish. 
Habitat. Upper Egypt, and India. 
Chief constituent. Sugar. 
Dose: 3. 75-7.5° Gm - '&-$• 

Action. 
Laxative. It causes severe griping pains. 

Use. 
Cassia is seldom used, as there are many laxatives superior to it in 
every way. It is an ingredient of the official confectio sennce. 

TAMARINDUS. 

Tamarind. 

The preserved pulp of the fruit Tamarindus indica (Nat. ord., Legu- 
minoscz). This is odorless ; the taste is sweetish, and acidulous. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 257 

Habitat. India, and Africa. 

Chief constituents. Citric, tartaric, acetic, and malic acids, mostly as 
potassium compounds ; grape sugar, and tannic acid. 
Dose: 3-75-7-5° Gm. 31-ij. 

Action. 
Laxative. 

Use. 

Tamarind is seldom used alone. It is an ingredient of the official 
confectio sennce. 

PHYSOSTIGMA. 

Calabar-bean. Ordeal-bean. 

The seed of the Physostigma venenosiwi (Nat. ord., Leguminosce), 
These are odorless, with a bean -like taste. 

Habitat. Western Africa. 

Chief constituents. Physostigmine (or eserine), Calabarine. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Physostigmatis 0.005-0.01 Gm. gr. y^-^6. 

Tinctura Physostigmatis (15 percent.) 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTLv-xv. 

Action. 
A general paralyzant (see Physostigmina). 

Use. 
The use of physostigma is represented by physostigmina, q. v. 



Physostigmine. Eserine. 

This is an alkaloid obtained from the Physostigma venenosum. It is 
amorphous, and tasteless. Sparingly soluble in water ; soluble in alcohol. 

Preparations. 
Physostigminae Salicylas .... 0.0005-0.001 Gm. gr. ihr~io> 
Physostigminse Sulphas 0.0005-0.001 Gm. gr. jhrrs. 

Physostigminae Salicylas, C 15 H 21 N 3 2 C 7 H 6 3 (Eserine Salicylate). 
This occurs as colorless, or faintly yellowish crystals ; odorless, having a 
bitter taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in 150 parts 
of water,and in 12 parts of alcohol. 

Physostigminae Sulphas, (C 15 H 21 N 3 2 ) 2 H 2 S0 4 (Eserine Sulphate). 
This is a white, or yellowish-white, micro-crystalline powder; odorless, 
having a bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Very deliquescent. Very 
soluble, at 15 C, in water, and in alcohol. 
17 



258 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action. 

In medicinal doses physostigmine acts as a stimulant to unstriped 
muscular fibre. It slows the pulse by peripheral stimulation of the cardiac 
inhibitory nerves. It increases arterial pressure, partly through increased 
heart's action, partly through contraction of the arterioles. It increases 
peristalsis by stimulation of the muscular coat of the intestines. It causes 
contraction of the pupil, by peripheral stimulation of the oculo-motor 
nerves, or of the circular muscular fibres of the iris. It also diminishes 
intra-ocular tension. 

It increases the secretion of the salivary, sweat, lachrymal, and mucous 
glands, by action on the secreting glands themselves. The chief result of 
this action in the intestinal canal is to aid the laxative action already 
present through increased peristalsis. 

Elimination is chiefly by the kidneys, in an unchanged condition. 
Death, when it occurs, is through paralysis of the respiratory centre. 

Use. 

Physostigmine may be used locally to cause contraction of the pupil ; 
to antagonize the action of atropine; or to diminish intra-ocular tension. 

Internally, it may be used to overcome atony of the muscular walls 
of the intestines, or of the bladder. 

Toxicology. 

Toxic doses of physostigmine cause muscular tremors, followed by 
complete muscular relaxation, and debility. Salivation, nausea, and vom- 
iting are sometimes present. There is a slow, feeble, and almost insensible 
pulse, with coldness of the extremities, and of the skin. Respiration 
becomes slow, feeble, and rattling, and finally ceases. Consciousness 
remains to the end. The whole chain of toxic symptoms is due to the 
immediate action of the drug upon the muscles, or upon the nervous 
branches supplying them, rather than to any action upon the cerebral, or 
spinal centres. 

Treatment. — Atropine is a physiological antidote and should be used 

hypodermatically. Strychnine should be used as a respiratory and cardiac 

stimulant. 

CHRYSAROBINUM. 

Chrysarobin. 

A neutral principle in its commercial, more or less impure, form (com- 
monly named chrysophanic acid). Extracted from Goa powder, a sub- 
stance found deposited in the wood of the trunk of Andira Araroba (Nat. 
ord., Leguminosce). 

It occurs as a pale, orange-yellow, crystalline powder, permanent in 
the air ; odorless, and tasteless. Almost insoluble in water ; only slightly 
soluble in alcohol. Soluble in ether. 



the vegetable kingdom. 259 

Preparations. 
Chrysarobinum, 0.01-0.06 Gm. gr. }£-i. 

Unguentum Chrysarobini (5 per cent.). For external use. 

Action. 
Irritant. It is a local " reducing " agent. 

Use. 
It may be used locally in the treatment of certain forms of skin disease. 

ACACIA. 

Gum Arabic. 

A gummy exudation from Acacia Senegal (Nat. ord., Leguminosd). 

Habitat. Africa, etc. 

Chief constituents. Arabic acid, combined with calcium, potassium, 
and magnesium. 

This occurs in the form of tears or broken fragments, about the size of 
a pea. In color it is faintly yellow. It is odorless ; taste mucilaginous, 
and insipid. Soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Mucilago Acaciae (34 per cent.), A vehicle. 

Syrupus Acaciae (25 per cent, mucilage), A vehicle. 

Action. 
Demulcent. 

Use. 
Acacia is used pharmaceutically in making pills, emulsions, etc. It is 
also used as a pleasant vehicle in the adminstration of certain insoluble 
powders. 

It may be used for its demulcent properties in the treatment of dis- 
eases of the mouth, and pharynx. 

TRAGACANTHA. 

Tragacanth. 

A gummy exudation obtained by making incisions in the stems of the 
Astragalus gummifer, and from other species of Astragalus (Nat. ord., 
Leguminosce). 

Chief constituents. Tragacanthin (or bassorin), arabin, starch, etc. 

It occurs in curved and contorted bands, of tough and horn-like con- 
sistency. Color white, or faintly yellow. On melting tragacanth with 
water it swells and gradually forms a gelatinous mass. 

Preparation. 
Mucilago Tragacanthae (6 per cent.) A vehicle. 



260 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action. 
Demulcent. 

Use. 

Tragacanth is used pharmaceutically to aid in the suspension of insol- 
uble powders, etc., in mixtures and emulsions. 

CATECHU. 

All extract prepared from the wood of the Acacia Catechu (Nat. ord., 
Leguminosce). 

Habitat. East Indies. • 

Chief constituent. Catechu-tannic acid. 

It occurs in irregular, dark-brown, brittle masses. It is nearly odor- 
less, and has an astringent, sweetish taste. Soluble in alcohol, and in 
water. 

Preparations. 

Trochisci Catechu, . . i = o.o6Gm. gr. i. 

Tinctura Catechu Composita(io per cent.), 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Action. 
In action catechu resembles tannic acid, q. v. 

Use. 

Catechu may be used in diseases of the alimentary canal, where 
astringents are indicated. 

KINO. 

The inspissated juice of the Pterocarpus Marsupium (Nat. ord., Legu- 
nimosce). 

Habitat. East Indies. 

Chief constituents. Kino-tannic acid, pyrocatechin. 

This occurs in small, brownish-red, brittle pieces. It is nearly odor- 
less, and has an astringent, sweetish taste. Sparingly soluble in water ; 
soluble in alcohol. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura Kino (10 per cent.), 3- 75-7-5° Cc. 31-ij. 

Action. 
Kino has an astringent action, quite similar to that of catechu. 

Use. 

Kino may be used as an astringent, where astringents are required, in 
diseases of the alimentary canal. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 261 

COPAIBA. 

The oleoresin of Copaifera Langs -dorfii, and other species of Copaifera 
(Nat. ord., Leguminoscz). 

Habitat. Brazil. 

Chief constituents. Resins, and volatile oils. 

This is a, transparent, viscid liquid, of a pale yellow color, having a 
peculiar, aromatic odor, and a bitter, acrid taste. Sp. gr. : 0.940-0.990, 
at 15 C. Insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Copaiba, 0.30-0.95 Cc. til v-xv. 

Oleum Copaibae 0.30-0.60 Cc. YTL v_x - 

Resina Copaibae, 0.60-0.95 Gm. gr. x-xv. 

Massa Copaibae, 0.60-0.95 Gm. g r - x ~ xv - 

Action. 
Stimulant and antiseptic. In the stomach it may cause nausea. 
During elimination through the bronchial mucous membrane, it acts as a 
stimulating, and antiseptic expectorant. During elimination by the kid- 
neys its stimulant and antiseptic action is exercised throughout the urinary 
tract. During elimination by the skin it may cause sufficient irritation to 
produce a rash. 

Use. 

Copaiba in its various forms is used for its stimulating and antiseptic 
action along the lines of elimination : thus, in sub-acute bronchitis ; in 
the advanced stages of gonorrhoea, etc. 

BALSAMUM PERUVIANUM. 

Balsam of Peru. 

A balsam obtained from Toluifera Pereiroz (Nat. ord., Leguminosce). 

Habitat. Central America. (Balsam of Peru is a misnomer.) 

Chief constituents. A resin, volatile oil, cinnamic acid, and benzoic 
acid. 

This is a liquid, having a syrupy consistence, with a brownish-black 
color; of an agreeable, vanilla-like odor, and a bitter taste. Sp. gr. : 1.135 
to 1. 150 at 15 C. Miscible with alcohol. 

Dose, 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Action. 
Antiseptic, and stimulant. These properties are apparent when the 
drug is used locally, and also along the lines of elimination when given 
internally ; hence a stimulating, and antiseptic expectorant ; also a stimu- 
lant and disinfectant throughout the urinary tract. 



262 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

Locally, balsam of Peru may be used in the treatment of chronic skin 
diseases ; upon chronic, ulcerated surfaces ; to destroy the acarus scabiei, 
etc. 

Internally, it may be used for its stimulating, and antiseptic, action in 
certain diseases of the respiratory organs, and of the urinary tract. 

BALSAMUM TOLUTANUM. 

Balsam of Tolu. 

A balsam obtained from Toluifera Balsamum (Nat. ord., Leguminosce). 

Habitat. Venezuela, and Colombia. 

Chief constituents. A resin, volatile oil, cinnamic acid, and benzoic 
acid. 

This occurs as a yellowish-brown, semi-fluid, or nearly solid, mass. It 
has an agreeable odor, recalling that of vanilla, and a mild, aromatic 
taste. Nearly insoluble in water ; soluble in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Balsamum Tolutanum o-30-o-95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Syrupus Tolutanus (i per cent.) . . . 3.75-7.50 Cc. gj-ij 
Tinctura Tolutana (10 per cent.) . . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. %}4-j. 
Tinctura Benzoini Composita .... 0.95-1.90 Cc. Hlxv-xxx 

Action. 

This has an antiseptic and stimulant action like balsam peru, with 
a pleasanter flavor. It is used internally more than is balsam peru. 

Use. 

Having a pleasant flavor, tolu balsam is often used as an antiseptic and 
stimulating expectorant in cough mixtures in the treatment of bronchitis, 
etc. 

PRUNUS VIRGINIANA. 
Wild Cherry. 

The bark of the Prunus serotina (Nat. ord., Rosacea), collected in 
autumn. It has the odor of bitter almonds, with an astringent, aromatic, 
bitter taste. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. Tannic acid : an amorphous, bitter principle, 
and a ferment which is analogous to, if not identical with, emulsin. The 
reaction of these two latter constituents in water forms hydrocyanic acid 
and oil of bitter almonds. 



the vegetable kingdom. 263 

Preparations. 

Extractum Pruni Virginians Fluidum . 1.90- 3 75 Cc. %%-)- 
Infusum Pruni Virginianae (4 per cent.) 15.00-60.00 Cc. §^-ij. 
Syrupus Pruni Virginianse (15 percent.) 3-75-15-00 Cc. gi-iv. 

Action. 

That of a bitter tonic, and of a sedative. The sedative action is like 
that of hydrocyanic acid. See p. 38. 

Use. 

The wild cherry bark preparations make pleasant vehicles and are often 
used as the basis for cough mixtures. 

PRUNUM. 
Prune. 

The fruit of the Prunus domestica (Nat. ord., Rosacea). The pulp 
has a sweet, acidulous taste. 
Habitat. Western Asia. 
Chief constituents. Malic acid, and sugar. 

Preparation. 
Confectio Sennae (7 per cent.) See Senna. 

Action. 
Laxative. 

Use. 

The stewed fruit may be used to control a tendency to chronic consti- 
pation. 

AMYGDALA DULCIS. 

Sweet Almond. 

The seeds of the Prunus Amygdalus, var. dulcis (Nat. ord., Rosacea). 
These have a bland, sweetish taste, free from rancidity, and when triturated 
with water, yield a milk-white emulsion, free from the odor of hydro- 
cyanic acid. 

Habitat. Asia. Southern Europe. 

Chief constituents. A fixed oil, nitrogenous compounds, mucilage, 
sugar, and emulsin. 

Preparations. 
Emulsum Amygdalae (6 per cent.) . . . 3.75-30.00 Cc. 5H5L 
Syrupus Amygdalae (14 per cent.) . . . . 375-30.00 Cc. gi-^i. 

Action. 
Nutrient, and demulcent. 



264 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use 
Being free from starch, the almond flour may be used as an article of 
diet in diabetes mellitus. The emulsion, or the syrup, may be used for 
their demulcent properties, in cough mixtures, etc. 

AMYGDALA AMARA. 

Bitter Almond. 

The seeds of the Prunus Amygdaius, var. amara (Nat. ord., Rosacece). 
These have a bitter taste, and when triturated with water, yield a milk- 
white emulsion, which emits the odor of hydrocyanic acid. 

Habitat. Western Asia. 

Chief constituents. The same as of sweet almond, plus amygdalin. 

Amygdalin, C 20 H 2T NO n , is white, crystalline, odorless, having a 
peculiar, bitter taste. Soluble in water, and in hot alcohol. It is split up 
by the ferment emulsin into glucose and hydrocyanic acid. 

Preparation. 
Syrupus Amygdalae (4 per cent.) . . . See Amygdalae Dulcis. 

Action. 
That of hydrocyanic acid, viz. : sedative, and toxic. 

OLEUM AMYGDALA AMAR^E. 

Oil of Bitter Almonds. 

A volatile oil obtained from bitter almonds by maceration with water 
and subsequent distillation. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles 
protected from light. 

It is a clear, colorless, or yellowish, thin and strongly refractive liquid, 
having a peculiar aromatic odor, like that of hydrocyanic acid, and a 
bitter, and burning taste. Sp. gr. : 1.060 to 1.070 at 15 ° C. Soluble in 
300 parts of water ; soluble in alcohol, and in ether. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Amygdalae Amarae 0.01-0.03 Cc. Tit i-^. 

Aqua Amygdalae Amarae ( T V per cent.) . 3.75-7.50 Cc. ^i-ij. 

Spiritus Amygdalae Amarae (1 per cent.) 0.30-0.95 Cc. KTL v-xv. 

Action. 
This has the sedative action of hydrocyanic acid. See p. 38. 

Use. 

These preparations are used for their sedative action, after the manner 
of hydrocyanic acid, in cough mixtures, etc. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 265 

Toxicology. 

That of hydrocyanic acid. See p. 38. 

* 
OLEUM AMYGDALA EXPRESSUM. 

Expressed Oil of Almond. 

A fixed oil expressed from bitter or sweet almonds. It should be 
kept in well-stoppered bottles in a cool place. 

It is a clear, pale, straw-colored, or colorless, oily liquid j almost 
inodorous, and having a mild, nutty taste. Sp. gr. : 0.915-0.920, at 15 
C. Slightly soluble in alcohol. 

Chief constituents. Olein and palmitin. 

Dose, 3.75-7-5 Ccgwj. 

Action. 

Locally, that of a bland protectant, or emollient. 

Use. 

Locally, in skin diseases, etc. 

QUILLAJA. 

Soap Bark. 

The inner bark of the Quillaja Saponaria (Nat. ord., Rosacece). This 
is odorless ; the taste is acrid. 
Habitat. Peru, and Chili. 
Chief constituent. Saponin (found also in Senega). 

Preparation. 
Tinctura Quillajae (20 per cent.) . . . 0.30-0.95 Cc. HI v-xv. 

Action. 
Locally and along the lines of elimination it has an irritant action. 
It is toxic (paralyzant) in large doses. 

Use. 

It may be used as a stimulating expectorant, as a substitute for senega. 
It is an unimportant therapeutic agent. 

ROSA GALLICA. 

Red Rose. 

The petals of Rosa Gallica (Nat. ord., Rosacece), collected before 
expanding. Odor fragrant ; taste bitter, and astringent. 
Habitat. Asia, and Europe. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and tannic acid. 



266 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

In some pills, honeys, and syrups. 

Confectio Rosae (8 per cent.) ...... Ad libitum. 

Extractum Rosae Fluidum l -9°-3-75 Cc. Z%~^- 

Mel Rosae (i 2 per cent.) 1.90-3.75 Gm. £^-i. 

Syrupus Rosae (12^ per cent. fl. ext.) . . Ad libitum. 

Action. 
Mildly astringent. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutically, the rose preparations may be used as pleasant 

vehicles. 

ROSA CENTIFOLIA. 

Pale Rose. Cabbage Rose. 

The petals of Rosa centifolia (Nat. ord., Rosae eoe). These have a fra- 
grant odor, and a bitter, slightly astringent taste. 

Habitat. Asia. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Syrupus Sarsaparillae Compositus See Sarsaparilla. 

Action. 
Mildly astringent. 

Use. 

This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. 

OLEUM ROS^. 
Oil of Rose. Attar, otto, or essence of rose. 

This is a volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Roses damascena 
(Nat. ord., Rosacece). It should be kept in well-stoppered vials, pro- 
tected from light. 

It is a pale-yellowish, transparent liquid, having the strong, fragrant 
odor of rose, and a mild, slightly sweetish taste. Sp. gr. : o 865 to 0.880 
at 20 C. At a lower temperature (16 C.) it solidifies. It is but 
slightly soluble in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Aqua Rosae Fortior ........ ^j 

Aqua Rosae • . . > For pharmaceutical use. 

Unguentum Aqua Rosae J 

Action. 
That of a stimulant and carminative. 



the vegetable kingdom. 267 

Use. 
These preparations are used as perfumes. They have no therapeutic use. 

RUBUS. 

Blackberry. 

The bark of the Rubus villosus, Rubus canadensis, and Rubus trivialis 
(Nat. ord., Rosacea). This is odorless; the taste is astringent, and some- 
what bitter. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituent. Tannic acid. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Rubi Fluidum i-9°-3-75 Cc. 3j4-i. 

Syrupus Rubi (fl. ext. 25 per cent.) . . . 3.75-7.50 Cc. 31-ij. 

Action. 
Astringent. 

Use. 

The preparations of blackberry make pleasant, and at the same time 
astringent, vehicles, for drugs used in the treatment of diarrhoea. 

RUBUS IDiEUS. 

Raspberry. 

The fruit of the Rubus idceus (Nat. ord., Rosacea). This has an 
agreeable odor, and a pleasant, acidulous taste. 
Habitat. Europe. America, etc. 
Chief constituents. Citric, tartaric, and malic acids. 

Preparation. 
Syrupus Rubi Idaei I -9°-3-75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Action. 
Laxative. 

Use. 

The syrup is generally used as a vehicle, or flavoring agent. 

cusso. 
Kousso. 

The female inflorescence of Hagenia abyssinica (Nat. ord., Rosacea). 
The odor is slight, fragrant, and tea-like ; the taste bitter, acrid, and 
nauseous. 

Habitat. Abyssinia. 

Chief constituents. Tannic acid, a volatile oil, and kosin, or koussin. 



268 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Cusso Fluidum .... 7.50-15.00 Cc. ^ij-iv. 
# Kosin, Kouissin, or Koussein . . . 0.95- 1.90 Gm., gr. xv-xxx. 

Action. 

An anthelmintic against the various forms of tape-worm. It is not at 
all certain in action ; is very unpleasant to the taste, and apt to cause 
nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea. 

Use. 

Cusso, or Kosin, is used to cause the expulsion of the tape-worm. 
HAMAMELIS. 

Witch-hazel. 

The leaves of Hamamelis virginiana (Nat. ord., Hamamelacece), col- 
lected in the autumn. These are inodorous ; taste astringent, and bitter. 
Habitat. North America. 
Chief constituent. Tannic acid 

Preparation. 
Extractum Hamamelidis Fluidum .... 1.90-3.75 Cc. 5^-j. 

Action. 
Astringent. 

Use. 

This drug has an extensive use in domestic practice, in the treatment 
of sprains, bruises, etc. It is practically ^placebo. 

STRYAX. 

Storax. 

A balsam prepared from the inner bark of the Liquidambar orientalis 
(Nat. ord., Hamamelacece). This occurs as a semi-liquid, gray, sticky, 
opaque mass ; transparent in thin layers. It has an agreeable odor, and 
a balsamic taste. 

Habitat. Asia Minor. 

Chief constituents. Styrol, cinnamic acid, stryacin, and resin. 

Dose : 0.30-0.95 Gm., gr. v-xv. 

Action. 
That of a stimulating expectorant. 

Use. 

Therapeutically its use is limited to that of the preparation, Tinctura 
benzoini composita, q. v. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 269 

EUCALYPTUS. 

Blue-gum tree. 

The leaves of Eucalyptus globulus (Nat. ord., Myrtacetz), collected 
from the older parts of the trees. The odor is strongly camphoraceous ; 
the taste pungent, aromatic, and somewhat cooling, bitter, and astringent. 

Habitat. Australia. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, tannic acid, resin. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Eucalypti Fluidum 0.30-0.60 Cc. Ttlv-x. 

Action. 

Eucalyptus has the action of an antipyretic, an antiperiodic and an 
astringent. Its action is dependent chiefly upon the volatile oil, or its 
chief constituent, eucalyptol, q. v. 

Use. 

It may be used as a poor substitute for the cinchona preparations in 
the treatment of malarial diseases. 

OLEUM EUCALYPTI. 

Oil of Eucalyptus. 

A volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of the Eucalyptus globulus 
and other species of Eucalyptus. 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected 
from the light. 

It is a colorless, or faintly-yellowish liquid, having a characteristic, 
aromatic, somewhat camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cool- 
ing taste. Sp. gr. : 0.915-0.925 at 15 C. Soluble in alcohol. 

Chief constituent. Eucalyptol. 

Dose : o 30-0.60 Cc. TTL v-x. 

Action and Use. 
That of eucalyptol, q. v. 

EUCALYPTOL. C 10 H 18 O. 

This is a neutral body obtained from the volatile oil of Eucalyptus 
globulus, and of some other species of Eucalyptus. It should be kept in 
well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light. 

It occurs as a colorless liquid, having a characteristic, aromatic, and 
distinctively camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cooling 
taste. Sp. gr. : 0.930 at 15 C. It is soluble in alcohol. 



270 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 

Eucalyptol is antiseptic, antiperiodic, antipyretic, stimulant, and irri- 
tant. The irritant action is present when the drug is applied locally, 
causing redness of the skin, and, if evaporation is prevented, vesication. 
When swallowed, it causes a burning sensation, nausea, and some loose- 
ness of the bowels. After absorption small doses have a stimulating action 
upon the nervous system, increasing nervous excitability ; large doses act 
as a depressant. Death may come from paralysis of respiration. 

It resembles quinine in action as an antiperiodic, but is not nearly so 
effective. 

Elimination takes place through the lungs, kidneys, and skin, and may 
cause more or less irritation throughout these parts. During elimination 
by the kidneys, it imparts a characteristic odor to the urine. The anti- 
septic action may be obtained by local use, and also, along the lines of 
elimination, by internal administration. 

Use. 

Eucalyptol (or the oil of eucalyptus) may be used as a local antiseptic. 
It may also be used by inhalation, alone, or in combination with other 
antiseptics, in the treatment of certain diseases of the respiratory tract, — 
chronic bronchitis, pulmonary tuberculosis, etc. 

Internally, the eucalyptol has advantages over the oil, for it is less 
irritating. It is used for its antiseptic action along the lines of elimination. 

4> EUCALYPTUS AMYGDALINA. 
Australian, or Botany Bay Kino. Red-gum. 

This is a resinous product obtained from the Eucalyptus Amygdalina 
and other species of Eucalyptus (Nat. ord., Myrtacece). It is colored red, 
and has an astringent taste. 

Habitat. Australia. 

Chief constituent. Tannic acid. 

Dose: 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 
Astringent. 

Use. 

It may be used as a lozenge, in diseases of the mouth, and pharynx, 
requiring astringent applications. 

OLEUM MYRCIA. 
Oil of Myrcia. Oil of Bay. 

A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of the Myrcia acris (Nat. ord., 
Myrtacece). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles in a cool place. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 271 

It is a yellowish or brownish-yellow liquid, having an aromatic, 
somewhat clove-like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. Sp. gr. : 0.975 to 
0.990 at 1 5 C. Soluble in alcohol. 

Preparation. 
Spiritus Myrcise (8 per cent.) For external use. 

Action. 

Stimulating. 

Use. 

It has no therapeutic use. 

<D CHEKAN. 

Cheken. 

The leaves of a Chilian evergreen shrub, the Eugenia chekan (Nat ord. 
Myrtacem). 

Habitat. Chili. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Chekan Fluidum, 1.90—3.75 Cc. 3 %-). 

Action. 

Chekan has the action of a stimulant, and antiseptic, along the lines of 
elimination. This action is most marked throughout the respiratory, and 
the urinary tract, — a stimulating expectorant, and a stimulating diuretic. 

Use. 
As yet chekan has no established place as a therapeutic agent. It has 
been used as a stimulating expectorant in the treatment of chronic bron- 
chitis, etc. 

CARYOPHYLLUS. 

Cloves. 

The unexpanded flowers of the Eugenia aromatica (Nat. ord., Myr- 
tacece). These have a strong, aromatic odor and a pungent, spicy taste. 
Habitat. East Indies. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, tannic acid, and gum. 

Preparation. 
Tincture Lavandulae Composita . . . 0.95-3.75 Cc. fftxv-^i. 

Action. 
Stimulating, carminative, antiseptic, and analgesic. 



272 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutical^, as a flavoring agent. It may be used to relieve 
flatulence, but it is an unimportant therapeutic agent. 

OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI. 
Oil of Cloves. 

A volatile oil distilled from cloves. It should be kept in well-stop- 
pered bottles, in a cool place, protected from the light. 

It is a pale yellow, thin liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age 
and exposure to the air, having a strongly aromatic odor, and a pungent 
and spicy taste. Sp.gr.: 1.060 to 1.067 at I 5°C« Soluble in an equal 
volume of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.12-0.30 Cc. TVlij-v. 

Action and Use. 
That of cloves, q. v. The oil may be used for its antiseptic and 
analgesic properties, — as in toothache, etc. 

PIMENTA. 

Allspice. 

The nearly ripe fruit of the Pimento, officinalis (Nat. ord., Myrtacece), 
It has a pungently aromatic, clove-like, odor, and taste. 
Habitat. West Indies. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, tannic acid, and gum. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of cloves, q. v. 

OLEUM PIMENTO. 

Oil of Allspice. 

A volatile oil distilled from Pimenta. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light. 

It is a colorless, or pale-yellow liquid, having a strong, aromatic, 
clove-like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. It becomes darker, and 
thicker, by age and exposure to the air. Sp. gr.: 1.045 to 1.055, at 15 C. 
Soluble in alcohol. 

Dose: 0.12-0.30 Cc. tU,ij-v. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of oil of cloves, q. v. 

$JAMBUL. 
Jamboo. Jambol. Java Plum. 

The powdered seeds or bark of the Eugenia jambolana (Nat. ord., 
Myrtacece). 

Habitat. East Indies. 



the vegetable kingdom. 273 

Preparations. 

Pulvis Jambul 0.30-0.60 Cc. gr. v-x. 

Extractum Jambul Fluidum 0.30-0.60 Cc. TTL V—X * 

Action. 
It has an anti- fermentative effect on plant diastase and on other sugar- 
forming ferments. 

Use. 
It may prove useful in the treatment of diabetes mellitus. 

OLEUM CAJUPUTI. 
Oil of Cajuput. 

A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of the Melaleuca Leucadendron 
(Xat. ord., Myrtacece). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a 
cool place. 

It is a light, thin, bluish-green, or after rectification, colorless liquid, 
having a peculiar, agreeable, distinctly camphoraceous odor, and an 
aromatic, bitterish taste. Sp. gr. : 0.922 to 0.929 at 15 C. Soluble in 
alcohol. 

Dose: 0.12-0.30 Cc. Tfl. ij-v. 

Action. 
This oil has the action of a local stimulant, carminative, diaphoretic, 
antiseptic and analgesic. 

Use. 
It may be used to relieve the flatulence of colic ; to give temporary 
relief from pain, — as in toothache. 

GRANATUM. 
Pomegranate. 

The bark of the stem, and root, of Punica Granatum (Nat. ord., 
Lythrariece). It is inodorous, with an astringent, very slightly bitter, 
taste. 

Habitat. Tropical countries. 

Chief constituents. Pelletierine, tannic acid, mannite, etc. 

Pelletierine, C 2 H 13 NO, is a liquid; miscible with water, alcohol, 
and ether. 

Preparations. 

Decoctum Granati (gi in Oi) . . . 15.00-30.00 Cc. 5^2 -i- 
Extractum Granati Fluidum . . . 1.90- 3.75 Cc. 5^-i- 
Pelletierine Tannate 0.30- 1.25 Gm. gr. v-xx. 



Action. 
tringent, anthelmintic. 
18 



274 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

The preparations of pomegranate are used to cause the expulsion of 

tapeworm. 

4> PAPAYOTIN. 

The dried juice from the unripe fruit of the Carica papaya (Nat. ord., 
Passiflorece). The true papaw, or melon-tree. 
Habitat. South America. 
Chief constituent. Papain, — a ferment. 
Dose : 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. i-v. 

Action. 

That of a digestant on albumin, and fibrin ; acting in an acid, neutral, 
or slightly alkaline solution. 

Use. 

It may be used locally in certain chronic skin diseases. In diphtheria, 
to dissolve the false membrane (a 5 to 10 per cent, solution). Internally, 
as a digestant in some forms of dyspepsia. 

BRYONIA. 
Bryony. White Hops. 

The root of the Bryonia alba, and of Bryonia dioica (Nat. ord., 
Cucurbitacece). It is inodorous, and has a disagreeably bitter taste. - 

Habitat. Central and Southern Europe. 

Chief constituent. Bryonin, C <8 H 80 O 19 , which is a colorless, and 
amorphous substance; very bitter ; soluble in water. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura Bryonia^ (10 per cent.) . . . 0.30-1.90 Cc. tTLv-xxx. 

Action. 

Bryonia has an irritant action. Internally, if used in large doses, it 
acts as a cathartic, increasing secretion and peristalsis, but because of its 
disadvantages, — the production of severe griping, and possible inflamma- 
tion of the intestinal canal — it is never used for this purpose. It is sup- 
posed to have a selective action on both serous and mucous surfaces, 
especially the pleura, and the bronchial mucous membrane. If this is 
true it is probably during elimination that these surfaces are reached, and 
a certain degree of stimulation produced. 

Use. 

Bryonia may be used in atonic dyspepsia ; in chronic constipation, 
due to deficient intestinal secretion ; in pleurisy, to prevent effusion, or 
to favor absorption, if effusion has taken place. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 275 

COLOCYNTHIS. 
Bitter Cucumber. 

The fruit of the Citrullus Colocynthis (Nat. ord., Cucurbitacece), 
deprived of its rind. This is inodorous; the taste is intensely bitter. 

Habitat. Turkey, and other tropical countries. 

Chief constituent. Colocynthin, C^H^O^, which is a yellowish 
substance, with a neutral reaction, and an intensely bitter taste. Sparingly 
soluble in water ; soluble in alcohol. 

Action. 

Colocynth is a powerful drastic cathartic, whether given internally or 
hypodermatically. .It acts as an irritant, increasing both secretion and 
peristalsis, and causing considerable griping. It also increases the secre- 
tion of bile. Large doses cause pain, bloody stool, and inflammation of 
the intestinal mucous membrane ; also irritation throughout the urinary 
tract. It is seldom prescribed alone, because of its unpleasant action. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Colocynthidis 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 

Extractum Colocynthidis Compositus . 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 
Pilulae Catharticae Compositse. 
Pilulae Catharticae Vegetabiles. 

Compound Extract of Colocynth contains colocynth, 16 parts ; 
aloes, 50 parts ; scammony resin, 14 parts ; cardamom, 6 parts; soap, 14 
parts; alcohol, 10 parts. 

Compound Cathartic Pill contains 0.08 Gm. (gr. 1^) compound 
extract of colocynth, 0.06 Gm. (gr. 1) calomel, 0.03 Gm. (gr. }4) extract 
of jalap, and 0.015 Gm. (gr. ^() gamboge. 

Vegetable Cathartic Pill contains 006 Gm. (gr. 1) compound 
extract of colocynth, 0.03 Gm. (gr. *4) each of extract of hyoscyamus, 
and extract jalap, 0.015 Gm. (gr. ^) each of extract of leptandra, resin 
of podophyllum, and oil of peppermint. 

Use. 
The preparations of colocynth may be used, generally in combination 
with other purgatives, when prompt catharsis is required, as in the treat- 
ment of dropsical conditions. It is too harsh for use alone. 

PEPO. 

Pumpkin. 

The seeds of the Cucurbita Pepo (Nat. ord., Cucurbitacece). These 
are inodorous, and have a bland, oily taste. 



276 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Habitat. Tropical Asia and America. 

Chief constituents. A fixed oil, and an acrid resin. 

Dose : 30.00 to 60.00 Gm. ^i-ij (in emulsion, or in decoction). 

Action. 
Anthelmintic. 

Use. 
Pepo may be used to cause the expulsion of tape-worms from the 
intestinal canal. 

ELATERINUM. C 20 H 28 O 5 . 

A neutral principle, extracted from Elaterium, a substance deposited 
by the juice of the fruit of Ecbalium Elaterium (Nat. ord., Cucurbitacece), 
squirting cucumber. 

Preparations. 

Elaterinum 0.003-0.006 Gm. gr. 2V-T0. 

Trituratio Elaterini (10 per cent.) . 0.03-0.06 Gm. gr. ^-i. 

Action. 
One of the most active of the drastic, hydragogue cathartics. It only 
acts as a cathartic when taken internally. It increases peristalsis, and 
secretion, to a marked degree. Its irritant action is pronounced, and 
may even cause death. 

Use. 
When active cathartic is wanted, as in cerebral congestion, certain 

dropsical conditions, etc. 

ANISUM. 
Anise. 

The fruit of the Pimpinella Anisum (Nat. ord , Umbelliferce). It has 
an agreeable aromatic odor, and a sweet, spicy taste. 
Habitat. The Levant, and Egypt. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 
Dose : 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 
Stimulant and carminative. It is dependent upon its volatile oil for 
its action. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutical^, anise is used as a flavoring ingredient. 

OLEUM ANISI. 
Oil of Anise. 

A volatile oil distilled from anise. It should be kept in well-stop- 
pered bottles protected from the light. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 277 

It is a colorless, or pale-yellow, thin, and strongly refractive liquid, 
having the characteristic odor of anise, and a sweetish, mildly aromatic 
taste. Sp. gr. : 0.980 to 0.990 at 17 C. Soluble in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Anisi 0.12-0.30 Cc. Tit ij-v. 

Aqua Anisi ( T 2 o per cent.) For pharmaceutical use. 

Spiritus Anisi (10 per cent.) 0.95-1.90 Cc. HI xv-xxx. 

Action. 
That of a stimulant, and carminative. 

Use. 
Oil of Anise, and its preparations, are used chiefly as flavoring agents. 
It may be used in colic, etc., for its carminative action. 

FCENICULUM. 

Fennel. 

The fruit of the Fentculum Capillaceum (Nat. ord., Umbelliferce). Its 
odor and taste is anise like. 
Habitat. Germany. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 
Dose : 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v— x. 

Action. 
Stimulant and carminative. Its action is due to its volatile oil. 

Use. 
In combination with some laxatives fennel may be used to prevent 

griping. 

OLEUM FCENICULI. 

Oil of Fennel. 

A volatile oil distilled from fennel. It should be kept in well-stop- 
pered bottles in a cool place. 

It is a colorless, or pale-yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, 
aromatic odor of fennel, and a sweetish, mild and spicy taste. Sp. gr. : 
not less than 0.960 at 15 C. Soluble in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Fceniculi 0.12-0.30 tllij-v. 

Aqua Foeniculi ( T 2 o per cent.) For pharmaceutical use. 

Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus (A per cent.). See Glycyrrhiza. 

Action. 
Stimulant and carminative. 



278 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 

Oil of fennel may be used in combination with some laxatives to pre- 
vent griping. 

CONIUM. 

Hemlock. Spotted hemlock. 

The full-grown fruit of the Conium maculatum (Nat. ord., Umbelli- 
ferce), gathered while yet green. The odor and taste is slight. When 
triturated it gives off a strong, disagreeable, mouse-like odor. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituent. Coniine, and a volatile oil. 

Coniine, C 8 H 17 N, is a yellow, oily liquid, with a very acrid taste, and 
a strong, penetrating odor ; volatile ; soluble in alcohol, ether, the fixed, 
and volatile oils, and sparingly soluble in water. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Conii 0.03 -0.06 Gra., gr. ^-i. 

Extractum Conii Fluidum • • . . 0.06 -0.30 Cc. TTLi-v. 
Coniinae Hydrobromas 0.002-0. 004 Gm., gr. to-tV. 

Action. 
Conium has the action of a motor paralyzer, and a poison. It first 
paralyzes the peripheral motor nerves, gradually extending upward to the 
nerve trunks, and finally to the motor centres. Death may occur from 
paralysis of respiration, due to the action of the drug on nerve trunks 
supplying the respiratory muscles. Its action is accompanied by a feeling 
of weakness (first in the lower extremities), and of general relaxation. 

Use. 

The preparations of Conium may be used in painful conditions, or 
spasms, due to disease of nerve trunks. There are no reliable preparations, 
and the drug is but little used. 

CARUM. 

Caraway. 

The fruit of the Carum carvi (Nat. ord., UmbellifercB). This has an 
agreeable odor, and a sweetish, spicy taste. 
Habitat. Asia. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil, tannic acid, and a resin. 

Action and Use. 
That of its volatile oil, q. z>. 

OLEUM CARI. 

Oil of Caraway. 

A volatile oil distilled from caraway. It should be kept in well-stop- 
pered bottles in a cool place, protected from light. 






THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 279 

It is a colorless, or pale-yellow, thin liquid, having the characteristic, 
aromatic odor of caraway, and a mild, spicy taste. Sp. gr., 0.910 to 
0.920 at 1 5 C. Soluble in alcohol. 

Dose: 0.12-0.30 Cc. TTUj-v. 

Action. 
Stimulant and carminative. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutically, this oil is used as a flavoring agent. It may be used 
internally for its carminative action. 

CORIANDRUM. 

The fruit of Coriandrum sativum (Nat. ord., Umbelliferce). The odor 
and taste are agreeably aromatic. 
Habitat. Italy. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 

Action and Use. 
That of its volatile oil, q. v. 

OLEUM CORIANDRI. 

Oil of Coriander. 

A volatile oil distilled from coriander. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles in a cool place. 

A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, aro- 
matic odor of coriander, and a warm, spicy taste. Sp. gr., 0.870 to 0.885 
at 1 5 C. Soluble in alcohol. 

Dose: 0.12-0.30 Cc. lttij-v. 

Action. 

Stimulant, and carminative. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutically, this oil is used as a flavoring agent. Therapeutically, 
it may be used, in combination with laxatives, to prevent griping. 

4> APIUM. 

Celery Fruit. 

The fruit of the Apium graveolens (Nat. ord., Umbelliferce). 
Habitat. Southern Europe. (The common celery of our gardens.) 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and apiol. (Apiol is found also in 
petroselinum, q. v.) 

Dose (fluid extract) : 0.30-0.95 Cc. Tftv-xv. 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant, emmenagogue, and diuretic. 



280 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 
Pharmaceutically, it is used for flavoring. 

* PETROSELINUM. 

Parsley. 

The root of the Petroselinum sativum (Nat. ord., Umbelliferce). 

It has an aromatic odor, and a sweetish, slightly aromatic taste. 

Habitat. Southern Europe. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and apiol. 

Dose: 1.90-3.75 Gm. 3^-i (powdered). 

Action. 
Stimulant, carminative, emmenagogue, and diuretic. 

Use. 

It may be used as a non-irritating diuretic. It may be used in amenor- 
rhoea, or in dysmenorrhcea. Its therapeutic use has been quite largely 
displaced by its active principle, apiol, q. v. 

* APIOL. C 12 H u 4 . 

This is a stearoptene obtained from the Petroselinum sativum, and from 
the Apium graveolens. 

It occurs in white needles, of a feeble parsley odor, and a peculiar, 
biting, acrid flavor. Sp. gr. : 1.015 at 15 ° C. Insoluble in water; solu- 
ble in alcohol. 

Dose : 0.60-0.95 Gm. gr. x-xv. 

Action. 
Emmenagogue, diuretic, and antiperiodic. 

Use. 

Apiol has been used in the treatment of malarial diseases ; it is inferior 
to the salts of quinine. As a diuretic, it is useful in inflammatory condi- 
tions of the genito-urinary tract, — cystitis, etc. Its chief therapeutic use- 
fulness is in functional dysmenorrhcea, and in functional amenorrhcea. 

ASAFCETIDA. 

A gum resin obtained from the root of Ferula fceti 'da (Nat. ord., Um- 
belliferce). 

It occurs in irregular masses composed of whitish tears, which are im- 
bedded in a yellowish-gray or brownish-gray sticky mass. It has a per- 
sistent alliaceous odor, and a bitter, alliaceous, acrid taste. It is partly 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 281 

soluble in alcohol, or ether, and yields a milk-white emulsion when tritu- 
rated with water. 

Source : Asia. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, resin, and sulphur. 

Preparations. 

Asafoetida 0.12-0.60 Gm. gr. ij-x. 

Emulsum Asafcetidae (4 per cent.) . . 7.50-15.00 Cc. 3 ij-iv. 

Pilulae Asafcetidae i=o.2oGm. gr. ij. 

Pilulae Aloes et Asafcetidae 1 =0.09 Gm. gr. 1^. 

Tinctura Asafcetidae (20 per cent.) .0.95-1.90 Cc. Yf[xv-xxx. 

Action. 

That of a stimulating expectorant, antispasmodic, laxative and anti- 
septic. 

Use. 

It may be used in flatulence, especially that occurring in hysterical 
women. It may be used in spasmodic affections of the respiratory tract, 
and in certain forms of bronchitis. 

AMMONIACUM. 

Ammoniac. 

A gum resin obtained from the Dorema Ammoniacum (Nat. ord., 
Umbelliferce). 

It occurs in roundish tears, externally pale yellowish-brown, internally 
milk-white. It has a peculiar odor, and a bitter, acrid, and nauseous 
taste. 

Source. Persia. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and resin. 

Preparations. 

Ammoniacum . 0.30-0.95 Gm.gr. v-xv. 

Emulsum Ammoniaci (4 percent.) . . 7.50-15.00 Cc. ^ij-iv. 

Emplastrum Ammoniaci. 

Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro. 

Action. 

That of a stimulating expectorant, anti-spasmodic, and laxative, resem- 
bling in a general way the action of asafcetida, but less powerful. 

Use. 
This is of but little therapeutic use. It may be given in chronic 
bronchitis, etc. 



282 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SUMBUL. 

Musk Root. 

The root of the Ferula Sumbul '(Nat. ord., Umbelliferce). It has a 
strong musk-like odor, and a bitter, balsamic taste. 
Habitat. Asia. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, resins, and valerianic acid. 

Preparation. 
Tinctura Sumbul (10 per cent.) 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Action. 

Antispasmodic, stimulant, and sedative, resembling valerian in action. 

Use. 
This has but little therapeutic use. Its action suggests what it may be 
used for, but seldom is, because of the existence of drugs superior to it. 

SAMBUCUS. 
Elder. 

The flowers of Sambucus canadensis (Nat. ord., Caprifoliacece). 
These have a peculiar odor, and a sweetish, aromatic, and somewhat bitter 
taste. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, tannic acid, and resin. 

Dose: 1.90-3.75 Gm 3^-i. 

Action. 
Stimulant, diaphoretic, diuretic and carminative. 

Use. 
This is used as a domestic remedy, to produce diaphoresis. It is of 
little therapeutic value. 

VIBURNUM OPULUS. 
Cranberry Tree. Cramp bark. 

The bark of the Viburnum Opulus (Nat. ord., Caprifoliacece), It is 
inodorous, and has a bitterish, and very acrid taste. 
Habitat. United States. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Viburni Opuli Fluidum . . . 1. 90-3. 75 Cc. %%-). 

VIBURNUM PRUNIFOLIUM. 

Black Haw. 

The bark of the Viburnum prunifolium (Nat. ord., Caprifoliacece). 
It is inodorous, and has a somewhat astringent, and bitter taste. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 283 

Habitat. United States. 

Chief constituents. Viburnin, valerianic acid, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extraction Viburni Prunifolii Fluidum . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^2-i. 

Action. 

Viburnum is supposed to have a sedative action upon the nervous 
system. Its action is not well understood. 

Use. 

The viburnum preparations may be used in dysmenorrhcea, in ovarian 
neuralgia, etc. Their usefulness is doubted by many physicians. 

IPECACUANHA. 

Ipecac. 

Root of the Cephcelis Ipecacuanha (Nat. ord , Rubiacecz). The odor 
is slight, peculiar, and nauseous ; the taste bitter, acrid, and nauseating. 

Habitat. Brazil. 

Chief constituents. Emetine, ipecacuanhic acid. 

Emetine, C^gH^^Og, is white, crystalline, odorless, bitter. Spar- 
ingly soluble in cold water ; soluble in alcohol and chloroform ; destroyed 
by heat. 

Ipecacuanhic acid, C u H 18 7 , resembles quinic acid. 

Preparations. 

Ipecacuanha (powdered) 0.005- °-95 Gm. gr. tV-xv. 

Extractum Ipecacuanhas Fluidum . 0.005- °-95 Cc. lfl,tV-xv. 
Syrupus Ipecacuanhas (7 per cent. 

fl. ext.) 0.30 -15.00 Cc. Tfl.v-3^. 

Vinum Ipecacuanhas (to per cent. 

fl. ext.) 0.30 -15.00 Cc. W[y-iy 2 . 

Tinctura Ipecacuanhas et Opii . . See Opium. 
Pulvis Ipecacuanhas et Opii . . . See Opium. 

Trochisci Ipecacuanhas 1=0.02 Gm. gr. y$. 

TrochisciMorphinaset Ipecacuanhas See Morphine. 
# Emetine 0.001-0.01 Gm. gr. ■&>-}&. 

Action. 

Ipecacuanha acts as an irritant locally and along the lines of elimina- 
tion. Minute doses may have an anti-emetic action, dependent upon 
mild stimulation of the gastric mucous membrane. Large doses cause 
emesis through direct irritation of the gastric mucous membrane, and also 



284 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

through a direct action on the vomiting centre. It is a mild and slow emetic, 
and is not to be depended upon when prompt emesis is called for, as in cases 
of poisoning. Small doses may, by mild stimulation, increase gastric and 
intestinal secretion, thus aiding digestion. Large doses, with emesis pre- 
vented, act through the irritant properties of the drug in the intestinal 
canal, and check abnormal secretions (anti-dysenteric) During elimina- 
tion by the skin, ipecac causes diaphoresis ; during elimination by the 
bronchial mucous membrane, it increases bronchial secretion ; during its 
passage through the liver it both increases the secretion of bile, and ren- 
ders it more liquid. 

Some individuals are unusually susceptible to the drug, and the smallest 
amount inhaled will cause sufficient irritation to produce violent sneezing, 
and asthmatic symptoms. 

Tolerance may be established through the continued use of the drug, 
and it may then fail to cause emesis even when large doses are given. 

In medicinal doses it has no marked depressant action, either on the 
nervous system, or on the circulation. Poisonous doses may cause death 
by paralysis of heart, or of respiration. 

Use. 

Very small doses of ipecac — 0.005-0.01 Gm. (gr. tV4) — may be used 
hourly, or less frequently in some cases, to check nausea or vomiting. 
Larger doses — 0.01-0.02 Gm. (gr. ■J-J) — maybe used for its stimulating 
action throughout the alimentary canal and along the lines of elimina- 
tion, thus : in dyspepsia ; in chronic constipation ; in dysenteric 
diarrhoea ; in jaundice ; in bronchitis, etc. Still larger doses are used 
for the emetic effect of the drug, to empty the stomach, or to cause the 
expulsion of tenacious bronchial secretion. To produce emesis, it is best 
given in doses of 0.30 Gm. (gr. v), with warm water, every five or ten 
minutes, until the required effect is secured. 

In dysentery, the drug may be given by the rectum — 1.90-3.75 Gm. 
i5%~]) — suspended in a small quantity of fluid. Or large doses — 0.60- 
1.90 Gm. (gr. x-xxx) — may be given by the mouth ; emesis is not wanted 
now ; the drug should therefore be given with as little fluid as possible, 
and the patient should be kept quietly on the back for a time. Should 
the first few doses excite nausea or vomiting, persistence in the use of the 
drug soon establishes a condition of tolerance. 

CINCHONA. 

The bark of Cinchona Ca/isaya, Cinchona officinalis, and of hybrids 
of these, and of other species of Cinchona (Nat. ord., Rubiaceoz), yield- 
ing, when assayed, not less than 5 per cent, of total alkaloids, and at least 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 285 

2.5 per cent, of quinine. This bark has a slightly aromatic odor, and a 
bitter, somewhat astringent, taste. 

Habitat. The western portion of South America. 

Chief constituents. Quinine, quinidine, cinchonine, cinchonidine, 
quinic (or kinic) acid, quinovic acid, and cincho-tannic acid. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Cinchonae 0.30- 0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Extractum Cinchonae Fluidum . . . 0.30- 0.95 Cc. Tfl,v-xv. 
Infusum Cinchonae (6 per cent.) . . 30.00-60.00 Cc. ^i-ij. 
Tinctura Cinchonae (20 per cent.) . 3.75- 7.50 Cc. ^i-ij. 

CINCHONA RUBRA. 

Red Cinchona. 

The bark of Cinchona succirubra (Nat. ord., Rubiacece) containing 
not less than 5 per cent of its peculiar alkaloids. Odor, slight ; taste, 
bitter, and astringent. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura Cinchonae Composita, 3.75-7.50 Cc. gi-ij. 

Compound Tincture of Cinchona (Huxham's Tincture) con- 
tains of red cinchona, 10 parts, bitter orange peel, 8 parts, serpentaria, 
2 parts, glycerin, and water to 100 parts. 

Action. 
Cinchona is antiperiodic. antipyretic, antiseptic, tonic and astringent. 
The action is well represented by quinine, and its salts, q. v. 

Use. 
The cinchona preparations have been quite generally displaced by the 
alkaloid quinine, q. v. 

QUININA. C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 + 3 H 2 O. 
This is an alkaloid obtained from various species of cinchona. It is a 
white, flaky, amorphous, or crystalline powder ; odorless, having a bitter 
taste, and an alkaline reaction. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 6 
parts of alcohol; very sparingly soluble in water at 15 ° C. 

Preparations. 
Quininae Sulphas, ... 1 
Quininae Bisulphas, . . J 

Quininae Hydrobromas, \ , , . . 0.06-1.25 Gm. gr. i-xx. 
Quininae Hydrochloras, J 
Quininae Valerianas . . J 



286 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Quininae Sulphas, (C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 ) 2 H 2 SO 4 -f 7H 2 0, occurs in white, 
silky, light, and fine, needle-shaped crystals ; odorless, and having a per- 
sistent, very bitter taste. Soluble, at 15 C, in 740 parts of water, and 
in 65 parts of alcohol It may readily be dissolved by the addition of a 
few drops of diluted sulphuric acid. 

Quininae Bisulphas, C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 H 2 SO 4 +7H 2 O, occurs as colorless, 
transparent, or whitish crystals, or small needles ; odorless, and having a 
very bitter taste. Soluble, at 15 C, in 10 parts of water, and in 32 parts 
of alcohol. 

Quininae Hydrobromas, C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 HBr -f- H 2 0, occurs in white, 
light, silky needles; odorless, and having a very bitter taste Soluble, at 
15 C, in 54 parts of water, and in 0.6 part of alcohol 

Quininae Hydrochloras, C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 HCl-j-2H 2 O, occurs in white, 
silky, light, and fine, needle-shaped crystals; odorless, and having a very 
bitter taste. Soluble, at 15 ° C, in 36 parts of water, and in 3 parts of 
alcohol. 

Quininae Valerianas, C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 C 5 H 10 O 2 -f- H 2 0, occurs as white, 
or nearly white, pearly, lustrous crystals, having a slight odor of valerianic 
acid, and a bitter taste. Soluble, at 15 C, in 100 parts of water, and in 
5 parts of alcohol. 

Action. 

Quinine destroys certain low animal and vegetable organisms. It also 
diminishes fermentation. It has quite marked antiseptic action. 

Quinine has a very bitter taste, and when taken per orem this causes, 
by reflex action, an increased secretion of saliva and of gastric juice, and 
increased appetite, thus acting as a tonic. If the stomach is already in 
an irritable condition, quinine may cause nausea and vomiting. It has 
no influence on the secretion of bile, but it forms with bile a salt that is 
but sparingly soluble, except in an excess of bile. 

In the circulation it diminishes the power of the red blood-corpuscles 
for giving up oxygen. Ti-sue change throughout the body is diminished 
(diminished oxidation), and temperature, in febrile condition, is lowered; 
this is its antipyretic action. 

Its specific action as an antiperiodic, in malaria, is due to its power of 
destroying the plasmodium malarise. 

Cinchona has a slight astringent action because of the cincho-tannic 
acid which it contains. Both cinchona and quinine have a slight local 
haemostatic action, (1) through their irritant properties reflexly causing 
contraction of the blood-vessels ; (2) through their astringent action. 

In the parturient woman, quinine strengthens normal uterine con- 
tractions. It does not cause abortion. 

Upon the nervous system quinine acts as a stimulant in small doses ; 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 287 

as a congestant in large doses, and as a result of this latter condition, 
there may occur a condition, termed cinchonism, characterized by dizzi- 
ness, ringing in the ears, headache, etc. 

Reflex excitability is diminished, through stimulation of the re flexin- 
hibitory centre. 

On the circulation and respiration quinine acts as a stimulant in small 
doses ; a depressant in large doses. 

Elimination takes place chiefly through the kidneys. Much of the 
quinine is destroyed by oxidation in the tissues. 

Use. 
Quinine is seldom used in its own form ; it is to the more soluble salts 
that we look for its therapeutic agents. Of these the sulphate is the one 
in most general use. It may be given in doses of 0.06 to 0.12 Gm. (gr. 
j to ij) as a simple bitter, or tonic, when such remedies are required. 
As a general antipyretic agent the quinine salts are not used nearly so 
much as in former days; when necessary, however, 0.12 to 0.30 Gm. 
(gr. ij— v) doses may be used as required. In the treatment of malarial 
diseases the quinine salts hold first place ; it is given in doses ranging 
from 0.30 to 1.25 Gm. (gr. v-xx). During parturition, when the labor 
pains have grown feeble, because of exhaustion, quinine is a most useful 
oxytocic ; the dose required is from 0.30 to 0.60 Gm. (gr. v-x.). 

QUINIDIN^ SULPHAS. (C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 ) 2 H 2 SO 4 +2H 2 O. 
Quinidine Sulphate. 

This is the neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the bark of 
several species of cinchona. 

It occurs in white, silky needles; odorless, and having a bitter taste. 
It is sparingly soluble in water ; soluble in alcohol. 

Dose: 0.1 2-1.90 Gm. gr. ij-xxx. 

Action. 

This has the general action of the quinine salts, but to a less marked 
degree. 

Use. 
This is a poor substitute for the quinine salts. 

CINCHONINA. C 19 H 22 N 2 0. 
Cinchonine. 

This is an alkaloid obtained from the bark of various species of cin- 
chona ♦ It occurs in white, lustrous prisms or crystals. It is odorless ; 
almost tasteless at first, but soon develops a bitter after-taste. Sparingly 
soluble in water, and in alcohol. 



288 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Cinchonina . ) ~ 

. f 0.12-1.90 Gm. gr. ij-xxx. 

Cmchonmse Sulphas J 

Cinchoninse Sulphas, (C 19 H 22 N 2 0) 2 H 2 S0 4 -|- 2 H 2 0, occurs in hard, 
white, lustrous crystals, without odor, and having a bitter taste. Soluble, 
at 15 ° C, in 66 parts of water, and in 10 parts of alcohol. 

Action. 
The preparations of cinchonina have the general, though less marked, 
action of the quinine salts. 

Use. 

The cinchonina preparations are poor substitutes therapeutically, for 
the quinine salts. 

CINCHONIDINiE SULPHAS. (C 19 H 22 N 2 0) 2 H 2 S0 4 +3H 2 0. 
Cinchonidine Sulphas. 

This is the neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the bark of 
various species of cinchona. 

It occurs as white, silky crystals ; without odor, and having a very 
bitter taste. Soluble, at 15 ° C, in 70 parts of water, and 66 parts of 
alcohol. 

Dose: 0.12-1.90 Gm. gr. ij-xxx. 

Action. 
That of the quinine salts, but to a less marked degree. 

Use. 
This is a poor substitute therapeutically, for the quinine salts. 

CAFFEINA. C 8 H 10 N 4 O 2 +H 2 O. 
Caffeine. Theine. 

A feebly basic, proximate principle, obtained from the dried leaves 
of Thea sinensis (Nat. ord., Tei'nstrcemicece), or from the dried seeds of 
Coffea arabica (Nat. ord., Hubiacece), and also found in other plants. 

It occurs in fleecy masses of long, flexible, white crystals, possessing a 
silky lustre, without odor, having a bitter taste, a neutral reaction, and 
permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 80 parts of water, and in 3$ 
parts of alcohol. 

Dose : 0.06-0.30 Gm., gr. i-v. 

Preparations. 

Caffeina 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. j-v. 

Caffeina Citrata 0.18-0.60 Gm. gr. iij-x. 

Caffeina Citrata Effervescens 3.75-7.50 Gm. 31— ij. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 289 

Caffeina Citrata. This is a mechanical mixture, not a chemical 
salt. It contains 50 per cent, of caffeine. It must be kept in well-closed 
bottles. 

It is a white powder ; odorless, having a purely acid taste, and an acid 
reaction. It forms a syrupy solution with 3 parts of water ; on further 
dilution this yields a precipitate (caffeine), which redissolves when about 
25 parts of water have been added. 

Caffeina Citrata Effervescens. This is caffeine with citric acid, 
sodium bicarbonate, tartaric acid, sugar and alcohol. It is in the form 
of a coarse, granular powder, and must be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 
A heaping teaspoonful contains nearly 1 grain of caffeine (the mixture 
has 1 grain of caffeine in 100). 

Action. 

Caffeine, and its preparations, has a stimulating action upon the ner- 
vous system. It increases rapidity of thought, through its action on 
cerebral centres ; increases reflex excitability, through its action on the 
spinal cord. The pulse rate is increased, through stimulation of the ner- 
vous system ; blood-pressure is also increased. Large doses have a general 
paralyzing action. Caffeine is diuretic through stimulation of the secreting 
cells of the kidneys, as well as through increased blood -pressure from its 
action on the heart, and circulation. 

The continued use of caffeine (or its sources, tea, coffee, etc.), causes 
a condition known as " nervousness." This is due to the continued stimu- 
lation of the nervous system, and especially stimulation of the spinal cord. 

Use. 

Caffeine is often useful in the treatment of certain forms of headache. 
It is a useful cardiac tonic in organic heart disease with deficient com- 
pensatory hypertrophy; or in enfeebled heart's action during the progress 
of some acute disease. As a respiratory stimulant it is useful in opium 
poisoning. As a diuretic it may be used when there is no acute inflam- 
mation of the kidneys present. 

VALERIANA. 

Valerian. 

The rhizome and roots of the Valeriana officinalis (Nat. ord., Vale- 
rianece). The odor is peculiar; the taste camphoraceous and somewhat 
bitter. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and valerianic acid. 
19 



290 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Extrac turn Valerianae Flu idum .... 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-1. 
Tinctura Valerianae (20 per cent.) . . . 3.75-7.50 Cc. gi-ij. 
Tinctura Valerianae Ammoniata (20 

percent.) 1.90-3.75^.3^-1. 

Ammonii Valerianas, ^ 

Ferri Valerianas, I 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. i-v. 

Quininae Valerianas, J 

Zinci Valerianas 0.01-0.06 Gm. gr. ^-i. 

Action. 

The activity of valerian is due to the volatile oil that it contains, rather 
than to the valerianic acid. It has a gentle stimulating action on the ner- 
vous system, and on the circulation. It quiets excessive reflex excitability, 
and is also anti-spasmodic. 

Use. 

In the treatment of hysteria the preparations of valerian have held a 
prominent place. 

TARAXACUM. 
Dandelion. 

The root of the Taraxacum officinale (Nat. ord., Compositce). It is 
inodorous, and has a bitter taste. 

Habitat. Europe, North America. 

Chief constituents. Taraxacin ; potassium, and calcium, salts. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Taraxaci 1.25-3.75 Gm. gr. xx-^i. 

Extractum Taraxaci Fluidum .... 3-75-7.50 Cc. ^i-ij. 

Action. 

That of a bitter tonic. It is supposed to possess the properties of an 
hepatic stimulant. The dried stale root is inert. 

Use. 

This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used in some 
forms of dyspepsia. 

PYRETHRUM. 

Pellitory-root. 

The root of the Anacycius Pyrethrum (Nat. ord., Compositce). It is 
inodorous, and has a pungent, and very acrid taste. 
Habitat. The Mediterranean basin. 
Chief constituents. Volatile and fixed oils, and resin. 



the vegetable kingdom. 291 

Preparation. 
Tinctura Pyrethri (20 per cent.) For local use. 

Action. 
That of a local irritant, and sialagogue. 

Use. 

This is another unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used in 
nervous aphonia ; in paralysis of the tongue, or muscles of the throat ; in 
toothache, etc. 

INULA. 

Elecampane. 

The root of Inula Helenium (Nat. ord., Composites). The odor is 
peculiar and aromatic ; the taste bitter and pungent. 
Habitat. Central and Southern Europe. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, inulin, and helenin. 
Dose, 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xxx. 

Action. 

That of a stimulant along the lines of elimination : hence, a dia- 
phoretic, diuretic, and expectorant. 

Use. 

An unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used (by preference in 
the form of an infusion) as an expectorant. 

LAPPA. 

Burdock. 

The root of Arctium Lappa and of some other species of Arctium 
(Nat. ord., Composite). The odor is feeble and unpleasant ; taste mucila- 
ginous, sweetish, and somewhat bitter. 

Habitat. Europe, and Asia. 

Chief constituents. Inulin, and tannic acid. 

Dose: 1.90-375 Gm. £^-i. 

Action. 
Diuretic, diaphoretic, and alterative. 

Use. 

An unimportant therapeutic agent. Seldom used except as an ingre- 
dient in proprietary vegetable, so-called specific, mixtures for use in the 
treatment of syphilis. 



o 


60- 


-1.90 


Cc. 


m 


X- 


-XXX 


o 


.60- 


-1.90 


Cc. 


m 


X- 


-XXX 


o 


.18- 


-0.30 


Gm 


gr. iij- 


-V. 


o 


•3°- 


-0.60 Cc. 


m 


V- 


-x. 



292 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY, 

ARNICA. 

Leopards-bane. 

The flower heads, also the rhizome and roots of the Arnica Montana 
(Nat. ord., Composites). Both the flowers and the root have a feeble, 
aromatic odor, and a bitter, acrid taste. 

Habitat. Europe, Asia, North America. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and tannic acid. 

Preparations. 

Tinctura Arnicse Florum (20 per cent.) 
Tinctura Arnicse Radicis (10 per cent.) 

Extractum Arnicae Radicis 

Extractum Arnicse Radicis Fluidum . 

Emplastrum Arnica (^ Ext.) For external use. 

Action. 
Locally, stimulant, causing slight redness if evaporation is prevented. 
It may have a slight local astringent action, due to the small amount of 
tannin present. Internally, by its stimulating effect it gives rise to a feel- 
ing of warmth throughout the alimentary canal. It also increases peristalsis. 

Use. 

This is an over-rated therapeutic agent in quite general use by the 

laity in the treatment of bruises, sprains, etc. It is but little used by 

modern physicians. 

EUPATORIUM. 

Thoroughwort. Bone-set Indian Sage. 

The leaves and flowering tops of the Eupatorium perfoliatum (Nat. 
ord., Composite). The odor is weak and aromatic ; taste, astringent and 
bitter. 

Habitat. United States. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and eupatorin. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Eupatorii Fluidum . . . . 1.25-1.90 Cc. TTLxx-xxx. 

Action. 
Stimulant, a bitter tonic, diaphoretic, and expectorant. Large doses 
are emetic, and cathartic. 

Use. 

This is another unimportant drug. In domestic practice it is used to 
ward off a cold. 

GRINDELIA. 

The leaves and flowering tops of the Grindelia robusta and of Grin- 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 293 

delta squarrosa (Nat. ord., Composites). The odor is balsamic; taste, 
aromatic, pungent, and bitter. 
Habitat. North America. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Grindeliae Fluidum 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Action. 
Antispasmodic, and sedative. 

Use. 
Another unimportant drug. It may be used in the treatment of asthma, 

bronchitis, etc. 

TANACETUM. 

Tansy. 

The leaves and tops of the Tanacetum vulgare (Nat. ord., Composite). 
The odor is strongly aromatic ; taste, pungent, and bitter. 
Habitat. Europe, and United States. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and tannic acid. 
Dose: 1-90-3.75 Gm. 3^-i. 

Action. 
Tonic, emmenagogue. 

Use. 

Another unimportant drug. In domestic practice it is used in the 
treatment of amenorrhcea. 

ABSINTHIUM. 

Wormwood. 

The leaves and tops of Artemisia Absinthium (Nat. ord., Composites). 
The odor is aromatic ; taste, persistently bitter. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, absinthin, and tannic acid. 

Dose : 0.90-3.75 Gm. gr. xv-^i. 

Action. 
Tonic, and stimulant. 

Use. 

Another unimportant drug. It has no therapeutic use. 

OLEUM ERIGERONTIS. 
Oil of Erigeron. Oil of Flea-bane. 

A volatile oil, distilled from the fresh flowing herb of Erigeron 
canadense (Nat. ord., Composites). 

It is a pale yellow, limpid liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age 
and exposure to the air, having a peculiar aromatic, and persistent odor, 



294 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

and an aromatic, slightly pungent taste, resembling that of turpentine. 
Sp. gr., about 0.850, at 15 ° C. 
Dose: 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTtv-xv. 

Action. 
Haemostatic ; stimulating along the lines of elimination. 

Use. 

This is another unimportant drug. It may be used locally to arrest 

hemorrhages. 

LACTUCARIUM. 
Lettuce. 

The concrete milk juice of the Lactuca virosa (Nat. ord., Composite). 

The odor is heavy, somewhat narcotic ; taste, bitter. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituent. Lactucin. 

Preparations. 

Lactucarium (powdered) 0-30- 1*25 Gm. gr. v-xx. 

Syrupus Lactucarii (10 per cent, tincture) . 3.75-7.50 Cc. gi-ij. 
Tinctura Lactucarii (50 per cent.) .... 1.90- 3.75 Cc. 3^2-i. 

Action. 

Hypnotic, resembling opium but much feebler, and without depressing 
after-effects. 

Use. 

Another unimportant drug. It may be used as a poor substitute for 
opium. 

MATRICARIA. 

German Chamomile. 

The flower heads of the Matricaria Chamomila (Nat. ord., Composited). 
The odor is strongly aromatic ; taste bitter, and aromatic. 
. Habitat. Europe and Asia. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and a bitter principle. 
Dose: 0.95-1.90 Gm. 3j4-i. 

Action. 
Stimulant, tonic, and diaphoretic. 

Use. 

Another unimportant drug. It is used in domestic practice (in the 
form of an infusion) to prevent colic, or to produce diaphoresis. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 295 

ANTHEMIS. 
Chamomile. 

The flower heads of the Anthemis nobilis (Nat. ord., Composites). 

The odor is agreeable; taste aromatic, and bitter. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and a bitter principle. 

Dose: 0.95-1.90 Gm. gr. xv-xxx. 

Action. 
Stimulant, tonic, and diaphoretic. 

Use. 

Another unimportant drug. It may be used (in the form of an infu- 
sion), to prevent, or to relieve colic. 

SANTONICA. 

Levant Worm-seed. 

The unexpanded flower heads of the Artemisia pauciflora (Nat. ord., 
Compositee). 

Odor strong, peculiar, somewhat camphoraceous ; taste aromatic, and 
bitter. 

Habitat. Persia, Asia Minor. 

Chief constituents. Santonin, and a volatile oil. 

Action and Use. 
That of santoninum, q. v. 

SANTONINUM. c 15 h 18 o 3 . 
Santonin. 

This occurs in colorless, shining, flattened crystals, not altered by 
exposure to air, but turning yellow on exposure to light ; odorless, and 
nearly tasteless, or slightly bitter, and having a neutral reaction. Nearly 
insoluble in water. 

Preparations. 

Santoninum 0.03-0.24 Gm. gr. }£-iv. 

Trochisci Santonini 1 = 0.03 Gm. gr. y 2 . 

Action. 

Anthelmintic. It destroys the round worm (ascaris lumbricoides), and 
thread worm (oxyuris vermicularis). 

The constitutional action which the soluble salts of santonin are capa- 
ble of producing is toxic rather than therapeutic. 



296 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 
Santonin is used to cause the destruction and expulsion of the round 
worm, or the thread worm, from the intestinal canal. It should be given 
after fasting, — at bed-time or in the early morning. The drug must not be 
used continuously, for fear of producing the annoying physiological 
symptoms described under its toxicology. 

Toxicology. 

A small amount of santonin may be absorbed after chemical change, 
as the sodium santoninate, producing the following constitutional symp- 
toms : a peculiar disturbance of vision, — everything appearing first 
bluish, and later yellowish or greenish-yellow ; the blue disturbance lasts 
but a short time ; the yellow vision lasts much longer. This is supposed 
to be due, first, to stimulation, and later, paralysis of those fibres of the 
retina by which blue light is perceived. Large doses may cause headache, 
giddiness, vomiting, and death by convulsions, with a tendency to 
paralysis of respiration between the convulsions. 

Elimination takes place through the kidneys as a sodium salt, giving to 
the urine a bright yellow color, which changes to a blood-red if the urine 
is made alkaline. 

Treatment. — Stop the drug ; hasten the elimination of the drug already 
absorbed ; treat symptoms requiring attention as they may arise. 

CALENDULA. 

Marigold. 

The florets of the Calendula officinalis (Nat. ord., Compositce). 
The odor is slight, and somewhat heavy ; taste bitter, and faintly 
saline. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 

Preparation. 
Tinctura Calendulas (20 per cent.) . . . . . . For external use. 

Action. 
Stimulant, diaphoretic, and a weak astringent. 

Use. 
This is another unimportant drug. The tincture may be used in the 
treatment of sprains, bruises, etc., after the manner of arnica. 

LOBELIA. 

Indian Tobacco. 

The leaves and tops of the Lobelia inflata (Nat. ord., Lobeliacece). 
Odor slight, irritating ; taste mild, afterwards burning, and acid. 
Habitat. United States. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, resin, and lobelin. 



the vegetable kingdom. 297 

Preparations. 

Extractum Lobeliae Fluidum 0.06-0.30 Cc. Tlti-v. 

Tinctura Lobeliae (20 per cent.) . . . 0.95-3.75 Cc. TTLxv-^i. 

Action. 

A stimulant along the lines of elimination, and hence ; diaphoretic, 
expectorant, and emetic. 

Use. 

Another unimportant drug. Its use is confined to domestic practice. 

UVA URSI. 

Bearberry. 

The leaves of the Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (Nat. ord., Ericacece). 
Odor faint, hay-like ; taste strongly astringent, and bitter. 

Habitat. United States. 

Chief constituents. Tannic acid, and arbutin. 

Arbutin, C 12 H 15 7 , is in long colorless crystals, having a bitter taste. 
Soluble in water, alcohol and ether. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Uvae Ursi 0.18-0.30 Gm. gr. iij-v. 

Extractum Uvae Ursi Fluidum .... 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^2-i. 
# Arbutin 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 
Diuretic, and astringent ; antiseptic, and stimulating along the lines 
of elimination, viz. : throughout the urinary tract. Action is due to the 
arbutin ; part of the arbutin is decomposed in the body, yielding hydro - 
quinone, and to this it owes its antiseptic, and stimulating action. 

Use. 
The preparations of uva ursi, or by preference arbutin, are used thera- 
peutically in diseases of the urinary tract — certain diseases of the kid- 
neys, cystitis, etc. 

CHIMAPHILA. 

Pipsissewa. Wintergreen. 

The leaves of the Chimaphila umbellata (Nat. ord., Ericacece). These 
are nearly inodorous and have an astringent, bitter taste. 

Habitat. Northern Hemisphere. 

Chief constituents. Arbutin, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Chimaphilae Fluidum .... 1.90-3.75 Cc. Z%-i. 



298 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action. 

Diuretic, and astringent ; antiseptic and stimulating along the lines of 
elimination, viz. : throughout the urinary tract. 

Use. 

The use of chimaphila is quite similar to that of uva-ursi, as both owe 
their action largely to the arbutin which they contain. 

BENZOINUM. 

Benzoin. 

A balsamic resin obtained from Styrax Benzoin (Nat. ord., Styraced). 
It occurs in lumps of agglutinated yellowish-brown tears, or in a reddish- 
brown mass. It is soluble in alcohol. It has an agreeable, balsamic odor, 
and an aromatic taste. 

Chief constituents. Benzoic acid, and resins. 

Preparations. 

Adeps Benzoinatus (2 per cent.) For external use. 

Tinctura Benzoini (20 per cent.) 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTLv-xv. 

Tinctura Benzoini Composita (12 per cent.) . . 0.60-1.90 Cc. TTlx-xxx. 
Tinctura Benzoini Composita (Friar's Balsam) is composed of 
benzoin 12, storax 8, aloes 2, balsam tolu 4 parts, with alcohol to 100 
parts. 

Action. 

That of a stimulant and antiseptic locally, and along the lines of elimi- 
nation, viz : throughout the respiratory, and the urinary tract. 

Use. 

Benzoin is used — chiefly in the form of the compound tincture — 
locally in the treatment of certain forms of skin disease. It is also used 
in diseases of the respiratory tract either by direct application (as in 
the pharynx), or by inhalation. 

ACIDUM BENZOICUM. HC 7 H 5 2 . 
Benzoic Acid. 

This occurs in white, soft, feathery crystals, not pulverulent ; odorless 
or having a peculiar, agreeable, aromatic odor ; a warm, acrid and acidu- 
lous taste. Sparingly soluble in cold water; soluble in 15 parts of boil- 
ing water ; in 3 parts of alcohol, and in 3 parts of ether. 

Action. 

Locally, stimulant and irritant to raw surfaces ; it is also antiseptic. 
Internally, after absorption it is in part eliminated by the bronchial 






THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 299 

mucous membrane, and acts as a stimulating expectorant. It is eliminated 
chiefly by the kidneys as hippuric acid ; this acid increases the acidity of 
the urine, and makes it somewhat irritating ; the irritant action of the 
acid makes it also diuretic. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Benzoicum o«3o-o-95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Ammonii Benzoas 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Lithii Benzoas 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Sodii Benzoas 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

AMMONII BENZOAS. NHAH 5 2 . 

Ammonium Benzoate. 

This should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. It gradually loses am- 
monia when exposed to the air. It occurs in thin, white, four sided lami- 
nar crystals ; odorless, or having a slight odor of benzoic acid ; a saline, 
bitter, afterwards slightly acid, taste. Soluble, at 15 C, in 5 parts of 
water, and in 28 parts of alcohol. 

Action. 

That of benzoic acid, influenced by the presence of ammonia. 

Use. 
Because of its greater solubility, this salt is generally preferred to the 
benzoic acid for internal administration. As benzoic acid is eliminated 
in the urine as hippuric acid, and ammonia is eliminated as nitric acid, 
this salt is an excellent preparation for use when we wish to change the 
reaction of alkaline urine, or to increase the acidity of urine ; as in 
cystitis, etc. 

LITHII BENZOAS. LiC 7 H 5 2 . 
Lithium Benzoate. 

This occurs as a light, white powder, or as small, shining, crystalline 
scales. It is odorless, or has a faint, benzoin-like odor ; the taste is sweet- 
ish. Soluble in 4 parts of water, and in 12 parts of alcohol. 

Action. 
That of benzoic acid. 

Use. 
This salt has no important therapeutic place. 

SODII BENZOAS. NaC 7 H 5 2 . 
Sodium Benzoate. 

This should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 



300 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

It is a white amorphous powder ; odorless, or having a faint odor of 
benzoin, and a sweetish, astringent taste. Soluble, at 15 C, in 1.8 parts 
of water, and in 45 parts of alcohol. 

Action. 
That of Benzoic acid. 

Use. 
This salt has no prominent place as a therapeutic agent. It has been 
used in the treatment of phthisis, but there are now other remedies supe- 
rior to this one as an antiseptic throughout the respiratory tract. 

MANNA. 

This is a concrete, saccharine exudation of Fraxinus Ornus (Nat. 
ord., Oleacece). 

It occurs in flattish pieces ; friable ; yellowish-white externally ; 
white, porous, and crystalline internally. The odor is honey-like ; taste 
sweetish, afterward nauseous. Soluble in water, or in alcohol. 

Chief constituents. Mannite, and a nauseous principle. 

Preparation. 
Infusum Sennae Compositum (12 per cent.) 60.00-120.00 Cc. Jij-iv. 

Action. 
Laxative. 

Use. 
This is but rarely used — and then only in combination with other 
drugs for its laxative action. 

OLEUM OLIV^. 
Olive Oil. Sweet Oil. 

A fixed oil expressed from the ripe fruit of the Olea europcea (Nat. 
ord., Oleacece). 

It is of a pale yellow, or light greenish-yellow color, with a slight, 
agreeable odor, a bland taste, and a neutral reaction. Insoluble in water ; 
sparingly soluble in alcohol; freely soluble in ether. Sp. gr., 0.915- 
0.918. 

Chief constituents of the oil. Olein, palmitin, stearin, and cholesterin. 

Dose : 30.00-60.00 Cc. ^i-ij. 

Preparations. 
Various plasters, and Diachylon ointment. 

Action. 

Emollient, demulcent, nutritive, and slightly laxative. 



the vegetable kingdom. 301 

Use. 
Locally it may be used as an emollient, and as a protectant dressing. 
It may be used as an enema, to soften scybalae. It has been used of late 
in the treatment of hepatic colic, but its only action here is that of an 
emollient — not that of a solvent for the gall stones. 

SAPO. 
Soap. White Castile Soap. Hard Soap. 

This is prepared from soda, and olive oil. 

It occurs as a white, or whitish solid, hard, yet easily cut when fresh ; 
having a faint, peculiar odor free from rancidity, a disagreeable, alkaline 
taste, and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Emplastrum Saponis (10 per cent.) For external use. 

Linimentum Saponis (7 per cent.) For external use. 

Action. 
That of an antacid, laxative, detergent, and mild local stimulant. 
(Compare with Sapo Mollis, p. 241.) 

Use. 
Soap is used for its cleansing properties, in general surgery ; in skin dis- 
eases; etc. Its antacid, and mild stimulating, qualities are also of value 
sometimes, in skin diseases. As an enema, or suppository, it may be used 
for its laxative action. 

APOCYNUM. 

Canadian Hemp. 

The root of Apocynum Cannabinum (Nat. ord., Apocynacece). It is 
inodorous, and has a bitter, disagreeable taste. 

Habitat. United States. 

Chief constituents. Apocynin, and tannic acid. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Apocyni Fluidum .... 0.30-1.90 Cc. gr. v-xxx. 

Action. 
That of a stimulant along the lines of elimination; hence, a diuretic, 
diaphoretic, or expectorant in small doses ; an emetic, or cathartic in 
large doses. It has also the action of a cardiac tonic. 

Use. 
It may be used in some dropsical conditions, either for its action on 
the heart, or as an evacuant. 



302 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

ASPIDOSPERMA 

Quebracho. 

The bark of Aspidosperma Quebracho-bianco (Nat. ord., Apocynacece). 
Odor, slight ; taste, aromatic and bitter. 
Habitat. Argentine Republic. 
Chief constituents. Several alkaloids, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Aspidospermatis Fluidum . . 0.30-0.60 Cc. TTLv-x. 

Action. 

Antispasmodic, through a sedative action on the nervous system. It 
seems to have a special action upon respiration, and promptly removes 
certain forms of dyspnoea in diseases of the respiratory, or circulatory, 
apparatus. It may cause diaphoresis, salivation, and nausea. 

Use. 
It may be used to relieve the dyspnoea of asthma. 

STROPHANTHUS. 
Kombe. Arrow Poison. Inee. 

The seed of Strophanthus hispidus (Nat. ord., Apocynacece), deprived 
of its long awn. It is almost odorless ; the taste is bitter. 

Habitat. Africa. 

Chief constituents. Strophanthine CgjH^O^, an imperfectly crys- 
talline substance with a neutral reaction and very bitter taste. Soluble 
in water, and in alcohol ; nearly insoluble in ether. 

Preparations. 

Tinctura Strophanthi (5 per cent.) . 0.30 -0.60 Cc. TUv-x. 

$ Strophanthin 0.001-0.002 Gm. gr. eVro. 

Action. 

Strophanthus has practically the action of digitalis. See p. 317. It is 
a good alternate to use with digitalis. Certain advantages are claimed 
for strophanthus, viz. : that it is non-cumulative ; that it causes less dis- 
turbance of the alimentary canal; that it has a more marked diuretic 
action ; that it has a peculiar, but less prolonged action on the heart 
muscle, hence, more of a cardiac stimulant, and less of a cardiac tonic 
than digitalis. 

Use. 

Strophanthus may be used alone, or as an alternate with digitalis, in 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 303 

the treatment of organic heart disease. Also in dropsy, due to heart 
disease. 

ASCLEPIAS. 

Pleurisy-root. 

The root of the Asclepias tuberosa (Nat. ord., Asclepiadece). This is 
odorless, with a bitter, acrid taste. 

Chief, constituents. Resins, tannic acid, etc. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Asclepiadis Fluidum .... 0.30-1.25 Cc. TTLv-xx. 

Action. 
Diaphoretic, expectorant, and emetic. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used in bron- 
chitis, etc. 

NUX VOMICA. 

Poison-nut. Quaker-button. 

The seeds of the Strychnos Nux-vomica (Nat. ord. Loganiacece). It 
is inodorous ; the taste is extremely bitter. 

Habitat. East Indies. 

Chief constituents. Strychnine, and brucine. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Nucis Vomicae . . . . 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. y& to yi. 
Extractum Nucis Vomicae Fluidum . . 0.06-0.18 Cc. TTL i.-iij. 
Tinctura Nucis Vomicae (2 per cent.) . 0.18-0.36 Cc. TTL iij.-vi. 

Action and Use. 
The action and use of nux-vomica is practically that of strychnine, q. v. 

STRYCHNINA. C 21 H 22 N a 2 . 

Strychnine. 

This is an alkaloid obtained from nux-vomica and from other plants 
belonging to the same natural order, notably, Ignatia. 

It occurs in colorless, transparent crystals, or as a white crystalline 
powder ; odorless, and having an intensely bitter taste. Sparingly 
soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

Strychnina Sulphas (C 21 H 22 N 2 2 ) 2 H 2 S0 4 -f sH 2 0.— occurs as 
colorless or white crystals ; odorless, and having an intensely bitter taste. 
Soluble, at 15 ° C, in 50 parts of water, and in 109 parts of alcohol ; 
soluble in 2 parts of boiling water. 

Dose : 0.001-0.01 Gm., gr. eV to \. 



304 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 



Action. 

Strychnine has the action of a bitter tonic, an excito-motor, and a 
poison. In the alimentary canal it acts as a bitter, and through reflex 
action increases secretion, and increases peristalsis. 

Its chief action is exerted upon the nervous system. Reflex action is 
greatly increased. If the dose is large, this increase is so great as to cause 
convulsions and death. It stimulates the accelerator and augmentor 
mechanism of the heart, increasing its force and rate. It increases arterial 
tension, by stimulation of the vaso-motor centre directly. By stimulation 
of the respiratory centre, the respirations are rendered deeper and quicker. 
The sensory nerves are made so susceptible that the slightest impression 
is most distinctly felt. Small doses increase mental activity, and the 
special senses of vision, and hearing, are both more acute. It has a slight 
action in diminishing oxidation, and also in lessening fermentation. 
Death results from arrested respiration, through tetanic fixation of the 
respiratory muscles. 

Elimination takes place slowly through the kidneys. A large part of 
the drug is oxidized in the system. 

Use. 

The official strychnine sulphate, because more soluble, is used rather 
than the alkaloid itself. 

It may be used after the manner of a bitter tonic in digestive disturb- 
ances. It may be used in habitual constipation, to increase intestinal 
peristalsis. It may be used in functional nervous atony, but is absolutely 
harmful during any acute disease of the nervous system. 

Strychnine has come to be recognized as one of our best cardiac and 
respiratory stimulants. It is a most useful drug in the treatment of pneu- 
monia — the dose, generally a large one, — being regulated by the needs of 
the case. It may be used hypodertnatically in chloroform poisoning, in 
opium poisoning, in surgical shock, etc. 

Toxicology. 

The first symptoms of poisoning from the therapeutic use of this drug 
are restlessness, and muscular twitching. Large doses give rise to tetanic 
muscular spasms, extreme anxiety, dyspnoea during the paroxysms due to 
fixation of the respiratory muscles, and death. 

Treatment. — Wash out the stomach, if possible; use tannic acid as a 
chemical antidote ; use chloroform to control the spasms. Chloral also 
may be used as a physiological antidote. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 305 

GELSEMIUM. 
Yellow Jasmine. 

The rhizome and roots of the Gelsemium sempervirens (Nat. ord., 
Loganiacece). The odor is aromatic ; the taste bitter. 
Habitat. Southern States. 

Chief constituents. Gelsemine, and a volatile oil. 
Gelsemine, C 12 H u N0 2 , is a bitter, transparent solid, crystallizing 

with difficulty from alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Gelsemii Fluidum .... 0.12-0.30 Cc. til ij-v. 

Tinctura Gelsemii (15 percent.) . . . 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTlv-xv. 

* Gelsemine 0.001-0.002 Gm. gr. eV-io- 

Action. 

Gelsemium is a decided motor depressant. Sensation is diminished, 
through paralysis of the sensory side of the spinal cord ; the motor tracts 
are depressed later. The heart's action is made slower by a small dose, 
but large doses give rise to feeble, and rapid action ; the vagus is par- 
alyzed. Blood-pressure is not affected by medicinal doses, but large - 
doses cause a fall in arterial tension through the depressing action on the 
vaso-motor system, and hence, diminished blood-pressure. Local appli- 
cation to the eye causes dilatation of the pupil, through paralysis of the 
oculo-motor nerve ; the dilatation is less prolonged than that produced 
by atropine. 

Use. 

Gelsemine may be used in spasmodic conditions, such as asthma, 
whooping-cough, etc. It may be used in the treatment of head- 
ache due to eye-strain, and in certain forms of neuralgia ; also in the 
treatment of pruritus, irritable bladder, difficult micturition, etc. Gel- 
semine, as a ^ to 1 per cent, solution, may be u ed to cause dilatation of 
the pupil , it is slow in action, however, and is inferior to homatropine. 
Gelsemium should never be used in asthenic conditions. 

Toxicology. 

An overdose of gelsemium, or the accidental absorption of gelsemine 
during its administration as a mydriatic, will cause the following toxic 
symptoms : a sensation of languor, ptosis, a rapid and feeble pulse, a cold 
and moist skin, disturbed respiration, aphonia. Death, when it occurs, 
is due to paralysis of the respiratory centre. 

Treatment. — Remove the unabsorbed poison if possible by means of 

emetics, or the syphon tube. Respiratory and cardiac stimulants, such as 

strychnine, atropine, external heat, ammonia, etc., are to be used as 

needed. 

20 



306 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SPIGELIA. 
Pink-root. Maryland-pink. 

The rhizome and roots of the Spigelia marilandica (Nat. ord., Logan- 
iacece). Odor somewhat aromatic ; taste bitter and pungent. 

Habitat. United States. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, resins, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Spigelian Fluidum 3-75~7»5° Cc. 31-ij. 

Action. 
Anthelmintic — a vermifuge. 

Use. 

It is used to cause the expulsion of the round worm (ascaris lum- 
bricoides) from the intestinal canal. The dose should be followed by a 
brisk purgative, such as magnesium sulphate. 

Toxicology. 

Large doses act as a motor paralyzer ; respiration is interfered with. 
A sufficiently large dose will cause sleep followed by coma, and death. 

Ti-eatment. — The judicious use of stimulants, such as strychnine, alco- 
hol, ammonia, etc., is called for in the poisoning from spigelia. 

GENTIANA. 

Yellow Gentian. 

The root of the Gentiana lutea (Nat. ord., Gentianecz). Odor pecu- 
liar, but feeble ; taste intensely bitter, but not disagreeable. 
Habitat. Central, and Southern Europe. 
Chief constituent. Gentio-picrin. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Gentianae 0.12-0.60 Gm. gr. ij-x. 

Extractum Gentianae Fluidum .... 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTLv-xv. 
Tinctura Gentianae Composita (10 per 

cent.) 1.90-3.75 Cc. 5^-i. 

Action. 

Gentian has the action of a simple, bitter tonic, increasing the appe- 
tite, and the digestive function, through reflex stimulation. It has more 
of an irritant action than, and is therefore inferior to, calumba. 

Use. 
In atonic dyspepsia ; in anorexia, etc. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 307 

CHIRATA. 

The entire dried plant of the Swertia Chirata (Nat. ord., Gentianece). 
It is inodorous and intensely bitter. 
Habitat. Northern India. 
Chief constituents. Ophelic acid, and chiratin. 

Ppeparations. 

Extractum Chiratse Fluidum ..... 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTLv-xv. 
Tinctura Chiratse (10 per cent.) . . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^2-i. 

Action. 
That of a bitter tonic, like gentian. 

Use. 

The preparations of chirata are but little used now. It is suitable for 
use in the same class of cases as is gentian, viz. : in dyspepsia, ano- 
rexia, etc. 

ERIODICTYON. 

Yerba Santa. Mountain Balm. 

The leaves of the Eriodictyon glutinosum (Nat. ord., Hydrophyllacece). 
Odor somewhat aromatic ; taste balsamic, and sweetish. 

Habitat. California. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and resin. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Eriodictyi Fluidum .... 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 
Tinctura Eriodictyi (25 per cent.) . . . 3.75-7.50 Cc. 31 — ij . 

Action. 
This has a stimulating action along the lines of elimination, viz. : 
upon the bronchial mucous membranes. 

Use. 
This drug has no established place as a therapeutic agent. Its prepa- 
rations are used principally as vehicles to disguise the taste of disagreeable 
medicines, like quinine. It is considered by some to be a valuable expec- 
torant. 

JALAPA. 
Jalap. 

The tuburous root of the Ipomcea Jalafia (Nat. ord., Convolvulacece). 
Odor smoky ; taste sweetish, afterward acrid. 
Habitat. Mexico. 
Chief constituent. The resin, convolvulin. 



609 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Convolvulin, C^H,/)^, occurs as an amorphous mass. Insoluble 
in water ; soluble in alcohol. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Jalapae 0.18-0.30 Gm. gr. iij-v. 

Resina Jalapae 0.12-0.24 Gm. gr. ij-iv. 

Pulvis Jalapae Compositus 0.95-1.90 Gm. TTtxv-xxx. 

Pilulae Catharticae Compositus . . . See Colocynth. 

# Convolvulin 0.06-0. 18 Gm. gr. i-iij. 

Pulvis Jalapae Compositus=Jalap, 35 parts ; cream of tartar, 65 
parts. 

Action. 

Jalap resembles scammony in action as a hydragogue cathartic. It 
increases intestinal secretion ; increases peristalsis ; increases the secretion 
of bile. It is dissolved by the bile, and is not active unless bile be 
present. 

Use. 

Jalap is seldom used alone. The compound jalap powder may be used 
in certain dropsical conditions. 

SCAMMONIUM. 

Scammony. 

A resinous exudation from the living root of the Co?ivolvulus Scam- 
monia (Nat. ord., Convolvulacece). 

It occurs in irregular, angular pieces or circular cakes, with a greenish- 
gray, or blackish color \ a peculiar odor, somewhat cheese-like ; and a 
slightly acrid taste. 

Habitat. Western Asia. 

Chief constituent. The resin, jalapin. 

Preparations. 

Scammonium 0.12-0.60 Gm. gr. ij-x. 

Resina Scammonii 0.06-0.30 Gm. gr. i-v. 

Extractum Colocynthidis Compositus . See Colocynth. 

Action. 

A drastic, hydragogue cathartic. It acts as an irritant in the intestinal 
canal ; it thus increases intestinal secretion ; increases peristalsis ; causes 
griping ; and is an unpleasant, and an uncertain drug when used alone. 
It also acts as a cholagogue, increasing the secretion of bile. It is dis- 
solved by the bile and is inactive if bile be absent from the intestinal 
canal. 



the vegetable kingdom. 309 

Use. 

Because of the harsh, disagreeable, uncertain action of this drug it is 
seldom used even in combination with other drugs. It may be used in 
dropsical conditions. 

BELLADONNA FOLIA. 

Belladonna Leaves. Deadly Night-Shade. 

The leaves of Atropa Belladonna (Nat. ord. Solanaceoz). The odor is 
sh'ght; taste bitterish, and disagreeable. 

Habitat. Europe, and Asia Minor. 

Chief constituents. Atropine, and belladonnine. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Belladonnae Foliorum Alcoholicum . 0.01-0.02 Gm. gr. }£-}i. 
Tincturae Belladonnas Foliorum (15 percent.) . 0.12-0.30 Cc. gr. ij-v. 
Unguentum Belladonnae (10 per cent. Ale. 

Ext.) For external use. 

Emp^strum Belladonnae (20 per cent. Ale. 

Ext.) For external use. 

Action and Use. 
That of its alkaloid atropine, q. v. 

BELLADONNA RADIX. 
Belladonna Root. Deadly Night-Shade. 

The root of Atropa Belladonna (Nat. ord. Solanaceoz). This is nearly 
inodorous, with a sweetish, afterwards bitterish, and strongly acrid, taste. 

Habitat. Europe, and Asia Minor. 

Chief constituents. Atropine, and belladonnine. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Belladonnae Radicis Fluidum . 0.03-0.12 Cc. 1U^-ij. 
Linimentum Belladonnae For external use. 

Action and Use. 
That of its alkaloid atropine, q. v. 

ATROPINA. C 17 H 28 NO s . 
Atropine. 

An alkaloid obtained from Belladonna. As it occurs in commerce it 
is always accompanied by a small proportion of hyoscyamine, extracted 
along with it, from which it cannot be readily separated. 

It occurs in colorless, or white crystals, permanent in the air, odorless, 
having a bitter and acrid taste, and an alkaline reaction. Sparingly 



310 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol. It fuses at io4°-ii5° C. 
(237°-239° F.). Its double gold salt fuses at i35°-i37° C. (275 - 
279 F.). 

Atropinae Sulphas, (C 17 H 23 N0 3 ) 2 H 2 S0 4 . This is a white, indis- 
tinctly crystalline powder ; without odor, and having a bitter, nauseating 
taste. Soluble, at 15 C, in 0.4 part of water, and in 6.2 parts of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.0003-0.001 Gm. ; gr. sw— wo- 

Action. 

Locally applied, atropine diminishes the sensibility of the part, thus 
acting as an anodyne. It tends to paralyze the ends of the motor nerves ; 
at the same time there is marked excitation of the cerebral centres and of 
the spinal cord. The result is, that peculiar form of delirium which is 
characterized by a constant desire for action associated with lassitude. 
Atropine has no action on voluntary muscle, but involuntary muscles are 
depressed or paralyzed, according to the dose administered. 

The pulse is quickened, through stimulation of the heart muscle, and 
paralysis of the inhibitory mechanism. Arterial' pressure is increased, 
through stimulation of the vaso-motor centre, and through the increased 
heart's action. 

Respiration is strengthened by small doses, through stimulation of the 
respiratory centre. Large doses paralyze the respiratory centre, and thus 
prove fatal. 

Intestinal peristalsis is increased by small doses, through the depressing 
influence of atropine upon the inhibitory fibres of the splanchnic nerves. 
Moderate doses arrest peristaltic movements, by paralyzing the involuntary 
muscular fibres of the intestine. 

The temperature is slightly increased by small doses ; diminished by 
large doses. 

The pupil is dilated, but from what cause is still an unsettled question, 
The old idea was, paralysis of the oculo-motor nerve-ending controlling 
the sphincter fibers of the iris, and stimulation of the sympathetic con- 
trolling the dilator muscle of the iris. The existence of dilator muscular 
fibers in the iris is, however, extremely doubtful. Some authorities con- 
sider the dilatation of the pupil due to elastic contraction ; some think 
that in the sphincter muscle of the iris we have a muscular structure sup- 
plied by two nerves of opposite character, the one motor, the other inhib- 
itory, and that dilators of the pupil act upon the latter ; while others think 
that the vaso-motor action of atropine, in contracting the iris blood- 
vessels, is an important factor in producing mydriasis. 

Secretion is quite generally diminished, through paralysis of the nerve 
filaments supplying the secretory cells of the glands. As a result of 
diminished secretion, there is dryness of the mouth and pharynx ; a dry 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 311 

condition of the skin, often accompanied by a rash j a dry and glazed 
condition of the pupil ; and diminished, or arrested, secretion of milk. 

The urine is sometimes increased in amount ; this may be through 
the influence of atropine upon arterial pressure, and also through its 
influence upon the sweat glands. Large doses may cause paralysis of the 
bladder, and retention of urine. Under certain conditions, as in inconti- 
nence of urine, there may be an apparent diminished secretion of urine; 
there is not, however, diminished secretion, but the antispasmodic action 
of atropine upon the muscular coat of the bladder relieves the call for 
frequent micturition. 

Elimination takes place chiefly through the kidneys. 

Use. 

Atropine, in the form of the sulphate, has a wide range of usefulness. 

It is used locally in diseases of the eye, and in ophthalmic surgery, to 
produce dilatation of the pupil. 

It (or some one of the belladonna preparations) may be used locally 
to relieve the pain, in the treatment of acute local inflammations ; in 
sciatica, and other neuralgic affections. 

It may be used locally as an application to the mammae when it is 
necessary to check the secretion of milk. 

It (or some one of the belladonna preparations) may be used in the 
form of a suppository, or bougie, to relieve the pain attendant upon dis- 
eases of the rectum ; of the genito-urinary system j of the uterus ; etc. 

Internally, or hypodermatically, it may be used to check the sweating 
of phthisis ; or to check the too abundant secretion of saliva under certain 
conditions. 

It is one of the most reliable drug remedies in the treatment of incon- 
tinence of urine in children ; to secure the best results in these cases, it 
must be pushed to the physiological limit. 

In the treatment of spasmodic diseases, such as asthma, whooping- 
cough, spasmodic stricture, etc., atropine sulphate (or some preparation of 
belladonna) holds an important place. 

In chronic constipation, atropine, or belladonna, is an excellent 
adjunct for use with suitable tonic laxatives, and this because of its action 
on the sympathetic system, thus increasing intestinal peristalsis. 

It is an important anodyne, and can well be combined with morphine ; 
the anodyne action of both of these alkaloids is then intensified, and at 
the same time many of the unpleasant symptoms, resulting from the use of 
morphine, are prevented. 

Toxicology. 

The symptoms of poisoning from belladonna, or atropine, are heat, 
and dryness of the mouth, and throat; difficult deglutition, giddiness, 



312 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. . 

and sometimes nausea, and vomiting. There is great mental excitement, 
delirium, and hallucinations which are often maniacal. The mental 
symptoms often take the form of wild and uncontrollable laughter. The 
pulse is quickened, the surface of the body becomes red and turgid, and 
sometimes there is a scarlet eruption. The pupils are widely dilated; 
death, when it occurs, is due to paralysis of respiration. 

Treatment. — The use of emetics, or the syphon tube, to empty the 
stomach. Tannic acid, or charcoal should be given internally ; the former 
forms an insoluble tannate; the latter absorbs the alkaloid, and thus 
delays action. These agents are only temporary antidotes, and should be 
followed by an emetic or the use of the syphon tube. Physostigmine 
and morphine are physiological antidotes. 

$ HOMATROPINA. C 16 H 21 N0 3 . 

Homatropine. 

This is obtained from tropic acid and tropin, two derivatives of 
atropine. It is a by-product in the preparation of atropine. It occurs 
in transparent, colorless prisms, not easily soluble in water, although it is 
hygroscopic, and very deliquescent. 
Dose, 0.0003-0.001 Gm., gr. ^h—io. 

Action. 
Homatropine has the general, but less pronounced, action of atropine. 

Use. 
Its use is confined to ophthalmic practice where, as a mydriatic, it is a 
superior agent. It is as a 1 to 2 per cent, solution, or as gelatin discs 
containing about 0.0005 to 0.001 Gm (gr. tlo-w), that it is here used. 
The hydrobromate is the salt preferred. 

STRAMONII FOLIA. 
Leaves of Stramonium. Thorn Apple. Jamestown Weed. 

The leaves of Datura Stramonium (Nat. ord. Solanacece). These are 
nearly inodorous, and have an unpleasant, bitter and nauseous taste. 
Habitat. North America, Europe, and Asia. 

Chief constituents. Daturine, which is probably a mixture of hyos- 
cyamine, and atropine. 

Action. 

Stramonium closely resembles belladonna in its physiological action, 
and may be looked upon as a poor substitute for the same. 

Use. 
Stramonium need be used but little therapeutically, as it can be com- 
pletely, and satisfactorily, displaced by belladonna. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 313 

STRAMONII SEMEN. 
Seeds of Stramonium. Thorn apple. Jamestown Weed. 

The seeds of Datura Stramonium (Nat. ord. Solanacece). These 
have an unpleasant odor when bruised, and an oily, bitter taste. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Stramonii Seminis 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr.^-^. 

Extractum Stramonii Seminis Fluidum . . . 0.06-0.12 Cc. TTLi-ij. 

Tinctura Stramonii Seminis (15 per cent.) . 0.30-0.95 Cc. til v-xv. 

Unguentum Stramonii (10 per cent.) . . . . For external use. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that for stramonium leaves. 

HYOSCYAMUS. 

Henbane. 

The leaves and flowering tops of Hyoscyamus Niger (Nat. ord., 
Sola?iacece), collected from plants of the second year's growth. These 
have a heavy odor, with a bitter, and somewhat acrid taste. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituents. Hyoscyamine, — isomeric with atropine, — and 
Hyoscine. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Hyoscyami 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. ^-ij. 

Extractum Hyoscyami Fluidum .... 0.30-0.95 Cc. HfLv-xv. 
Tinctura Hyoscyami (15 per cent.) . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3%-}. 

Action. 
Hyoscyamus resembles belladonna in its general action. It has, how- 
ever, a more marked hypnotic effect, and a less marked anodyne, 
antispasmodic, and mydriatic action. (Compare with hyoscine hydro- 
bromate.) 

Use. 

It may be used much after the manner of belladonna. As an hypnotic 
it may sometimes be used as a substitute for opium. 

HYOSCINE HYDROBROMAS. C ir H 21 N0 4 HBr+3H 2 0. 
Hyoscine Hydrobromate. 

This is the hydrobromate of the alkaloid hyoscine. It is in colorless, 
transparent crystals ; odorless, having an acrid, slightly bitter taste, and a 
neutral reaction. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 1.9 parts 
of water, and in 13 parts of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.0005-0.001 Gm. gr. ilo-ih- 



314 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 
Hyoscine has more pronounced sedative and hypnotic action than has 
atropine or hyoscyamine. At times, instead of producing sleep, it will 
cause wild delirium, resembling that produced by atropine. 

Use. 
Hyoscine is a useful hypnotic in the treatment of some forms of acute 
mania. 

Toxicology. 

Untoward symptoms are common during the use of this drug. In a 
general way it may be stated that poisoning caused by hyoscine resembles 
that of atropine. The treatment is the same. 

HYOSCYAMINE HYDROBROMAS. C 17 H 23 N0 3 Br. 

Hyoscyamine Hydrobromate. 

This is the hydrobromate of the alkaloid hyoscyamine, which is iso- 
meric with atropine. It is in yellowish-white, amorphous, resin-like 
masses, or prismatic crystals, having a tobacco-like odor, an acrid, 
nauseous and bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Deliquescent on 
exposure to air. Soluble, at 15 ° C, in about 0.3 part of water, and in 2 
parts of alcohol. 

Dose : 0.0005-0.001 Gm. gr. lio-eV. 

HYOSCYAMINE SULPHAS. (C 17 H 23 N0 3 ) 2 H 2 S0 4 . 
Hyoscyamine Sulphate. 

This is the neutral sulphate of the alkaloid hyoscyamine. It is in 
white, indistinct crystals, or as a white powder, odorless, having a bitter, 
acrid taste, and a neutral reaction. Deliquescent in damp air. Soluble, 
at 15 C, in 0.5 part of water, and in 2.5 parts of alcohol. 

Dose : 0.0005-0.001 Gm. gr. xio-eV. 

Action. 
The salts of hyoscyamine have an action resembling that of both 
atropine and hyoscine. 

Use. 

Hyoscyamine may be used as an anodyne instead of atropine ; as an 
hypnotic instead of hyoscine. It has no advantages, however, over these 
agents for which it is substituted. 

4> DUBOISIA. 

The leaves of Duboisia Myoporoides (Nat. ord., Solanacece). These 
are inodorous, and have a bitter taste. 
Habitat. Australia. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 315 

Chief constituent. Duboisine (a mixture of atropine and hyoscya- 

mine). 

Action. 

That of atropine and hyoscyamine. As a mydriatic it is more 
prompt, energetic, and of shorter duration than is atropine. 

Use. 

Duboisine — the sulphate, or salicylate — may be used in ophthalmic 

practice, an aqueous solution in the proportion of i in 250 being about 

the proper strength. It is more apt to produce toxic symptoms than is 

atropine. 

TABACUM. 

Tobacco. 

The commercial dried leaves of the Nicotiana Tabacum (Nat. ord., 
Solanacece). These have a heavy, peculiar odor ; a nauseous, bitter, and 
acrid taste. 

Chief constituents. Nicotin, nicotianin. 

Action. 
Diuretic, sedative, emetic, narcotic. 

Use. 

Therapeutically, tobacco is rarely used. 

$ PICHI. 

Fabiana. 

The leaves of the Fabiana imbricata (Nat. ord., Solanacece). 

Habitat. South America. . 

Chief constituents. A resin, and a volatile oil. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Pichi 0.12-0.60 Gm. gr. ij-x. 

Extractum Pichi Fluidum 0.60-1.90 Cc. TTLx-xxx. 

Action. 
It resembles the terebinthinates in action. It stimulates secretion 
along the lines of elimination. It is probably antiseptic. It is diuretic, 
expectorant, and tonic. 

Use. 

It may be used in cystitis, in chronic nephritis, in gonorrhoea, etc. 
DULCAMARA. 

Bitter-sweet. 

The young branches of the Solanum Dulcamara (Nat. ord., Sola- 
nacece). Odor slight ; taste at first bitter, afterwards sweet. 
Chief constituents. Resin, solanin, and dulcamarin. 



316 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Dulcamarae Fluidura I *9 0— 3.75 C c - 3^ _ i- 

Action. 
Dulcamara is supposed to have an alterative action. 

Use. 
It is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It has been used in certain 
chronic skin diseases, in rheumatism, etc. 

CAPSICUM. 
Cayenne Pepper. Red Pepper. Bird Pepper. Chili Pepper. 

The fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum (Nat. ord. , Solanacece). It has a 
peculiar odor, and intensely hot taste. 

Habitat. South America. 

Chief constituent. A volatile substance, and capsaicin. 

Preparations. 

Emplastrum Capsici For external use. 

Extractum Capsici Fluidum 0.03-0.06 Cc. Hl^-i. 

Oleoresina Capsici 0.01-0.03 Cc. Wlj4-/4> 

Tinctura Capsici (5 per cent.) .... 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTLv-xxx. 

Action. 

Externally capsicum acts as an irritant, causing redness of the part, 
and producing dilatation of the superficial vessels. 

Internally it acts as a stimulant, both to gastric and intestinal secre- 
tion, and in moderate doses may aid digestion. Large continued doses 
cause gastric disturbance as the result of constant irritation. 

Use. 

Locally, capsicum may be used as a counter-irritant ; as a gargle, or 
local application, it may be used in simple tonsillitis, pharyngitis, etc. 

Internally, it may be used in atonic dyspepsia due to debility, chronic 
alcoholism, etc. It may be used to control the craving for alcoholic 
stimulants. It may be used in chronic nephritis. 

DIGITALIS. 

Fox-glove. 

The leaves of the Digitalis purpurea (Nat. ord., Scrophularinece), col- 
lected from plants of the second year's growth. Odor slight, somewhat 
tea-like ; taste bitter, nauseous. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituents. Digitoxin, Digitalin, Digitalein, Digitonin. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 317 

Digitoxin, C 21 H 32 7 , is the most poisonous of the principles extracted 
from digitalis. It occurs in white crystals, with a very bitter taste, 
insoluble in water. Sparingly soluble in alcohol. 

Digitalin, C 5 H 8 2 , occurs in soft, colorless, uncrystallizable granules. 
Sparingly soluble in water ; freely soluble in alcohol. 

Digit alein, C^H^O^, occurs as a pale yellow, amorphous powder. 
Soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

Digitonin, C 31 H 52 17 , is a substance allied to saponin. Freely soluble 
in water. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Digitalis 0.01-0.03 Gm. gr. %-%. 

Extractum Digitalis Fluidum .... 0.06-0.12 Cc. Tfti-ij. 
Tinctura Digitalis (15 per cent.) . . 0.30-0.60 Cc. Ttlv-x. 
Infusum Digitalis (1.5 per cent.) . . 3.75-7.50 Cc. ^i-ij. 

Action. 

The chemistry of digitalis is not fully settled yet. The commercial 
" digitalin " is not uniform in its constituents and is not the same as the 
glucoside digitalin, but is rather a mixture of the active principles of digi- 
talis. The active principles of digitalis are not equally soluble in alco- 
hol and in water, and we might therefore expect a difference in action 
between the tincture, and the infusion; a difference does exist. The chief 
action of digitalis is upon the circulation. It is a cardiac tonic and a 
cardiac stimulant ; it also increases arterial tension. In medicinal doses 
it slows the pulse, and at the same time increases its force. The slow 
pulse is due to stimulation of the pneumogastric centre, and of the periph- 
eral nerve endings in the heart; diastole is prolonged. The increased 
force is due to stimulation of the vaso-motor system ; systole is strength- 
ened. So long as these two forces are equally balanced the drug is pro- 
ducing its best results. In poisoning the heart's action is rapid and 
irregular, and may stop in systole, or in diastole. Increased blood-pressure 
is due to the increased heart's action, and also to stimulation of the 
vaso-motor system, causing a contraction of the arteries and arterioles — 
increased arterial tension. Digitalis has no direct effect upon the kidneys ; 
it does not increase the secretion of urine; there is, however, increased 
elimination of urine, and this is due to the increased blood-pressure, 
improved general circulation, and diminished congestion of the kidneys. 
This action is best seen in cases of cardiac disease. Large doses may 
cause diminution, or even suppression of the urine ; this occurs when the 
blood-pressure reaches its maximum. Digitalis has no marked action in 
medicinal doses upon the nervous system, the respiration, or the normal 
temperature. 

Certain unfortunate properties of this drug diminish its value. It may 



318 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

cause irritation of the gastric mucous membrane, giving rise to nausea 
and vomiting, It counteracts its good effect on the heart to a certain 
degree by the increased arterial tension which it produces. At times it 
gives rise suddenly to symptoms of acute poisoning, through its cumula- 
tive action, and this is probably due to the impaired functional activity 
of the kidneys. 

Infusion of digitalis contains more digitonin, less digitalin and digi- 
talein than does the tincture ; it also contains no digitoxin. As digitonin 
has an action antagonistic to the other active principles, both on the heart 
and on the arteries, and as digitoxin, the most poisonous of the active 
principles, is absent, the infusion may be given in larger doses, relatively, 
than the tincture. 

Use. 

Digitalis may be used in all forms of cardiac valvular disease where 
compensatory hypertrophy is not sufficient to overcome the leakage. It 
is least useful in aortic regurgitation because, with the prolonged diastole, 
there may be over-distention of the left ventricle. 

In palpitation, digitalis, by its sedative action upon the heart, may be 
of marked benefit ; as a rule, however, other therapeutic agents are also 
needed. 

For its diuretic action digitalis — by preference the infusion — may be 
used in certain dropsical conditions, due to disease of the heart, or of the 
kidneys. Such adjuncts as squills, mercury, etc., will often increase the 
efficiency of digitalis when the dropsical condition is due to disease of 
the kidneys. 

In times past digitalis had a prominent place as a a cardiac stimu- 
lant " in the treatment of certain exhaustive diseases, such as typhoid 
fever, pneumonia, etc., but other, and more deserving cardiac stimulants, 
such as strychnine, have quite generally displaced it. 

Digitalis is contra-indicated in fatty degeneration, or in simple hyper- 
trophy of the heart, or in atheroma of the vessels. 

Toxicology. 

This generally occurs as the result of continued dosing. The symp- 
toms are, an irregular, rapid, feeble, and sometimes almost imperceptible 
pulse, with sometimes nausea, vomiting, and profuse sweating. 

Treatment. — The recumbent posture must be insisted upon. If neces- 
sary the stomach tube may be used. Tannic acid may be administered as 
a chemical antidote. Aconite, and also the nitrites may be used as 
physiological antidotes. 

Ammonia, alcohol, and the application of artificial heat especially 
over the abdomen, are also to be used. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 319 

LEPTANDRA. 

Culvers-root. 

The rhizome and roots of the Veronica virginica (Nat. ord., Scrophul- 
arinece). This is inodorous ; taste bitter, and acrid. 
Habitat. United States. 
Chief constituent. Leptandrin. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Leptandrae 0.06-0.60 Gm. gr. i-x. 

Extractum Leptandrae Fluidum .... 0.30-0.95 Cc. 1Uv-xv. 

Action. 
That of a cholagogue and cathartic. 

Use. 

Leptandra may be used in some forms of intestinal indigestion. It is 
an unimportant therapeutic agent. 

OLEUM SESAMI. 
Oil of Sesamum. Benne oil. Teal oil. 

This is a fixed oil expressed from the seeds of Sesamum indicum (Nat. 
ord., Pedaliacece). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs as a yellowish, or yellow, oily liquid ; inodorous, or nearly 
so, and having a bland, nut-like taste. Sp. gr. : 0.919-0.923 at 15 C. 

Action. 

Bland and protectant, like olive oil. It is less agreeable, and less 
digestible, than is olive oil. 

Use. 
The same as that of olive oil, locally. 

MENTHA PIPERITA. 

Peppermint. 

The leaves and tops of Mentha Piperita (Nat. ord., Labiaice). 
Odor aromatic ; taste pungent, and cooling. 
Habitat. Asia, Europe, and North America. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil (terpene and menthol), and tannic 
acid. 

Action and Use. 

See Oleum Menthae Piperitae. 



320 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

OLEUM MENTHA PIPERITA. 

Oil of Peppermint. 

A volatile oil distilled from peppermint. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

It occurs as a colorless, or yellowish, or greenish-yellow liquid, having 
the characteristic, strong odor of peppermint, and a strongly aromatic, 
pungent taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air is drawn into the 
mouth. Sp. gr. : 0.900 to 0.920, at 15 C. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Menthae Piperitae 0.06-0.30 Cc. Tfl,i-v. 

Aqua Menthae Piperitae (j per cent.) . . 3.75-30.00 Cc. ^i-^i. 

Spiritus Menthae Piperitae (10 per cent.). 0.30-1.90 Cc. Tfl.v-xxx. 

Trochisci Menthae Piperitae 1=0.01 Cc. 7fL^. 

Action. 
Carminative, analgesic, and stimulant. 

Use. 

Pharmaceutical^, the oil may be used as a flavoring agent. 
Therapeutically, the oil may be used locally in the treatment of neu- 
ralgia, toothache, etc. 

Internally, it may be used in flatulence, colic, etc. 

MENTHOL. C 10 H 19 OH. 

Peppermint Camphor. 

A stearoptene (having the character of a secondary alcohol) obtained 
from the official oil of peppermint. It should be kept in well-stoppered 
bottles, in a cool place. 

It occurs in colorless crystals, having a strong and pure odor of pep- 
permint, a warm, aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air 
is drawn into the mouth, and a neutral reaction. Volatile. Sparingly 
soluble in water; soluble in alcohol, ether, etc. When triturated with 
about an equal weight of camphor, thymol, or chloral hydrate, the mixture 
becomes liquid. 

Dose: 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. %-ij. 

Action. 

Menthol acts as a local anaesthetic by paralyzing the ends of the 
sensory nerves. It causes contraction of the blood-vessels when applied 
locally, through stimulation of the vaso-motor system, and this is not fol- 
lowed by the excessive dilatation produced by cocaine when used for a 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 321 

similar purpose. It is also an active antiseptic. Through its anaesthetic 
and antiseptic action it may have a sedative action on the gastric mucous 
membrane. It may also arrest fermentation. 

Use. 

Menthol may be used by inhalation to relieve congestion of the 
mucous membrane lining the upper air-passages. An aqueous or oily 
solution (i to 2 per cent.) may be used, by means of spray or applicator, 
for the same purpose. A 20 to 50 per cent, oily solution may be applied 
to a part to diminish congestion, or to produce a local anaesthetic or seda- 
tive action. In the form of a crayon or an oily solution, it may be applied 
to the skin to^produce its local anaesthetic action, as in neuralgia, head- 
ache, etc. 

As an antipruritic, a 1 to 5 per cent, solution, or ointment, may be 
used in the treatment of certain skin diseases. 

A 50 per cent, ethereal solution may be applied over superficial inflam- 
mations — boils, etc., — with the hope of controlling the inflammatory 
process. 

Internally menthol may be used to control vomiting, to relieve the 
pain of gastralgia, etc. 

MENTHA VIRIDIS. 
Spearmint. 

The leaves and tops of Mentha viridis (Nat. ord., Labiatcz). Odor 
aromatic ; taste pungent. 

Habitat. Europe, and North America. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 

Action and Use. 
See Oleum Menthae Viridis. 

OLEUM MENTHA VIRIDIS. 

Oil of Spearmint. 

A volatile oil distilled from spearmint. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light. 

It occurs as a colorless, yellowish, or greenish-yellow liquid, having the 
characteristic, strong odor of spearmint, and a hot, aromatic taste. Sp. 
gr., 0.930 to 0.940 at 15 C. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Menthae Viridis 0.06- 0.30 Cc. TTU-v. 

Aqua Menthae Viridis (I per cent.) . . 3.75-30.00 Cc. gi-^i. 
Spiritus Menthae Viridis (10 per cent.) . 0.30- 1.90 Cc. 1TLv-xxx. 
21 



322 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action. 
That of the oil of peppermint, but milder; stimulant, and carminative. 

Use. 
It may be used in flatulence, colic, etc. 

HEDEOMA. 

Pennyroyal. 

The leaves and tops of Hedeoma pulegioides (Nat. ord., Labiaice). 
The odor is strong, and mint-like ; the taste warm, and pungent. 
Habitat. North America. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of oleum hedeomse, q. v. 

OLEUM HEDEOMA. 

Oil of Pennyroyal. 

A volatile oil distilled from Hedeoma. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light 

It occurs as a pale yellowish, limpid liquid, having a characteristic, pun- 
gent, mint-like odor and taste. Sp. gr.: 0.930 to 0.940, at 15 C. 

Dose: 0.06-0.30 Cc. 1Ui-v. 

Action. 
That of a carminative, and stimulant. 

Use. 
Like other remedies of its class it may be used to relieve flatulence, 

colic, etc. 

MARRUBIUM. 

Horehound. 

The leaves and tops of Marrubium vulgare (Nat. ord., Labiatcz). 
These have a strong, peculiar and aromatic odor, and an aromatic bitter 
taste. 

Habitat. Asia, and Europe. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, tannic acid, a bitter principle, 
(marrubiin). 

Dose: 0.60-3.75 Gm. gr. x-gi (in infusion). 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant, expectorant, diaphoretic, diuretic. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used in dys- 
pepsia, in chronic bronchitis, etc. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 323 

MELISSA. 

Balm. 

The leaves and tops of Melissa officinalis (Nat. ord. Labiatce). These 
have a fragrant, aromatic odor ; a somewhat astringent and bitterish taste. 
Habitat. Western Asia, and Southern Europe. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 
Dose: 3.75-7.50 Gm. ; gi-ij (in infusion). 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant, diaphoretic. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant therapeutic agent and is but little used. 

SCUTELLARIA. 
Skull Cap. 

The herb of Scutellaria lateriflora (Nat. ord. Labiatce). It has a 
slight odor and a bitterish taste. 
Habitat. North America. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, a bitter principle, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Scutellariae Fluidum .... 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^£-i. 

Action. 
Unimportant. Possibly anti-spasmodic and tonic. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant official herb, and is seldom used. 

SALVIA. 

Sage. 

The leaves of the Salvia officinalis (Nat. ord. Labiatce). These have 
an aromatic odor ; an aromatic, bitterish, and somewhat astringent taste. 
Habitat. Southern Europe. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and tannic acid. 
Dose: 1.90-3.75 Gm. ; 5^-i (in infusion). 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant, astringent. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. 



324 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

OLEUM ROSMARINI. 

Oil of Rosemary. 

A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Rosmarinus officinalis (Nat. 
ord. Labiatcz). It should be kept in well -stoppered bottles, in a cool 
place, protected from light. It occurs as a colorless or pale yellow, 
limpid liquid, having the characteristic, pungent odor of rosemary, and a 
warm, somewhat camphoraceous taste. Sp. gr. ; 0.895 to °-9 I 5» at I 5° C. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Rosmarini s 0.06-0.30 Cc. TTli-v. 

Tinctura Lavendulse Composita ( T 2 o per 

cent.) 1.90-3.75 Cc. £j£-i. 

Linimentum Saponis (1 per cent.) . . . For external use. 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant. 

Use. 

This is another unimportant therapeutic agent, and is only used in 
combination with other drugs. 

OLEUM THYMI. 
Oil of Thyme. 

A volatile oil distilled from the leaves and flowering tops of Thymus 
vulgaris (Nat. ord. Labiatce). It should be kept in well-stoppered 
bottles in a cool place, protected from light. It occurs as a yellowish, or 
yellowish-red liquid, having a strong odor of thyme, and an aromatic, 
pungent, and afterwards cooling taste. Sp. gr. : 0.900 to 0.930, at 15 C. 

Dose: 0.06-0.30 Cc. TTL i-v. 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant, antiseptic. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. 

THYMOL. C 10 H u O. 

A phenol occurring in the volatile oils of Thymus vulgaris (Nat. ord. 
Labiatce) and Carum ajowan (Nat. ord. Umbelliferce). 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs in large, colorless crystals, having an aromatic, thyme-like 
odor, a pungent, aromatic taste. Sp. gr. : as a solid, 1.069, at 15 C, 
but when liquefied by fusion it is lighter than water. It melts at 50 to 
51 C. When triturated with about equal quantities of camphor, men- 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 325 

thol, or chloral, it liquefies. Soluble in 1200 parts of water, at 15 C, 
and in less than its own weight of alcohol, ether, or chloroform. 
Dose: 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. J^-ij. 

Action. 

Thymol has the action of a local irritant and anaesthetic, resembling 
carbolic acid but with less marked effect. As an antiseptic it is more 
permanent than carbolic acid. Its paralyzing action on the nerve centres 
is not preceded by a stage of excitement, as is carbolic acid. During 
elimination by the bronchial mucous membrane and by the kidneys it may 
cause irritation of these parts. 

Use. 

Thymol, as an antiseptic, may be used as a substitute for carbolic acid 
locally, in solutions varying from 1 to 3000 to 1 in 1000. In certain skin 
diseases it may be used as a 1 to 5 per cent, ointment. 

Internally, it may be used as an intestinal antiseptic in the treatment of 
certain forms of diarrhoea, in typhoid fever, etc., 0.12 Gm. (gr. ij) may 
be given in pill form every six hours, or oftener. 

OLEUM LAVANDULAE FLORUM. 
Oil of Lavender Flowers. 

A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Lavandula officinalis 
(Nat. ord. Labiatce). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles in a 
cool place, protected from light. 

It occurs as a colorless or yellowish liquid, having the fragrant odor 
of lavender flowers, and a pungent, bitterish taste. Sp. gr. 0.885 to °-%91i 
at 15 C. 

<• Preparations. 

Oleum Lavandulae Florum 0.06-0.30 Cc. Ill i-v. 

Spiritus Lavandulae (5 per cent.) 0.30-0.95 TTL v-xv. 

Tinctura Lavandulae Compositae ( T 8 o per cent.) 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant. 

Use. 

An unimportant therapeutic agent. 

CHENOPODIUM. 

American Worm Seed. 

The fruit of Chenopodium ambrosioides (Nat. ord. Chenopodiacece). 
Odor peculiar, strong, terebinthinate ; taste pungent, and bitter. 
Habitat. United States. • 



326 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 
Dose: 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Action. 
Anthelmintic. 

Use. 

Chenopodium may be used to cause the expulsion of the ascaris lum- 
bricoides (round worm) from the intestinal canal. 

OLEUM CHENOPODII. 

Oil of American Worm Seed. 

A volatile oil distilled from chenopodium. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 

It occurs as a thin, colorless or yellowish liquid, having a peculiar, 
penetrating, somewhat camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, bitterish 
taste. Sp. gr. 0.970, at 15 C. 

Dose: 0.30-0.60 Cc. tHv-x. 

Action. 
Anthelmintic. 

Use. 

It may be used to cause the expulsion of the ascaris lumbricoides 
(round worm) from the intestinal canal. 

PHYTOLACCA FRUCTUS. 
Phytolacca Fruit. Poke Berry. 

The fruit of Phytolacca decandra (Nat. ord., Phytolaccacece). It is 
inodorous, and has a sweet, slightly acid taste. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. Resin, a volatile oil, and tannic acid. 

Dose: 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. (in infusion). 

Action. 
Alterative, emetic. 

Use. 

An unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used in chronic rheuma- 
tism, in tertiary syphilis, etc. 

PHYTOLACCA RADIX. 

Phytolacca Root. Poke Root. 

The root of Phytolacca decandra (Nat. ord., Phytolaccaced). It has 
the general characteristic action and use of phytolacca fructus, q. v. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Phytolacca Radicis Fluidum . o 30-1.90 Cc. X(l v-xxx. 






THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 327 

RHEUM. 

Rhubarb. 

The root of the Rheum officinale (Nat. ord., Polygonacece). Odor 
somewhat peculiar and aromatic ; taste, bitter, and somewhat astringent. 

Habitat. China, etc. 

Chief constituents. Phaoretin, rheotanic acid, chrysophanic acid, 
chrysophan, emodin, etc. 

Preparations. 

Rheum (powdered) 0.30-1.90 Gm. gr. v-xxx. 

Pilulae Rhei 1 = 0.20 Gm. gr. iij. 

Pilulae Rhei Compositae. 

Pulvis Rhei Compositus 1.90-3.75 Gm. 314-i. 

Extractum Rhei 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Extractum Rhei Fluidum 0.30-1.90 Cc. l^x-xxx. 

Tinctura Rhei (10 per cent.) 3-75 - 7-5° Cc. 31-ij. 

Tinctura Rhei Aromatica (20 per cent.) . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 5^-i. 
Tinctura Rhei Dulcis (10 per cent.) . . . 3.75-7.50 Cc. gi-ij. 
Syrupus Rhei (10 per cent. Fd. Ext.) . . 1.90-7.50 Cc. 5j£-ij. 
Syrupus Rhei Aromaticus (15 per cent. 

aromat. tinct.) 1,90-7.50 Cc. g^-ij. 

Mistura Rhei et Sodae 1.90-7.50 Cc. 3^-ij. 

Pilulae Rhei Compositae. Each pill contains of rhubarb 0.13, 
purified aloes 0.10, and myrrh 0.06 Gm. 

Pulvis Rhei Compositus contains rhubarb 25, magnesia 65, and 
ginger 10 parts. 

Tinctura Rhei Aromatica contains rhubarb 20 with aromatics 10 
parts in 100. 

Tinctura Rhei Dulcis contains rhubarb 10, liquorice 4, with aro- 
matics 5 parts in 100. 

Mistura Rhei et Sodae contains sodium bicarbonate 3.5, fluid 
extract of rhubarb 1.5, and fluid extract of ipecac 33 parts in 100. 

Action. 

Rhubarb in small doses acts as a tonic, increasing secretion throughout 
the alimentary canal. The secretion of bile is also increased. Larger 
doses are purgative and astringent. The purgative action is due to 
increased secretion in part, but chiefly to increased peristalsis; it may 
cause some griping ; the stool produced is pultaceous rather than watery. 
The astringent action follows the purgative action and in no way interferes 
with the latter. The coloring principle of rhubarb is absorbed and may 
be detected during elimination in the urine and in the sweat. 



328 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 
Rhubarb may be used as a simple laxative. It may also be used in the 
treatment of diarrhoea, with the advantage of an astringent action follow- 
ing the laxative effect. 

RUMEX. 

Yellow-dock. 

The root of the Rumex crispus and other species of Rumex (Nat. 
ord., Polygonacece). Odor slight, peculiar; taste bitter, astringent. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituents. Tannic acid, chrysophanic acid, and a bitter 
principle. 

Preparation. 

Extractum Rumicis Fluidum I -9°-3-75 Cc. 5^-i. 

Action. 
Tonic, astringent, and alterative. 

Use. 
An unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used in certain chronic 

skin diseases. 

SERPENTARIA. 

Virginia Snake-root. 

The rhizome and roots of the Aristolochia Serpentaria and Aristo- 
lochia reticulata (Nat. ord. , Aristolochiacece). The odor is aromatic, cam- 
phoraceous ; taste warm, bitter, and camphoraceous. 

Habitat. United States. 

Chief constituents. Resin, a volatile oil, and tannic acid. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Serpentariae Fluidum 0.30-1.90 Cc. Tltv-xxx. 

Tinctura Serpentariae (10 per cent.) .... 1.90-3.75 Cc. 5^2-i. 
Tinctura Cinchonas Composita(2 percent.) . 3. 75-7.50 Cc. ^i-ij. 

Action. 
An aromatic tonic, and stimulant ; diaphoretic, and diuretic. 

Use. 

An unimportant therapeutic agent. 

CUBEBA. 

Cubeb. 

The unripe fruit of Piper Cubeba (Nat. ord., Piperacece). This has a 
strong, spicy odor ; taste aromatic, pungent. 
Habitat. East Indies. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, a resin, and cubebin. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 329 

Cubebin, C 10 H 10 O 3 , crystallizes in small scales, or needles. It is 
odorless, and has a bitter taste. Soluble in boiling alcohol, but deposits 
on cooling. 

Cubebic acid, C 13 H u 7 , is obtained from the resin. It occurs as a 
white, wax-like substance, readily soluble in alcohol and ether. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Cubebse Fluidum 0.60-1.90 Cc. Tltx-xxx. 

Tinctura Cubebse (20 percent.) . . . 1. 90-3. 75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Oleoresina Cubebse 0.30-0.95 Cc. Ttlv-xv. 

Trochisci Cubebae = oleoresin 0.04 Cc. HI ^3. 

Oleum Cubebse 0.30-0.60 Cc. TTLv-x. 

# Cubebic Acid 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 

Cubeb has a stimulating action both at the seat of application and 
along the lines of elimination. It is also antiseptic. 

Elimination takes place chiefly through the kidneys and the bronchial 
mucous membrane. A portion of the unabsorbed drug may be excreted 
by the bowels. 

An over-dose may cause marked irritation throughout the alimentary 
canal, and also along the genito-urinary tract. An acute inflammatory 
condition of parts through which the elimination of cubebs may occur is 
a hindrance to its therapeutic use. 

Use. 

Cubeb may be used in the powdered form, by means of an insufflator, 
or by the inhalation of smoke from burning cubeb, in the treatment of 
chronic nasal catarrh ; for such use it is simply palliative, and hence 
unsatisfactory. 

Internally, cubeb may be used in subacute or chronic bronchitis, laryn- 
gitis, etc. It may also be used in the subacute or chronic stage of gonor- 
rhoea, in chronic inflammations of the bladder, etc. 

OLEUM CUBEBS. 
Oil of Cubebs. 

A volatile oil distilled from cubeb. It should be kept in well-stop- 
pered bottles, in a cool place. 

It occurs as a colorless, pale-greenish, or yellowish liquid, having the 
characteristic odor of cubeb, and a warm, camphoraceous, aromatic taste. 
Sp. gr. : about 0.920 at 15 C. 

Dose : 0.30-0.60 Cc. ttlv-x. , 



330 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of cubeb, q. v. 

PIPER. 

Black pepper. 

The unripe fruit of Piper nigrum (Nat. ord., Piperacece). This has 
an aromatic odor ; taste pungent, and spicy. 
Habitat. India. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, resin, and piperin. 

Preparations. 

Oleoresina Piperis 0.01-0.06 Cc. TTL/^-i. 

Piperinum 0.03-0.30 Gm. gr. fa-v. 

Action. 
Black pepper has the action of a carminative, local stimulant, and irri- 
tant. The action is largely due to the volatile oil which it contains. 

Use. 

Pepper may be used as a counter-irritant. Its therapeutic application 
is very limited. 

Piperin. 

This is a neutral principle obtained from pepper, and obtainable also 
from other plants of the Nat. ord., Piperacece. 

It occurs as colorless, or pale-yellowish, shining, prismatic crystals ; 
odorless, and almost tasteless when first put in the mouth, but on pro- 
longed contact producing a sharp, and biting sensation. Almost insolu- 
ble in water; soluble, at 15 ° C, in 30 parts of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.03-0.30 Gm. gr. j4-v. 

Action and Use. 
That of piper, q. v. 

MATICO. 

The leaves of the Piper Angustifolium (Nat. ord., Piperacece). The 
odor is slight; taste warm, aromatic, and bitter. 
Habitat. Tropical America. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, tannic acid, and resin. 

Ppeparations. 

Extractum Matico Fluidum 1.90-3.75 Cc. Z T A~^- 

Tinctura Matico (10 per cent.) .'.... 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 



the vegetable kingdom. 331 

Action. 
An aromatic tonic. It is also a haemostatic. 

Use. 

This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It has been used for its 
haemostatic properties. 

$ KAVA-KAVA. 
Kava. Kawa. Ava. 

The root of the Piper Methysticum (Nat. ord., Pifieracecz). The odor 
is fragrant ; taste pungent, slightly benumbing. 

Habitat. Sandwich Islands. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, a resin, and a crystalline principle 
called kavahin or methysticin, which is somewhat analogous to cubebin. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Kava-Kavae 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. i-ij. 

Extractum Kava-Kavae Fluidum . . . 0.30-1.90 Cc. Tltv-xxx. 

Action. 

Kava- Kava resembles cubebs in action ; it is, however, less irritating — 
in fact it allays vesical, and urethral irritation. 

Use. 

Kava-Kava has been used to good purpose, in the treatment of cystitis, 
gonorrhoea, etc. It is of benefit in the acute stage as well as in the sub- 
acute or chronic stage, in the treatment of vesical or urethral inflam- 
mations. 

MYRISTICA. 
Nutmeg. 

The seeds of Myristica fragrans (Nat. ord., Myristicacece), deprived of 
its testa. Odor, strongly aromatic ; taste, aromatic, warm, and somewhat 
bitter. 

Habitat. East Indies. 

Chief constituents. A fixed oil (oil of mace), and a volatile oil. 

Dose: 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 

Action. 

Carminative, stimulant, emmenagogue. 

Use. 

This has but little importance as a therapeutic agent. It is used phar- 
maceutical^ as a flavoring agent. 



332 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

OLEUM MYRISTIC^. 
Oil of Nutmeg. 

A volatile oil distilled from nutmeg. It should be kept in well-stop- 
pered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light. 

It occurs as a thin, colorless, or pale-yellowish liquid, having the 
characteristic odor of nutmeg, and a warm, spicy taste. Sp. gr. : 0.870 
to 0.900, at 1 5 C. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Myristicse 0.06-0.30 Cc. ITU-v. 

Spiritus Myristicae (5 percent.) .... 0.60-1.25 Cc. tltx-xx. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of nutmeg, q. v. 

MACIS. 

Mace. 

The arillode of the seed of Myristica fragrans (Nat. ord., Myristicacece). 
Odor, fragrant; taste, warm, and aromatic. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 

Action. 
That of nutmeg. 

Use. 
It is not used therapeutically. Pharmaceutically, it is used as a flavor- 
ing agent. 

CINNAMOMUM zeylanicum. 
Ceylon Cinnamon. 

The inner bark of the shoots of Cinnamomum Zeylanicum (Nat. ord., 
Laurinece). 

Odor, fragrant ; taste, sweet, warmly aromatic, somewhat astringent. 

Habitat. Ceylon. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and tannic acid. 

Preparations. 
Tinctura Cinnamomi (10 per cent.) . . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 
Pulvis Aromaticus (35 per cent.) .... 0.30-0.95 Gm. gr. v-xv. 
Extractum Aromaticum Fluidum .... 0.30-1.90 Cc. TTlv-xxx. 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant, and astringent. 

Use. 
Therapeutically, this is an unimportant agent. Pharmaceutically, it is 
used as an agreeable adjuvant to many preparations. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 333 

CXfrNAMOMUM CASSIA. 
Cassia Cinnamon. Cassia Bark. 

The bark of the shoots of one or more undetermined species of Cin- 
namomum grown in China (Chinese Cinnamon) (Nat. ord., Laurinece). 
Odor, fragrant ; taste, sweet, and warmly aromatic. 
Habitat. China. 

Preparations. 

Tinctura Cardamomi Composita (2 per cent.) . . . 1.90-375 Cc. 3^-i. 
Tinctura Catechu Composita (5 per cent.) . . . . 1 90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 
Tinctura Lavandulae Composita (2 per cent) . . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Action and Use. 
The same as for Ceylon cinnamon. See p. 332. 

OLEUM CINNAMOMI. 
Oil of Cinnamon. Oil of Cassia. 

A volatile oil distilled from cassia cinnamon. It should be kept in 
well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light. 

It occurs as a yellowish or brownish liquid, having the characteristic 
odor of cinnamon, and a sweetish, spicy, and burning taste. Sp. gr. : 
1.055 to 1.065, at 15 C. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Cinnamomi 0.06- 0.30 Cc. TUi-v. 

Aqua Cinnamomi ( T 2 o per cent.) . . . 3-75-15-00 Cc. gi-iv. 
Spiritus Cinnamomi (10 per cent.) . . 0.60- 1.90 Cc. Tfl,x-xxx. 

Action. 

Carminative, stimulant, antiseptic. 

Use. 

The oil may be used for its antiseptic properties. The water may be 
used as a pleasant vehicle. The spirit may be used as a carminative, in 
flatulence, etc. 

CINNAMOMUM SAIGONICUM. 

Saigon Cinnamon. 

The bark of an undetermined species of Cinnamomum (Nat. ord., 
Lauri?zece). Odor, fragrant; taste, sweet, warmly aromatic, somewhat 
astringent. 

Habitat. Cochin-China. 

Action and Use. 
The same as for the Ceylon cinnamon. See p. 332. 



334 OUTLINES OF MATETIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

SASSAFRAS. 

The bark of the root of Sassafras variifolium (Nat. ord., Laurinece). 
Odor, characteristic, fragrant ; taste, sweetish, aromatic. 
Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and tannic acid. 
Dose : 3.75-15.00 Gm. 31-iv (in infusion). 

Action. - 
Carminative, stimulant, alterative, and astringent. 

Use. 
An unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used as a corrective, or 
alterative, in combination with other drugs. 

OLEUM SASSAFRAS. 

Oil of Sassafras. 

A volatile oil distilled from sassafras. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It occurs as a yellowish, or reddish-yellow liquid, having the charac- 
teristic odor of sassafras, and a warm, aromatic taste. Sp. gr. : 1.070 to 
1.090, at 15 C. 

Dose: 0.06-0.30 Cc. TTti-v. 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant, alterative. 

Use. 
An unimportant therapeutic agent. It is used as a flavoring agent, 
and as a corrective, or alterative, in combination with other drugs. 

SASSAFRAS MEDULLA. 

Sassafras Pith. 

The pith of Sassafras variifolium (Nat. ord., Laurinecz). 
It occurs in slender, cylindrical pieces ; light, spongy, white, inodorous 
and insipid. 

Chief constituent. Mucilage. 

Preparation. 
Mucilago Sassafras Medullar (2 per cent.) . 3.75-15.00 Cc. gi-iv. 

Action. 
Demulcent. 

Use. 

In domestic practice it is used as a local dressing to inflamed surfaces. 
It may be used as a soothing gargle, or drink, in diseases of the mouth, or 
throat. 






THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 335 

$ COTO. 

The bark of an unknown tree (Nat. ord., probably Laurinece). 
Habitat. Peru, Bolivia. 
Chief constituent. Cotoin. 

Preparations. 

Coto (powdered) 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x 

Extractum Coto Fluidum 0.30-0.60 Cc. Til v-x. 

Tinctura Coto (10 per cent.) .... 0.60-1.25 Cc. TTLx-xx. 
Cotoin 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. J^-ij. 

Action. 

Coto appears to greatly increase intestinal absorption through dilata- 
tion of the intestinal vessels, and thus to arrest that form of diarrhoea 
depending upon diminished absorption. It has no apparent action 
beyond this local effect upon the intestinal tract. It is not an astringent. 

Use. 
Coto has been found to be a very useful therapeutic agent in the treat- 
ment of certain forms of diarrhoea, not as an astringent but as a remedy 

promoting absorption. 

<D PARACOTO. 

The bark of a tree of which but little is known (Nat. ord., probably 
Laurinece). 

Habitat. Bolivia (?). 

Chief constituent. Paracotoin. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of Coto, q. v. 

CAMPHORA. C 10 H 16 O. 
Camphor. Gum Camphor. 

A stearoptene obtained from the Cinnamomum Camphora (Nat. 
ord., Laurinece)) and purified by sublimation. 

It occurs in white, translucent, tough, crystalline lumps, having a pene- 
trating odor, and a pungent taste followed by a sensation of cold \ it vola- 
tilizes slowly at ordinary temperature ; it is pulverizable in the presence of 
a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform ; it sublimes without reside, and 
burns with a luminous, smoky flame. Sparingly soluble in water ; soluble 
in alcohol, ether, chloroform, volatile, and fixed oils. Sp. gr. : 0.995, at 
1 5 C. It liquefies when triturated with thymol, menthol, carbolic acid, 
or chloral. 

Habitat. China, and Japan. 



336 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Camphora 0.03-0.30 Gm. gr. j4-v. 

Aqua Camphorae ( T 8 o per cent.) . . . 3.75-7.50 Cc. ^i-ij. 
Spiritus Camphorae (10 per cent.) . . 0.30-1.95 Cc. Hlv-xv. 
Ceratum Camphorae (2 per cent.) . . For external use. 
Linimentum Camphorae (20 per cent.) For external use. 
Linimentum Saponis (4^ per cent.) . For external use. 

Action. 

Stimulant, anti-spasmodic, anaesthetic, anodyne, and rubefacient. 
Externally, camphor is stimulant, and rubefacient. Internally, it is stimu- 
lant and carminative, in small doses ; irritant throughout the alimentary 
canal, in large doses. 

The most marked action of the drug is upon the nervous system. 
Small doses increase mental activity, quiet restlessness, act as a sedative, 
and produce a feeling of comfort and well-being. It stimulates the 
respiratory centre. Small doses strengthen the heart's action and increase 
arterial tension by stimulating the vaso-motor centres. Camphor di- 
minishes congestion when applied locally, or brought in contact with a 
surface during elimination, by causing contraction of the vessels, through 
local irritation. It may check secretion in the alimentary canal through 
a similar action. 

Ordinary medicinal doses have little, if any, effect upon the urinary 
tract, but large doses may cause irritation. 

It is eliminated by the skin, causing increased diaphoresis. In the 
sweating which accompanies debility (night-sweats), by its stimulating 
action, it may check diaphoresis. 

Use. 

Locally, camphor may be used as an anti- pruritic, in diseases of the skin. 
It may be used in the treatment of coryza, either by inhaling the vapor, 
or by applying a powder, or ointment, of which camphor is an ingredient. 
It may be used by inhalation, in the treatment of laryngitis. It may be 
used as a rubefacient, and counter-irritant, in many inflammatory condi- 
tions. Internally, camphor may be used in the treatment of diarrhoea, of 
intestinal flatulence, of bronchitis, in some forms of headache, etc. It may 
be used as a cardiac, and respiratory stimulant, in pneumonia, typhoid 
fever, and other adynamic fevers. 

* ACIDUM CAMPHORICUM. C 10 H 16 O 4 . 

Camphoric Acid. 

This occurs in the form of white crystals ; odorless, with a feebly acid 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 337 

taste. Sparingly soluble in cold water ; freely soluble in hot water, alcohol, 
and ether. 

It is obtained by the action of nitric acid on camphor. 
Dose: 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xx. 

Action. 
This has the general stimulating, and sedative action, of camphor. 

Use. 
In the sweating attendant upon wasting diseases. In the treatment of 
catarrhal affections of mucous membranes, etc. 

CAMPHORA MONOBROMATA. C 10 H 15 Br. 

Monobromated Camphor. 

This occurs in colorless needles, or scales ; permanent in the air, with 
a camphoraceous odor and taste, and a neutral reaction. Almost insolu- 
ble in water ; freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, etc. 

Prepared by heating together equal parts of bromine and camphor. 

Dose: 0.12-0.30 Gm. ; gr. ij-v. 

Action. 
Camphor monobromate has the combined sedative action of camphor, 
and of the bromides. 

Locally it has an irritant action. 

Use. 
It may be used as a hypnotic, in certains forms of insomnia; in 
certain spasmodic affections, such as epilepsy, chorea, whooping-cough ; 
in rambling delirium, etc. 

MEZEREUM. 

The bark of the Daphne Mezereum, and of other species of Daphne 
(Nat. ord. Thyme lac ece). 

Odorless; taste, very acrid. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituent. A resin, termed mezerin. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Mezerii Fluidum 0.06-0.30 Cc. TTU-v. 

Extractum Sarsaparillse Fluidum Compositum 

(3 per cent.) 1.90-3. 75 Cc. 3^-1. 

Decoctum Sarsapanllae Compositum (2 per 

cent.) 120.00-180.00 Cc. ^iv-vj. 

Linimentum Sinapis Compositum (20 per 

cent.) For external use. 

22 



338 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Action. 

Irritant, vesicant, alterative. 

Use. 

Locally, it may be used as a counter-irritant. 

Internally, it is not used alone. Because of its supposed alterative 
properties it is sometimes used in combination with other supposed altera- 
tives, as in the officinal preparations of sarsaparilla cited. 

OLEUM SANTALI. 
Oil of Santal. Oil of Sandalwood. 

A volatile oil, distilled from the wood of Santalum Album (Nat. ord. 
SantalacecB). 

It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected 
from light. 

It occurs as a colorless or yellowish liquid, having a peculiar terebin- 
thinate odor, and a pungent, bitterish, camphoraceous taste. Sp. gr. : 
0.910 to 0.940, at 15 C. 

Dose: 0.30-0.60 Cc. ; THv-x. 

Action and Use. 
Similar to that of Copaiba. See p. 261. 

STILLINGIA. 
Queen' s-root. Yaw-root. 

The root of the Stillingia silvatica (Nat. ord. Euphorbiacece). 
Odor, peculiar, unpleasant ; taste, bitter, acrid, and pungent. 
Habitat. United States. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, resin, tannic acid, and a fixed oil. 

Preparations. 

Stillingia (powdered) 0.95-1.90 Gm. gr. xv-xxx. 

Extractum Stillingiae Fluidum . . . 0.95-1.90 Cc. Ttlxv-xxx. 

Action. 
Alterative, anti-syphilitic, emetic, laxative. 

Use. 

This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used, in combi- 
nation with other alteratives, in the treatment of syphilis. It may be 
used in the treatment of chronic constipation. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 339 

ELASTICA. 
India-rubber. Caoutchouc. 

The prepared milk-juice of various |species of Hevea (Nat. ord. 
Euphorbiaceoi). Known in commerce as Para Rubber. 

Habitat. South America, and India. 

Chief constituent. A colorless, solid hydrocarbon. 

It occurs in cakes, balls, or hollow bottle-shaped pieces, externally 
blackish-brown, internally brownish; very elastic. Insoluble in water; 
soluble in chloroform, oil of turpentine, etc. Odor faint and peculiar ; 
nearly tasteless. When pure, or nearly pure, it floats on water. 

Use. 
This is used pharmaceutical^, in making plasters. 

CASCARILLA. 

The bark of the Croton Eluteria (Nat. ord. Euphorbiacece). When 
heated it emits a strong, aromatic, somewhat musk-like odor ; its taste is 
warm, and very bitter. 

Habitat. The Bahama Islands. 

Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 

Dose : 0.60-1.90 Gm. gr. x-xxx. 

Action. 
An aromatic tonic. 

Use. 

An unimportant therapeutic agent. It has been displaced by other 
and more satisfactory tonics. 

OLEUM RICINI. 

Castor Oil. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seeds of Ricinus cotnmunis (Nat. ord. 
Euphorbiacece). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. 

It occurs as a pale yellowish, or almost colorless, transparent, viscid 
liquid, having a faint, mild odor, and a bland, afterwards slightly acid, 
generally offensive taste. Sp. gr. 0.950 to 0.970, at 15 C. 

Habitat. East Indies. 

Chief constituents. An acrid principle, and ricin-oleic acid. 

Dose: 3.75-15.00 Cc. 3i-iv. 

Action. 
Externally, it is perfectly bland and protective. Internally, it acts as a 



340 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

mild, simple purgative, without producing any marked irritation. Its 
purgative action is followed by a sedative action, due probably to the 
protective property of the oil. 

Use. 
Castor oil may be, but seldom is, used locally for its protective 
action. 

Internally, it is used as a simple laxative. 

OLEUM TIGLII. 

Croton Oil. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seeds of the Croton Tiglium (Nat. ord., 
Euphorbiacece). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, and should be 
handled with caution. 

It occurs as a pale-yellow, or brownish-yellow, somewhat viscid, and 
slightly fluorescent liquid, having a slight, fatty odor, and a mild, oily, 
afterwards acrid, and burning taste. (Great caution is necessary in tasting.) 
Sp. gr. : 0.040 to 0.960, at 15 C. 

Dose : 0.03-0.12 Cc. til ^-ij. 

Action. 
Externally, that of an irritant, causing a peculiar, pustular erup- 
tion. Internally, it acts as a violent drastic cathartic, causing great irrita- 
tion throughout the intestinal canal, and increasing both secretion, and 
peristalsis. A large dose may cause intense inflammation of the intestinal 
canal, followed by collapse and death. 

Use. 

Locally, croton oil is used as a counter-irritant. Great care must be 

taken in making the application. 

Internally, it may be used when prompt and vigorous catharsis is 

desired. 

KAMALA. 

Rottleria. 

The glands and the hairs from the capsules of the Mallotus philippi- 
ne fists (Nat. ord., Euphorbiacea). It is inodorous, and nearly tasteless. 
Habitat. Tropical Asia, and Africa. 
Chief constituents. Resins. 
Dose : 3-75-7.5° Gm. ^i-ij. 

Action. 
Anthelmintic. 

Use. 

Kamala may be used to cause the expulsion of tape-worm from the 
intestinal canal. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 341 

ULMUS. 

Slippery elm. Red elm. 

The inner bark of the Ulmus fulva (Nat. ord., Urticacece). Odor, 
slight, peculiar; taste, mucilaginous, insipid. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. Mucilage, and some tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Mucilago Ulmi Ad libitum. 

Action. 
Demulcent. 

Use. 

Slippery elm may be used locally in the form of a poultice. 

Internally, it is used for its demulcent action, in diseases of the mouth, 
or pharynx. 

HUMULUS. 
Hops. 

The strobiles of the Humulus Lupulus (Nat. ord., Urticacece). Odor, 
aromatic ; taste, bitter, aromatic, and slightly astringent. 

Habitat. The North Temperate Zone. 

Chief constituent. Lupulin. 

Preparation. 
Tincturi Humuli (20 per cent.) 3.75—15.00 Cc. 31-iv. 

Action. 
That of a bitter tonic, and of a hypnotic. 

Use. 

This is not an important therapeutic agent. Externally, it is used in 
the form of a poultice, as an anodyne. In domestic practice the hop pillow 
is used as a hypnotic ; the hypnotic effect, here, is largely mental. 

LUPULINUM. 

The glandular powder separated from the strobiles of the Humulus 
Lupulus. Odor, peculiar, aromatic, like hops, but stronger; taste, aro- 
matic, and bitter. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and resin. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Lupulini Fluidum 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTLv-xv. 

Oleoresina Lupulini 0.12-0.30 Cc. Tltij-v. 



342 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Action. 

Lupulin has mild hypnotic properties. It also has the action of a mild, 
bitter tonic. 

Use. 

It may be used to promote digestion. It may be used in the treat- 
ment of some forms of insomnia. 

CANNABIS INDICA. 
Indian Hemp. Gunjah. Haschisch. 

The flowering tops of the female plant Cannabis sativa (Nat. ord., 
Urticacece). Odor, peculiar; taste, slightly acrid. 

Habitat. East Indies. 

Chief constituents. Resin (cannabin), and a volatile oil. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Cannabis Indicae 0.01-0.06 Gm. gr. }£-i. 

Extractum Cannabis Indicae Fluidum . 0.03-0.06 Cc. ITL^-i. 
Tinctura Cannabis Indicae (15 percent.) 0.30-1.25 Cc. TTLv-xx. 

Action. 

Cannabis Indica acts chiefly upon the cerebral centers. Small doses 
give rise to delirium, with hallucinations of a gay, or disagreeable, charac- 
ter, accompanied by a curious loss of the sense of time and space. This 
stage of delirium is generally followed by deep sleep, accompanied by 
dreams of a disagreeable, or pleasing, character according to circum- 
stances. Large doses cause prolonged sleep, or even a cataleptic state. 

The sensory nerves are benumbed, and there is partial anaesthesia. 
The local use of the drug for its possible anaesthetic action is prevented 
by its preceding irritant effect. 

The unpleasant after-effects attending the use of opium are not present. 
The appetite is stimulated rather than depressed ; there is no constipation. 
The urine is increased in quantity. 

Use. 
Cannabis indica may be used in the treatment of migraine ; in par- 
alysis agitans; in certain spasmodic diseases, such as whooping-cough, 
asthma, chorea, etc. ; and in spasm of the bladder. In advanced phthisis 
it might be used to produce a condition of euthanasia. 

FICUS. 
Fig. 

The fleshy receptacle of Ficus Carica (Nat. ord., Urticacece). It 
has a sweet, fruity odor, and a very sweet, mucilaginous taste. 
Habitat. The Levant. 
Chief constituent. Grape sugar. 



the vegetable kingdom. 343 

Preparation. 
In Confectio Sennae See Senna. 

Action. 
Nutrient, laxative. 

Use. 

This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used for its lax- 
ative action alone, or in combination with other fruity laxatives. 

JUGLANS. 
Butter nut. 

The bark of the root of Juglans cinerea (Nat. ord., Juglandacecz), 
collected in the autumn. The odor is feeble ; taste, bitter, and somewhat 
acrid. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. Mucin, a fixed oil, a volatile oil, and tannic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Juglandis 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 
It has the action of a mild cathartic, and hepatic stimulant. 

Use. 

Butternut may be used alone or, better, in combination with other 
suitable laxatives, in the treatment of chronic constipation. 

QUERCUS ALBA. 
White-oak. 

The bark of the Quercus alba (Nat. ord., Cupuliferce) . This has a 
faint, tan-like odor, and a strongly astringent taste. 
Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. Tannic acid, and querco-tannic acid. 
Dose: 0.30-1.25 Gm. gr. v-xx. (In infusion.) 

Action and Use. 
That of tannic acid. See p. 344. 

GALLA. 

Nutgall. 

Excrescences on the Quercus lusitanica (Nat. ord., Cupulifercz), 
caused by the punctures and deposited ova of Cynips Gallcz tinctorice 



344 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

(class, Inseda; order, Hymenopterd). This is nearly inodorous ; taste, 
strongly astringent. 

Habitat. Asia Minor chiefly. 

Chief constituents. Tannic, and gallic acids. 

Preparations. 

Tinctura Galbe (20 per cent.) I -9°-3-7S Cc. Z%-\* 

Unguentum Gallae (20 per cent.) .... For external use. 

Action and Use. 
That of tannic acid, q. v. 

ACIDUM TANNICUM. HC u H 9 9 . 
Tannic Acid. Tannin. Gallotannic acid. Digallic acid. 

An organic acid obtained from nutgall. It occurs as a light-yellowish, 
amorphous, powder, usually cohering in form of glistening scales or spongy 
masses; odorless, or having a faint characteristic odor, a strongly astrin- 
gent taste, and an acid reaction. Soluble, at T5°.C, in 1 part of water, 
and in 0.6 part of alcohol ; also in about 1 part of glycerin with the 
intervention of a moderate heat. 

Obtained by dissolving out the tannic acid from powdered galls, by 
means of ether mixed with a very little water ; gently evaporating this 
solution, and drying the product. 

Preparations. 

Acidum Tannicum 0.06-0.60 Gm. gr. i-x. 

Collodium Stypticum . For external use. 

Glyceritum Acidi Tannici (20 per cent.) For external use. 

Trochisci Acidi Tannici 1 = 0.06 Gm. gr. i. 

Unguentum Acidi Tannici (20 per cent.) For external use. 

Action. 
Tannic acid, applied to a denuded surface, or to a mucous surface, 
causes coagulation of albumin and a contraction of cells. This " tanning " 
of the tissues has a constringing effect upon the vessels. In contact with 
the blood it coagulates its albumin and favors the formation of a clot. 
These two properties give tannic acid its astringent action. It does not 
cause contraction of the blood-vessels; in fact, the direct effect upon 
blood-vessels tends to cause them to dilate. Through its constringing action 
it checks secretion, and causes a dryness of the mucous surface. When 
taken into the stomach, a large dose has an irritant action throughout the 
alimentary canal, and may cause vomiting and diarrhoea followed by 
constipation. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 345 

Tannic acid is absorbed as gallic acid, and eliminated as gallic acid, 
or some product of the oxidation of gallic acid. When given in excess a 
part may be eliminated unchanged through the intestinal canal ; possibly 
by the urinary tract. Tannic acid can be used for its constringing action 
only where the drug can be brought into direct contact with the part. 

The vegetable astringents owe their astringency to the tannic acid 
which they contain. 

The cheminal property that tannic acid has of forming tannates which 
are but sparingly soluble, gives it a valuable antidotal power in the treat- 
ment of poisoning by the alkaloids, or by tartar emetic. 

Use. 

Tannic acid may be used to advantage locally, upon mucous mem- 
branes, and upon abraded surfaces, when an astringent action is wanted. 
Because of its irritant properties, it should be used in a diluted form, as 
in the glycerite of tannic acid. 

Internally it is used for its astringent action throughout the intestinal 
canal, as in atonic diarrhoea, etc. 

It is also used in the treatment of poisoning from the various alkaloids. 

ACIDUM GALLICUM. HC 7 H 5 5 +H 2 0. 

Gallic Acid. 

An organic acid, usually prepared from tannic acid. 

It occurs as white, or pale fawn-colored, silky, interlaced needles; 
odorless, having an astringent, or slightly acidulous taste, and an acid 
reaction. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15 C, in 100 parts of water, 
and in 5 parts of alcohol ; soluble in 3 parts of boiling water, and in 
1 part of boiling alcohol; in 40 parts of ether, and in 12 parts of glycerin. 

It may be prepared from galls by pulverizing, moistening with water, 
and allowing them to ferment for six weeks in a temperature of 15 ° to 20 
C. The tannic acid present in the galls is split up, by the fermentation, 
into gallic acid, and glucose. 

Its aqueous solution gives no precipitate with solution of isinglass, 
and is thus distinguished from tannic acid. 

Dose: 0.30-1.90 Gm. ; gr. v-xxx. 

Action. 

Gallic acid does not coagulate albumin and therefore cannot con- 
stringe vessels, or favor the formation of a clot when in contact with blood. 
It is hard to understand, therefore, how gallic acid has any of the astrin- 
gent qualities of tannic acid, and yet it is supposed to have an astringent 
action on remote organs when given internally in its own form, or obtained 
as a product of tannic acid. 



346 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Use. 
Gallic acid is used in haemoptysis, haematuria, colliquative sweats, 
and bronchorrhoea. It is also used in certain forms of albuminurea. 

CASTANEA. 

Chestnut. 

The leaves of the Castanea vesca (Nat. ord., Cupuliferce) , collected 
in September, or October, while still green. 

The odor is slight ; taste, somewhat astringent. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents. Tannic acid, and gum resin. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Castaneae Fluidum 3-75 _ 7-5° Cc. gi-ij. 

Action. 
Tonic, astringent, sedative. 

Use. 

This has been considered of benefit in the treatment of whooping- 
cough, asthma, etc. It is an unimportant therapeutic agent. 

SABINA. 
Savine. 

The tops of the Juniperis Sabina (Nat ord., Conifer<z). These 
have a strong, balsamic odor ; taste, bitter, acrid. 
Habitat. Southern Europe. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Sabinae Fluidum 0.18-0.60 Cc. Tfijij-x. 

Action. 
Irritant, emmenagogue, diuretic. 

Use. 
Savine is an unimportant, and dangerous, therapeutic agent. 

OLEUM SABINE. 

Oil of Savine. 

A volatile oil distilled from savine. It should be kept in well-stop- 
pered bottles, protected from light. 

It occurs as a colorless, or yellowish liquid, having a peculiar terebin- 
thinate odor, and a pungent, bitter, and camphoraceous taste. Sp. gr. : 
0.910 to 0.940, at 15 C. 

Dose: 0.06-0.30 Cc. TTU-v. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 347 

Action and Use. 
That of savine. See p. 346. 

OLEUM JUNIPERI. 

Oil of Juniper. 

A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Juniperis communis (Nat. 
ord., Conifers). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool 
place, protected from light. 

It occurs as a colorless, or faintly greenish-yellow liquid, having the 
characteristic odor of juniper, and a warm, aromatic, somewhat terebin- 
thinate, and bitterish taste. Sp. gr. : 0.850 to 0.890, at 15 C. 

Preparations. 

Oleum Juniperi 0.06-0.30 Cc. tlti-v. 

Spiritus Juniperi (5 per cent.) 0-60-3.75 Cc. Htx-^i. 

Spiritus Juniperi Compositus (4 per cent.) 3.75-15-00 Cc. gi-iv. 

Action. 

That of a stimulating diuretic, and expectorant, resembling in a general 
way the action of oil of turpentine. See p. 348. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. The preparations of 
Juniper oil may be used in dropsical conditions. It should not be 
employed when inflammatory diseases of the kidneys are present. 

OLEUM CADINUM. 
Cade Oil. Empyreumatic oil of Juniper. 

A product of the dry distillation of the wood of Juniperus Oxyce- 
drus (Nat. ord., Conifer cb). 

It occurs as a brownish, or dark brown, clear, thick liquid, having a 
tarry odor, and an empyreumatic, burning, somewhat bitter taste. Sp. gr. : 
0.922-0.929, at 15 C. 

Dose : 0.06-0.30 Cc. TTLi-v. 

Action. 

Stimulant, antiseptic, parasiticide. 

Use. 
Oil of cade is used externally in the treatment of certain chronic skin 
diseases, and in parasitic skin diseases. It is applied in liniments, or in 
soft potash soaps, pure, or dissolved in alcohol. Its preparations have the 
same general effect as analogous ones made with tar ; are less irritating ; 
have less odor ; and are less injurious to clothing. 



348 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

TEREBINTHINA. 

Turpentine. 

A concrete oleoresin obtained from Pinus palustris, and from other 
species of Pinus (Nat. ord., Coniferce). 

It occurs in yellowish, tough masses; brittle in the cold; of a terebin- 
thinate odor, and taste. 

Habitat. United States. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and resin. 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of oil of turpentine, q. v. 

OLEUM TEREBINTHINA. 
Oil of Turpentine. Spirits of Turpentine. 

A volatile oil distilled from turpentine. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, protected from light. 

It occurs as a thin, colorless liquid, having a characteristic odor, and 
taste, and a neutral, or slightly acid, reaction in an alcoholic solution. Sp. 
gr. : 0.855 t0 °-870; a t 15° c - 

Preparations. 

Oleum Terebinthinse For external use. 

Oleum Terebinthinse Rectificatum .... 0.30-1.25 Cc. TTLv-xx. 

Linimentum Terebinthinse (35 per cent.) . For external use. 

Action. 

Oil of turpentine applied locally acts as a stimulant, or irritant. In- 
haled, it has a similar action on the bronchial mucous membrane. Taken 
internally, it exercises its irritant action throughout the alimentary canal. 
In the stomach it causes a sensation of heat, and a large dose is followed by 
nausea, and vomiting. In the intestines a large dose acts as a purgative, 
and, if sufficient is given, may cause violent inflammation. During its 
elimination by the kidneys its irritant action is also apparent ; small 
doses increase the quantity of urine ; large doses diminish the quantity of 
urine and give rise to painful micturition, or even hematuria. 

Blood pressure is increased through stimulation of the vaso-motor 
centres, causing diminished calibre of the vessels, and also strengthening 
the heart's action. Local application may cause diminished calibre of 
vessels, through reflex stimulation. Turpentine may therefore exercise a 
haemostatic action through local, or internal use. Following vaso-motor 
stimulation comes paralysis, with dilatation of vessels, and fall of blood- 
pressure ; this is the usual condition when the drug is applied locally, to 
the extent of producing rubefaction. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 349 

Turpentine is antiseptic, and this action may be secured to a mod- 
erate degree throughout the alimentary canal, and along other lines of 
elimination. 

Turpentine absorbs oxygen readily, and old "ozonized" turpentine 
may be more active, in certain ways, than the fresh oil. 

Use. 
Turpentine may be used to cleanse the skin preparatory to a surgical 
operation. It may be used locally to arrest hemorrhages, as from 
leech bites, after the extraction of a tooth, hemorrhage from wounds, or 
from an ulcerated surface. In the form of a stupe it is used as a counter- 
irritant. It is used both locally and externally in the treatment of diph- 
theria. It is a very reliable haemostatic in the treatment of haemoptysis, 
hsematemesis, haematuria, intestinal hemorrhages, uterine hemorrhage, etc. 
It may be used by inhalation, or internally, in the treatment of chronic 
bronchitis, laryngitis, etc. It may be used for its stimulating and anti- 
septic action in certain diseases of the genito-urinary tract. It may be 
used in typhoid fever as a diffusible stimulant, as a carminative, as an 
intestinal antiseptic, and as a haemostatic. 

Terebene. 

A mixture of several terpenes, resulting from the distillation of turpen- 
tine with sulphuric acid. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a 
cool place, protected from light. 

It occurs as a colorless, or slightly yellowish, thin liquid, having a 
rather agreeable, thyme-like odor, and an aromatic, somewhat terebinthin- 
ate taste. Sparingly soluble in water ; soluble in an equal volume of alco- 
hol. Sp. gr.: about 0.862 at 15 C. 

Dose: 0.30-1.25 Cc. TTLv-xx. 

Action. 

Terebene has the stimulating and antiseptic action of turpentine along 
the lines of elimination. It is not so irritant as turpentine, and is more 
agreeable to the taste. 

Use. 

Terebene is a useful therapeutic agent in the treatment of subacute or 
chronic bronchits ; in certain subacute or chronic inflammatory conditions 
of the genito-urinary tract ; in fermentative dyspepsia ; etc. 

TERPINI HYDRAS. C 10 H 16 (OH) 2 +H 2 O. 
Terpin Hydrate. 

The hydrate of the diatomic alcohol Terpin. It should be kept in well- 



350 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

stoppered bottles. It is obtained by the action of acids and diluted alco- 
hol upon turpentine. 

It occurs in colorless or lustrous prisms, nearly odorless, and having a 
slightly aromatic and somewhat bitter taste. Sparingly soluble in water ; 
soluble in i o parts of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Action. 
Terpin Hydrate has the same action as has terebene ; possibly to a 
less marked degrees. Being a solid it can be prescribed conveniently in 
pill form. 

Use. 

Terpin hydrate may be used internally in the same class of cases as 
referred to under terebene. 

RESINA. 
Rosin. Colophony. 

The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from the turpentine ; 
it is the portion of turpentine fixed by oxidation. It occurs as a trans- 
parent, amber-colored substance, hard, brittle and having a faintly tere- 
binthinate odor and taste. Sp. gr. : 1.070 to 1.080. Soluble in alcohol, 
ether, fixed, and volatile oils. 

Preparations. 
Ceratum Resinse (Basilicon Ointment). 
Emplastrum Resinae (Adhesive Plaster). 

Use. 
This is used pharmaceutically, in preparing cerates and plasters ; by 
preventing the oxidation of the fatty bases it tends also to preserve them. 
Plasters and cerates containing resin may be used when mild local stimu- 
lation is wanted. 

PIX LIQUIDA. 

Tar. 

An empyreumatic oleoresin, obtained by the destructive distillation 
of the wood of Pinus Palustris and of other species of Pinus (Nat. ord., 
Coniferce). 

It is thick, viscid, semi-fluid, blackish-brown, of a well-known charac- 
teristic odor, and a sharp, empyreumatic taste. Sparingly soluble in 
water ; soluble in alcohol, fixed, or volatile oils. 

Chief constituents. Pyroligneous acid, creosote, hydrocarbons, methyl 
alcohol, acetic acid, and oily bodies. 

Preparations. 
Syrupus Picis Liquidae (7^ per cent.) . . 1.90-7.50 Cc. g^-ij. 
Unguentum Picis Liquidae (5 per cent.) . For external use. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 351 

Action. 

The several tar products have a stimulating action, whether applied to 
the skin, or to mucous membrane. They also have some antiseptic proper- 
ties at the point of application, or along the lines of excretion. Because of 
their constituents they bear some resemblance to creosote, and to turpen- 
tine, in action. 

Use. 

Tar may be used locally, in the treatment of certain chronic skin 
diseases. As a spray, some preparation of tar may be used in the treat- 
ment of chronic pharyngitis, chronic laryngitis, ozena, etc, 

Internally, tar, in some preparation, may be used in the treatment of 
chronic bronchitis, in phthisis, etc. 

OLEUM PICIS LIQUIDS. 

Oil of Tar. 

A volatile oil distilled from tar. 

It is an almost colorless liquid when freshly distilled, but soon acquires 
a dark reddish-brown color. It has a strong, tarry odor, and taste. Sp. 
gr. : about 0.970 at 15 ° C. 

Dose: 0.06-0.30 Cc. HI i-v. 

Action. 

This, like tar, has a stimulating, and antiseptic action, both at the seat 
of application, and along the lines of elimination. 

Use. 

It may be used in subacute or chronic diseases of the skin ; of the 
respiratory tract ; or of the genito-urinary tract, when stimulating anti- 
septics are needed. 

TEREBINTHINA CANADENSIS. 
Canada Turpentine. Canada Balsam. 

A liquid oleo-resin obtained from the Abies balsamea (Nat. ord. 
Conifercs). 

A yellowish or faintly greenish, transparent, viscid liquid, of an agree- 
able terebinthinate odor, and a bitterish, slightly acrid taste ; slowly 
drying on exposure to the air, and then forming a transparent mass. 
Soluble in ether, and in chloroform. 

Habitat. Canada, Northern United States. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and resin. 

Preparation. 
In collodion flexile. 



352 outlines of materir medica anc pharmacology. 

Action and Use. 

Canada balsam has medicinal properties similar to the turpentines. It 
is seldom used therapeutically. 

PIX BURGUNDICA. 
Burgundy Pitch. 

The prepared resinous exudation of Abies excelsa (Nat. ord., Coniferce). 

It is hard, yet gradually takes the form of the vessel in which it is 
kept; brittle, opaque or translucent, reddish-brown or grayish-brown, 
aromatic, and somewhat empyreumatic, not bitter. Soluble in glacial 
acetic acid. 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituents. A volatile oil, resin, etc. 

Preparations. 

Emplastrum Picis Burgundicae. 

Emplastrum Picis Cantharidatum (see Cantharis). 

Action. 
That of a local stimulant, and rubefacient. 

Use. 

Burgundy pitch is used as a local stimulant, in the form of a plaster, 
in the treatment of lumbago, and in chronic rheumatism. The plaster is 
also used over the chest, in chronic bronchitis, phthisis, etc. 

CYPRIPEDIUM. 
Ladies' -slipper. American Valerian. 

The rhizome and the roots of the Cypripedium pubescens, and of 
Cypripedium parviflorum (Nat. ord., Orchidece), The odor is pecu- 
liar, heavy ; taste sweetish, somewhat pungent. 
Habitat. North America. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, a fixed oil, a volatile acid, tannic 

acid, and resin. 

Preparation. 

Extractum Cypripedii Fluidum 0.30-0.90 Cc. Hlv-xv. 

Action. 

Antispasmodic and sedative like valerian, but less powerful. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 353 

VANILLA. 

The fruit of the Vanilla panifolia (Nat. ord., Orchidece). Odor 
and taste peculiar, fragrant. 
Habitat. Mexico. 
Chief constituent. Vanillin. 

Preparation. 
Tinctura Vanillae (10 per cent.) For flavoring. 

Action. 

Carminative 

Use. 

This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It is used chiefly as a 
flavoring agent. 

ZINGIBER. 
Ginger. 

The rhizome of the Zingiber officinale (Nat. ord., Scitaminece)^ 
Odor agreeable, aromatic ; taste warm, spicy. 
Habitat. Hindostan. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and resin. 

Preparations. 

Zingiber (powdered) 0.60-1.25 Gm. gr. x-xx. 

Oleoresina Zingiberis 0.03-0.12 Cc. 1U^-ij. 

Extractum Zingiberis Fluidum 0.60—1.25 Cc. tlflx-xx. 

Syrupus Zingiberis (fd. ext. 3 per cent.) . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. %%-i. 

Tinctura Zingiberis (20 per cent.) 1-90-3-75 Cc. 3^-1. 

Trochisci Zingiberis 1 = tincture 0.1 2 Cc. ITlrj. 

Pulvis Aromaticus (35 per cent.) 0.60-1.90 Gm. gr. x-xxx. 

Pulvis Rhei Compositus (10 per cent.) . . . 1.90-3.75 Gm. 3^-i. 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant. 

Use. 

Ginger may be used as an adjuvant in bitter tonic preparations. It 
may also be used in flatuence, colic, diarrhoea, etc. 

CARDAMOMUM. 

Cardamom. 

The fruit of the Elettaria repens (Nat. ord., Scitaminetz). It has 
an agreeabie odor, and a pungent, aromatic taste. 
Habitat. Malabar. 

Chief constituents. A volatile, and a fixed oil. 
23 



354 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Tinctura Cardamomi (10 per cent.) 190—3.75 Cc. 3^2-i . 

Tinctura Cardamomi Composita (20 per cent.) . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^2-i. 

Action. 
Carminative, stimulant. 

Uses. 

This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It is used as an adjuvant 
in the treatment of flatulence, colic, etc. 

IRIS. 

Blue-flag. 

The rhizome and roots of the Iris versicolor (Nat. ord., Iridece). 
Odor slight ; taste acrid, and nauseous. 
Habitat. United States. 
Chief constituents. An acid resin, tannin, etc. 

Preparations. 

Iris (powdered) 0.30-0.60 Gm. gr. v-x. 

Extractum Iridis 0.06-0.12 Gm. gr. i-ij. 

Extractum Iridis Fluidum ....•• 0.30-0.60 Cc. HI v-x. 

Iridin 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. - 

The so-called " iridin " is an oleoresin, not an active principle, as 
might seem probable, from the name. 

Action. 

This has the action of a cholagogue, increasing the secretion of bile ; 
a purgative, increasing intestinal secretion, and peristalsis. It has a less 
irritant action in the intestinal canal than has podophyllin. 

Uses. 

Iris may be used in the treatment of "biliousness," in obstructive 
jaundice, in chronic constipation, etc. 

CROCUS. 
Saffron. 

The stigmas of Crocus sativus (Nat. ord., Iridece). Odor strong, 
peculiar, aromatic; taste, bitterish, and aromatic. 
Habitat. Asia Minor, and Greece. 
Chief constituents. Crocin, and a volatile oil. 

Preparation. 
Tinctura Croci (10 per cent.) 1-90-3.75 Cc. 3^-4. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 355 

Action. 
Carminative, also a coloring agent. 

Uses. 

This is a very unimportant therapeutic agent; practically not used 

at all. . 

SARSAPARILLA. 

The root of Smilax officinalis, Smilax medica, Smilax papyracea, 
and other undetermined species of Smilax (Nat. ord., Liliacece). It is 
nearly inodorous ; taste mucilaginous, bitterish, and acrid. 

Habitat. Tropical America. 

Chief constituents. Parillin (Smilacin and Parillic acid), a volatile oil, 
and resin. 

Preparations. 

Decoctum Sarsaparillse Compositum . . 15.00-30.00 Cc. ^%-i. 
Extractum Sarsaparillge Fluidum .... 1.90- 3.75 Cc. 3^-1. 
Extractum Sarsaparillas Fluidum 

Compositum 1.90- 3.75 Cc. 3j^-i. 

Syrupus Sarsaparillas Compositus . . . 3-75-15-00 Cc. ^i-iv. 

Action. 
By some sarsaparilla is supposed to act as an alterative and anti- 
syphilitic ; by many it is considered inert. 

Use. 

The compound syrup is the preparation most generally used, and this 
chiefly as a vehicle for potassium iodide. 

CONVALLARIA. 

Lily of the Valley. 

The rhizome and roots of Convallaria majalis (Nat. ord., Liliacece). 
Odor peculiar, pleasant ; taste, sweetish, bitter, and somewhat acrid. 

Habitat. United States, Europe, and Northern Asia. 

Chief constituent. Convallamarin, C^H^O^, which is a whitish-brown, 
amorphous powder; soluble in water, and in alcohol. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Convallariae Fluidum .... 0.12-0.60 Cc. TTLij-x 
Convallamarin 0.03-0.12 Gm.gr. ^-ij. 

Action. 
A heart tonic, resembling digitalis, but without cumulative properties. 
It is less certain in action than digitalis. 



356 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 
The preparations of convallaria may be used as a substitute for, or an 
alternate with, digitalis, in the treatment of organic heart disease. 

VERATRUM VIRIDE. 
American Hellebore. Green Hellebore. Indian Poke. 

The rhizome and roots of the Veratrum viride (Nat. ord., Liliacece). 

Inodorous ; taste bitterish, and very acrid. 

Habitat. North America. 

Chief constituents Jervine, pseudo-jervine, cevadine, a little rubijer- 
vine (sometimes called veratroidine), and a trace of veratrine and vera- 
tralbine. 

Jervine, C 26 H 47 N0 3 , is crystalline, tasteless, and insoluble in water. 

Rubijervine (veratroidine), C 26 H 43 N0 2 , is not crystal lizable and not 
soluble in water. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Veratri Viridis Fluidum . . 0.06-0.12 Cc. Tfli-ij. 
Tinctura Veratri Viridis (40 per cent.) 0.18-0.48 Cc. Tltiij-viij. 
Norwood's Tinctura Veratri Viridis 

(55 per cent.) 0.12-0.30 Cc. Tltij-v. 

Action. 

The action of veratrum viride is due to the jervine and other alkaloids 
which it contains. 

It closely resembles aconite as a cardiac depressant, and as a spinal 
paralyzant. 

Jervine has a marked depressant action on the heart. The pulse is 
slow, due to an action on the cardiac muscle. The functions of the cord, 
and of the medulla (especially the vaso-motor centre) are greatly 
depressed ; hence, there is muscular weakness, loss of reflex action, and 
lowered blood-pressure. 

The motor centres in the brain are irritated and convulsions result. 
The convulsions soon give place to paralysis. 

There is no evidence of irritation throughout the alimentary canal — 
no vomiting or purging. 

Death, if it occurs, is due to paralysis of the respiratory centre, and 
an almost simultaneous failure of the heart 

Rubijervine has an irritant action, and causes nausea and vomiting. 
It also depresses the spinal cord and paralyzes the respiratory centre. It 
slows the pulse by stimulating the vagus centre, but finally quickens the 
pulse by paralyzing the vagus ends 

The convulsions produced by rubijervine are less violent than those 
produced by jervine. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 357 

The summary given by Wood of the effect of veratrum viride on the 
circulation is as follows : Veratrum viride slows the pulse by a direct 
depressant action on the heart muscle (jervine), and by stimulating the 
pneumogastric nerves (veratroidine) ; it lowers blood-pressure by an action 
on the heart muscle (jervine), and by depression of the vaso-motor centre 
(jervine). 

Use. 

Veratrum viride is useful as a sedative, and to relieve congestion in the 
acute stage of sthenic inflammations, such as pneumonia, pleurisy, peri- 
tonitis, cerebritis, etc. It may also be used in some forms of asthma, in 
palpitation of the heart, in puerperal convulsions, in aneurism, etc. A 
hard, bounding pulse is an indication for its use. It should never be used 
in conditions of depression, or of exhaustion. 

Toxicology. 

The symptoms of poisoning are, muscular weakness, great prostration, 
increased salivary and cutaneous secretion, convulsions, vomiting, and, 
sometimes, purging. Vomiting is apt to occur before a sufficient quantity 
of the drug is absorbed to produce a fatal result ; it thus acts as its own 
antidote. Further treatment in poisoning is, the use of the syphon tube ; 
the use of cardiac stimulants, such as strychnine, atropine, external heat, 
etc. The recumbent posture must be insisted upon. 

$ VERATRUM ALBUM. 
White Hellebore. European Hellebore. 

The rhizome apd rootlets of Veratrum Album (Nat. ord., Liliacece). 
It is odorless ; the taste is bitter, and acrid. 

Habitat. Europe, and Asia. 

Chief constituents. Jervine, pseudo-jervine, rubijervene, and vera- 
tralbine. 

Dose: 0.005-0.03 Gm. gr. tV4- 

Action. 

The action of veratrum album is quite similar to that of veratrum viride, 
except that it is more toxic. Vomiting and purging are more apt to occur 
after the use of veratrum album than of veratrum viride. 

Use. 
Small doses may be used in the treatment of diarrhoea, dysentery, etc, 

VERATRINA. 

A mixture of alkaloids obtained from the seeds of Asagrcea officinalis 
(Nat. ord., Liliacece). 



358 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

A white or grayish-white, amorphous or semi-crystalline powder ; per- 
manent in the air ; odorless, of a distinctive acrid taste, leaving a sensation 
of tingling and numbness on the tongue, and producing constriction of the 
fauces. Sparingly soluble in water ; soluble in 3 parts of alcohol at 15 C. 

Preparations. 
Veratrinse 0.001-0.002 Gm. gr. wo—h- 

Oleatum Veratrinae (2 per cent.) . For external use. 
Unguentum Veratrinae (4 per cent.) . For external use. 

Action. 

Veratrine is locally, irritant and causes a sensation of warmth. Ap- 
plied to the nasal mucous membrane it causes violent sneezing. It soon 
paralyzes the ends of the sensory nerves, producing a sensation of prick- 
ling or tingling, followed by numbness. This effect is produced whether 
the drug is applied locally, or taken internally ; it resembles aconite in 
this respect. Muscles lose their contractile power. 

Death comes from paralysis of the respiratory centre. 

The general action of the drug is uncertain and dangerous, hence it 
is seldom used internally. 

Use. 

If used with care, veratrine may be applied externally in the treatment 
of neuralgias. It is not a safe therapeutic agent. 

ALLIUM. 

Garlic. 

The bulb of Allium sativum (Nat. ord., Liliacece). The odor is 
pungent, and disagreeable ; taste warm, and acrid. 
Habitat. Italy, etc. 
Chief constituent. A volatile oil (resembling oil of mustard). 

Preparation. 
Syrupus Allii (20 per cent.) 1 -9°-3-75 Cc. 3^-i. 

Action. 

Carminative, antiseptic, stimulant, irritant, expectorant, diaphoretic, 

diuretic. 

Use. 

This is a very unimportant therapeutic agent. 

SCILLA. 

Squill. 

The bulb of the Urgi?iea Maritima (Nat. ord., Liliacece). This is 
inodorous ; taste mucilaginous, bitter, and acrid. 
Habitat. Mediterranean coasts. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 359 

Chief constituents. Scillipicrin, scillitoxin (or scillain), and scillin. 

Scillipicrin occurs as an amorphous, yellowish-white, very hygro- 
scopic powder; very soluble. 

Scillain (or scillitoxin) occurs as a colorless or yellowish, bulky 
powder, which forms a red solution with hydrochloric acid. 

Preparations. 

Scilla (powdered) 0.06 -0.12 Gm. gr. i-ij. 

Extractum Scillae Fluidum 0.06 -0.12 Cc. TTLi-ij. 

Acetum Scillae (to per cent.) .... 0.30 -1 25 Cc. TTLv-xx. 
Tinctura Scillae (15 per cent.) . . .0.30-1.25 Cc. TTLv-xx. 
Syrupus Scillae (acetum 45 per cent.) 0.95 -3.75 Cc. TTLxv-gi. 
Syrupus Scillae Compositus .... 0.30 -1.25 Cc. TTLv-xx. 

Scillain 0.001-0.002 Gm gr. ik—so- 

# Scillipicrin 0.001-0.002 Gm. gr. eV-io. 

Syrupus Scillae Compositus (Hive syrup) contains fluid extract 
of squill 8, fluid extract of senega 8, and tartar emetic J part in 100 
parts. 

Action. 

Squill has an irritant action causing nausea and vomiting, through its 
influence on the gastric mucous membrane ; causing catharsis, and in- 
flammation of the bowels when large doses are given. It acts as an irritant 
along the lines of elimination, causing increased secretion of urine ; or, 
after a large dose, bloody urine, or suppression of urine. It causes in- 
creased secretion of the bronchial mucous membrane. Its action upon the 
heart and circulation resembles that of digitalis. 

Scillain resembles digitalis in action, both on the heart and kidneys, 
hence the diuretic action of squill is due both to increased secretion, and 
to increased arterial tension. 

The action of scillipicrin is not so well determined. It is said to be 
diuretic, and depressant to the heart's action. 

Use. 

In sub-acute or chronic bronchitis squills may be used as a stimulating 
expectorant. As such it is, however, an inferior remedy. It may be 
combined with digitalis in the treatment of organic heart disease, or in 
certain dropsical conditions. As a domestic remedy the compound syrup 
is used to produce nausea, or emesis, in the treatment of spasmodic croup. 

Toxicology. 

An over-dose of squill will cause not only nausea and vomiting, but 
purging, bloody stools, gastro-enteritis, dysuria, followed by suppression of 



360 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

urine, acute nephritis, etc. There will also occur stupor and convulsions 
preceding death. 

Treatment. — The free use of diluents, and of cardiac stimulants. 
Further treatment should be symptomatic. 

COLCHICI RADIX. 
Root of Colchicum. Meadow saffron. 

The corm of Colchicum autumnale (Nat. ord. , Liliacece.*) Inodorous; 
taste sweetish, bitter, and somewhat acrid. 

Habitat. Europe, and Northern Africa. 

Chief constituent. Colchicin, C n H 23 N0 6 , which is an amorphous pow- 
der, of a light-yellow color, with a faint odor, and an intensely bitter 
taste. Soluble in water and alcohol ; sparingly soluble in ether. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Colchici Radicis 0.03-0.12 Gm. gr. ^-ij. 

Extractum Colchici Radicis Fluidum . 0.12-0.30 Cc. TTUj-v. 
Vinum Colchici Radicis (40 per cent.) . 0.60-1.90 Cc. TTLx-xxx. 
# Colchicin 0.0005-0.001 Gm. gr. tw-fV. 

Action. 
Colchicum acts as an irritant in the alimentary canal, causing nausea, 
vomiting, and purging when given in full doses. By its action on the liver 
it increases the secretion of bile. It increases the action of the sweat 
glands. It is supposed to have some action on the kidneys, but the nature 
of such action, if any exists, is not understood. Large doses cause paraly- 
sis of the peripheral sensory nerves, and of the spinal cord. The motor 
nerves are not affected. 

Use. 

Colchicum is almost a specific in the treatment of gout. It is also 
used in chronic rheumatic arthritis. 

Toxicology. 
The symptoms of poisoning are, nausea and vomiting, purging with 
mucous and bloody stools, marked abdominal pain, and tenesmus. Death 
results from exhaustion, or paralysis of the respiratory centre, or of the 
heart. 

Treatment. — This consists in the free use of demulcents, and of cardiac 
and respiratory stimulants, hypodermatically. Other treatment should be 
symptomatic. 

COLCHICI SEMEN. 

Seeds of Colchicum. 

The seeds of Colchicum autumnale (Nat. ord., Liliacece). Inodorous; 
taste bitter, and somewhat acrid. 



the vegetable kingdom. 361 

Preparations. 

Extractum Colchici Seminis Fluidum . . 0.12-0.30 Cc. TTl ij-v. 
Tinctura Colchici Seminis (15 percent.) . 0.90-1.90 Cc. Til xv-xxx. 
Vinum Colchici Seminis (15 per cent.) . 0.90-1.90 Cc. TTl xv-xxx. 

Action, Use and Toxicology. 
The same as for the root of colchicum. See p. 360. 

ALOE BARBADENSIS. 

Barbadoes Aloes. 

The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe vera (Nat. ord. Liliacece). 
This occurs in hard, orange-brown masses, having a saffron-like odor, and 
a bitter taste. 

Habitat. Barbadoes. 

Chief constituent. Aloin (known as barbaloin). 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of purified aloes. See p. 362. 

ALOE SOCOTRINA. 

Socotrine Aloes. 

The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe Perryi (Nat. ord. Liliacece). 
This occurs in hard, yellowish-brown masses, having a saffron-like odor, 
and a bitter taste. 

Habitat. Socotra. 

Chief constituent. Aloin (known as socaloin). 

Preparation. 
Extractum Aloes 0.03-0 30 Gm. gr. j4~y- 

Action and Use. 
The same as that of purified aloes. See p. 362. 

ALOE PURIFICATA. 

Purified Aloes. 

This is obtained from socotrine aloes, by treating it with alcohol to 
free the drug of leaves, wood, stones, pieces of skin, and other extraneous 
matters which are always present in the crude aloes. The product is in 
irregular, brittle pieces of a dull brown or reddish-brown color, having 
the characteristic odor of socotrine aloes. 



362 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Colocynthidis Com- 

positum (50 per cent.) . o .12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v. 



Pilulae Aloes 

Pinnae Aloes et Asafcetidae 

Pilulae Aloes et Ferri 

Pilulae Aloes et Mastiches 

Pilulae Aloes et Myrrhae 

Pilulae Rhei Compositae 

Tinctura Aloes (10 per cent.) 

Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhae (10 per cent.) 



= .13 Gm. gr. ij. ( 
= .09 Gm. gr. \y 2 . 
= .07 Gm. gr. i. 
= .13 Gm. gr. ij. 
= .13 Gm. gr. ij. 
r=.io Gm gr. 1*4. 
.90-7.50 Cc. 3^-ij. 
.90-7 50 Cc. 3^-ij. 



Tinctura Benzoini Composita (2 per cent.). 0.60-1.90 Cc. T^x-xxx. 

Action. 

Through its bitter properties aloes increases the secretion of bile; 
also the gastric, and intestinal secretion. In the presence of bile it is a 
slow-acting purgative, affecting chiefly the lower part of the bowel. It 
cause some irritation in the lower bowel and tends to produce congestion 
of the pelvic organs. 

Use. 

As shown by the official preparations, aloes is seldom used alone. - It 
is combined with other laxatives to secure action upon the lower part of 
the bowel. It is combined with iron for use in amenorrhoea, the action 
of the aloes tending to cause congestion of the pelvic organs, and thus 
helping to restore normal menstruation. 

ALOINUM. 

Aloin. 

This is a neutral principle obtained from several species of aloes, 
chiefly Barbadoes aloes (yielding Barbaloin), and Socotrine aloes (yield- 
ing Socaloin), differing more or less in chemical composition and physi- 
cal properties according to the source from which it is derived. It 
occurs in minute, acicular crystals, or as a micro-crystalline powder, 
varying in color from yellow to yellowish-brown ; odorless, or possessing 
a slight odor of aloes, with a characteristic, bitter taste, and a neutral 
reaction. Soluble, at 15 C, in about 60 parts of water, and in 20 to 30 
parts of alcohol. 

Dose: 0.01-012 Gm. gr. J^-ij. 

Action. 

As this is the active principle of aloes, its action is the same as that 
described under purified aloes. 



the vegetable kingdom. 363 

Use. 

Aloin is seldom used alone. It is a common ingredient in pills used 
in the treatment of chronic constipation. 

CALAMUS. 
Sweet Flag. 

The rhizome of Acorus Calamus (Nat. ord., Aroidece). 
It has an aromatic odor, and a strong, pungent taste. 
Habitat. North America, Europe, and Asia. 
Chief constituents. A volatile oil, and a bitter principle. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Calami Fluidum 0.30-0.95 Cc. TTLv-xv. 

Action. 
Carminative. 

Use. 
This is an unimportant therapeutic agent. It may be used to relieve 

flatulence. 

TRITICUM. 

Couch Grass. 

The rhizome of Agropyrum repens (Nat. ord., Graminece), gathered in 
the spring, and deprived of its rootlets This is inodorous, with a sweet- 
ish taste. 

Habitat. Europe. North America. 

Chief constituents. Triticin, and sugar. 

Preparations. 
Extractum Tritici Fluidum 3-75 _ 7'5° Cc. 3! — ij. 

Action. 
Diuretic, demulcent. 

Use. 

Triticum has been pushed upon the market, of late, as a useful diuretic 
in acute inflammatory diseases of the urinary tract. 

Cane Sugar. 

The refined sugar obtained from Saccharum officinarum and from 
various species or varieties of Sorghum (Nat. ord., Graminece), also from 
one or more varieties of Beta vulgaris (Nat. ord., Chenopodiacece). 

It is odorless and has a sweetish taste. 

Action. 
Nutritive, diuretic, laxative. 



364 outlines of materia medica and pharmacology. 

Use. 
It is used pharmaceutical^, in making syrups, etc. 

ZEA. 

Corn Silk. 

The styles and stygmas of Zea mays (Nat. ord., Gramineoz). 

Inodorous ; taste sweetish. 

Habitat. Tropical, and Subtropical America. 

Chief constituent. Maizenic acid. 

Preparation. 
Extractum Zeae Fluidum 1.90—3. 75 Gm. gss-j 

Action. 
Diuretic, demulcent. 

Use. 

It may be used when diuretics are required in acute inflammatory dis- 
eases of the urinary tract. 

AMYLUM. 
Starch. 

The fecula of the seed of Zea Mays (Nat. ord. Graminece). It 
occurs in irregular, angular masses, which are easily reduced to a fine 
powder. White, inodorous and tasteless ; insoluble in alcohol, or cold 
water. When boiled with water it yields a white jelly. 

Composition. — This is a carbohydrate. Its composition is C 6 H 10 O 5 . By 
hydrolysis it is converted into a gummy principle, dextrine and glucose ; 
by fermentation it is converted into alcohol and carbon-dioxide. 

Preparation. 
Glyceritum Amyli (10 per cent.) For external use. 

Action. 

Nutritive, demulcent. 

Use. 

Externally, starch is used as a protectant dusting powder, and as a 
vehicle for drugs to be used as dusting powders, in certain skin diseases, 
etc. By enema it is used for its soothing, and protectant action, in the 
treatment of dysentery, etc. 

OTHER STARCHES. 
Avena Farina. Oatmeal. A grayish-white meal. 
Sago. Pearl Sago. From the East Indies. Pearl-like grains, light 
or brownish. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 365 

Tapioca. Cassava Starch. From South America. White, irregular 
lumps. 

Arrow-root. From the West Indies. A white powder, or small, 
pulverulent masses. 

LYCOPODIUM. 

The spores of the lycopodium clavatum (Nat. ord., Lycopodiacece). 

This is, as a fine powder, pale-yellowish, very mobile ; inodorous, taste- 
less, floating upon the water and not wetted by it, and burning quickly 
when thrown into a flame. 

Habitat. North America, Europe, and Asia. 

Chief constituents. A fixed, and volatile oils. 

Action. 
A protective, and non-adhesive. 

Use. 
It may be used as a dusting powder, on excoriated surfaces. 

ASPIDIUM. 
Male Fern. Filix Mas. 

The rhizome of Dryopteris Filix-mas and of Dryopteris marginalis 
(Nat. ord., Filices). It has a slight but disagreeable odor ; the taste is 
sweetish, acrid, and nauseous. 

Habitat. United States, Europe, Asia. 

Chief constituents. Filicic acid, fixed and volatile oils, resins, and tan- 
nic acid. 

Preparation. 

Oleoresina Aspidii • . . 1.90-3.75 Cc. 3^2-j. 

Action. 
That of an anthelmintic. 

Use. 

This, while a disagreeable drug to take, is one of the most efficient in 
use, to cause the expulsion of tapeworm from the intestinal canal. 

ERGOTA. 
Ergot. 

The Sclerotium of Cleviceps purpurea (Nat. ord., Fungi, Asco7nycetes), 
replacing the grain of rye. Secale cereale. The odor is heavy, and 
unpleasant ; the taste oily, and disagreeable. 

Ergot should be only moderately dried. It should be preserved in a 
close vessel, and a few drops of chloroform should be dropped upon it from 
time to time to prevent the development of insects. More than one year 
old it is unfit for use. 



366 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

Habitat. In the inflorescence of Secale cereale, and other grasses. 
Chief constituents. Not well determined. 

Preparations. 

Extractum Ergotae 0.30-1.25 Gra. gr. v-xx 

Extraction Ergotae Fluidum 0.60-3.75 Cc. Ttix-^i 

Vinum Ergotae (15 per cent.) .... 3.75-7.50 Cc. ^i.-ij 
Ergotin 0.12-0.30 Gm. gr. ij-v 

Action. 

The action of ergot, through the nervous system, causes contraction of 
involuntary muscular fibres throughout the body — contraction of arteries 
and of the arterioles; contraction of the uterus; contraction of the 
bladder; contraction of the intestinal muscular coat, etc. Through con- 
traction of the arterioles ergot tends to arrest hemorrhage from these 
vessels; to diminish chronic congestion of the spinal cord, etc. Through 
contraction of the uterus it causes expulsion of the uterine contents, or, 
in case of uterine fibroids, it impairs the nutrition of these abnormal 
growths and tends to reduce their size or to cause their destruction. 
Through contraction of the bladder it may overcome incontinence of 
urine, or retention of urine due to atony of the muscular coat of this 
organ. Through contraction of the intestinal muscular coat it may relieve 
chronic constipation. Through its combined action upon the intesti- 
nal muscular coat, and upon the arterial system, it may relieve certain 
forms of diarrhoea. There is increased blood-pressure, due in part to the 
action of ergot upon the arterial walls, in part to contraction of the 
internal viscera. There is slowing of the heart's action through stimula- 
tion of its inhibitory apparatus. There may be paralysis, or convulsions, 
due to impaired nutrition of the nervous system, the result of arterial 
contraction. 

The long-continued use of ergot may give rise to ergotis7ti. Of this 
there are two forms, (1) the gangrenous, (2) the convulsive form. The first 
is due to the persistent arterial contraction interfering with the nutrition 
of a part. The second is due to the persistent arterial contraction inter- 
fering with the nutrition of nervous centres. 

The uterine contractions are clonic after small doses, tonic after large 
doses. 

Use. 

Ergot may be used to arrest hemorrhages from small vessels ; to arrest, 
or prevent post-partum hemorrhage, or to arrest hemorrhage in the treat- 
ment of menorrhagia. 

It may be used to aid in the expulsion of the foetus when there is defic- 
ient uterine contraction provided the os is fully dilated and there is no ob- 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 367 

struction to rapid delivery. It maybe used to cause the reduction in size, 
or expulsion, of uterine fibroids. 

It may be used to control incontinence, or retention, of urine when due 
to atony, or reflex paralysis of the bladder. It may be used in chronic 
congestion, or chronic inflammation of the spinal cord, or its meninges. 

Toxicology. 

This is not apt to follow the therapeutic use of the drug, but in cer- 
tain European countries the accidental presence of ergot in the bread 
may cause ergotism. As already stated, there are two forms of ergotism : 
(i) the gangrenous ; (2) the convulsive form The symptoms of the 
gangrenous form are those of ordinary dry gangrene, viz. : the part takes 
on a dark hue and becomes cold ; there may be symptoms of local 
inflammation with intense pain in the part, the pain subsiding when the 
gangrene becomes complete ; or the part may shrivel up without any 
local signs of inflammation. 

The symptoms of the convulsive form of ergotism are those of irrita- 
tion and paralysis of sensory nerves, viz., itching, tingling, and formica- 
tion ; sensation of numbness and local anaesthesia, followed by tonic 
muscular contractions throughout the extremities. 

Treatment. — Stop the supply of ergot, and treat symptoms. 

$ USTILAGO. 
Corn-smut. Corn-ergot. 

A fungus growth, the Ustilago maydis (Nat. ord. Fungi, sEcidiomy- 
cetes), upon Zea mays, more particularly upon the inflorescence. 

It has a disagreeable odor and taste. 

It consists of blackish, irregular, roundish masses, enveloping innum- 
erable spores. 

Dose : 0.95-1.90 Gm. gr. xv-xxx. 

Action. 
The same as that of ergot. See p. 366. 

Use. 
It may be used as a substitute for ergot. 

* AGARICUS ALBUS. 

White Agaric. Touchwood. Spunk. Tinder. Purging agaric. 
The fungus Polyporus officinalis (Nat. ord. Fungi, Hymenomycetes). 
Habitat. Asia, and Europe (on the larch J. 
Chief constituent. Agaricin. 



368 OUTLINES OF MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACOLOGY. 

<i> AGARICINUM. C 16 H 30 O 5 ,H 2 O. 

Agaricin. 

This is a white, lustrous powder ; sparingly soluble in cold water ; 
soluble in 10 parts of warm water. 
Dose: 0.02-0.03 Gm.gr. y$-}£. 

Action. 

The action of agaricin is not fully determined. It checks the sweat- 
ing which accompanies wasting diseases, as well as that due to the use of 
the synthetical antipyretics. 

Use. 

It may be used to check abnormal sweating. 

FUNGUS MUSCARIUS. 
Fly Fungus. 

The fungus Agaricus Muscarius (Nat. ord. Fungi, Hymenomycetes). 

Habitat. Europe. 

Chief constituent. Muscarine. 

$ MUSCARINUM. C 5 H ]5 N0 3 . 
Muscarine. 

This is a hygroscopic, crystalline substance, soluble in water and in 
alcohol. 

Dose: (Muscarine Nitras) 0.02-0.03 Gin- gr. yi-%. 

Action. 

Muscarine resembles physostigmine in its action upon unstriped mus- 
cular fibres, and upon secretion. It is a powerful poison, and a physio- 
logical antidote to atropine. 

Use. 

It may be used to check the sweating due to debility. It may be of 
possible benefit in pulmonary congestion, or pulmonary hemorrhages. It 
may be used as an adjunct in the treatment of chronic constipation. 

CETRARIA. 

Iceland Moss. 

The entire lichen Cetraria islandica (Nat. ord., Lichenes). 

It is long, foliaceous, irregularly branched into fringed and channelled 
lobes, brownish above, whitish beneath, and marked with small depressed 
spots ; brittle and odorless ; when softened in water, cartilaginous, and 
having a slight odor ; its taste is mucilaginous and bitter. 

Habitat. The Northern Hemisphere. 

Chief constituents. Lichenin and isolichenin, cetraric acid, etc. 



the vegetable kingdom. 369 

Preparation. 
Decoctum Cetrarise 15.00-60.00 Cc. §^-ij. 

Action. 
Demulcent, nutritive, tonic. 

Use. 

It may be used as a nutrient when digestion is weak. It may also be 
used as a demulcent in diseases of the pharynx, or larynx, or of the intes- 
tinal canal. 

CHONDRUS. 
Irish Moss. Carragheen. 

The Chondrus crispus and Chondrus mammilosus (Nat. ord., Algce). 

It is yellowish or white, horny, translucent ; many times forked ; 
when softened in water, cartilaginous. It has a slight sea-weed odor, and 
a mucilaginous, somewhat saline taste. 

Habitat. Atlantic Ocean. 

Chief constituents. Mucilaginous compounds, with traces of bro- 
mides, iodides, etc. 

Dose : Ad libitum. 

Action. 

Demulcent, nutrient, tonic. 

Use. 

Irish moss is used as a food when other food cannot be borne. It is 
also used as a demulcent in irritable states of the larynx, or of the intesti- 
nal canal. 
24 



INDEX 



Page 
A 

Abbreviations . 14, 15, 26 

Abortifacients 28 

Absinthium 293 

Absorbent cotton 237 

Absorbents 28 

Acacia 259 

Aceta 19 

Acetanilidum 205 

Acetic Ether 176 

Acetum 38 

Acids, General Action of 32 

Acidum Aceticum 37 

Arsenosum 105 

Benzoicum « 298 

Boricum 41 

Camphoricum 336 

Carbolicum 187 

Carbolicum Crudum 189 

Cathartic 254 

Chrysophanicum 258, 327 

Chromicum 115 

Citricum 40 

Cubebic 329 

Gallicum 345 

Hydriodicum (syrup) 156 

Hydrobromicum Dilutum ... 151 

Hydrochloricum . 34 

Hydrocyanicum Dilutum ... 38 

Hypophosphorosum Dilutum . . 37 

Lacticum . 41 

Meconic 228 

Murialicum 34 

Nitricum 33 

Nitro Hydrochloricum .... 35 

Oleicum • 42 

Phosphoricum 36 

Prussic 38 

Pyrogallicum 192 

Salicylicum 197 

Stearicum .... 43 

Sulphuricum 35 

Sulphurosum 142 

Tannicum 344 

Tartaricum 40 

Aconitina 224 

370 



Page 

Aconitum 223 

Action, Physiological 27 

Adeps 213 

Benzoinatus 214 

Lanse Hydrosus 218 

Adhesive Plaster . . 350 

Adjuvant 25 

Administration of Drugs 22 

Adonidin . . . 223 

./Ether 174 

Aceticus 176 

Agaricinum 368 

Agaricus Albus 367 

Muscarius 368 

Albolene . j6o 

Alcohol 161 

Ale 166 

Alkaloidea 19 

Allium 358 

Allspice 272 

Almond, Bitter 264 

Sweet 263 

Aloe Barbadensis 361 

Purificata 361 

Socotrina 361 

Aloinum 362 

Alteratives 28 

Althaea 237 

Alum 74 

Alumen 74 

Alumini Hydras 74 

Sulphas 75 

Aluminum 73 

American Hellebore 356 

Valerian 352 

Worm Seed 325 

Ammonia 62 

Aqua 62 

Aqua Fortior 62 

Linimentum 63 

Spiritus 63 

Spiritus Aromaticus 64 

Ammoniac 281 

Ammonii Acetas (liquor) 66 

Benzoas 299 

Bromidum 149 



INDEX. 



371 



Page 

Ammonii Carbonas 64 

Chloridum 66 

Iodidum 155 

Nitras 67 

Valerianas 289 

Ammonium 62 

Alum 126 

Amygdala Amara 264 

Dulcis 263 

Amyl Nitris 185 

Amylene Hydras 184 

Amylum 364 

Anaesthetics 28 

Analgesics 28 

Anaphrodisiacs 28 

Anemonin 223 

Anhidroses 29 

Animal Charcoal 136 

Anise, Star 225 

Anisum 276 

Anodyne 28 

Hoffman's 176 

Antacids 29 

Antagonism 29 

Anthelmintics 29 

Anthemis 295 

Antiemetics 29 

Anthrarobinum . . . • 208 

Antifebrin 205 

Antihydrotics 29 

Antimonii et Potassii Tartras . ... no 

Oxidum Ill 

Sulphidum ill 

Sulphidum Purificatum .... Ill 

Sulphuratum 112 

Antimony 109 

Antiperiodics 29 

Antiphlogistics 29 

Antipyretics 29 

Antipyrin 207 

Antiseptics 29 

Antisialics 29 

Antispasmodics • . . 29 

Antisyphilitics 29 

Antizymotics 29 

Aperients 29 

Aphrodisiacs 29 

Apiol 280 

Apium 279 

Apocynum 301 

Apomorphina 223 

Apothecaries' Measure 14 

Weight 14 

Aqua Ammoniae ' . . 63 

Ammonite Fortior 63 

Amygdalae Amarae 264 

Anisi 277 

Aurantii Florum 247 

Camphorae . 336 

Chlori 145 

Chloroformi 170 



Page 

Aqua Cinnamomi 333 

Creosoti 195 

Fceniculi 277 

Hydrogenii Dioxidi 134 

Menthae Piperitae 320 

Menthae Viridis 321 

Rosae 266 

' Rosas Fortior 266 

Aquae 19 

Arbutin 297 

Argenti Cyanidum 86 

Iodidum 85 

Nitras 84 

Nitras Dilutus 84 

Nitras Fusus 84 

Oxidum 85 

Argentum 83 

Aristol 173 

Arnica 292 

Aromatics 29 

Arrow Poison 302 

Arsenic 105 

Arseni Iodidum 107 

Arsenous Acid 105 

Asafoetida 280 

Asclepias 303 

Aspidium 365 

Aspidosperma 302 

Astringents 29 

Atropina 309 

Sulphas 310 

Aurantium 246 

Aurii et Sodii Chloridum 133 

Avena Farina 364 

B 

Bael Fruit 246, 247 

Baking Soda 56 

Balm 323 

Balsamum Copaibae 261 

Peruvianum 261 

Tolutanum 262 

Barbadoes Aloes 361 

Barbaloin 361 

Barii Chloridum 72 

Dioxidum 72 

Iodidum 73 

Barium 72 

Basham's Mixture 122 

Basilicon Ointment 350 

Bay Oil 270 

Bear Berry 297 

Beer 166 

Bees-wax • 211 

Bela 246 

Belladonna Folia 309 

Radix • 309 

Benne Oil 319 

Benzinum • . . 158 

Benzoic Acid 298 

Benzoinum 298 



372 



INDEX. 



Page 

Benzonaphtol 193 

Benzosol 197 

Berberine 221 

Bergamot Oil 248 

Beta-naphtol . . 193 

Betol 203 

Betula Oil 200 

Birch, Sweet 200 

Bird Pepper 316 

Bismuthi Citras 113 

Et Ammonii Citras 1 13 

Subcarbonas 113 

Subgallas 114 

Subnitras 1 12 

Bismuthum 112 

Bitters 29 

Bitter Sweet 315 

Blackberry 267 

Black Cohosh 220 

Black Drop 229 

Black Haw 282 

Black Mustard 220 

Black Pepper 330 

Black Snake Root 220 

Blanchard's Pills 127 

Bland's Pills 122 

Blood .216 

Blood Root 233 

Blue Cohosh 227 

Blue Flag 354 

Blue Gum 269 

Blue Ointment 93 

Blue Pill 92 

Blue Pyoktanin 194 

Blue Vitriol 82 

Borax 56 

Boric Acid 41 

Boroglyceride 1 61 

Brandy 164 

Brayera 267 

Brimstone 138 

Bromism 147 

Bromoformum 170 

Bromol 190 

Bromum 146 

Broom 255 

Brown Mixture 253 

Bryonia 274 

Buchu 244 

Buckthorn 250 

Burdock 291 

Burgundy Pitch 352 

Butternut 343 

Butyl Chloral Hydrate 182 

C 

Cacao 240 

Caffeina 288 

Cajuput 

Calabar Bean 257 

Calamus 363 



Page 

Calcii Bromidum 149 

Carbonas Praecipitatus .... 69 

Chloridum 70 

Hydras 6^ 

Hypophosphis io3 

Phosphas Praecipitatus .... 7 

Sulphas Exsiccatus 7 1 

Calcined Magnesia 76 

Calcium 67 

Calendula 296 

California Buckthorn 251 

Calomel 94 

Calumba . 225 

Calx 68 

Chlorata 146 

Sulphurata 140 

Cambogia 236 

Camphora 335 

Camphora Monobromata 337 

Canada Balsam . . . 351 

Hemp 301 

Turpentine 351 

Cane Sugar 363 

Cannabis Indica 342 

Can quoin's Paste 81 

Cantharis 210 

Caoutchouc 339 

Capsicum 316 

Capsula 22 

Caraway 278 

Carbo Animalis 136 

Animalis Purificatus 136 

Ligm" 136 

Carbolic Acid 187 

Carbon ,, . . 136 

Carbon Compounds 157 

Disulphide 137 

Cardamom 353 

Carminatives ....*••... 29 

Carragheen 369 

Carron Oil 69 

Carum 278 

Caryophyllus 271 

Cascara Sagrada 251 

Cascarilla 339 

Cassia 256 

Castanea 346 

Castile Soap 301 

Castor Oil . 339 

Catechu 260 

Cathartic Acid 254 

Pills, Compound 275 

Pills, Vegetable 275 

Cathartics 29 

Caulophyllum 227 

Caustic, Lunar 84 

Mitigated 84 

Potash 45 

Soda 54 

Caustics 29 

Cayenne Pepper 316 



373 



Page 

Celandine 234 

Celery 279 

Centigrade Scale 18 

Ceratum Camphorae 336 

Cantharidis 210 

Plumbi Subacetatis ...... 87 

Resinae , 350 

Ceylon Cinnamon 332 

Cera Alba 211 

Flava 211 

Cerata 19 

Cerii Oxalas 75 

Cetaceum 213 

Cetraria 368 

Chalk Mixture 69 

Chalybeate Pills 122 

Chamomile 295 

German 294 

Champagne 166 

Charcoal 136 

Charta 19 

Potassii Nitratis 52 

Sinapis 235 

Cheken 271 

Chelidonium 234 

Chenopodium 325 

Cherry, Wild 262 

Chestnut 346 

Chili Pepper 316 

Chimaphila 297 

Chinese Cinnamon 333 

Chirata 307 

Chloral 181 

Chloral Hydrate 181 

Chloralamide 183 

Chlorinated Lime 146 

Chlorine 145 

Chloroformum 167 

Chlorum 145 

Cholagogues 29 

Chondrus 369 

Chromum 1 14 

Chrysophanic Acid 258, 327 

Chrysarobinum 258 

Churchill's Tincture of Iodine . . • 153 

Cimicifuga 220 

Cinchona 284 

Rubra 285 

Cinchonidinae Sulphas 288 

Cinchonina 287 

Cinchoninae Sulphas 288 

Cinnamon , 332, 333 

Citrine Ointment 100 

Clark's Rule 24 

Calssification of Drugs by Action . . 28 

Cloves 271 

Coal Tar 157 

Coca 241 

Cocainae Hydrochloras 242 

Cocillaha 249 

Coccus 209 



Page 

Codeina 232 

Cod Liver Oil 212 

Coffee 288 

Cohosh, black 220 

blue 227 

Colchicum Root 360 

Seed 360 

Collodia 19 

Collodium 238 

Colocynthis 275 

Columbo 225 

Colophony 350 

Commercial Weights 15 

Comparison of Weights 16 

Confectiones 19 

Conium 278 

Convallamarin 355 

Convallaria 355 

Convolvulin 308 

Copaiba 261 

Copper «... 82. 

Copperas 124 

Coriandrum 279 

Corn Silk 364 

Correctives 29 

Corrosive Sublimate 95, 

Cosmoline 160 

Coto 335 

Cotton 237, 239, 

Couch Grass 363 

Counter-irritants 29 

Court Plaster 212 

Cowling's Rule 24 

Cramp Bark 282 

Cream of Tartar 49 

Creolin 190 

Creosoti Carbonas 196 

Creosotal 196 

Creosotum 195 

Creta 69 

Crocus 354 

Croton Chloral 182 

Oil 340 

Cubeba 328 

Cubebic Acid 329 

Culver's Root 319 

Cumulative Action 28 

Cupri Arsenitis 108 

Sulphas 82 

Cuprum 82 

Cusso 267 

Cypripedium 352 

D 

Dandelion 290 

Daturine 312 

Deadly Night Shade 309 

Decocta 19 

Demulcents 30 

Deodorants 30 

Depilatories 30 



374 



INDEX. 



Page 

Depressants 30 

Depresso-motors 30 

Dermatol 114 

Detergents . . 30 

Diachylon Ointment 89 

Plaster 89 

Diaphoretics 30 

Digestants 30 

Digitalis 316 

Diluents . 30 

Direct Action » . . . . 28 

Disinfectants 30 

Diuretics 30 

Diuretin 203 

Domestic Measures 16 

Donovan's Solution 108 

Dosage 23 

Dose 24 

Dover's Powder 229 

Drastics . . . . 30 

Drugs Classified by Action .... 28 

Mode of Administration .... 22 

Duboisia 314 

Dulcamara 315 

E 

Ecbolics 30 

Elastica 339 

Elaterium ... 276 

Elder 282 

Elecampane 291 

Elixira 19 

Elixir Phosphori 102 

Emetics 30 

Emetine 283 

Emmenagogues 30 

Emollients 30 

Empirical Therapeutics 27 

Emplastra 20 

Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrar- 

gyro 94 

Arnicas 292 

Belladonnas 309 

Capsici 316 

Ferri 118 

Hydrargyri 93 

Ichthyocollae 212 

Opii 229 

Plumbi 89 

Resinae 350 

Saponis 301 

Emulsa 20 

Emulsum Ammoniaci 281 

Amygdalae 363 

Asafoetidae 281 

Chloroformi . * 170 

Enema 23 

Enteroclysis .... 23 

Epispastics 30 

Epsom Salts 77 

Ergota 365 



Page 

Erigeron Oil 293 

Eriodictyon 307 

Escharotics 30 

Eserine 257 

Ether 174 

Ethereal Oil 176 

Ethyl Bromide 179 

Chloride 178 

Iodide 180 

Oxide 174 

Eucalyptol . 269 

Eucalyptus 269 

Eucalyptus Amygdalina 270 

Euonymus 250 

Eupatorium 292 

Europhen 173 

Exalgine 206 

Excitants 30 

Excito Motors 30 

Expectorants 30 

Extracta 20 

Fluida 20 

F 

Fabiana „ . . . 315 

Fahrenheit Scale 18 

Fel Bovis 217 

Fennel 277 

Fern, Male 365 

Ferri Acetas 122 

Carbonas Saccharatus .... 121 

Chloridum 123 

Citras 128 

Et Ammonii Citras 128 

Et Ammonii Sulphas 126 

Et Ammonii Tartras 129 

Et Potassii Tartras 129 

Et Quininae Citras 129 

Et Quininae Citras Solubilis . . 129 

Et Strychnines Citras 130 

Hypophosphis 103 

Iodidum Saccharatum .... 126 

Lactas 127 

Oxidum Hydratum 120 

Oxidum Hydratum cum Mag- 
nesia . 120 

Phosphas Solubilis 130 

Pyrophosphas Solubilis .... 131 

Sulphas 124 

Sulphas Exsiccatus 124 

Sulphas Granulatus 125 

Valerianas 127 

Ferrum 117 

Dialyzatum 120 

Reductum 119 

Ficus 342 

Filix Mas 365 

Flag, Sweet 363 

Flaxseed 240 

Fly, Fungus 368 



375 



Page 

Fceniculum 277 

Flowers of Sulphur 138 

Fowler's Solution 105 

Foxglove 316 

Frangula 250 

Friar's Balsam 298 

Fumigations 23 

Fungus Muscarius 368 

G 

Galactagogues 30 

Galla 343 

Gallic Acid 345 

Gallo-tannic Acid 344 

Gamboge 236 

Garlic 358 

Gaulfheria, Oil of 200 

Gelatina 219 

Gelsemium 305 

Gentiana 306 

Geranium 243 

German Chamomile 294 

Germicides 30 

Ginger 353 

Glauber's Salt 58 

Glucosidea 20 

Gluside 207 

Glycerinum 160 

Glycerita 20, 161 

Glycyrrhiza , .... 253 

Goa Powder 258 

Gold and Sodium Chloride .... 133 

Golden Seal 220 

Gossypium 237, 239 

Goulard's Cerate 87 

Extract . < 87 

Granatum 273 

Gravity, Specific 17 

Gray Powder 92 

Green Hellebore 356 

Vitriol 124 

Griffith's Mixture 122 

Grindelia 292 

Guaiacol 196 

Benzoas 197 

Carbonas 196 

Guaiacum 243 

Guarana 251 

Gum Arabic 259 

Gun Cotton 238 

Gurjun 237 

Gypsum 71 

H 

Hsematoxylon 254 

Haemogallol 131,216 

Haemoglobin 216 

Haemol 217 

Haemostatics 30 

Hamamelis 268 

Hard Petrolatum 160 



Page 

Hard Soap 301 

Haschisch 342 

Hedeoma 322 

Hellebore, American 356 

Hemlock 278 

Hemp, Canadian 301 

Indian 342 

Henbane 313 

Hirudo 209 

Hive Syrup 359 

Hoffman's Anodyne 176 

Homatropina 311 

Honey 211 

Hops 341 

Horehound 322 

Humulus 341 

Huxham's Tincture • . 285 

Hydragogues 30 

Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum . 95 

Chloridum Mite 94 

Cyanidum 96 

Iodidum Flavum 96 

Iodidum Rubrum 97 

Nitras 99 

Oxidum Flavum 98 

Oxidum Rubrum 98 

Salicylas • • . 98 

Subsulphas Flavus 100 

Hydrargyrum 89 

Ammoniatum . . 99 

Cum Creta 92 

Tannicum Oxydulatum .... 97 

Hydrastina 221 

Hydrastininae Hydrochloras .... 222 

Hydrastis 220 

Hydriodic Acid (Syrup) 156 

Ether 180 

Hydrobromic Acid, diluted .... 151 

Ether 179 

Hydrocyanic Acid, diluted .... t>8 

Hydrogen Dioxide 1 34 

Dioxide, Solution 134 

Sulphide 140 

Hydronaphtol 193 

Hydroquinone 191 

Hydrous Wool Fat 218 

Hyoscin Hydrobromas 313 

Hyoscyamina 314 

Hyoscyamus 313 

Hypnal 183 

Hypnotics 30 

Hypodermatic Injection 22 

Tablets 22 

Hypodermoclysis . . 22 

Hypophosphites 103 

Hypophosphorous Acid, diluted . . 37 

I 

Iceland Moss 368 

Ichthyocolla 212 

Ichthyol 143 



376 



INDEX. 



Page 

Idiosyncrasy 28 

Illicium 225 

Incompatibles 31 

Indian Dye •'■•"... 220 

India Rubber . 339 

Indirect Action 28 

Inee 302 

Infusa , . . . . 20 

Inhalations 23 

Injections 23 

Inunction 23 

Inula 291 

Iodides 152 

Iodism 152 

lodoformum 171 

Iodol 172 

Iodum 151 

Ipecacuanha 283 

I»s 354 

Irish Moss 369 

Iron 117 

Alum 126 

Isinglass 211 

Ivy, Poison 253 

J 

Jaborandi 244 

Jalapa 307 

Jambul 272 

James' Powder . in 

Jamestown Weed 312 

Jervine 356 

Juglans 343 

Juniper Oil 347 

K 

Kamala 340 

Kava-Kava 331 

Kermes Mineral 112 

Kino 260 

Kola 239 

Kombe 302 

Kousso 267 

Krameria 236 

L 

Labarraque's Solution 146 

Lac Sulphur 139 

Lactic Acid ... 41 

Lactose 218 

Lactophosphate of Calcium (Syrup) . 105 

Lactophosphates 104 

Lactocarium 294 

Lanolin 218 

Lappa 291 

Lard ... 213 

Latin Words 26 

Laudanum 229 

Laughing Gas 135 

Lavender Oil 325 

Laxatives 31 



Page 

Lead 86 

Leech 209 

Lemon 247, 248 

Leptandra 319 

Leucomaines 19 

Lettuce 294 

Levant Wormseed 295 

Light Magnesia 76 

Lily of the Valley . 355 

Lime . . , 68 

Limonis 247, 248 

Linimenta 20 

Linimentum Ammoniae 64 

Belladonnae 309 

Calcis 69 

Camphorae 336 

Chloroformi 170 

Saponis 301 

Saponis Mollis 241 

Sinapis Compositum 235 

Terebinthinae 348 

Linseed 240 

Linum 240 

Liquid Paraffin 159 

Petrolatum 159 

Liquor Acidi Arsenosi 105 

Ammonii Acetatis 66 

Arseni et Hydrargyri Arsenitis . 108 

Calcis 68 

Ferri Acetatis 122 

Ferri Albuminati 131 

Ferri Chloridi 123 

Ferri Citras 128 

Ferri et Ammonia Acetatis . . 122 

Ferri Nitratis 124 

Ferri Subsulphatis 125 

Ferri Tersulphatis ...... 125 

Hydrargyri Nitratis 99 

Iodi Compositus . 1 53 

Magnesii Citratis 77 

Plumbi Subacetatis 87 

Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus . . 87 

Potassae 47 

Potassii Arsenitis 105 

Potassii Citratis 49 

Sodae 54 

Sodae Chloratae 146 

Sodii Arsenitis 108 

Sodii Silicatis 60 

Zinci Chloridi 81 

Liquores 20 

Liquorice 253 

Litharge 89 

Lithii Benzoas 299 

Bromidum 149 

Carbonas 61 

Citras 61 

Citras Effervescens 61 

Salicylas 201 

Lithium 60 

Lobelia 296 



INDEX. 



877 



Page 

Local Action 28 

Logwood 254 

Lugold's Solution 153 

Lunar Caustic 84 

Lupulinum . 341 

Lycopodium 365 

Lysol 190 

M 

Macis 332 

Magnesia 76 

Ponderosa 76 

Magnesii Carbon as 77 

Citras Effervescens 77 

Citras (Liquor) 77 

Sulphas 77 

Magnesium 75 

Male Fern 365 

Malt Extract 167 

Mandrake 227 

Mangani Dioxidum 132 

Sulphas 132 

Manganum 132 

Manna 300 

Marigold 296 

Marrubium 322 

Marshmallow 237 

Massa 20 

Copaib?e 261 

Ferri Carbonatis 121 

Hydrargyri 92 

Mastic 252 

Materia Medica 9 

Matico 330 

Matricaria 294 

Measure, Apothecaries' 14 

Domestic 16 

Metric 1 5 

Measuring Medicines 17 

Meconic Acid 228 

Mel 211 

Melissa 323 

Mellita 20 

Menispermum 226 

Mentha Piperita 319 

Viridis 321 

Menthol 320 

Mercury 89 

Methacetine 206 

Methyl Acetanilid 206 

Blue 194 

Chloride 178 

Salicylate 199 

Violet 194 

Methylene Bichloride 178 

Blue 194 

Chloride 178 

Metric System 14 

Tablets . 15 

Mezereum 337 

Microcidin 193 



Page 

Milk, Sugar of 218 

Sulphur 139 

Mindererus, Spirit of 66 

Mineral Acid (Action) 32 

Mistura 20 

Cretae 69 

Ferri Composita 122 

Glycyrrhizas Composita .... 253 

Rhei et Sodse 327 

Mitigated Stick 84 

Mode of Administering Drugs ... 22 

Monobromated Camphor 337 

Monsel's Solution 125 

Morphina « . . 229 

Morrhua, Oil of 212 

Morrhuol 213 

Moschus 215 

Moss, Iceland 368 

Irish 369 

Mountain Balm 307 

Mucilagines 21 

Muriatic Acid • • . . 24 

Muscarinum 368 

Musk 215 

Mustard 234 

Mutton Suet 218 

Mydriatics 31 

Myotics 31 

Myrcia, Oil of 270 

Myristica 331 

Myrrha 249 

N 

Naming of Preparations 13 

Naphtalinum 192 

Naphtalol 203 

Naphtol 193 

Naphtol Aristol 193 

Narcotics 31 

Narcotine 228 

Nitric Acid 33 

Nitrite of Amyl 185 

Nitrogen Monoxide 135 

Nitroglycerin 186 

Nitrohydrochloric Acid 35 

Nitromuriatic Acid 35 

Nitrous Ether (Spirits) 177 

Oxide 135 

Non -Official Preparations 13 

Nutgall 343 

Nutmeg 331 

Nux Vomica 303 

O 

Oak, White 343 

Oatmeal 364 

Official Preparations 9 

Olea 21 

Oleata 21 

Oleoresina 21 

Oleum ^Ethereum 176 



378 



INDEX. 



Page 

Oleum Amygdalae Amarae 264 

Amygdalae Expressum .... 265 

Anisi 276 

Aurantii Corticis 247 

Aurantii Florum ....... 247 

Bergamottae 248 

Betulae Volatile 200 

Cadini 347 

Cajuputi 273 

Cari 273 

Caryophylli 272 

Chenopodii 326 

Cinnamomi 333 

Copaibae 261 

Coriandri 279 

Cubebae 329 

Erigerontis 293 

Eucalypti 269 

Fceniculi • . 277 

Gaultheriae 200 

Gossypii Seminis 239 

Hedeomae 322 

Juniperi 347 

Lavandulae Florum 325 

Limonis 248 

Lini 241 

Menthae Piperitae 320 

Menthae Viridis 321 

Morrhuae 212 

Myrciae 270 

Myristicae 332 

Olivae 300 

Phosphoratum 102 

Picis Liquidae 351 

Pimentae 272 

Ricini 339 

Rosae 266 

Rosmarini 324 

Sabinae 346 

Santali 338 

Sassafras 334 

Sesami 319 

Sinapis Volatile 235 

Terebinthinae 348 

Theobromatis 240 

Thymi . . 324 

Tiglii 340 

Ointments 22 

Opium 228 

Orange 246, 247 

Oxgall 217 

Oxygen 134 

Oxytocics 31 

P 

Pale Rose 266 

Palliatives 31 

Pancreatinum 215 

Papayotin 274 

Paraffin Jelly 1 60 

Para Rubber 339 



Page 

Para Coto 335 

Paraldehydum 180 

Paregoric 229 

Pareira 226 

Parsley 280 

Pelletierine 273 

Pennyroyal 322 

Pepo 275 

Pepper, Black 330 

Cayenne 316 

Peppermint 319 

Pepsinum . 214 

Peruvian Balsam 261 

Petrolatum 159 

Liquidum . 159 

Molle 160 

Spissum 160 

Petroleum Benzin 158 

Petrolinum 280 

Pharmacy 9 

Pharmacodynamics 9 

Pharmacology 9 

Pharmacognosy 9 

Phenacetin 206 

Phenol 187 

Phenyl Salicylate 202 

Phosphorated Oil 102 

Phosphoric Acid 36 

Phosphorus -ioo 

Physiological Action 27 

Physostigma 257 

Physostigmina 257 

Phytolacca Fructus 326 

Radix 326 

Pichi 315 

Picrotoxinum 227 

Pilocarpinae Hydrochloras 245 

Pilocarpus 244 

Pilulae 21 

Aloes 362 

Aloes et Asafcetidae ...... 362 

Aloes et Ferri 362 

Aloes et Mastiches 362 

Aloes et Myrrhse 362 

Asafoetidae 280 

Catharticae Compositae .... 275 

Catharticae Vegetabiles . . . . 275 

Ferri Carbonatis 122 

Ferri Iodidi 126 

Opii 229 

Phosphori 109 

Rhei 327 

Rhei Compositae 327 

Pimenta 272 

Pink-root 306 

Piper 330 

Piperazine 204 

Piperinum 330 

Pipsissewa 297 

Pix Burgundica 352 

Liquida 35° 



INDEX. 



379 



Page 

Plaster-of-Paris 71 

Plasters 20 

Pleurisy- root 303 

Plumbi Acetas 87 

Carbonas 89 

Iodidura 88 

Nitras 88 

Oxidum 89 

Plumbum 86 

Podophyllum 227 

Poison Ivy 253 

Nut 303 

Poke-berry 326 

Pomegranate 273 

Porter 166 

Potassa 45 

cum Calce 46 

Liquor 47 

Sulphurata 141 

Potassii Acetatis 48 

Bicarbonas 48 

Bichromas 1 14 

Bitartras 49 

Bromidum I48 

Carbonas 47 

Chloras 51 

Citras 49 

Citras Effervescens 49 

Cyanidum 39 

et Sodii Tartras 50 

Ferrocyanidum 45 

Hypophosphis 104 

Iodidum I53 

Nitras 52 

Permanganas 132 

Sulphas 50 

Potassium 44 

Powders 21 

Precipitate, Red 98 

White 98 

Yellow 98 

Preparations 9 

Dropped 11 

Naming of 13 

New 10 

Prepared Chalk 69 

Prescription Writing 24 

Prickly Ash 243 

Primary Action 28 

Prinos 

Prophylactics 31 

Protectives 31 

Prunum 263 

Prunus Virginians 262 

Prussic Acid 38 

Pulsatilla 222 

Pulveres 21 

Pulvis Antimonialis 1 1 1 

Cretee Compositus 69 

Effervescens Compositus ... 50 

Glycyrrhizse Compositus ... 255 



Page 

Pulvis Ipecacuanhas et Opii .... 229 

Jalapae Compositus 308 

Morphinae Compositus .... 230 

Rhei Compositus 327 

Pumpkin 275 

Punk 367 

Purgatives 31 

Purging Cassia 256 

Purified Aloes 361 

Pustulants 31 

Pyrethrum 290 

Pyrogallic Acid 192 

Pyrogallol 192 

Pyroxilinum 238 

Q 

Quaker Button 303 

Quassia 248 

Quebracho 302 

Quercus Alba 343 

Quevenne's Iron 119 

Quick Lime 68 

Quick Silver 89 

Quillaja 265 

Quinidinae Sulphas 287 

Quinina 285 

Bisulphas 286 

Hydrobromas 286 

Hydrochloras 286 

Sulphas 286 

Valerianas 286 

R 

Raspberry 267 

Rectal Medication 23 

Red Cinchona 285 

Gum 270 

Pepper 316 

Precipitate 98 

Saunders 254 

Wine 165 

Reduced Iron 1 19 

Refrigerants 31 

Remote Action 28 

Resina 350 

Resinae 21 

Resorcinum 191 

Rhamnus Purshiana 251 

Rhatany 236 

Rheum , 327 

Rhigolene 159 

Rhubarb 327 

Rhus Glabra 252 

Toxicodendron 253 

Rochelle Salt 50 

Rosa Centifolia 266 

Damascena . 266 

Gallica 265 

Rosemary Oil 324 

Rosin 350 

Rottleria 340 



380 



INDEX. 



Page 

Rubber 339 

Rubefacients 30, 31 

Rubijervine 356 

Rubus 267 

Idaeus 267 

Rules for Dosage 24 

Rumex 328 

S 

Sabina 346 

Saccharin 207 

Saccharum 363 

Lactis 218 

Saffron 354 

Sage 323 

Sago 364 

Saigon Cinnamon ^33 

Sal Ammoniac 66 

Saleratus 48, 56 

Salicinum 201 

Salicylates 199 

Salicyl Bromanilide 206 

Salicylic Acid 197 

Salinaphtol 203 

Saline Purgatives 31 

Salipyrin 207 

Salol 202 

Salophen 203 

Sal Prunelle 52 

Salt 54 

Saltpetre 52, 59 

Salvia 323 

Sal Volatile 65 

Sambucus 282 

Sandal Wood Oil 338 

Sanguinaria 233 

Sanguis 216 

Santal Oil 338 

Santalum Rubrum 254 

Santonica 295 

Santoninum 295 

Sapo 301 

Mollis 241 

Saponin 265 

Sarsaparilla 355 

Sassafras 334 

Medulla 334 

Saunders, Red 254 

Savine 346 

Scammonium 308 

Scilla 358 

Scoparius 255 

Scutellaria 323 

Secondary Action 28 

Sedatives . 31 

Seidlitz Powders 50 

Selective Action 28 

Senega 235 

Senna 254 

Serpentaria 328 

Sesame Oil 319 



Page 

Sevum 218 

Sialagogues 31 

Silicatis, Liquor Sodii 60 

Silver 83 

Sinapis Alba 234 

Nigra 234 

Skull Cap 323 

Slaked Lime 68 

Slippery Elm 341 

Snake Root 235 

Black 220 

Virginia 328 

Soap Bark 265 

Soap, Hard 301 

Soft 241 

Socaloin 361 

Socotrine Aloes 361 

Soda 54 

Chlorinated, Liquor 146 

Liquor 54 

Sodii Acetas 57 

Arsenas 108 

Benzoas 299 

Bicarbonas 56 

Bisulphis 143 

Boras 56 

Bromidum 148 

Carbonas 55 

Carbonas Exsiccatus -55 

Chloras 58 

Chloridum 54 

Ethylas 59 

Hypophosphis 104 

Hyposulphis 143 

Iodidum 154 

Nitras 59 

Nitris 187 

Phosphas 57 

Pyrophosphas 58 

Salicylas 200 

Silicatis Liquor 60 

Sulphas 58 

Sulphis 142 

Sulphocarbolas 189 

Sodio Theobromine Salicylas . . . 203 

Sodium 53 

Hydras 54 

Naphtol 193 

Soft Paraffin 160 

Petrolatum ., , . . 160 

Soap . 241 

Somnal . . . t 183 

Soporifics 31 

Sozoiodol 176 

Spanish Fly 210 

Sparteina Sulphas 256 

Spearmint 321 

Specific Gravity . . 17 

Specifics 31 

Spermaceti 213 

Spigelia 306 



INDEX. 



381 



Page 

Spiritus 21 

^Etheris 176 

iEtheris Compositus 176 

Ammonias 64 

Ammonias Aromaticus .... 65 

Amygdalae Amarae 264 

Anisi 277 

Aurantii 247 

Aurantii Compositus 247 

Camphorae 336 

Chloroformi 1 70 

Cinnamomi 333 

Frumenti 164 

Gaultheriae 200 

Glonoini 186 

Juniperi 347 

Juniperi Compositus 165 

Lavandulae 325 

Limonis 248 

Menthae Piperitae 320 

Menthae Viridis 321 

Mindererus 66 

Myrciae 271 

Myristicae v 332 

Phosphori 102 

Turpentine 348 

Vini Galiici 164 

Squills 358 

Staphisagria 223 

Star Anise 225 

Starch 364 

Stavesacre 223 

Stearic Acid 43 

Sternutatories 31 

Stillingia 338 

Stomachics 31 

Storax 268 

Stout 166 

Stramonii Folia 312 

Semen 313 

Strontii Bromidum 150 

Iodidum 155 

Lactas 71 

Strontium 71 

Strophanthus 302 

Strychnina 303 

Styptic Collodion 238 

Styptics 31 

Styrax 268 

Sudorifics 31 

Suet 218 

Sugar 363 

of Lead 87 

of Milk 218 

Sulphonal 184 

Sulphur 137 

Dioxidi 141 

Iodidum I40 

Lotum 138 

Praecipitatum 139 

Sublimatum 138 



Page 

Sulphurated Lime 140 

Potassa 141 

Sulphureted Hydrogen 140 

Sulphuric Acid 35 

Sulphurous Acid 142 

Sumach 252 

Sumbul 282 

Suppositoria 21 

Sweet Flag 363 

Oil 300 

Spirits of Nitre 177 

Sydenham's Laudanum 229 

Symbols 14 

Synergists 31 

Syrupi 21 

Syrupus Acaciae 259 

Acidi Citrici 40 

Acidi Hydriodici 156 

Aim 358 

Althaea 237 

Amygdalae 263 

Aurantii 246 

Aurantii Florum 247 

Calcii Lactophosphatis .... 105 

Calcis 69 

Ferri Iodidi 126 

Hypophosphitum 104 

Hypophosphitum cum Ferro . . 104 

Ipecacuanhas 283 

Kramerias 236 

Lactucarii 294 

Picis Liquidas 350 

Pruni Virginianae 263 

Rhei 327 

Rhei Aromaticus 327 

Rosas 266 

Rubi 267 

Rubi Idaeus 267 

Sarsaparillae 355 

Scillae 359 

Scillae Compositus 359 

Senegas 236 

Sennas 254 

Tolutanus 262 

Zingiberis 353 

T 

Tabacum 315 

Tablet Triturates 22 

Tamarindus 256 

Tanacetum 293 

Tannic Acid 344 

Tannin 344 

Tansy 293 

Tapioca 365 

Tar 350 

Taraxacum 290 

Tartar Emetic no 

Tea 288 

Teeth, Action of Acids on .... . 32 

Temperature Scale 18 



382 



INDEX. 



Page 

Terebenum 349 

Terebinthina 348 

Canadensis 351 

Terpini Hydras 349 

Tetronal 185 

Thebaine 228 

Theobroma 240 

Therapeutics 9 

Thiol 144 

Thorn Apple 312 

Thorough wort 292 

Thymol 324 

Tinctura 21 

Tinctura Herbarum Recentium ... 21 

Title, Change of Drug 12 

Tobacco 315 

Indian 296 

Tolerance 28 

Tolutanum Balsamum ....... 262 

Touchwood 367 

Toxicology 9 

Tragacantha 259 

Trikresol 189 

Trinitrin 186 

Trionae 185 

Triticum 363 

Triturationes 22 

Trochisci 22 

Trypsin 215 

Tully's Powder 230 

Turpentine 348 

Turpeth Mineral 100 

U 

Ulmus 341 

Unguenta . 22 

Unguentum Acidi Carbolici .... 187 

Acidi Tannici 344 

Aquae Rosas . 266 

Belladonnas 309 

Chrysarobini 259 

Diachylon 89 

Gallae , 344 

Hydrargyri ......... 93 

Hydrargyri Ammoniati .... 92 

Hydrargyri Nitratis 100 

Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi .... 92 

Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri . ... 92 

lodi . . _ 153 

Iodoformi 172 

Picis Liquidae 350 

Plumbi Carbonatis 89 

Potassii Iodidi 154 

Stramonii 313 

Sulphuris 139 

Veratrinae 358 

Zinc Oxide 79 

Uralium 

Ustilago 367 

Uva Ursi 297 



Page 
V 

Valeriana 289 

Vallet's Mass 121 

Vanilla 353 

Vaseline 160 

Vegetable Cathartic Pills 275 

Veratrina 357 

Veratrum Album 357 

Viride 356 

Vermicides 31 

Vermifuges 31 

Vesicants 31 

Viburnum Opulis 282 

Prunifolium 282 

Vienna Paste 46 

Vina 22 

Vinum Album -. . 165 

Antimonii no 

Colchici Radicis 360 

Colchici Seminis 361 

Ergotae 366 

Ferri Amarum 130 

Ferri Citras 128 

Ipecacuanhae 283 

Opii 229 

Rubrum 165 

Vinegar 38 

Virginia Snake Root 326 

Vitriol, Blue 82 

Green 82 

White 80 

W 

Washed Sulphur 138 

Washing Soda 55 

Waters 19 

Wax 211 

Weighing of Medicines 14 

Weight, Apothecaries' 14 

Commercial 15 

Metric 15 

Whiskey 164 

White Agaric 367 

Arsenic 105 

Hellebore 357 

Lead 89 

Mustard 234 

Oak 343 

Precipitate 99 

Vitriol 80 

Wax 211 

Wine 165 

Wild Cherry 262 

Wines 22 

Wintergreen (Chimaphila) 297 

Wintergreen Oil 200 

Witch Hazel 268 

Wolfsbane 223 

Wool Fat 218 

Worm Seed, Ameiican 325 

Levant 295 



INDEX. 



383 



Page 

Wormwood 293 

X 

Xantholylum 244 

Y 

Yellow Dock 328 

Gentian 306 

Jasmine 305 

"Precipitate 98 

Root 222 

Wax 211 

Verba Santa 307 

Young's Rule 24 



Page 

z 

Zea 364 

Zinci Acetas 80 

Bromidum 150 

Carbonas Prsecipitatus .... 79 

Chloridum 81 

Iodidum 155 

Oxidum 79 

Phosphidum 1021 

Sulphas 801 

Valerianas 290) 

Zincum 78! 

Zingiber 353 



CATALOGUE 
No. 1. ' 



READ "SPECIAL NOTE" BELOW. 

AUGUST, 1895. 



CATALOGUE 



Medical, Dental, 

Pharmaceutical, and Scientific Publications, 

WITH A SUBJECT INDEX, 

OF ALL BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 

P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO. 

(Successors to Lindsay & Blakiston), 

PUBLISHERS, IMPORTERS, AND BOOKSELLERS, 

1012 WALNUT ST., PHILADELPHIA. 



SPECIAL NOTE. 

The prices as given in this catalogue are absolutely net, no discount will 
be allowed retail purchasers under any consideration. This rule has been 
established in order that everyone will be treated alike, a general reduction in 
former prices having been made to meet previous retail discounts. Upon 
receipt of the advertised price any book will be forwarded by mail or express, 
all charges prepaid. 

We keep a large stock of Miscellaneous Books relating to Medicine and 
Allied Sciences, published in this country and abroad. Inquiries in regard to 
prices, date of edition, etc., will receive prompt attention. 



The following Catalogues sent free upon application: — 

CATALOGUE No. 1. — A complete list of the titles of all our publications on Medicine, 

Dentistry, Pharmacy, and Allied Sciences, with Classified 

Index. 
CATALOGUE No. 2. — Medical Books. Illustrated with portraits of prominent authors 

and figures from special books. 
CATALOGUE No. 3.— Pharmaceutical Books. 
CATALOGUE No. 4.— Books on Chemistry and Technology. 
CATALOGUE No. 5.— Books for Nurses and Lay Readers. 
CATALOGUE No. 6.— Books on Dentistry and Books used by Dental Students. 
CATALOGUE No. 7. — Books on Hygiene and Sanitary Science ; Including Water and 

Milk Analysis, Microscopy, Physical Education, Hospitals, etc. 
SPECIAL CIRCULARS.— Morris' Anatomy ; Gould's Medical Dictionaries ; Moullin's 

Surgery; Books on the Eye; The ? Quiz Compends? Series, 

Visiting Lists, etc. We can also furnish sample pages of 

many of our publications. 



P. Blakiston, Son & Co.'s publications may be had through booksellers in all the princi- 
pal cities of the United States and Canada, or any book will be sent by them, postpaid, upon 
receipt of the price. They will forward parcels by express, C. O. D., upon receiving a remittance 
of 25 per cent, of the amount ordered. Money should be remitted by express or post office 
money order, registered letter, or bank draft. 



THE PRICES OF ALL BOOKS ARE NET. 



CLASSIFIED LIST, WITH PRICES, 

OF ALL BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 

P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., PHILADELPHIA. 

When the price is not given below, the book is out of print or about to be published. 
Cloth binding, unless otherwise specified. For full descriptions see following Catalogue. 



ANATOMY. 
Ballou. Veterinary Anat. #0.80 

Campbell. Dissector. - 

Heath. Practical. 7th Ed. 4.25 
Holden. Dissector. Oil-cloth, 2.50 

Osteology. - - 5.25 

Landmarks. 4th Ed. 1.00 

Macalister's Text-Book. - 5.00 
Marshall's Phys. and Anat. 

Diagrams. $40.00 and 60.00 

Morris. Text Book of. 791 Illus. 

Clo , 6.00; Sh., 7.00; % Rus., 8.00 
Potter. Compend of. 5th 

Ed. 133 Illustrations. - .80 

Wilson's Anatomy, nth Ed. 5.00 

ANESTHETICS. 
Buxton. Anaesthetics. - 1.25 

Turnbull. 3d Ed. - 3.00 

BRAIN AND INSANITY. 
Blackburn. Autopsies. - 1.25 
Gowers. Diagnosis of Dis- 
eases of the Brain. 2d Ed. 1.50 
Horsley. Brain and S. Cord. 2.50 

Hyslop. Mental Physiology. 

Lewis (Bevan). Mental 

Diseases. ... 5.00 

Mann's Psychological Med. 3.00 
Regis. Mental Medicine. - 2.00 
Stearns. Mental Dis. Illus. 2.75 
Tuke. Dictionary of Psycho- 
logical Medicine. 2 Vols. 10.00 
Wood. Brain and Overwork. .40 

CHEMISTRY. 

See Technological Books, Water. 
Allen. Commercial Organic 

Analysis. 2d Ed. Volume I. 

— — . Volume II. - - 

Volume III. Part I. 

Volume III. Part II. 4.50 

Volume III. Part III. 

Diabetic Urine. - 2.25 

Bartley. Medical and Phar- 
maceutical. 3d Ed. - 2.75 

Bloxam's Text-Book. 8th Ed. 4.25 
Caldwell. Qualitative and 

Quantitative Analysis. - 1.50 
Clowes. Qual. Analysis. - 1.00 
Groves and Thorp. Chemi- 
cal Technology Vol. I. Fuels 5.00 

Vol. II. Lighting. - 4.00 

Holland. Urine, Gastric Con- 
tents, Poisons and Milk Anal- 
ysis. 5th Ed. - 1.00 
Leffmann's Compend. - .80 
— ^— Progressive Exercises. 1.00 

Milk Analysis. - - 1.25 

Muter. Pract. and Anal. 1.25 
Ramsay. Inorganic. Illus. 4.00 
Richter's Inorganic. 4th Ed. 1.75 

4-5o 
1-25 



.60 
.50 
4-5o 
2.00 
1.50 
2.00 
2.00 



Organic. 2d Ed 
Smith. Electro-Chem. Anal, 
Smith and Keller. Experi 

ments. 2d Ed. Illus. 
Stammer. Chem. Problems. 
Sutton. Volumetric Anal. 
Symonds. Manual of. 
Trimble. Analytical. - 
Watts. (Fowne's) Inorg. 

(Fowne's) Organ. 

Woody. Essentials of. 4th Ed. 

CHILDREN. 
Goodhart and Starr. - 2.50 
Hale. Care of. - .50 

Hatfield. Compend of. .80 

Meigs. Infant Feeding and 

Milk Analysis. - .50 

Money. Treatment of. - 2.50 

Muskett. Treatment of. 1.25 

Power. Surgical Diseases of. 2.50 



Starr. Digestive Organs of. $2.00 
Hygiene of the Nursery. 1. 00 

CLINICAL CHARTS. 
Griffiths. Graphic. Pads. .50 
Temperature Charts. " .50 

COMPENDS 
And The Quiz- Commends. 
Ballou. Veterinary Anat. 
Brubaker's Physiol. 7th Ed. 
Fox and Gould. The Eye. 
Hall. Pathology. Illus. 

Nose and Ear. 

Hatfield. Children. 
Horwitz. Surgery. 5th Ed. 
Hughes. Practice. 2 Pts. Ea. 
Landis. Obstetrics. 5th Ed. 
Leffmann's Chemistry. 4th Ed. 
Mason. Electricity. 
Potter's Anatomy, 5th Ed. 
Materia Medica. 6th Ed. 



Stewart, Pharmacy. 5th Ed. 
Warren. Dentistry. 2d Ed. 
Wells. Gynaecology. 

DEFORMITIES. 
Reeves. Bodily Deformities 
and their Treatment. Illus. 1.75 
DENTISTRY. 
Barrett. Dental Surg. - 1.00 

Blodgett. Dental Pathology. 1.25 
Flagg. Plastic Filling. - 4.00 

Fillebrown. Op. Dent. Illus. 2.25 
G^rgas. Dental Medicine. 4.00 
Harris. Principles and Prac. 6.00 

Dictionary of. 5th Ed. 4.50 

Heath. Dis. of Jaws. - 4.50 

Lectures on Jaws. Bds. .50 

Richardson. Mech. Dent. 4.00 
Sewell. Dental Surg. - 2.00 
Taft. Operative Dentistry. 3.00 

, Index of Dental Lit. 2.00 

Talbot. Irregularity of Teeth. 3.00 
Tomes. Dental Surgery. 4.00 

Dental Anatomy. 3.50 

Warren's Compend of. - .80 

Dental Prostheses and 

Metallurgy. Illus. - 1.25 

White. Mouth and Teeth. .40 

DICTIONARIES. 
Cleveland's Pocket Medical. .50 
Gould's Illustrated Dictionary 
of Medicine, Biology, and Al- 
lied Sciences, etc. Leather, 
Net, $10.00; Half Russia, 
Thumb Index, - Net, 12 00 
Gould's Medical Student's Dic- 
tionary. y 2 Lea., 2.75; l / 2 Mor. 
Thumb Index. - 3.50 

Gould's Pocket Dictionary. 
12,000 medical words. Lea., 
100: Thumb Index, - 1.25 
Harris' Dental. Clo. 4.50; Shp. 5.50 
Longley's Pronouncing. .75 

Maxwell. Terminologia Med- 
ica Polyglotta. - - 3.00 
Treves. German-English. 3.25 

EAR. 
Burnett. Hearing, etc. .40 

Dalby. Diseases of. 4th Ed. 2.50 
Hall. Compend. - - .80 

Hovell. Treatise on. - 5.00 

Pritchard. Diseases of. 1.25 

ELECTRICITY. 
Bigelow. Plain Talks on Medi- 
cal Electricity. 43 Illus. 1.00 
Mason's Electricity and its 

Medical and Surgical Uses. .75 
Steavenson & Jones. Medi- 
cal Electricity. Illus. - 



1.50 

3-5o 
3.5o 
1. 00 



2.50 



2. CO 



EYE. 
Arlt. Diseases of. - - $1.25 

Fick. Handbook of Dis. 

Fox and Gould. Compend. .80 
Gower's Ophthalmoscopy. 4.00 
Harlan. Eyesight. - .40 

Hartridge. Refraction. sthEd. 1.00 

Ophthalmoscope. - 1.25 

Hansell and Bell. Clinical 

Ophthalmology. 120 Illus. 1.50 

Higgins. Practical Manual. 

Macnamara. Diseases of. 

Meyer. Text-Book. 

Morton. Refraction. 4th Ed 

Phillips. Spectacles and Eye 
glasses. 47 Illus. 2d Ed. 

Swanzy's Handbook. 4th Ed, 
FEVERS. 

Collie, On Fevers. - 

HEADACHES. 

Day. Their Treatment, etc. 1.1 

HEALTH AND DOMESTIC 

MEDICINE. 

Bulkley. The Skin. 

Burnett. Hearing. 

Cohen. Throat and Voice. 

Dulles. Emergencies. 4th Ed 

Harlan. Eyesight. 

Hartshorne. Our Homes. 

Osgood. Dangers of Winter, 

Packard'. Sea Air, etc. 

Richardson's Long Life. 

Westland. The Wife and 

Mother. ... 1.50 

White. Mouth and Teeth. .40 

Wilson. Summer and its Dis. .43 

Wood. Overwork. - .40 

HEART. 

Sansom. Diseases of. - 6.00 
HYGIENE. 

Canfield. Hygiene of the Sick- 
Room. ... - 1.25 

Coplin and Bevan. Practi- 
cal Hygiene. Illus. - 3.^5 

Fox. Water, Air, Food. 3.50 

Kenwood. Public Health 
Laboratory Guide. - 2.00 

Lincoln. School Hygiene. .40 

McNeill. Epidemics and Iso- 
lation Hospitals. - - 3.50 

Parke's (E.) Hygiene. 8th Ed. 4.50 

(L. C.), Manual. 2.50 

Elements of Health. 1.25 

Starr. H ygiene of the Nursery. 1.00 
Stevenson and Murphy. A 

Treatise on Hygiene. In 3 . 
Vols. Circular Vol. 1, 6.00 
upon application. Vol. II, 
Vol. Ill, 
Wilson's Handbook. 7th Ed 
Weyl. Coal-Tar Colors, 

JOURNALS, Etc. 
Ophthalmic Review. 12 Nos. 3.00 
New Sydenham Society's 

Publications, each year. - 8.00 
KIDNEY DISEASES. 
Ralfe. Dis. of Kidney, etc. 2.00 
Thornton. Surg, of Kidney. 1.50 
Tyson. Bright's Disease 
and Diabetes, Illus. 

MASSAGE. 
Kleen and Hartwell. 
Murrell. Massage. 5th Ed. 
Ostrom. Massage. 87 Illus. 
MATERIA MEDICA 
Biddle. 13th Ed. Cloth, 
Bracken. Materia Med. 
Davis. Essentials of Materia 
Med. and Pres. Writing of. 1.50 



6.00 
5.00 
3-co 
1.25 



2.50 

2.25 
1.95 

1. 00 

4.00 



ALL PRICES ARE NET. 

CLASSIFIED LIST OF P. BLAKISTON, SON 6- CO.'S PUBLICATIONS. 



Gorgas. Dental. 5th Ed £4. ° 
Potter's Compend of. 5th Ed. .80 
Potter's Handbook of. Fifth 

Ed. Cloth, 4.00; Sheep, 5.00 

Sayre. Organic Materia Med. 

and Pharmacognosy. - 4.00 

White & Wilcox. Mat. Med., 

Pharmacy, Pharmacology, 

and Therapeutics. 2d Ed. 

Enlarged. Cloth, 2.75; Sh. 3.25 
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. 
Mann. Forensic Med. - 6.50 
Reese. Medical Jurisprudence 

&Toxicology,4thEd.3.oo;Sh. 3.50 

MICROSCOPE. 
Beale. How to Work with. 6.50 

In Medicine. - 6.50 

Carpenter. The Microscope. 

7th Ed. 800 Illus. - 5.50 

Lee. Vade Mecum of. - 4.00 
MacDonald. Examination of 

Water and Air by. - 2.50 

Reeves. Medical Microscopy. 

Illustrated. - - - 2.50 
Wethered. Medical Micros- 
copy. Illus. ... 2.00 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
Black. Micro-organisms. .75 

Burnet. Food and Dietaries. 1.50 
Davis. Text-book of Biology. 3.00 
Duckworth. On Gout. - 6.00 
Garrod. Rheumatism, etc. 5.00 
Gowers. Dynamics of Life. .75 
Haig. Uric Acid. - - 3.00 

Hare. Mediastinal Disease. 2.00 
Harris and Beale. Consump- 

Henry. Anaemia. - - .50 

Hilton. Rest and Pain - 2.50 
Leffmann. Coal Tar Products. 1.25 
Powell. Lungs, etc. - - 4.00 
Treves. Physical Education. .75 

NERVOUS DISEASES, Etc. 
Flower. Atlas of Nerves. 2.50 
Gowers. Manual of. 2d Ed. 

530 Illus. Vol. 1,3.00 ; Vol. 2,4.00 
Syphilis and the Nerv- 
ous System. - - - 1.00 

Diseases of Brain. 1.50 

Clinical Lectures. 

Horsley. Brain and Spinal 

Cord. Illus. --. 2.50 
Obersteiner. Central Nervous 

System. ... - 5.50 
Ormerod. Manual of. - 1.00 
Osier. Cerebral Palsies. 2.00 

Chorea - - 2.00 

Page. Injuries of Spine. £ 

Railway Injuries. - 2.25 

Thorburn. Surgery of the 

Spinal Cord. - 4.00 

Watson. Concussions. 1.00 

NURSING. 
Canfield. Hygiene of the Sick- 
Room. - - . 1.25 
Cullingworth. Manual of. .75 

Monthly Nursing. .40 

Domville's Manual. 7th Ed. .75 
Fullerton. Obst. Nursing. 1.25 

Nursing in Abdominal 

Surg, and Dis. of Women, 1.50 

Humphrey. Manual. 13th Ed. i.co 
Shawe. District Nursing. 1.00 
Starr. Hygiene of the Nursery. 1. 00 
Temperature Charts. - .50 

Voswinkel. Surg. Nursing. 1.00 

OBSTETRICS. 
Bar. Antiseptic Midwifery. 1.00 
Cazeauxand Tarnier. Text- 
Book of. Colored Plates. 4.50 
Davis. Obstetrics. Illus. 2.00 
Landis. Compend. 5th Ed. .80 
Schultze. Obstetric Diagrams. 

20 Plates, map size. Net, 26.00 
Strahan. Extra-Uterine Preg. .75 
Winckel's Text-book. 5.00 

PATHOLOGY & HISTOLOGY. 
Blackburn. Autopsies. 1.25 

Blodgett. Dental Pathology 1.25 
Gilliam. Essentials of. - .75 



Hall. Compend. Illus. - $0.80 
Stirling. Histology. 2d Ed. 2.00 
Virchow. Post-mortems. .75 

PHARMACY 
Beasley's Receipt-Book. - 2.00 

Formulary. - - 2.00 

Coblentz. Manual of Pharm. 3 50 
Proctor. Practical Pharm. 3.00 
Robinson. Latin Grammar of. 1.75 
Sayre. Organic Materia Med. 
and Pharmacognosy. - 4 00 

Scoville. Compounding. 

Stewart's Compend. 5th Ed. .80 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 7th 

Revision. CI. 2.50 ; Sh., 3.00 

Select Tables from U.S. P. .25 

White and Wilcox. Materia 

Medica and Phar. 2d Ed. 2.75 

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. 

Tyson's Manual. 2d Ed. Illus. 1.25 

PHYSIOLOGY. 
Brubaker's Compend. Illus- 
trated. 7th Ed. - - .80 
Kirkes' New 13th Ed. (Au- 
thor's Ed.) Cloth, 3.25; Sh., 4.00 
Landois' Text-book. 845 Illus- 
trations. 2 Vols. - - 7.00 
Starling. Elements of. - 1.00 

Stirling. Practical Phys. 

Tyson's Cell Doctrine. - 1.50 
Yeo's Manual. 254 Illustrations 
6th Ed. Cloth, 2.50 Sheep, 3.00 
POISONS. 
Murrell. Poisoning. - 1.00 
Reese. Toxicology. 3d Ed. 3.00 
Tanner. Memoranda of. .75 

PRACTICE. 
Beale. Slight Ailments. 1.25 

Charteris, Guide to. - 2.00 

Faggefs Practice. 2 Vols. 7.00 
Fowler's Dictionary of. - 3.00 
Hughes. Compend. 2 Pts. ea. .80 

Physicians' Edition. 

1 Vol. Morocco, Gilt edge. 2.25 
Roberts. Text-book. 9th Ed. 4.50 
Taylor's Manual of. - 2.00 

PRESCRIPTION BOOKS. 
Beasley's 3000 Prescriptions. 2.00 

Receipt Book. - 2.00 

Davis. Materia Medica and 



1.50 
•75 

•75 

3 00 

.40 

4.50 



Prescription Writing. - 
Pereira's Pocket-book. 
Wythe's Dose and Symptom 
Book. 17th Ed. - 
SKIN. 
Anderson's Text-Book. 
Bulkley. The Skin. 
Crocker. Dis. of Skin. Illus. 
Van Harlingen. Diagnosis 
and Treatment of Skin Dis. 

3d Ed. Illus. - - 

STIMULANTS & NARCOTICS. 
Lizars. On Tobacco. - .40 

Parrish. Inebriety. - 1.00 

SURGERY AND SURGICAL 

DISEASES. 
Caird and Cathcart. Surg- 

geon's Pocket-Book. Lea. 2.50 
Dulles. Emergencies. - 1.00 
Hacker. Wounds. - - .50 
Heath's Minor. 10th Ed. 1.25 

Diseases of Jaws. - 4.50 

Lectures on Jaws. .50 

Horwitz. Compend. 5th Ed. .80 
Jacobson. Operations of. - 3.00 
Macready on Ruptures - 6.00 
Moullin. Complete Text- 
book. 2d Ed. by Hamilton, 
600 Illustrations and Colored 



Plates. CI. 6.00; Sh. 

Porter's Surgeon's Pocket- 
book. - - Leather 

Smith. Abdominal Surg. 

Voswinkel. Surg. Nursing. 

Walsham. Practical Surg. 

Watson's Amputations. 
TECHNOLOGICAL BOOKS. 

Cameron. Oils & Varnishes. 2.25 

Soap and Candles. 2.00 



7.00 

2.00 
6.00 
1. 00 
2.75 
5-5° 



3-oo 
4 °° 
i-75 
1.25 
50 



Gardner. Brewing, etc. $1.50 
Gardner. Bleaching and 

Dyeing. - 1.50 

Groves and Thorp. Chemi- 
cal Technology. Vol. I. 
Mills on Fuels. - CI. 5.00 

Vol. II. Lighting. - 4.00 

Vol. III. Lighting Contin'd. 

j Overman. Mineralogy. - 1.00 

THERAPEUTICS. 
Allen, Harlan, Harte, Van 
Harlingen. Local Thera. 
Biddle. 13th Edition 
Field. Cathartics and Emetics. 
Mays. Therap. Forces. 

Theine ... 

Napheys' Therapeutics. Vol. 

1 Medical and Disease of 
Children. - Cloth, 4.00 

Vol. 2. Surgery, Gynaec. 

& Obstet. - Cloth, 4.00 

Potter's Compend. 5th Ed. .80 

, Handbook of. 4.00 ; Sh. 5.00 

Waring's Practical. 4th Ed. 2.co 
White and Wilcox. Mat. 
Med., Pharmacy, Pharmacol- 
ogy, and Thera. 2d Ed. 2.75 
THROAT AND NOSE. 
Cohen. Throat and Voice. .40 
Hall. Nose and Throat. - 2.50 

Nose and Ear. - .80 

Hutchinson. Nose&Throat. 

Mackenzie. Throat Hospital 

Pharmacopoeia. '5th Ed. 1.00 
McBride. Clinical Manual, 

Colored Plates. 2d Ed. - 6.00 
Murrell. Bronchitis. - 1.50 
Potter. Stammering, etc. 1.00 
Woakes. Post-Nasal Catarrh. 1.00 

TRANSACTIONS. 
Trans. College of Physicians. 3.50 

Assoc. Amer. Phys. 3.50 

URINE & URINARY ORGANS. 
Acton. Repro. Organs. 1.75 

Allen. Diabetic Urine. 2.25 

Beale. Urin. Deposits. Plates. 2.00 
Holland. The Urine, Milk and 

Common Poisons. 5th Ed. 1.00 
Legg. On Urine. 7th Ed. 1.00 
Marshall and Smith. Urine. 1.00 
Memminger. Diagnosis by 

the Urine. Illus. - - 1.00 
Moullin. The Prostate. - 1.50 
Thompson. Urinary Organs. 3.00 

Calculous Dis. 3d. Ed. .75 

Tyson. Exam, of Urine. 1.25 
Van Niiys. Urine Analysis. 1.00 

VENEREAL DISEASES. 
Cooper. Syphilis. 2d Ed. - 5.00 
Gowers. Syphilis and the 

Nervous System. - - 1.00 
Hill and Cooper's Manual. .75 
Jacobson. Diseases of Male 

Organs. Illustrated. - 6.00 

VETERINARY. 

Armatage. Vet. Rememb. 1.00 

Ballou. Anat. and Phys. .80 

Tuson. Pharmacopoeia. 2.25 

VISITING LISTS. 
Lindsay & Blakiston's Reg- 
ular Edition. 1.00 to 2.25 

Perpetual Ed. 1.25 to 1.50 

Monthly Ed. .75 to 1.00 

Send J or Circular, 

WATER. 
Fox. Water, Air, Food. 350 

Leffmann. Examination of. 1.25 
MacDonald. Examination of. 2.50 

WOMEN, DISEASES OF. 

Byford (H. T.). Manual. 

Byford(W. H.). Text-book. 2.00 
Diihrssen. Gynecological 

Practice. 105 Illustrations. 1.50 
Lewers. Dis. of Women. 2.co 
Wells. Compend. Illus. .80 

Winckel, by Parvin. Manual 

of. Illus. Cloth 3.00; Sh. 3 50 



IS* BASED ON RECENT MEDICAL LITERATURE. 

— 1 . 

Gould's Medical Dictionaries 

BY GEORGE M. GOULD, A.M., M.D., 

Ophthalmic Surgeon to the Philadelphia Hospital, Editor of "The Medical News." 



THE STANDARD MEDICAL REFERENCE BOOKS. 



The Illustrated Dictionary of Medicine, 
Biology, and Allied Sciences. 

INCLUDING THE PRONUNCIATION, ACCENTUATION, DERIVATION, AND DEFINITION 
OF THE TERMS USED IN MEDICINE AND THOSE SCIENCES COLLATERAL TO IT : 
BIOLOGY (ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY), CHEMISTRY, DENTISTRY, PHARMACOLOGY, 

microscopy, etc. With many Useful Tables and numerous Fine Illustra- 
tions. Large, Square Octavo. 1633 pages. 
Full Sheep, or Half Dark-Green Leather, $10.00; with Thumb Index, $11.00 
Half Russia, Thumb Index, $12.00 



The Student's Medical Dictionary. 

INCLUDING ALL THE WORDS AND PHRASES GENERALLY USED IN MEDICINE, WITH 
THEIR PROPER PRONUNCIATION AND DEFINITIONS, BASED ON RECENT MEDI- 
CAL literature. With Tables of the Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucomains, 
Ptomains, etc., of the Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Ganglia, -and Plexuses; 
Mineral Springs of the U. S., Vital Statistics, etc. Small Octavo. 520 
pages. Half Dark Leather, $2.75 ; Half Morocco, Thumb Index, $3.50 

" We know of but one true way to test the value of a dictionary, and that is to use it. We 
have used the volume before us, as much as opportunity would permit, and in our search have 
never suffered disappointment. The definitions are lucid and concise, and are framed in the 
terms supplied by the latest authoritative literature, rather than by purely philological method. 
Obsolete words are omitted, and this has made the dimensions of the book convenient and com- 
pact. In making a dictionary, the author confesses that he has found out the labor consists in 
eliminating the useless, rather than adding the superfluous. The value of the work before us 
is increased by the large number of useful reference tables in anatomy, ptomains, micrococci, 
etc." — The Physician and Surgeon, Ann Arbor. * 



The Pocket Pronouncing Medical Lexicon. 

12,000 WORDS PRONOUNCED AND DEFINED. 

Double the Number in any Other Similar Book. Containing all the Words, 
their Definition and Pronunciation, that the Student generally comes in con- 
tact with; also elaborate Tables of the Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Bacilli, 
etc., etc.; a Dose List in both English and Metric Systems, etc., arranged 
in a most convenient form for reference and memorizing. Thin 641110. 

Full Limp Leather, Gilt Edges, #1.00; Thumb Index, $1.25 



These books may be ordered through any bookseller, or upon receipt of 
price the publishers will deliver free to the purchaser's address. Full descriptive 
circulars and sample pages sent free upon application. 

40,000 COPIES OF GOULD'S DICTIONARIES HAVE BEEN SOLD. 

*** The Prices of all Books are absolutely Net. 



H^ All prices are net. No discount can be allowed retail purchasers. 

P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO.'S 
JVJedical and Scientific publications, 

No. 1012 Walnut St., Philadelphia. 



ACTON. The Functions and Disorders of the Reproductive Organs in Childhood, 
Youth, Adult Age and Advanced Life, considered in their Physiological, Social 
and Moral Relations. By Wm. Acton, m.d., m.r.c.s. 8th Edition. Cloth, $1.75 

ALLEN, HARLAN, HARTE, VAN HARLINGEN. Local Therapeutics. 

A Handbook of Local Therapeutics, being a practical description of all those 
agents used in the local treatment of diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose, Throat, 
Mouth, Skin, Vagina, Rectum, etc., such as Ointments, Plasters, Powders, 
Lotions, Inhalations, Suppositories, Bougies, Tampons, and the proper methods of 
preparing and applying them. By Harrison Allen, m.d., Laryngologist to the 
Rush Hospital for Consumption ; late Surgeon to the Philadelphia and St. 
Joseph's Hospitals. George C. Harlan, m.d., late Professor of Diseases of the 
Eye in the Philadelphia Polyclinic and College for Graduates in Medicine ; 
Surgeon to the Wills Eye Hospital, and Eye and Ear Department of the 
Pennsylvania Hospital. Richard H. Harte, m.d., Surgeon to the Episcopal 
and St. Mary's Hospital ; Ass't Surg. University Hospital ; and Arthur Van 
Harlingen, m.d., Professor of Diseases of the Skin in the Philadelphia Poly- 
clinic and College for Graduates in Medicine ; late Clinical Lecturer on Derma- 
tology in Jefferson Medical College ; Dermatologist to the Howard Hospital. 

In One Handsome Compact Volume. Cloth, $3.00 
ALLEN. Commercial Organic Analysis. A Treatise on the Modes of Assaying 
the Various Organic Chemicals and Products employed in the Arts, Manufactures, 
Medicine, etc., with Concise Methods for the Detection of Impurities, Adultera- 
tions, etc. Second Edition. Revised and Enlarged. By Alfred Allen, f.c.s. 
Vol. I. Alcohols, Ethers, Vegetable Acids. Starch, etc. Out of Print. 

Vol. II. Fixed Oils and Fats, Hydrocarbons and Mineral Oils, Phenols and 
their Derivatives, Coloring Matters, etc. Out of Print. 

Vol. Ill— Part I. Acid Derivatives of Phenols, Aromatic Acids, Tannins, 
Dyes, and Coloring Matters. 8vo. Out of Print. 

Vol. Ill — Part II. The Amines, Pyridine and its Hydrozines and Derivatives. 
The Antipyretics, etc. Vegetable Alkaloids, Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, etc. 8vo. 

Cloth, $4.50 
Vol. Ill— Part III. In Press. 

Chemical Analysis of Albuminous and Diabetic Urine. Illus. Cloth, $2.25 

ANDERSON. A Treatise on Skin Diseases. With special reference to Diagnosis 
and Treatment, and including an Analysis of 11,000 consecutive cases. By T. 
McCall Anderson, m.d., Professor of Clinical Medicine, University of Glasgow. 
With several Full-page Plates, two of which are Colored Lithographs, and nu- 
merous Wood Engravings. Octavo. 650 pages. Cloth, $3.00 ; Leather, $4.00 

ARLT. Diseases of the Eye. Clinical Studies on Diseases of the Eye. Including the 
Conjunctiva, Cornea and Sclerotic, Iris and Ciliary Body. By Dr. Ferd. Ritter 
von Arlt, University of Vienna. Authorized Translation by Lyman Ware, 
m.d., Surgeon to the Illinois Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary, Chicago. 
Illustrated. 8vo. Cloth, $1.25 

ARMATAGE. The Veterinarian's Pocket Remembrancer: being Concise 
Directions for the Treatment of Urgent or Rare Cases, embracing Semeiology, 
Diagnosis, Prognosis, Surgery, Treatment, etc. By George Armatage, m.r.c.v.s. 
Second Edition. 321110. Boards, $1.00 

5 



6 P. BLAKISTON, SON &* CO.'S 

BALLOU. Veterinary Anatomy and Physiology. By Wm. R. Ballou, m.d., 
Prof, of Equine Anatomy, New York College of Veterinary Surgeons, Physician 
to Bellevue Dispensary, and Lecturer on Genito-Urinary Surgery, New York 
Polyclinic, etc. With 29 Graphic Illustrations. i2mo. No. 12 ? Quiz-Compend? 
Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved, for the addition of Notes, $1.25 

BAR. Antiseptic Midwifery. The Principles of Antiseptic Methods Applied to 
Obstetric Practice. By Dr. Paul Bar, Obstetrician to, formerly Interne in, the 
Maternity Hospital, Paris. Authorized Translation by Henry D. Fry, m.d., 
with an Appendix by the author. Octavo. Cloth, $1.00 

BARRETT. Dental Surgery for General Practitioners and Students of Medicine 
and Dentistry. Extraction of Teeth, etc. By A. W. Barrett, m.d. Second 
Edition. Illustrated i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

BARTLEY. Medical and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Third Edition. A Text- 
book for Medical and Pharmaceutical Students. By E. H. Bartley, m.d., Pro- 
fessor of Chemistry and Toxicology at the Long Island College Hospital ; Dean 
and Professor of Chemistry, Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; President of the 
American Society of Public Analysts ; Chief Chemist, Board of Health, of 
Brooklyn, N. Y. Revised and Enlarged. With Illustrations. Glossary and 
Complete Index. i2mo. 684 pages. Cloth, $2.75 ; Leather, $3.25 

BEALE. On Slight Ailments ; their Nature and Treatment. By Lionel S. Beale, 
m.d., f.r.s., Professor of Practice, King's Medical College, London. Second 
Edition. Enlarged and Illustrated. 8vo. Cloth, $1.25 

The Use of the Microscope in Practical Medicine. For Students and 
Practitioners, with full directions for examining the various secretions, etc., 
in the Microscope. Fourth Edition. 500 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $6.50 

How to Work with the Microscope. A Complete Manual of Microscopical 
Manipulation, containing a full description of many new processes of 
investigation, with directions for examining objects under the highest 
powers, and for taking photographs of microscopic objects. Fifth Edition. 
Containing over 400 Illustrations, many of them colored. 8vo. Cloth, $6.50 

One Hundred Urinary Deposits, on eight sheets, for the Hospital, Labora- 
tory, or Surgery. New Edition. 4to. Paper, $2.00 

BEASLEY'S Book of Prescriptions. Containing over 3100 Prescriptions, collected 
from the Practice of the most Eminent Physicians and Surgeons — English, 
French, and American ;• a Compendious History of the Materia Medica, Lists of 
the Doses of all Officinal and Established Preparations, and an Index of Diseases 
and their Remedies. By Henry Beasley. Seventh Edition. Cloth, $2.00 

Druggists' General Receipt Book. Comprising a copious Veterinary Formu- 
lary ; Recipes in Patent and Proprietary Medicines, Druggists' Nostrums, 
etc.; Perfumery and Cosmetics ; Beverages, Dietetic Articles and Condi- 
ments ; Trade Chemicals, Scientific Processes, and an Appendix of Useful 
Tables. Tenth Edition. Revised. Just Ready. Cloth, $2.00 

Pocket Formulary and Synopsis of the British and Foreign Pharmacopoeias. 
Comprising Standard and Approved Formulae for the Preparations and 
Compounds Employed in Medical Practice. Eleventh Edition. Cloth, $2.00 

BIDDLE'S Materia Medica and Therapeutics. Including Dose List, Dietary for 
the Sick, Table of Parasites, and Memoranda of New Remedies. By Prof. 
John B. Biddle, m.d., Late Prof, of Materia Medica in Jefferson Medical College, 
Philadelphia. Thirteenth Edition, thoroughly revised in accordance with new 
U. S. P., by Clement Biddle, m.d., Assistant Surgeon, U. S. Navy. With 64 
Illustrations and a Clinical Index. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00 ; Sheep, $5.00 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 7 

BIGELOW. Plain Talks on Medical Electricity and Batteries, with a Thera- 
peutic Index and a Glossary. Prepared for Practitioners and Students of Medi- 
cine. By Horatio R. Bigelow, m.d., Fellow of the British Gynaecological 
Society ; of the American Electro-Therapeutic Association ; Member American 
Medical Association, etc. 43 Illus., and a Glossary. 2d Ed. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

BLACK. Micro-Organisms. The Formation of Poisons. A Biological study of 
the Germ Theory of Disease. By G. V. Black, m.d., d.d.s. Cloth, .75 

BLACKBURN. Autopsies. A Manual of Autopsies, Designed for the use of Hos- 
pitals for the Insane and other Public Institutions. By I. W. Blackburn, m.d., 
Pathologist to the Government Hospital for the Insane, Washington, D. C. With 
ten Full-page Plates and four other Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

BLODGETT'S Dental Pathology. By Albert N. Blodgett, m.d., Late Prof, of 
-Pathology and Therapeutics, Boston Dental Coll. 33 Illus. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

BLOXAM. Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. With Experiments. By 
Charles L. Bloxam. Edited by J. M. Thompson, Professor of Chemistry in 
King's College, London, and A. G. Bloxam, Head of the Chemistry Depart- 
ment, Goldsmiths' Institute, London. Eighth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. 
281 Engravings, 20 of which are new. 8vo. Cloth, $4.25 ; Leather, $5.25 

BRACKEN. Outlines of Materia Medica and Pharmacology. By H. M. 

Bracken, Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics and of Clinical 
Medicine, University of Minnesota. In Press. 

BRUBAKER. Physiology. A Compend of Physiology, specially adapted for the 
use of Students and Physicians. By A. P. Brubaker, m.d., Demonstrator of 
Physiology at Jefferson Medical College, Prof, of Physiology, Penn'a College of 
Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. Seventh Edition. Revised, Enlarged, and Illus- 
trated. No. 4,? Quiz- Compend? Series. i2mo. Cloth, .80 ; Interleaved, $1.25 

BTJLKLEY. The Skin in Health and Disease. By L. Duncan Bulkley, m.d., 
Attending Physician at the New York Hospital. Illustrated. Cloth, .40* 

BURNET. Foods and Dietaries. A Manual of Clinical Dietetics. By R. W. 
Burnet, m.d., m.r.c.p., Physician to the Great Northern Central Hospital. 
General Contents — Diet in Derangements of the Digestive, Nervous, and Res- 
piratory Organs; in Gout, Rheumatism, Anemia, Fevers, Obesity, etc.; in Dis- 
eases of Children, Alcoholism, etc. With Appendix on Predigested Foods and 
Invalid Cookery. Full directions as to hours of taking nourishment, quantity, 
etc., are given. Second Edition. i2mo. • Cloth, $1.50 

BURNETT. Hearing, and How to Keep It. By Chas. H. Burnett, m.d., Prof, 
of Diseases of the Ear at the Philadelphia Polyclinic. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 

BUXTON. On Anesthetics. A Manual. By Dudley Wilmot Buxton, m.r.c.s., 
m.r.c.p., Ass't to Prof, of Med., and Administrator of Anesthetics, University 
College Hospital, London. Second Edition, Enlarged and Illustrated. i2mo. 

Cloth, $1.25 

BYFORD. Diseases of Women. The Practice of Medicine and Surgery, as 
applied to the Diseases and Accidents Incident to Women. By W. H. Byford, 
a.m., m.d., Professor of Gynecology in Rush Medical College, etc., and Henry 
T. Byford, m.d., Surgeon to the Woman's Hospital of Chicago; Gynecologist 
to St. Luke's Hospital ; President Chicago Gynaecological Society, etc. Fourth 
Edition. Revised. 306 Illustrations, over 100 of which are original. Octavo. 

Cloth, $2.00; Leather, $2.50 

BYFORD. Manual of Gynecology. A Practical Student's Book. By Henry T. 
Byford, m.d., Surgeon to Woman's Hospital, Chicago, etc. With numerous 
Illustrations, many of which are from original drawings. Nearly Ready. 



P. BLAKISTON, SON &* CO.'S 



CAIRD AND CATHCART. Surgical Handbook. By F. M. Caird, f.r.c.s., and 
C. W. Cathcart, f.r.c.s. Fifth Edition, Revised. 188 Illustrations. i2mo. 
278 pages. Full Red Morocco, Gilt Edges, and Round Corners, $2.50 

CALDWELL. Chemical Analysis. Elements of Qualitative and Quantitative 
Chemical Analysis. By G. C. Caldwell, b.s., Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural 
and Analytical Chemistry in Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, etc. Third 
Edition. Revised and Enlarged, Octavo. Cloth, $1.50 

CAMERON, Oils and Varnishes. A Practical Handbook, by James Cameron 
f.i.c. With Illustrations, Formulas, Tables, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $2.25 

Soap and Candles. A New Handbook for Manufacturers, Chemists, Ana- 
lysts, etc. 54 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 

CAMPBELL. Outlines for Dissection. To be Used in Connection with Morris's 
Anatomy. By W. A. Campbell, m.d., Demonstrator of Anatomy, University 
of Michigan. Nearly Rmdy. 

C ANFIELD. Hygiene of the Sick-Room. A book for Nurses and others. Being 
a Brief Consideration of Asepsis, Antisepsis, Disinfection, Bacteriology, Immun- 
ity, Heating and Ventilation, and kindred subjects, for the use of Nurses and 
other Intelligent Women. By William Buckingham Canfield, a.m., m.d., 
Lecturer on Clinical Medicine and Chief of Chest Clinic, University of Mary- 
land, Physician to Bay View Hospital and Union Protestant Infirmary, Balti- 
more. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

CARPENTER. The Microscope and Its Revelations. By W. B. Carpenter, 
m.d., f.r.s. Seventh Edition. By Rev. Dr. Dallinger, f. r. s. Revised and 
Enlarged, with 800 Illustrations and many Lithographs. Octavo. 1100 Pages. 

Cloth, $5.50 

CAZEAUX and TARNIER'S Midwifery. With Appendix, by Munde. The 

Theory and Practice of Obstetrics, including the Diseases of Pregnancy and 
Parturition, Obstetrical Operations, etc. By P. Cazeaux. Remodeled and re- 
arranged, with revisions and additions, by S. Tarnier.m.d. Eighth American, 
from the Eighth French and First Italian Edition. Edited by Robert J. Hess, 
m.d., Physician to the Northern Dispensary, Phila., etc., with an Appendix by 
Paul F. Munde, m.d., Professor of Gynaecology at the New York Polyclinic. 
Illustrated by Chromo-Lithographs, Lithographs, and other Full-page Plates 
and numerous Wood Engravings. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50; Full Leather, $5.50 

CHARTERIS. Practice of Medicine. The Student's Guide. By M. Charteris, 
m.d., Professor of Therapeutics and Materia Medica, Glasgow University, etc. 
Sixth Edition, with Therapeutical Index and many Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00 

CLEVELAND'S Pocket Medical Dictionary. By C. H. Cleveland, m.d. Thirty- 
third Edition. Very small pocket size. Cloth, .50; Tucks with Pocket, .75 

CLOWES AND COLEMAN. Elementary Qualitative Analysis. Adapted for 
Use in the Laboratories of Schools and Colleges. By Frank Clowes, d.Sc, 
Professor of Chemistry, University College, Nottingham, and J. Bernard Cole- 
man, Demonstrator of Chemistry, Nottingham, England. Illus. Cloth, $1.00 

COBLENTZ. Manual of Pharmacy. A Text-Book for Students. By Virgil 
Coblentz, a.m., ph.g., PH.D., Professor of Theory and Practice of Pharmacy, 
Director of Pharmaceutical Laboratory, College of Pharmacy of the City of 
New York. 395 Illustrations. Octavo. 500 pages. Cloth, $3.50 

COHEN. The Throat and Voice. By J. Solis-Cohen, m.d. Illus. i2mo. Cloth, .40 

COLLIE, On Fevers. A Practical Treatise on Fevers, Their History, Etiology, 
Diagnosis, Prognosis, and Treatment. By Alexander Collie, m.d., m.r.c.p., 
Lond., Medical Officer of the Homerton and of the London Fever Hospitals. 
With Colored Plates. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 9 

COOPER. Syphilis. By Alfred Cooper, f.r.c.s., Senior Surgeon to St. Mark's 
Hospital ; late Surgeon to the London Lock Hospital, etc. Edited by Edward 
Cotterell, f.r.c.s., Surgeon London Lock Hospital, etc. Second Edition. 
Enlarged and Illustrated with 20 Full-page Plates containing many handsome 
Colored Figures. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 

COPLIN and BEVAN. Practical Hygiene. By W. M. L. Coplin, m.d., Adjunct 
Professor of Hygiene, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, and D. Bevan, 
m.d., Ass't Department of Hygiene, Jefferson Medical College; Bacteriologist, 
St. Agnes' Hospital, Philadelphia, with an Introduction by Prof. H. A. Hare, 
and articles on Plumbing, Ventilation, etc., by Mr. W. P. Lockington, Editor of 
the Architectural Era. 138 Illustrations, some of which are in colors. 8vo. 

Cloth, $3.25 

CROCKER. Diseases of the Skin. Their Description, Pathology, Diagnosis, and 
Treatment, with special reference to the Skin Eruptions of Children. By H. 
Radcliffe Crocker, m.d., Physician to the Dept. of Skin Diseases, University 
College Hospital, London. 92 Illustrations. Second Edition. Enlarged. 987 
pages. Octavo. Cloth, $4.50 

CTJLLINGWORTH. A Manual of Nursing, Medical and Surgical. By Charles 

J. Cullingworth, m.d., Physician to St. Thomas' Hospital, London. Third 

Revised Edition. With 18 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, .75 

A Manual for Monthly Nurses. Third Edition. 321110. Cloth, .40 

DALBY. Diseases and Injuries of the Ear. By Sir William B. Dalby, m.d., 
Aural Surgeon to St. George's Hospital, London. Illustrated. Fourth Edition. 
With 28 Wood Engravings and 7 Colored Plates. Cloth, $2.50 

DAVIS. Biology. An Elementary Treatise. By J. R. Ainsworth Davis, of 
University College, Aberystwyth, Wales. Thoroughly Illustrated. i2mo. $3.00 

DAVIS. A Manual of Obstetrics. Being a complete manual for Physicians and 
Students. By Edward P. Davis, m.d., Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of 
Infancy in the Philadelphia Polyclinic, Clinical Lecturer on Obstetrics, Jeffer- 
son Medical College ; Professor of Diseases of Children in Woman's Medical 
College, etc. Second Edition, Revised. With 16 Colored and other Lithograph 
Plates and 134 other Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 

DAVIS. Essentials of Materia Medica and Prescription Writing. By J. 

Aubrey Davis, m.d., Ass't Dem. of Obstetrics and Quiz Master in Materia 
Medica, University of Pennsylvania; Ass't Physician, Home for Crippled Chil- 
dren, Philadelphia. i2mo. $1.50 

DAY. On Headaches. The Nature, Causes, and Treatment of Headaches. By 
Wm. H. Day, m.d. Fourth Edition. Illustrated. 8vo. Cloth, $1.00 

DOMVILLE. Manual for Nurses and others engaged in attending to the sick. By 
Ed. J. Domville, m.d. Seventh Edition. Revised. With Recipes for Sick- 
room Cookery, etc. 12'mo. Cloth, .75 

DtJHRSSEN, A Manual of Gynecological Practice. By Dr. A. Duhrssen, 
Privat-docent in Midwifery and Gynecology in the University of Berlin. Trans- 
lated from the Fourth German Edition and Edited by John W. Taylor, f.r.c.s., 
Surgeon to the Birmingham and Midlands Hospital for Women ; Vice-President 
of the British Gynecological Society; and Frederick Edge, m.d., m.r.c.p., 
f.r.c.s., Surgeon to the Wolverhampton and District Hospital for Women. With 
105 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 

The book presents the subject of Gynecology in small compass. The work has 

gone rapidly through three editions, and has been translated into French, Italian, 

Russian, and Polish. 

DUCKWORTH. On Gout. Illustrated. A treatise on Gout. By Sir Dyce 
Duckworth, m.d. (Edin.), f.r.c.p., Physician to, and Lecturer on Clinical 
Medicine at, St. Bartholomew's Hospital, London. With Chromo-lithographs 
and Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.oo 



10 P. BLAKISTON, SON &* CO.'S 

DULLES. What to Do First, In Accidents and Poisoning. By C. W. Dulles, m.d. 
Fourth Edition, Enlarged, with new Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth. $1.00 

FAGGE. The Principles and Practice of Medicine. By C. Hilton Fagge, m.d., 
f.r.c.p. Edited by Philip H. Pye-Smith, m.d., Lect. on Medicine in Guy's Hos- 
pital. Including a Chapter on Cardiac Diseases, by Samuel Wilkes, m.d., f.r.s., 
and Complete Indexes by Robert Edmund Carrington. 2 vols. Royal 8vo. 

Cloth, $7.00; Leather, $9.00 ; Half Russia, $11.00 

FICK. Diseases of the Eye and Ophthalmoscopy. A Handbook for Physicians 
and Students. By Dr. Eugen Fick, University of Zurich. Authorized Transla- 
tion by A. B. Hale, m.d., Assistant to the Eye Department, Post-Graduate Medi- 
cal School, Chicago ; late Vol. Assistant, Imperial Eye Clinic, University of 
Kiel. With 157 Illustrations, many of which are in colors. In Press. 

FIELD. Evacuant Medication — Cathartics and Emetics. By Henry M. Field, 
m.d., Professor of Therapeutics, Dartmouth Medical College, Corporate Mem- 
ber Gynaecological Society of Boston, etc. i2mo. 288 pp. Cloth, $1.75 

FILLEBROWN. A Text-Book of Operative Dentistry. Written by invitation 
of the National Association of Dental Faculties. By Thomas Fillebrown, M.p., 
d.m.d., Professor of Operative Dentistry in the Dental School of Harvard Uni- 
versity ; Member of the American Dental Assoc, etc. Illus. 8vo. Clo., $2.25 

FLAGG. Plastics and Plastic Fillings, as pertaining to the filling of all Cavities 
of Decay in Teeth below medium in structure, and to difficult and inaccessible 
cavities in teeth of all grades of structure. By J. Foster Flagg, d.d.s., Professor 
of Dental Pathology in Philadelphia Dental College. Fourth Revised Edition. 
With many Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00 

FLOWER'S Diagrams of the Nerves of the Human Body. Exhibiting their 
Origin, Divisions and Connections, with their Distribution to the various Regions 
of the Cutaneous Surface and to all the Muscles. By William H. Flower, 
F.R.C.S., f.r.s. , Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy, and Conservator 
of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Third Edition, thoroughly 
revised. With six Large Folio Maps or Diagrams. 4to. Cloth, $2.50 

FOWLER'S Dictionary of Practical Medicine. By Various Writers. An Ency- 
clopedia of Medicine. Edited by James Kingston Fowler, m.a., m.d., f.r.c.p., 
Senior Asst. Physician to, and Lecturer on Pathological Anatomy at, the Mid- 
dlesex Hospital, London. 8vo. Cloth, $3.00 ; Half Morocco, $4.00 

FOX. Water, Air and Food. Sanitary Examinations of Water, Air and Food. 
By Cornelius B. Fox, m.d. iio Engravings. 2d Ed., Revised. Cloth, $3.50 

FOX AND GOULD. Compend on Diseases of the Eye and Refraction, 

including Treatment and Surgery. By L. Webster Fox, m.d., late Chief Clini- 
cal Assistant, Ophthalmological Department, Jefferson Medical College Hospital, 
etc., and Geo. M. Gould, m.d. Second Edition. Enlarged. 71 Illustrations and 
39 Formulae. Being No. 8, f Quiz- Compend f Series. 

Cloth, .80. Interleaved for the addition of notes, $1.25 
FTJLLERTON. Obstetrical Nursing. By Anna M. Fullerton, m.d., Demon- 
strator of Obstetrics in the Woman's Medical College ; Physician in charge 
of, and Obstetrician and Gynecologist to, the Woman's Hospital, Philadelphia, 
etc. 38 Illustrations. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
Nursing in Abdominal Surgery and Diseases of Women. Comprising the 
Regular Course of Instruction at the Training School of the Woman's 
Hospital, Philadelphia. Second Ed. 70 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 
GARDNER. The Brewer, Distiller and Wine Manufacturer. A Handbook for 
all Interested in the Manufacture and Trade of Alcohol and Its Compounds. 
Edited by John Gardner, f.c.s. Illustrated. Cloth, #1.50 

Bleaching, Dyeing, and Calico Printing. With Formulae. Illustrated. $1.50 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 11 

GARROD. On Rheumatism. A Treatise on Rheumatism and Rheumatic Arthritis. 
By Archibald Edward Garrod, m.a. (Oxon.), m.d., m.r.c.s. (Eng.), Asst. 
Physician, West London Hospital. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 

GILLIAM'S Pathology. The Essentials of Pathology ; a Handbook for Students. 
By D. Tod Gilliam, m.d., Professor of Physiology, Starling Medical College, 
Columbus, O. With 47 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, .75 

GOODHART and STARR'S Diseases of Children. The Student's Guide to the 
Diseases of Children. By J. F. Goodhart, m.d., f.r.c.p., Physician to Evelina 
Hospital for Children and to Guy's Hospital. Second American from the Third 
English Edition. Rearranged and Edited, with notes and additions, by Louis 
Starr, m.d., Clinical Professor of Diseases of Children in the University of 
Pennsylvania ; Physician to the Children's Hospital. With many new prescrip- 
tions. Cloth, #2.50 
GORGAS'S Dental Medicine. A Manual of Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 
By Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, m.d., d.d.s., Professor of the Principles of Dental 
Science, Dental Surgery and Dental Mechanism in the Dental Dep. of the Univ. 
of Maryland. Fifth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00 
GOULD. The Illustrated Dictionary of Medicine, Biology, and Allied Sciences. 
Being an Exhaustive Lexicon of Medicine and those Sciences Collateral to it : 
Biology (Zoology and Botany), Chemistry, Dentistry, Pharmacology, Microscopy, 
etc. By George M. Gould, m.d., Editor of The Medical News ; President 
American Academy of Medicine ; Ophthalmologist Philadelphia Hospital, etc. 
With many Useful Tables and numerous Fine Illustrations. Large, Square 
Octavo. 1633 pages. Full Sheep, or Half Dark-Green Leather, $10.00 

Half Russia, Thumb Index, $12.00 
The Medical Student's Dictionary. Including all the Words and Phrases 
generally used in Medicine, with their proper Pronunciation and Definitions, 
based on Recent Medical Literature. With Tables of the Bacilli, Micrococci, 
Leucomains, Ptomains, etc., of the Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Ganglia and 
Plexuses; Mineral Springs of U. S., Vital Statistics, etc. Small octavo, 520 
pages. Half Dark Leather, $2.75; Half Morocco, Thumb Index, $3.50 

The Pocket Pronouncing' Medical Lexicon. (12,000 Medical Words 
Pronounced and Denned.) A Students' Pronouncing Medical Lexicon. 
Containing all the Words, their Definition and Pronunciation, that the 
Student generally comes in contact with; also elaborate Tables of the 
Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Bacilli, etc., etc.; a Dose List in both English 
and Metric System, etc., arranged in a most convenient form for reference 
and memorizing. Just Ready. Thin 641110. (6 x 33^ inches.) 

Full Limp Leather, Gilt Edges, $1.00; Thumb Index, $1.25 
*** Sample pages and descriptive circular of Goidd's Dictionaries sent free upon 
application. See page 4. 

GRIFFITH'S Graphic Clinical Chart. Designed by J. P. Crozer Griffith, 
m.d., Instructor in Clinical Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania. Printed 
in three colors. Sample copies free. Put up in loose packages of 50, .50 

Price to Hospitals, 500 copies, $4.00; 1000 copies, $7.50. With name of Hos- 
pital printed on, 50 cents extra. 

GROVES AND THORP. Chemical Technology. A new and Complete Work. 
The Application of Chemistry to the Arts and Manufactures. Edited by 
Charles E. Groves, f.r.s., and Wm. Thorp, b.sc, f.i.c, assisted" by many 
experts. In about eight volumes, with numerous illustrations. Each volume 
sold separately. 

Vol. I. Fuel and Its Applications. 607 Illustrations and 4 Plates. Octavo. 

Cloth, #5.00; Half Morocco, #6.50 
Vol.11. Lighting. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, #4.00; Half Morocco, $5.50 
Vol. III. Lighting — Continued. In Press. 



12 P. BLAKISTON, SON &» CO.'S 

GOWERS. Manual of Diseases of the Nervous System. A Complete Text-book. 
By William R. Gowers, m.d., f.r.s., Prof. Clinical Medicine, University College, 
London. Physician to National Hospital for the Paralyzed and Epileptic. Second 
Edition. Revised, Enlarged and in many parts rewritten. With many new 
Illustrations. Two Volumes. Octavo. 

Vol. I. Diseases of the Nerves and Spinal Cord. 616 pages. Cloth, $3.00 

Vol. II. Diseases of the Brain and Cranial Nerves; General and 

Functional Diseases. 1069 pages. Cloth, $4.00 

Syphilis and the Nervous System. Being a revised reprint of the Lettso- 

mian Lectures for 1890, delivered before the Medical Society of London. 

i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

Diagnosis of Diseases of the Brain. 8vo. Second Ed. Illus. Cloth, $1.50 

Medical Ophthalmoscopy. A Manual and Atlas, with Colored Autotype and 

Lithographic Plates and Wood-cuts, comprising Original Illustrations of the 

changes of the Eye in Diseases of the Brain, Kidney, etc. Third Edition. 

Revised, with the assistance of R. Marcus Gunn, f.r.c.s., Surgeon, Royal 

London Ophthalmic Hospital, Moornelds. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00 

The Dynamics of Life. i2mo. Cloth, .75 

Clinical Lectures. A new volume of Essays on the Diagnosis, Treatment, 
etc., of Diseases of the Nervous System. In Press. 

HACKEE. Antiseptic Treatment of Wounds, Introduction to the, according to 
the Method in Use at Professor Billroth's Clinic, Vienna. By Dr. Victor R. v. 
Hacker, Assistant in the Clinic Billroth, Professor of Surgery, etc. Translated 
by Surgeon-Captain C. R. Kilkelly, m.b. i2mo. Cloth, .50 

HAIG. Causation of Disease by Uric Acid. A Contribution to the Pathology of 
High Arterial Tension, Headache, Epilepsy, Gout, Rheumatism, Diabetes, 
Bright's Disease, etc. By Alex. Haig, m.a., m.d. (Oxon)., f.r.c.p., Physician to 
Metropolitan Hospital, London. Illustrated. Second Editio7i. Cloth, $3.00 

HALE. On the Management of Children in Health and Disease. Cloth, .50 

HALL. Compend of General Pathology and Morbid Anatomy. By H. Newbery 
Hall, ph.g., m.d., Professor of Pathology and Medical Chemistry; Post-Graduate 
Medical School ; Surgeon to the Emergency Hospital, Chicago ; Chief Ear Clinic, 
Chicago Medical College, etc. With 91 Illustrations. No. 13 ? Quiz- Compend ? 
Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for Notes, #1.25 

Compend of Diseases of the Ear and Nose. Illustrated. No. 16 ? Quiz- 

Compend ? Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for Notes, $1.25 

HALL. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. By F. De Havilland Hall, m.d., 
F.R.C.P. (Lond.), Physician in charge Throat Department Westminster Hospital; 
Joint Lecturer on Principles and Practice of Medicine, Westminster Hospital 
Medical School, etc. Two Colored Plates and 59 Illus. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 

HANSELL and BELL. Clinical Ophthalmology, Illustrated. A Manual for 
Students and Physicians. By Howard F. Hansell, a.m., m.d., Lecturer on 
Ophthalmology in the Jefferson College Hospital, Philadelphia, etc., and James 
H. Bell, m.d., late Demonstrator of Anatomy in Jefferson Medical College; 
Member Ophthalmic Staff, Jefferson College Hospital; Ophthalmic Surgeon, 
Southwestern Hospital, Phila. With Colored Plate of Normal Fundus and 120 
Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 

HARE. Mediastinal Disease. The Pathology, Clinical History and Diagnosis of 
Affections of the Mediastinum other than those of the Heart and Aorta. By H. A. 
Hare, m.d. (Univ. of Pa.), Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in 
Jefferson Medical College, Phila. 8vo. Illustrated by Six Plates. Cloth, $2.00 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 13 

HARLAN. Eyesight, and How to Care for It. By George C. Harlan, m.d., 
Prof, of Diseases of the Eye, Philadelphia Polyclinic. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 
HARRIS'S Principles and Practice of Dentistry. Including Anatomy, Physi- 
ology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Dental Surgery and Mechanism. By Chapin A. 
Harris, m.d., d.d.s., late President of the Baltimore Dental College, author of 
"Dictionary of Medical Terminology and Dental Surgery." Twelfth Edition. 
Revised and Edited by Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a.m., m.d., d.d.s., author of 
"Dental Medicine;" Professor of the Principles of Dental Science, Dental 
Surgery and Dental Mechanism in the University of Maryland. 1086 Illustra- 
tions. 1225 pages. 8vo. Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00 
Dictionary of Dentistry. Fifth Edition, Revised. Including Definitions of 
such Words and Phrases of the Collateral Sciences as Pertain to the Art and 
Practice of Dentistry. Fifth Edition. Rewritten, Revised and Enlarged. 
By Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, m.d., d.d.s., Author of " Dental Medicine ; " 
Editor of Harris's "Principles and Practice of Dentistry;" Professor of 
Principles of Dental Science, Dental Surgery, and Prosthetic Dentistry in the 
University of Maryland. Octavo. Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50 

HARRIS and BEALE. Treatment of Pulmonary Consumption. By Vincent 
Dormer Harris, m.d. (Lond.), f.r.c.p., Physician to the city of London Hospi- 
tal for Diseases of the Chest ; Examining Physician to the Royal National Hos- 
pital for Diseases of the Chest, Ventnor, etc., and E. Clifford Beale, m.a., 
m.b. (Cantab.), f.r.c.p., Physician to the city of London Hospital for Diseases 
of the Chest, and to the Great Northern Central Hospital, etc. A Practical 
Manual. i2mo. Nearly Ready. 

HARTRIDGE. Refraction. The Refraction of the Eye. A Manual for Students. 
By Gustavus Hartridge, f.r.c.s., Consulting Ophthalmic Surgeon to St. Bar- 
tholomew's Hospital ; Ass't Surgeon to the Royal Westminster Ophthalmic Hos- 
pital, etc. 98 Illustrations and Test Types. Seventh Edition. Cloth, $1.00 
On The Ophthalmoscope. A Manual for Physicians and Students. Second 
Edition. With Colored Plates and many Woodcuts. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
HARTSHORNE. Our Homes. Their Situation, Construction, Drainage, etc. By 
Henry Hartshorne, m.d. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 
HATFIELD. Diseases of Children. By Marcus P. Hatfield, Professor of 
Diseases of Children, Chicago Medical College. With a Colored Plate. Being 
No. 14, f Quiz- Compend? Series. i2mo. Cloth, .80 

Interleaved for the addition of notes, $1.25 

HEATH'S Minor Surgery and Bandaging'. By Christopher Heath, f.r.c.s., 

Holme Professor of Clinical Surgery in University College, London. Tenth 

Edition. Revised and Enlarged. With 158 Illustrations, 62 Formulae, Diet 

List, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

Practical Anatomy. A Manual of Dissections. Eighth London Edition. 

300 Illustrations. Cloth, $4.25 

Injuries and Diseases of the Jaws. Fourth Edition. Edited by Henry 

Percy Dean, M.S., f.r.c.s., Assistant Surgeon London Hospital. With 

187 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50 

Lectures on Certain Diseases of the Jaws, delivered at the Royal College of 

Surgeons of England, 1887. 64 Illustrations. 8vo. Boards, .50 

HENRY. Ansemia. A Practical Treatise. By Fred'k P. Henry, m.d., Physician 

to Episcopal Hospital, Philadelphia. Half Cloth, .50 

HIGGENS' Ophthalmic Practice. By Charles Higgens, f.r.c.s. Illus. Cloth, $1.50 

HILTON. Rest and Pain. A Course of Lectures on the Influence of Mechanical 

and Physiological Rest in the Treatment of Accidents and Surgical Diseases 

and the Diagnostic Value of Pain. By John Hilton, f.r.s. Edited by W. H. 

A. Jacobson, f.r.c.s. Octavo. 504 pages. Cloth, $2.50 



14 P. BLAKISTON, SON &- CO.'S 

HILL AND COOPER. Venereal Diseases. The Student's Manual of Venereal 
Diseases, being a concise description of those Affections and their Treatment. 
By Berkeley Hill, m.d., Professor of Clinical Surgery, University College, and 
Arthur Cooper, m.d., Late House Surgeon to the Lock Hospital, London.- 
4th Edition. i2mo. Cloth, .75 

HOLDEN'S Anatomy. Sixth Edition. A Manual of the Dissections of the Human 
Body. By John Langton, f.r.c.s., Surgeon to, and Lecturer on Anatomy at, 
St. Bartholomew's Hospital. Carefully Revised by A. Hewson, m.d., Demonstra- 
tor of Anatomy, Jefferson Medical College ; Chief of Surgical Clinic, Jefferson 
Hospital; Mem. Assoc. Amer. Anatomists, etc. 311 Illustrations. i2mo. 800 
pages. Cloth, $2.50; Oil-cloth, $2.50; Leather, $3.00 

Human Osteology. Comprising a Description of the Bones, with Colore 
Delineations of the Attachments of the Muscles. The General and Micro- 
scopical Structure of Bone and its Development. Carefully Revised, by 
the Author and Prof. Stewart, of the Royal College of Surgeons' Museum. 
With Lithographic Plates and Numerous Illustrations. 7th Ed. Cloth, $5.25 
Landmarks. Medical and Surgical. 4th Edition. 8vo. Cloth, $1.00 

HOLLAND. The Urine, the Gastric Contents, the Common Poisons and the 
Milk. Memoranda, Chemical and Microscopical, for Laboratory Use. By J. W. 
Holland, m.d., Professor of Medical Chemistry and Toxicology in Jefferson 
Medical College, of Philadelphia. Fifth Edition, Enlarged. Illustrated and 
Interleaved. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

HORSLEY. The Brain and Spinal Cord. The Structure and Functions of. Being 
the Fullerian Lectures on Physiology for 1891. By Victor A. Horsley, m.b., 
F.R.S., etc., Assistant Surgeon, University College Hospital, Professor of Pathology, 
University College, London, etc. With numerous Illustrations. Cloth, $2.50 

HORWITZ'S Compend of Surgery, including Minor Surgery, Amputations, Frac- 
tures, Dislocations, Surgical Diseases, and the Latest Antiseptic Rules, etc., with 
Differential Diagnosis and Treatment. By Orville Horwitz, b.s., m.d., Pro- 
fessor of Genito-Urinary Diseases, late Demonstrator of Surgery, Jefferson Medi- 
cal College. Fifth Edition. Very much Enlarged and Rearranged. Over 300 
pages. 167 Illustrations and 98 Formulae. i2mo. No.g f 'Quiz- Compend f Series. 

Cloth, .80. Interleaved for notes, $1.25 

HUGHES. Compend of the Practice of Medicine. Fifth Edition. Revised and 

Enlarged. By Daniel E. Hughes, m.d., Demonstrator of Clinical Medicine at 

Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. In two parts. Being Nos. 2 and 3, 

t Quiz- Compend ? Series. 

Part I. — Continued, Eruptive and Periodical Fevers, Diseases of the Stomach, 
Intestines, Peritoneum, Biliary Passages, Liver, Kidneys, etc., and General 
Diseases, etc. 

Part II. — Diseases of the Respiratory System, Circulatory System and Ner- 
vous System ; Diseases of the Blood, etc. 

Price of each Part, in Cloth, .80 ; interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 
Physicians' Edition. — In one volume, including the above two parts, a sec- 
tion on Skin Diseases, and an index. Fifth revised, enlarged Edition. 
368 pages. Full Morocco, Gilt Edge, $2.25 

" Carefully and systematically compiled." — The London Lancet. 

HUMPHREY. A Manual for Nurses. Including general Anatomy and Physiology, 
management of the sick-room, etc. By Laurence Humphrey, m.a., m.b., 
m.r.c.S., Assistant Physician to, and Lecturer at, Addenbrook's Hospital, Cam- 
bridge, England. Thirteenth Edition. i2mo. Illustrated. Cloth, $1.00 

HYSLOP'S MENTAL PHYSIOLOGY. Especially in Relation to Mental Dis- 
orders. By Theo. B. Hyslop, m.d., Assistant Physician, Bethlem Royal Hos- 
pital. 20 Illustrations. i2mo. In Press. 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 15 

HOVEL L. Diseases of the Ear and Naso-Pharynx. A Treatise including 
Anatomy and Physiology of the Organ, together with the treatment of the affec- 
tions of the Nose and Pharynx which conduce to aural disease. By T. Mark 
Hovell, f.r.c.s. (Edin.), m.r.c.s. (Eng.), Aural Surgeon to the London Hospital, 
to Hospital for Diseases of the Throat, and to British Hospital for Incurables, 
etc. 122 Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 

HUTCHINSON. The Nose and Throat. A Manual of the Diseases of the Nose 
and Throat, including the Nose, Naso-Pharynx, Pharynx and Larynx. By 
Procter S. Hutchinson, m.r.c.s., Ass't Surgeon to the London Hospital for 
Diseases of the Throat. Illustrated by Lithograph Plates and 40 other Illus., 
many of which have been made from original drawings. i2mo. 2d Ed. In Press. 

JACOBSON. Operations of Surgery. By W. H. A. Jacobson, b.a. oxon., 
F.R.C.S., Eng. ; Ass't Surgeon, Guy's Hospital ; Surgeon at Royal Hospital for 
Children and Women, etc. With over 200 Illust. Cloth, $3.00 ; Leather, $4.00 

Diseases of the Male Organs of Generation. 88 Illustrations. 8vo. 

Cloth, $6.00 

KENWOOD. Public Health Laboratory Work. By H. R. Kenwood, m.b., 

d.p.h., F.C.S., Instructor in Hygienic Laboratory, University College, late Assistant 

Examiner in Hygiene, Science and Art Department, South Kensington, London, 

etc. With 116 Illustrations and 3 Plates. • Cloth, $2.00 

KJRKES' Physiology. {13th Authorized Edition. Just Ready. i2mo. Dark Red 
Cloth.) A Handbook of Physiology. Thirteenth London Edition, Revised and 
Enlarged. By W. Morrant Baker, m.d., and Vincent Dormer Harris, m.d. 
516 Illustrations, some of which are printed in Colors. i2mo. 

Cloth, $3.25 ; Leather, $4.00 

KLEEN AND HARTWELL. Handbook of Massage. By Emil Kleen, m.d., 
PH.D., Stockholm and Carlsbad. Authorized Translation from the Swedish, by 
Edward Mussey Hartwell, m.d., ph.d., Director of Physical Training in the 
Public Schools of Boston. With an Introduction by Dr. S. Weir Mitchell, 
of Philadelphia. Illustrated with a series of Photographs made specially by 
Dr. Kleen for the American Edition. 8vo. Cloth, $2.25 

LANDIS' Compend of Obstetrics ; especially adapted to the Use of Students and 
Physicians. By Henry G. Landis, m.d. Fifth Edition. Revised by Wm. H. 
Wells, Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College; 
Member Obstetrical Society of Philadelphia, etc Enlarged. With Many Illus- 
trations. No. 3 f Quiz- Compend t Series. 

Cloth, .80; interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 

LANDOIS. A Text-Book of Human Physiology ; including Histology and Micro- 
scopical Anatomy, with special reference to the requirements of Practical Medi- 
cine. By Dr. L. Landois, Professor of Physiology and Director of the Physio- 
logical Institute in the University of Greifswald. Fourth American, translated 
from the Seventh German Edition, with additions, by Wm. Stirling, m.d., d.sc, 
Brackenbury Professor of Physiology and Histology in Owen's College, and Pro- 
fessor in Victoria University, Manchester ; Examiner in Physiology in University 
of Oxford, England. With 845 Illustrations, many of which are printed in 
Colors. 2 Volumes. ■6vo. Cloth, $7.00 

"The most complete resumi of all the facts in physiology in the language." — The Lancet. 
"Excellently clear, attractive, and succinct." — British Medical Journal. 

LEE. The Microtomist's Vade Mecum. Third Edition. A Handbook of 
Methods of Microscopical Anatomy. By Arthur Bolles Lee, Ass't in the Rus- 
sian Laboratory of Zoology, at Villefranche-sur-Mer (Nice). 881 Articles. En- 
larged and Revised. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00 



16 P. BLAKISTON, SON 6- CO.'S 

LEFFMANN'S Compend of Medical Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. In- 
cluding Urine Analysis. By Henry Leffmann, m.d., Prof, of Chemistry and 
Metallurgy in the Penna. College of Dental Surgery and in the Wagner Free 
Institute of Science, Philadelphia. No. 10 ? Quiz- Compend? Series. Fourth 
Edition. Rewritten. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 

The Coal-Tar Colors, with Special Reference to their Injurious Qualities and 
the Restrictions of their Use. A Translation of Theodore Weyl's Mono- 
graph. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

Progressive Exercises in Practical Chemistry. A Laboratory Handbook. 
Illustrated. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

Examination of Water for Sanitary and Technical Purposes. Third Edition. 
Enlarged. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

Analysis of Milk and Milk Products. Arranged to suit the needs of Analyt- 
ical Chemists, Dairymen, and Milk Inspectors. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
LEGG on the Urine. Practical Guide to the Examination of Urine. By J. 
Wickham Legg, m.d. Seventh Edition, Enlarged. Edited and Revised by H. 
Lewis Jones, m.a., m.d., m.r.c.p. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
LEWERS. On the Diseases of Women. A Practical Treatise. By Dr. A. H. 
N. Lewers, Assistant Obstetric Physician to the London Hospital ; and Phy- 
sician to Out-patients, Queen Charlotte's Lying-in Hospital ; Examiner in Mid- 
wifery and Diseases of Women to the Society of Apothecaries of London. With 
146 Engravings. Third Edition, Revised. Cloth, $2.00 
LEWIS (BEVAN). Mental Diseases. A text-book having special reference to the 
Pathological aspects of Insanity. By Bevan Lewis, l.r.c.p., m.r.c.s., Medi- 
cal Director, West Riding Asylum, Wakefield, England. 18 Lithographic Plates 
and other Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $5.00 
LINCOLN. School and Industrial Hygiene. By D. F. Lincoln, m.d. Cloth, .40 
LIZARS (JOHN). On Tobacco. The Use and Abuse of Tobacco. Cloth, .40 
LONGLEY'S Pocket Medical Dictionary for Students and Physicians. Giving 
the Correct Definition and Pronunciation of all Words and Terms in General 
Use in Medicine and the Collateral Sciences, with an Appendix, containing 
Poisons and their Antidotes, Abbreviations Used in Prescriptions, and a Metric 
Scale of Doses. By Elias Longley. Cloth, .75 ; Tucks and Pocket, $1.00 

MACALISTER'S Human Anatomy. 800 Illustrations. A New Text-book for 
1 Students and Practitioners. Systematic and Topographical, including the 
Embryology, Histology and Morphology of Man. With special reference to the 
requirements of Practical Surgery and Medicine. By Alex. Macalister, m.d., 
f.r.s., Professor of Anatomy in the University of Cambridge, England ; Examiner 
in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, University of London ; formerly Professor 
of Anatomy and Surgery, University of Dublin. With 816 Illustrations, 400 of 
which are original. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00; Leather, $6.co 

MACDONALD'S Microscopical Examinations of Water and Air. With an Ap- 
pendix on the Microscopical Examination of Air. By J. D. Macdonald, m.d. 
25 Lithographic Plates, Reference Tables, etc. Second Ed. 8vo. Cloth, $2.50 

MACKENZIE. The Pharmacopoeia of the London Hospital for Diseases of 
the Throat. By Sir Morell Mackenzie, m.d. Fjfth Edition. Revised and 
Improved by F. G. Harvey, Surgeon to the Plospital. Cloth, $1.00 

MACNAMARA. On the Eye. A Manual. By C. Macnamara, m.d. Fifth 
Edition, Carefully Revised ; with Additions and Numerous Colored Plates, Dia- 
grams of Eye, Wood-cuts, and Test Types. Demi 8vo. Cloth, $3.50 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 17 

MACREADY. A Treatise on Ruptures. By Jonathan F. C. H. Macready, 
f.r.c.s., Surgeon to the Great Northern Central Hospital ; to the City of London 
Hospital for Diseases of the Chest ; to the City of London Truss Society, etc. 
With 24 full-page Lithographed Plates and numerous Wood-Engravings. Octavo. 

Cloth, $6.00 

MANN. Forensic Medicine and Toxicology. A Text-Book by J. Dixon Mann, 
m.d., f.r.c.p., Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology in Owens Col- 
lege, Manchester; Examiner in Forensic Medicine in University of London, etc. 
Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $6.50 

MANN'S Manual of Psychological Medicine and Allied Nervous Diseases. Their 
Diagnosis, Pathology, Prognosis and Treatment, including their Medico-Legal 
Aspects ; with chapter on Expert Testimony, and an abstract of the laws relating 
to the Insane in all the States of the Union. By Edward C. Mann, m.d., 
member of the New York County Medical Society. With Illustrations of Typical 
Faces of the Insane, Handwriting of the Insane, and Micro-photographic Sec- 
tions of the Brain and Spinal Cord. Octavo. Cloth, $3.00 
MARSHALL'S Physiological Diagrams, Life Size, Colored. Eleven Life-size 
Diagrams (each 7 feet by 3 feet 7 inches). Designed for Demonstration before 
the Class. By John Marshall, f.r.s., f.r.c.s., Professor of Anatomy to the 
Royal Academy ; Professor of Surgery, University College, London, etc. 

In Sheets Unmounted, $40.00 
Backed with Muslin and Mounted on Rollers, $60.00 
Ditto, Spring Rollers, in Handsome Walnut Wall Map Case (Send for 

Special Circular), $100.00 

Single Plates, Sheets, $5.00; Mounted, $7.50; Explanatory Key, 50 cents. 
No. 1 — The Skeleton and Ligaments. No. 2 — The Muscles and Joints, with 
Animal Mechanics. No. 3 — The Viscera in Position. The Structure of the Lungs. 
No. 4 — The Heart and Principal Blood-vessels. No. 5 — The Lymphatics or Absorb- 
ents. No. 6 — The Digestive Organs. No. 7 — The Brain and Nerves. Nos. 8 and 9 — 
The Organs of the Senses. Nos. 10 and 11 — The Microscopic Structure of the 
Textures and Organs. {Send for Special Circular.} , 

MARSHALL & SMITH. On the Urine. The Chemical Analysis of the Urine. 
By John Marshall, m.d., and Prof. Edgar F. Smith, of the Chemical Labora- 
tories, University of Pennsylvania. Phototype Plates. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
MASON'S Compend of Electricity, and its Medical and Surgical Uses. By 
Charles F. Mason, m.d., Assistant Surgeon U. S. Army. With an Intro- 
duction by Charles H. May, m.d., Instructor in the New York Polyclinic. 
Numerous Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, .75 

MAXWELL. Terminologia Medica Polyglotta. By Dr. Theodore Maxwell, 
assisted by others in various countries. 8vo. Cloth, $3.00 

The object of this work is to assist the medical men of any nationality in reading medical literature written 
in a language not their own. Each term is usually given in seven languages, viz. : English, French, German, 
Italian, Spanish, Russian and Latin. 

MAYS' Therapeutic Forces ; or, The Action of Medicine in the Light of the Doc- 
trine of Conservation of Force. By Thomas J. Mays, m.d. Cloth, $1.25 
Theine in the Treatment of .N euralgia. i6mo. y z bound, .50 

McBRIDE. Diseases of the Throat, Nose and Ear. A Clinical Manual for Stu- 
dents and Practitioners. By P. McBride, m.d., f.r.c.p. (Edin.), Surgeon to the 
Ear and Throat Department of the Royal Infirmary; Lecturer on Diseases of 
Throat and Ear, Edinburgh School of Medicine, etc. With Colored Illustrations 
from Original Drawings. 2d Edition. Octavo. Handsome Cloth, Gilt top, $6.00 

McNEILL. The Prevention of Epidemics and the Construction and Man- 
agement of Isolation Hospitals. By Dr. Roger McNeill, Medical Officer of 
Health for the County of Argyll. With numerous Plans and other Illustrations. 
Octavo. Cloth, $3.50 



18 * P. BLAKISTON, SON &* CO.'S 

MEIGS. Milk Analysis and Infant Feeding. A Treatise on the Examination of 
Human and Cows' Milk, Cream, Condensed Milk, etc., and Directions as to the 
Diet of Young Infants. By Arthur V. Meigs, m.d. i2mo. Cloth, .50 

MEMMINGER. Diagnosis by the Urine. The Practical Examination of Urine, 
with Special Reference to Diagnosis. By Allard Memminger, m.d., Professor 
of Chemistry and of Hygiene in the Medical College of the State of S. C. ; Visiting 
Physician in the City Hospital of Charleston, etc. 23 Illus. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

MEYER. Ophthalmology. A Manual of Diseases of the Eye. By Dr. Edouard 
Meyer. Translated from the Third French Edition by A. Freedland Fer- 
gus, m.b. 270 Illustrations, two Colored Plates. Cloth, $3.50 ; Leather, $4.50 

MONEY. On Children. Treatment of Disease in Children, including the Outlines 
of Diagnosis and the Chief Pathological Differences between Children and 
Adults. By Angel Money, m.d., m.r.c.p., Ass't Physician to the Hospital for 
Sick Children, Great Ormond St., London. 2d Edition. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 

MORRIS. Text-Book of Anatomy. 791 Illustrations, many in Colors. A com- 
plete Text-book. Edited by Henry Morris, f.r.c.s., Surg, to, and Lect. on 
Anatomy at, Middlesex Hospital, assisted by J. Bland Sutton, f.r.c.s, J. H. 
Davies-Colley, f.r.c.s., Wm, J. Walsham, f.r.c.s., H. St. John Brooks, m.d., 
R. Marcus Gunn, f.r.c.s., Arthur Hensman, f.r.c.s., Frederick Treves, 
f.r.c.s., William Anderson, f.r.c.s., and Prof. W. H. A. Jacobson. One 
Handsome Octavo Volume, with 791 Illustrations, 214 of which are printed in 
colors. Cloth, $6.00 ; Leather, $7x0 ; Half Russia, $8.00 

" Taken as a whole, we have no hesitation in according very high praise to this work. It 

will rank, we believe, with the leading Anatomies. The illustrations are handsome and the 

printing is good." — Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. 

Handsome circular, with sample pages and colored illustrations, will be sent free 
to any address. 

MOULLIN. Surgery. Second Edition, by Hamilton. A Complete Text-book. 
By C. W. Mansell Moullin, m.a., m.d. oxon., f.r.c.s., Surgeon and Lec- 
turer on Physiology to the London Hospital ; formerly RaJdcliffe Traveling 
Fellow and Fellow of Pembroke College, Oxford. Second American Edition. 
Revised and edited by John B. Hamilton, m.d., ll.d., Professor of the Principles 
of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, Rush Medical College, Chicago ; Professor of 
Surgery, Chicago Polyclinic ; Surgeon, formerly Supervising Surgeon-General, 
U. S. Marine Hospital Service; Surgeon to Presbyterian Hospital; Consulting 
Surgeon to St. Joseph's Hospital and Central Free Dispensary, Chicago, etc. 
600 Illustrations, over 200 of which are original, and many of which are printed 
in Colors. RoyaT Octavo. 1200 pages. 

Handsomely bound in Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00 
" The aim to make this valuable treatise practical by giving special attention to questions of 
treatment has been admirably carried out. Many a reader will consult the work with a feeling 
of satisfaction that his wants have been understood, and that they have been intelligently met. 
He will not look in vain for details, without proper attention to which he well knows that the 
highest success is impossible." — The American Journal of Medical Sciences. 

Enlargement of the Prostate. Its Treatment and Radical Cure. Illus- 
trated. Octavo. Cloth, $1.50 
MTJRRELL. Massotherapeutics. Massage as a Mode of Treatment. By Wm. 
Murrell, m.d., F.R.c.P., Lecturer on Pharmacology and Therapeutics at West- 
minster Hospital. Fifth Edition. Revised. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
Chronic Bronchitis and its Treatment. {Authorized Edition.) A Clinical 
Study. i2mo. 176 pages. Cloth, $1.50 
What To Do in Cases of Poisoning*. Seventh Edition, Enlarged and Re- 
vised. 641110. Cloth, $1.00 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 19 

MORTON on Refraction of the Eye. Its Diagnosis and the Correction of its Errors. 
With Chapter on Keratoscopy, and Test Types. By A. Morton, m.b. Fifth 
Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Cloth, $1.00 

MTJSKETT. Prescribing and Treatment in the Diseases of Infants and Child- 
ren. By Philip E. Muskett, Late Surgeon to the Sydney Hospital, Formerly 
Senior Resident Medical Officer, Sydney Hospital. 32mo. Cloth, $1.25 

MUTER. Practical and Analytical Chemistry. By John Muter, f.r.s., f.c.s., 
etc. Fourth Edition. Revised, to meet the requirements of American Medical 
Colleges, by Claude C. Hamilton, m.d., Professor of Analytical Chemistry 
in University Med. Col. and Kansas City Col. of Pharmacy. 51 Illus. Cloth, $1.25 

" Muter's Manual of Analytical Chemistry, several previous editions of which we have 
noticed, now appears, revised in an American edition by Dr. Claude C. Hamilton. This 
revision is based upan the fourth English edition. The editor has made only such changes as 
were required to adapt the book to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, except in the chapter on urine 
analysis, which has been enlarged and to which cuts of microscopic sediments and other illus- 
trations have been added. The chapter on water analysis has been altered to correspond with 
Wanklyn's methods, as they are most generally used in America. Several other processes have 
been added, such as estimation of chloral hydrate, of fat in milk, etc., and various minor changes 
in arrangement have been made in the interest of convenience in using the treatise." — The 
Popular Science Monthly. 

NAPHEYS' Modern Therapeutics. Ninth Revised Edition, Enlarged and Im- 
proved. In Two Handsome Volumes. Edited by Allen J. Smith, m.d., Pro- 
fessor of Pathology, University of Texas, Galveston, late Ass't Demonstrator of 
Morbid Anatomy and Pathological Histology, Lecturer on Urinology, University 
of Pennsylvania ; and J. Aubrey Davis, m.d., Ass't Demonstrator of Obstetrics, 
University of Pennsylvania ; Ass't Physician to Home for Crippled Children, etc. 

Vol. I.— General Medicine and Diseases of Children. 

Handsome Cloth binding, $4.00 

Vol. II.— General Surgery, Obstetrics, and Diseases of Women. 

Handsome Cloth binding, $4.00 

NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY Publications. Three to Six Volumes published 
each year. List of Volumes upon application. , Per annum, $8.00 

OBERSTEINER. The Anatomy of the Central Nervous Organs. A Guide to the 
study of their structure in Health and Disease. By Professor H. Obersteiner, 
of the University of Vienna. Translated and Edited by Alex. Hill, m.a., m.d., 
Master of Downing College, Cambridge. 198 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $5.50 

OPHTHALMIC REVIEW. A Monthly Record of Ophthalmic Science. Published 
in London. Sample Numbers, 25 cents. Per annum, $3.00 

ORMEROD. Diseases of Nervous System, Student's Guide to. By J. A. Ormerod, 
m.d. (Oxon.), f.r.c.p. (Lond.), Mem. Path., Clin., Ophth., and Neurol. Societies, 
Physician to National Hospital for Paralyzed and Epileptic and to City of London 
Hospital for Diseases of the Chest, Dem. of Morbid Anatomy, St. Bartholo 
mew's Hospital, etc. With 75 Wood Engravings. i2mo. Cloth, $1. 00 

OSGOOD. The Winter and Its Dangers. By Hamilton Osgood, m.d. Cloth, .40 

OSLER. Cerebral Palsies of Children. A Clinical Study. By William Osler, 
m.d., f.r.c.p. (Lond.), Professor of Medicine, Johns Hopkins University, etc. 
8vo. Cloth, $2.00 

Chorea and Choreiform Affections. 8vo. Cloth, $2.00 



20 P. BLAKISTON, SON &* CO.'S 

0STR0M. Massage and the Original Swedish Movements. Their Application 
to Various Diseases of the Body. A Manual for Students, Nurses and Physicians. 
By Kurre W. Ostrom, from the Royal University of Upsala, Sweden; Instructor 
in Massage and Swedish Movements in the Hospital of the' University of 
Pennsylvania, and in the Philadelphia Polyclinic and College for Graduates in 
Medicine, etc. Third Edition. Enlarged. Illustrated by 94 Wood Engrav- 
ings, many of which were drawn especially for this purpose. i2mo. Cloth, $1 .00 

OVERMAN'S Practical Mineralogy, Assaying and Mining, with a Description of 
the Useful Minerals, etc. By Frederick Overman, Mining Engineer. Elev- 
enth Edition. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

PACKARD'S Sea Air and Sea Bathing. By John H. Packard, m.d. Cloth, .40 

PAGE. Railroad Injuries. With Special Reference to those of the Back and 

Nervous System. By Herbert Page, f.r.c.s., Surgeon to St. Mary's Hospital, 

and Lecturer on Surgery at its Medical School. Octavo. Cloth, $2.25 

Injuries of the Spine and Spinal Cord. In their Surgical and Medico-Legal 

Aspects. Third Edition. Revised. Octavo. Preparing. 

PARKES' Practical Hygiene. By Edward A. Parkes, m.d. The Eighth Re- 
vised and Enlarged Edition. Edited by J. Lane Notter, m.a., m.d., f.c.S., 
Professor of Hygiene, Army Medical School, Netley, England. With 10 Litho- 
graphic Plates and over 100 other Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50 

PARKES. Hygiene and Public Health. A Practical Manual. By Louis C. 

Parkes, m.d., d.p.h. London Hospital; Assistant Professor of Hygiene and 

Public Health at University College, etc. i2mo. Fourth Edition, Enlarged and 

Revised. Cloth, $2.50 

Popular Hygiene. The Elements of Health. A Book for Lay Readers. 

Illustrated. Cloth, "$1.25 

PARRISH'S Alcoholic Inebriety. From a Medical Standpoint, with Illustrative 
Cases from the Clinical Records of the Author. By Joseph Parrish, m.d., 
President of the Amer. Assoc, for Cure of Inebriates. Cloth, $1.00 

PARVIN'S Winckel's Diseases of Women. (See Winckel, page 28.) 

PHILLIPS. Spectacles and Eyeglasses, Their Prescription and Adjustment. By 
R. J. Phillips, m.d., Instructor on Diseases of the Eye, Philadelphia Polyclinic, 
Ophthalmic Surgeon, Presbyterian Hospital. Second Edition, Revised. 47 
Illustrations. i2mo. In Press. 

PHYSICIAN'S VISITING LIST. Published Annually. Forty-fifth Year (1896) 
of its Publication. 

Hereafter all styles will contain the interleaf or special memoranda page, except 
the Monthly Edition, and the sizes for 75 and ico Patients will come in two volumes 
only. Send for new circular describing improvements. 

REGULAR EDITION. 

For 25 Patients weekly. Tucks, pocket and pencil, Gilt Edges, $1.00 

50 " " " "■ " " " 1.25 

i ( Ian. to June ) ,, (< ,, ,, 

JO "2 VOls. { J Julyt0 J Dec .} 

<< i \ Jan. to Tune ( ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, _ „ n 

75 " 2vols - {July to Dec.} 

<< i j Jan. to Tune ) ., ,, ,, (( ,, _ ... 

2vols - { July to Dec.} 5 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 21 

Perpetual Edition, without Dates and with Special Memorandum Pages. 

For 25 Patients, interleaved, tucks, pocket and pencil, .... $1.25 

50 " " .«.«.«« .... 1.50 

Monthly Edition, without Dates. Can be commenced at any time and used 

until full. Requires only one writing of patient's name for the whole month. 

Plain binding, without Flap or Pencil, .75. Leather cover, Pocket and Pencil, $1.00 

EXTRA Pencils will be sent, postpaid, for 25 cents per half dozen. 

JST" This List combines the several essential qualities of strength, compactness, 

durability and convenience. It is made in all sizes and styles to meet the wants of all 

physicians. It is not an elaborate, complicated system of keeping accounts, but a 

plain, simple record, that may be kept with the least expenditure of time and trouble — 

hence its popularity. A special circular, descriptive of contents and improvements, 

will be sent upon application. 

PEREIRA'S Prescription Book. Containing Lists of Terms, Phrases, Contrac- 
tions and Abbreviations used in Prescriptions, Explanatory Notes, Grammatical 
Construction of Prescriptions, Rules for the Pronunciation of Pharmaceutical 
Terms. By Jonathan Pereira, m.d. Sixteenth Edition. Cloth, .75 ; Tucks $1 .00 

PORTER'S Surgeon's Pocket-Book. By Surgeon-Major J. H. Porter, late Pro- 
fessor of Military Surgery in the Army Medical School, Netley , England. Revised, 
and partly Rewritten. Third Edition. Small i2mo. Leather Covers, $2.00 

POTTER. A Handbook of Materia Medica, Pharmacy and Therapeutics, in- 
cluding the Action of Medicines, Special Therapeutics, Pharmacology, etc. In- 
cluding over 600 Prescriptions and Formulas. By Samuel O. L. Potter, m.a., 
m.d., m.r.c.p. (Lond.), Professor of the Practice of Medicine, Cooper Medical Col- 
lege, San Francisco; late A. A. Surgeon U.S. Army. Fifth Edition, Revised and 
Enlarged. 8vo. With Thumb Index i?i each copy. Cloth, $4.00; Leather, $5.00 
Compend of Anatomy, including Visceral Anatomy. Fifth Edition. Re- 
vised, and greatly Enlarged. With 16 Lithographed Plates and 117 other 
Illustrations. Being No. 1 f Quiz- Compend ? Series. 

Cloth, .80; Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25 

Compend of Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Prescription Writing, 
with special reference to the Physiological Action of Drugs. Sixth Revised 
and Improved Edition, with Index, based upon U. S. P. 1890. Being No. 
6 f Quiz- Compend f Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25 

Speech and Its Defects. Considered Physiologically, Pathologically and 
Remedially ; being the Lea Prize Thesis of Jefferson Medical College, 1882. 
Revised and Corrected. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

POWELL. Diseases of the Lungs and Pleurae, Including Consumption. By 
R. Douglas Powell, m.d., f.r.c.p.. Physician to the Middlesex Hospital, and 
Consulting Physician to the Hospital for Consumption and Diseases of the Chest 
at Brompton. Fourth Edition. With Colored Plates and Wood Engravings. 
8vo. Cloth, $4.00 

POWER. Surgical Diseases of Children and their Treatment by Modern 
Methods. By D'Arcy Power, M.A., f.r.c.s. Eng., Demonstrator of Operative 
Surgery, St. Bartholomew's Hospital ; Surgeon to the Victoria Hospital. Illus- 
trated. i2mo. • Cloth, $2.50 

PRITCHARD on the Ear. Handbook of Diseases of the Ear. By Urban 
Pritchard, m.d., f.r.c.s. .Professor of Aural Surgery, King's College, London, 
Aural Surgeon to King's College Hospital, Senior Surgeon to the Royal Ear Hos- 
pital, etc. Second Edition. Many Illustrations and Formulae. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

PROCTOR'S Practical Pharmacy. Lectures on Practical Pharmacy. With Wood 
Engravings and 32 Lithographic Fac -simile Prescriptions. By Barnard S. 
Proctor. Third Edition. Revised and with elaborate Tables of Chemical 
Solubilities, etc. . Cloth, $3x0 



22 P. BLAKISTON, SON &- CO.'S 

RALFE. Diseases of the Kidney and Urinary Derangements. By C. H. Ralfe,' 
m.d., f.r.c. p., Ass't Physician to the London Hospital. Illus. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 

RAMSAY. A System of Inorganic Chemistry. By William Ramsay, ph.d., 
f.r.s., Prof, of Chem. in University College, London. Illus. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00 

REESE'S Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology. A Text-book for Medical and 
Legal Practitioners and Students. By John J. Reese, m.d., Editor of Taylor's 
Jurisprudence, Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medical Jurisprudence, 
including Toxicology, in the University of Pennsylvania Medical Department. 
Fourth Edition. Revised by Henry Leffmann, m.d., Pathological Chemist, 
Jefferson Medical College Hospital, etc. i2mo. 624 pages. 

Cloth, $3.00 ; Leather, $3.50 
" To the student of medical jurisprudence and toxicology it is invaluable, as it is concise, 

clear, and thorough in every respect." — The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. 

REEVES. Medical Microscopy. Illustrated. A Handbook for Physicians and 
Students, including Chapters on Bacteriology, Neoplasms, Urinary Examination, 
etc. By James E. Reeves, m.d., Ex-President American Public Health Associa- 
tion, Member Association American Physicians, etc. Numerous Illustrations, 
some of which are printed in colors. i2mo. Handsome Cloth, $2.50 

REEVES. Bodily Deformities and their Treatment. A Handbook of Practical 
Orthopaedics. By H. A. Reeves, m.d., Senior Ass't Surgeon to the London Hos- 
pital, Surgeon to the Royal Orthopaedic Hospital. 228 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.75 

REGIS. Mental Medicine. A Practical Manual. By Dr. E. Regis, formerly 
Chief of Clinique of Mental Diseases, Faculty of Medicine of Paris ; Physician 
of the Maison de Sante de Castel d'Andorte ; Professor of Mental Diseases, 
Faculty of Medicine, Bordeaux, etc. With a Preface by M. Benjamin Ball, 
Clinical Professor of Mental Diseases, Faculty of Medicine, Paris. Authorized 
Translation from the Second Edition by H. M. Bannister, m.d., late Senior 
Assistant Physician, Illinois Eastern Hospital for the Insane, etc. With an In- 
troduction by the Author. i2mo. 692 pages. Cloth, $2.00 

RICHARDSON'. Long Life, and How to Reach It. By J. G. Richardson, Prof, 
of Hygiene, University of Pennsylvania. Cloth, .40 

RICHARDSON'S Mechanical Dentistry. A Practical Treatise on Mechanical 
Dentistry. By Joseph Richardson, d.d.s. Sixth Edition. Thoroughly Revised 
by Dr. Geo. W. Warren, Chief of the Clinical Staff, Pennsylvania College of 
Dental Surgery, Phila. With 600 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00 ; Leather, $5.00 

RICHTER'S Inorganic Chemistry. A Text-book for Students. By Prof. Victor 

von Richter, University of Breslau. Fourth American, from Sixth German 

Edition. Authorized Translation by Edgar F. Smith, m.a., ph.d., Prof, of 

Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania, Member of the Chemical Societies of 

Berlin and Paris. 89 Illustrations and a Colored Plate. i2mo. Cloth, $1.75 

Organic Chemistry. The Chemistry of the Carbon Compounds. Second 

American Edition, translated from the Sixth German by Edgar F. Smith, 

m. A., ph. d., Professor of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania. Illustrated. 

1040 pages. i2mo. Cloth, $4.50 

ROBERTS. Practice of Medicine. The Theory and Practice of Medicine. By 
Frederick Roberts, m.d., Professor of Therapeutics at University College, 
London. Ninth Edition, with Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50 

ROBINSON. Latin Grammar of Pharmacy and Medicine By D. H. Robinson, 
PH.D., Professor of Latin Language and Literature, University of Kansas. Intro- 
duction by L. E. Sayre, ph.g., Professor of Pharmacy in, and Dean of the Dept. 
of Pharmacy, University of Kansas. i2mo. Second Edition. Cloth, $1.75 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 23 

SCOVILLE. The Art of Compounding. A Text-book for Students and a Refer- 
ence Book for Pharmacists. By Wilbur L. Scoville, ph.g., Professor of Ap- 
plied Pharmacy and Director of the Pharmaceutical Laboratory in the Massa- 
chusetts College of Pharmacy. Nearly Ready. 

SANSOM. Diseases of The Heart. The Diagnosis and Pathology of Diseases of 
the Heart and Thoracic Aorta. By A. Ernest Sansom, m.d., f.r.c.p., Physician 
to the. London Hospital, Examiner in Medicine Royal College of Physicians, etc. 
With Plates and other Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $6.00 

SAYRE. Organic Materia Medica and Pharmacognosy. An Introduction 
to the Study of the Vegetable Kingdom and the Vegetable and Animal Drugs. 
Comprising the Botanical and Physical Characteristics, Source, Constituents, and 
Pharmacopceial Preparations. With Chapters on Synthetic Organic Remedies, 
Insects Injurious to Drugs, and Pharmacal Botany. By L. E. Sayre, ph.g., 
Professor of Pharmacy and Materia Medica in the University of Kansas, Mem- 
ber of the Committee of Revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1890. A Glossary 
and 543 Illustrations, many of which are original. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00 

SCHTJLTZE. Obstetrical Diagrams. Being a Series of 20 Colored Lithograph 
Charts, imperial map size, of Pregnancy and Midwifery, with accompanying 
explanatory (German) text, illustrated by wood-cuts. By Dr. B. S. Schultze, 
Professor of Obstetrics, University of Jena. Second Revised Edition. 

Price, in Sheets, $26.00 ; Mounted on Rollers, Muslin Backs, $36.00 

SEWELL. Dental Surgery, including Special Anatomy and Surgery. By Henry 
Sewell, m.r.c.s., l.d.s., President Odontological Society of Great Britain. 3d 
Edition, greatly enlarged, with about 200 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00 

SHAWE. Notes for Visiting Nurses, and all those interested in the working and 
organization of District, Visiting, or Parochial Nurse Societies. By Rosilind 
Gillette Shawe, District Nurse for the Brooklyn Red Cross Society. With an 
Appendix explaining the organization and working of various Visiting and Dis- 
trict Nurse Societies, by Helen C. Jenks, of Philadelphia. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 

SMITH. Abdominal Surgery. Being a Systematic Description of all the Princi- 
pal Operations. By J. Greig Smith, m.a., f.r.s.e., Surg, to British Royal In- 
firmary; Lecturer on Surgery, Bristol Medical School ; Late Examiner in Surgery, 
University of Aberdeen, etc. Over 80 Illustrations. Fourth Edition. Cloth, $6.00 

SMITH. Electro-Chemical Analysis. By Edgar F. Smith, Professor of Chem- 
istry, University of Pennsylvania. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 28 
Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

SMITH AND KELLER. Experiments. Arranged for Students in General Chem- 
istry. By Edgar F. Smith, Professor of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania, 
and Dr. H. F. Keller, Professor of Chemistry, Philadelphia High School. Sec- 
ond Edition. 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth, .60 

STARR. The Digestive Organs in Childhood. Second Edition. The Diseases 
of the Digestive Organs in Infancy and Childhood. With Chapters on the 
Investigation of Disease and the Management of Children. By Louis Starr, 
m.d., late Clinical Prof, of Diseases of Children in the Hospital of the University 
of Penn'a; Physician to the Children's Hospital, Phila. Second Edition. 
Revised and Enlarged. Illustrated by two Colored Lithograph Plates and 
numerous Wood Engravings. Crown Octavo. Cloth, $2.00 

The Hygiene of the Nursery, including the General Regimen and Feed- 
ing of Infants and Children, and the Domestic Management of the Ordinary 
Emergencies of Early Life, Massage, etc. Fourth Edition. Enlarged. 25 
Illustrations. i2mo. 280 pages. Cloth, $1. 00 

See also Goodhart and Starr. Page u. 



24 P. BLAKISTON, SON &- CO.'S 

STAMMER. Chemical Problems, with Explanations and Answers. By Karl 
Stammer. Translated from the Second German Edition, by Prof. W. S. Hos- 
kinson, a.m., Wittenberg College, Springfield, Ohio. i2mo. Cloth. .50 

STARLING. Elements of Human Physiology. By Ernest H. Starling, m.d. 
Lond., m.r.c.p., Joint Lecturer on Physiology at Guy's Hospital, London ; 
Member of Physiological Society, etc. With 100 Illustrations. i2mo. 437 
pages. Cloth, $1.00 

STEARNS. Mental Diseases. Lectures on Mental Diseases, designed especially for 
Medical Students and General Practitioners. By Henry Putnam Stearns, m.d., 
Physician Superintendent at the Hartford Retreat, Lecturer on Mental Diseases 
in Yale University, Member of the American Medico-Psychological Ass'n, Hon- 
orary Member of the Boston Medico-Pyschological Society. With a Digest of 
Laws of the Various States Relating to Care of Insane. Illustrated. New Series 
of Manuals. Cloth, $2.75 ; Sheep, $3.25 

STEAVENSON AND JONES. Medical Electricity. A Practical Handbook for 
Students and Practitioners of Medicine. By W. E. Steavenson, m.d., late in 
charge Electrical Department, St. Bartholomew's Hospital, and H. Lewis Jones, 
m.a., m.d., m.r.c.p., Medical Officer in Charge Electrical Department, St. Bar- 
tholomew's Hospital. Second Edition. 103 Illustrations. i2mo. Preparing. 

STEVENSON AND MURPHY. A Treatise on Hygiene. By Various Authors. 
Edited by Thomas Stevenson, m.d., f.r.c.p., Lecturer on Chemistry and Medi- 
cal Jurisprudence at Guy's Hospital, London, etc., and Shirley F. Murphy, 
Medical Officer of Health to the County of London. In Three Octavo Volumes. 
Vol. I. With Plates and Wood Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 

Vol. II. With Plates and Wood Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 

Vol. III. fust Ready. Cloth, $5.00 

*■** Special Circular upon application. 

STEWART'S Compend of Pharmacy. Based upon " Remington's Text-Book of 
Pharmacy." By F. E. Stewart, m.d., ph.g., Quiz Master in Chem. and Theoreti- 
cal Pharmacy, Phila. College of Pharmacy; Lect. in Pharmacology, Jefferson 
Medical College. Fifth Ed. Revised in accordance with U. S. P., 1890. Com- 
plete tables of Metric and English Weights and Measures. ? Quiz- Compend? 
Series. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for the addition of notes, $1.25 

STIRLING. Outlines of Practical Physiology. Including Chemical and Experi- 
mental Physiology, with Special Reference to Practical Medicine. By W. Stir- 
ling, m.d., Sc.d., Prof, of Phys., Owens College, Victoria University, Manchester. 
Examiner in Honors School of Science, Oxford, England. Third Edition. 
234 Illustrations. In Press. 

Outlines of Practical Histology. 368 Illustrations. Second Edition. Re- 
vised and Enlarged with new Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 

STRAHAN. Extra-Uterine Pregnancy. The Diagnosis and Treatment of Extra- 
Uterine Pregnancy. Being the Jenks Prize Essay of the College of Physicians 
of Philadelphia. By John Strahan, m.d. (Univ. of Ireland), late Res. Surgeon 
Belfast Union Infirmary and Fever Hospital. Octavo. Cloth, .75 

SWANZY. Diseases of the Eye and their Treatment. A Handbook for Physi- 
cians and Students. By Henry R. Swanzy, a.m., m.b., f.r.c.s.i., Surgeon to 
the National Eye and Ear Infirmary ; Ophthalmic Surgeon to the Adelaide Hos- 
pital, Dublin. Fourth Edition, Thoroughly Revised. Enlarged. 164 Illustra- 
tions. Two Colored and one Plain Plate, and a Zephyr Test Card. i2mo. 
New Series of Manuals. Cloth, $2.50; Sheep, #3.00 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 25 

SUTTON'S Volumetric Analysis. A Systematic Handbook for the Quantitative 
Estimation of Chemical Substances by Measure, Applied to Liquids, Solids and 
Gases. By Francis Sutton, f.c.s. Sixth Edition, Revised and Enlarged, 
with Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50 

SYMONDS. Manual of Chemistry, for Medical Students. By Brandreth 
Symonds, a.m., m.d., Ass't Physician Roosevelt Hospital, Out- Patient Department ; 
Attending Physician Northwestern Dispensary, New York., Second Edition. 
i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 

TAFT'S Operative Dentistry. A Practical Treatise on Operative Dentistry. By 
Jonathan Taft, d.d.s. Fourth Revised and Enlarged Edition. Over 100 Il- 
lustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $3.00 ; Leather, $4.00 

Index of Dental Periodical Literature. 8vo. Cloth, $2.00 

TALBOT. Irregularities of the Teeth, and Their Treatment. By Eugene S. 
Talbot, m.d., Professor of Dental Surgery Woman's Medical College, and 
Lecturer on Dental Pathology in Rush Medical College, Chicago. Second Edi- 
tion, Revised and Enlarged by about 100 pages. Octavo. T234 Illustrations 
(169 of which are original). 261 pages. Cloth, $3.00 

TANNER'S Memoranda of Poisons and their Antidotes and Tests. By Thos. 
Hawkes Tanner, m.d., f.r.c.p. 7th American, from the Last London Edition. 
Revised by John J. Reese, m.d., Professor Medical Jurisprudence and Toxi- 
cology in the University of Pennsylvania. i2mo. Cloth, .75 

TAYLOR. Practice of Medicine. A Manual. By Frederick Taylor, m.d., 
Physician to, and Lecturer on Medicine at, Guy's Hospital, London ; Physician to 
Evelina Hospital for Sick Children, and Examiner in Materia Medica and Phar- 
maceutical Chemistry, University of London. Cloth, $2.00; Sheep, $2.50 

TEMPERATURE Charts for Recording Temperature, Respiration, Pulse, Day of 
Disease, Date, Age, Sex, Occupation, Name, etc. Put up in pads; each .50 

THOMPSON. Urinary Organs. Diseases of the Urinary Organs. Containing 32 
Lectures. By Sir Henry Thompson, f.r.c.s., Emeritus Professor of Clinical Sur- 
gery in University College. Eighth London Ed. Octavo. 470 pages. Cloth, $3x0 

Calculous Diseases. The Preventive Treatment of Calculous Disease, and 
the Use of Solvent Remedies. Third Edition. i6mo. Cloth, .75 

THORBURN. Surgery of the Spinal Cord. A Contribution to the study of. By 
William Thorburn, b.Sc, m.d. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00 

THORNTON. The Surgery of the Kidney. By John Knowsley Thornton, 
m.b. Edin. With 19 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.50 

TOMES' Dental Anatomy. A Manual of Dental Anatomy, Human and Compara- 
tive. By C. S. Tomes, d.d.s. 235 Illustrations. 4th Ed. i2mo. Cloth, $3.50 
Dental Surgery. A System of Dental Surgery. By John Tomes, f.r.s. 
Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged. By C. S. Tomes, d.d.s. With 
292 Illustrations. i2mo. 772 pages. Cloth, $4.00 

TRANSACTIONS of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia. Third Series. 
Vols. I, II, III, IV, V, Cloth, each, $2.50. VI, VII, Cloth, each, #3.50. Vol. 
VIII, 1886, Cloth, $3.75. Vol. IX, Cloth, $2.50. 

TRANSACTIONS of the Association of American Physicians. Vols. I and II, 
Cloth, $2.50 each. Vol. Ill, Cloth, $3.50. Vol. IV, Cloth, $3.00. Vol. V, Cloth, $2.50. 
Vol. VI, $3.00. 



26 P. BLAKISTON, SON &* CO.'S 

TREVES. German-English Medical Dictionary. By Frederick Treves, f.r.c.s., 

assisted by Dr. Hugo Lang, b.a. (Munich). i2mo. % Russia, $3.25 

Physical Education, Its Effects, Value, Methods, etc. Cloth, .75 

TRIMBLE. Practical and Analytical Chemistry. Being a complete course in 
Chemical Analysis. By Henry Trimble, ph.m., Professor of Analytical Chem- 
istry in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. Fourth Edition. Enlarged. 
Illustrated. &vo. Cloth, $1.50 

TTJKE. Dictionary of Psychological Medicine. Giving the Definition, Ety- 
mology, and Synonyms of the terms used in Medical Psychology, with the 
Symptoms, Pathology, and Treatment of the recognized forms of Mental Dis- 
orders, together with the Law of Lunacy in Great Britain and Ireland. Edited by 
D. Hack Tuke, m.d., ll.d., Examiner in Mental Physiology in the University 
of London. Two Volumes. Octavo. Cloth, $10.00 

TURNBULL'S Artificial Anaesthesia. The Advantages and Accidents of Artifi- 
cial Anaesthesia ; Its Employment in the Treatment of Disease ; Modes of Ad- 
ministration ; Considering their Relative Risks ; Tests of Purity ; Treatment of 
Asphyxia; Spasms of the Glottis; Syncope, etc. By Laurence Turnbull, m.d., 
ph. G., Aural Surgeon to Jefferson College Hospital, etc. Third Edition, Re- 
vised and Enlarged. 40 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $3.00 

TUSON. Veterinary Pharmacopoeia, including the outlines of Materia Medica 
and Therapeutics. By Richard V. Tuson, late Professor at the Royal Veter- 
inary College. Fifth Edition. Revised and Edited by James Bayne, f.c.s., 
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology at the Royal Veterinary College. i2mo. 

Cloth, $2.25 

TYSON. Bright's Disease and Diabetes. With Especial Reference to Pathology 

and Therapeutics. By James Tyson, m.d., Professor of Clinical Medicine in 

the University of Pennsylvania. Including a Section on Retinitis in Bright's 

Disease. With Colored Plates and many Wood Engravings. 8vo. Cloth, $2.50 

Guide to the Examination of Urine. Eighth Edition. For the Use of 

Physicians and Students. With Colored Plate and Numerous Illustrations 

Engraved on Wood. Eighth Edition. Revised. i2mo. 272 pages. Cloth, $1.25 

Cell Doctrine. Its History and Present State. Second Edition. Cloth, $1.50 

Handbook of Physical Diagnosis. Illustrated. 2d Ed. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 

UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 1890. Seventh Decennial Revision. 
Cloth, $2.50 (Postpaid, $2.77); Sheep, $3.00 (Postpaid, $3.27); Interleaved, 
$4.00 (Postpaid, $4.50); printed on one side of page only. Unbound, $3.50 (Post- 
paid, $3.90). 

Select Tables from the U. S. P. (1890). Being Nine of the Most Important 
and Useful Tables, printed on Separate Sheets. Carefully put up in Patent 
Envelope. .25 

VAN HARLINGEN on Skin Diseases. A Practical Manual of Diagnosis and 
Treatment. By Arthur Van Harlingen, m.d., Professor of Diseases of the 
Skin in the Philadelphia Polyclinic ; Clinical Lecturer on Dermatology at Jef- 
ferson Medical College. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged. With Formulae 
and many Illustrations. Nearly Ready. 

VAN NUYS on The Urine. Chemical Analysis of Healthy and Diseased Urine, 
Qualitative and Quantitative. By T. C. Van Nuys, Professor of Chemistry 
Indiana University. 39 Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $1.00 

VIRCHOW'S Post-mortem Examinations. A Description and Explanation of the 
Method of Performing them in the Dead House of the Berlin Charite Hospital, 
with especial reference to Medico-legal Practice. By Prof. Virchow. Trans- 
lated by Dr. T. P. Smith. Third Edition, with Additions. Cloth, .75 

VOSWINKEL. Surgical Nursing. A Manual for Nurses. By Bertha M. Vos- 
winkel, Graduate Episcopal Hospital, Philadelphia, Nurse in Charge Children's 
Hospital, Columbus, O. in Illustrations. i2mo. 168 pages. Cloth, $1.00 



MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 27 

WALSHAM. Manual of Practical Surgery. For Students and Physicians. By 
Wm. J. Walsham, m.d., F.R.C.S., Ass't Surg, to, and Dem. of Practical Surg, in, 
St. Bartholomew's Hospital, Surg, to Metropolitan Free Hospital, London. 
Fifth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. With 380 Engravings. 815 pages. 
New Series of Manuals. Cloth, $2.75 ; Leather, $3.25 

WARING. Practical Therapeutics. A Manual for Physicians and Students. By 
Edward J. Waring, m.d. Fourth Edition. Revised, Rewritten and Rearranged 
by Dudley W. Buxton, m.d., Assistant to the Professor of Medicine, University 
College, London. Crown Octavo. Cloth, $2.00 ; Leather, $3x0 

WARREN. Compend Dental Pathology and Dental Medicine. Containing all 
the most noteworthy points of interest to the Dental Student and a Chapter 
on Emergencies. By Geo. W. Warren, d.d.s., Clinical Chief, Penn'a College 
of Dental Surgery, Phila. Second Edition, Enlarged. Illustrated. Being No. 
13 ? Quiz- Compend? Series. i2mo. Cloth, .80 

Interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 

Dental Prostheses and Metallurgy. 129 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.25 

WATSON on Amputations of the Extremities and Their Complications. By 
B. A. Watson, a.m., m.d., Surgeon to the Jersey City Charity Hospital and to 
Christ's Hospital, Jersey City, N. J. 250 Illustrations. Cloth, $5.50 

Concussions. An Experimental Study of Lesions arising from Severe Con- 
cussions. 8vo. Paper cover, $1.00 

WATTS' Inorganic Chemistry. A Manual of Chemistry, Physical and Inorganic. 
(Being the 14th Edition of Fowne's Physical and Inorganic Chemistry.) 
By Henry Watts, b.a., f.r.s. With Colored Plate of Spectra and other Illus- 
trations. i2mo. 595 pages. Cloth, $2.00 

Organic Chemistry. Second Edition. By Wm. A. Tilden, d.sc, f.r.s. 

(Being the 13th Edition of Fowne's Organic Chemistry.) Illustrated. 
i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 

WELLS. Compend of Gynecology. By Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Assistant Demon- 
strator of Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. Illustrated. 
? Quiz- Compend? Series No. J. i2mo. Cloth, .80 ; Interleaved for Notes, $1.25 

WESTLA^D. The Wife and Mother. A Handbook for Mothers. By A. 
Westland, m.d., late Resident Physician, Aberdeen Royal Infirmary. Clo. $1.50 

WETHERED. Medical Microscopy. A Guide to the Use of the Microscope in 
Practical Medicine. By Frank J. Wethered, m.d , m.r.c.p., Demonstrator of 
Practical Medicine, Middlesex Hospital Medical School, Assistant Physician, 
late Pathologist, City of London Hospital for. Diseases of Chest, etc. With 100 
Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 

WEYL. Sanitary Relations of the Coal-Tar Colors. By Theodore Weyl. 
Authorized Translation by Henry Leffmann, m.d., ph.d. This work contains 
the most recent trustworthy information on the physiological action of the coal- 
tar colors. Tests for recognizing the different colors are given. A summary of 
the appropriate legislative enactments in the leading countries in Europe is also 
presented. The book is believed to be the only compilation in the field in 
English, and will be found highly useful in determining the permissibility of the 
coal-tar colors, now so much used in articles of food and drink. i2mo. 154 
pages. Cloth, $1.25 

WHITE. The Mouth and Teeth. By J. W. White, m.d., d.d.s. Cloth, .40 



AN EMINENTLY PRACTICAL BOOK. 

Moullin's Surgery, 

Second Edition, Enlarged. 

A Complete Practical Treatise on Surgery, with Special Reference to Treatment. 

By C. W. MANSELL MOULLIN, M.A., M.D. Oxon., F.R.C.S., 

Surgeon and Lecturer on Physiology to the London Hospital, etc. 



Second American Edition, 

Edited by JOHN B. HAMILTON, M.D., LL.D., 

Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, Rush Medical College, Chicago ; Professor of 

Surgery, Chicago Polyclinic ; Formerly Supervising Surgeon-General, U. S. Marine Hospital 

Service; Surgeon to Presbyterian Hospital, St. Joseph's Hospital, and Central 

Free Dispensary, Chicago, etc. 

About Six Hundred Illustrations, 

Over two hundred of which are original with this work, and many of which are 
printed in several colors. 

Royal Octavo. 1200 Pages. Handsome Cloth, $6.00 ; Leather, Raised Bands, 
$7.00; Half Russia, Crushed, Marble Edges, $8.00. 

These Prices are Absolutely net. 

Of the 600 illustrations over two hundred have been specially prepared for this 
work, and their originality adds great value to their usefulness and at the same time exemplifies 
the character of the whole book, in that it has been worked up from modern ideas and methods 
instead of being a mere rehash of the sayings and doings of others. The illustrations will excite 
particular attention on account of their practical bearing on useful points in Surgery. By the 
addition of colors to many of these the text is thoroughly elucidated, impressing at once upon 
the mind of the Surgeon or Student the real relations of important parts of the Anatomy, and 
certain particular diagnostic features. This is especially patent in the article on tumors, where 
the illustrations of sections of the various growths have been colored so as to bring out with 
great clearness their differential diagnosis. 

From the New York Medical Record. 

" Special attention is given throughout to treatment, and the discussion of controverted 
points on pathology, etc., is relegated to the background. The key-note is the idea that the chief 
aim and object of surgery at the present day is to assist the tissues in every possible way in their 
struggle against disease. 

" From such a standpoint it goes without saying that the writer's attitude is a conservative 
one. He is, however, free from hesitancy, and shows a keen appreciation of the rapid strides 
of surgical art in the last decade. No less than two hundred of the illustrations were drawn 
expressly for this work. It has all the conciseness of Druitt's well-known work, and the 
advantage of a somewhat more extensive description of certain conditions occurring in practical 
work." 
4S®=*A complete circular, with sample pages, press notices, etc., will be sent free upon application. 

The Prices of all Books are Net. 



From The Southern Clinic. 

" We know of no series of books issued by any house that so fully meets our approval as these 
? Quiz-Compends ?. They are well arranged, full, and concise, and are really the best line of text- 
books that could be found for either student or practitioner." 



BLAKISTON'S ?QUIZ=COMPENDS? 

The Best Series of Manuals for the Use of Students. 

Price of each, Cloth, .80. Interleaved, for taking Notes, $1.25. 

-&^=* These Compends are based on the most popular text-books and the lectures of prominent professors, 
and are kept constantly revised, so that they may thoroughly represent the present state of the subjects upon 
which they treat. 

4Sf* The authors have had large experience as Quiz-Masters and attaches of colleges, and are well 
acquainted with the wants of students. 

4*S~ They are arranged in the most approved form, thorough and concise, containing over 600 fine illustra- 
tions, inserted wherever they could be used to advantage. 

4EJ- Can be used by students of any college. 

4t^* They contain information nowhere else collected in a such a condensed, practical shape. 

ILLUSTRATED CIRCULAR FREE. 

No. I. HUMAN ANATOMY. Fifth Revised and Enlarged Edition. Including Visceral Anatomy. Can 
be used with either Morris's or Gray's Anatomy. 117 Illustrations and 16 Lithographic Plates of Nerves and 
Arteries, with Explanatory Tables, etc. By Samuel O. L. Potter, m.d., Professor of the Practice ot 
Medicine, Cooper Medical College, San Francisco; late A. A. Surgeon, U. S. Army. 

No. 2. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Part I. Fifth Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and Improved By 
Dan'l E. Hughes, m.d., Physician-in-Chief, Philadelphia Hospital, late Demonstrator of Clinical Medi- 
cine, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 

No. 3. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Part II. Fifth Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and Improved. Same 
author as No. 2. 

No. 4. PHYSIOLOGY. Seventh Edition, with new Illustrations and a table of Physiological Constants. 
Enlarged and Revised. By A. P. Brubaker, m.d., Professor of Physiology and General Pathology in the 
Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery ; Demonstrator of Physiology, Jefferson Medical College, Phila- 
delphia. 

No. 5. OBSTETRICS. Fifth Edition. By Henry G. Landis, m.d. Revised and Edited by Wm. H. 
Wells, m.d., Assistant Demonstrator of Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. Enlarged. 
47 Illustrations. 

No. 6. MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS, AND PRESCRIPTION WRITING. Sixth 
Revised Edition (U. S. P. 1890). By Samuel O. L Potter, m.d. Professor of Practice, Cooper Medical 
College, San Francisco ; late A A. Surgeon, U. S. Army. 

No. 7. GYNECOLOGY. A New Book. By Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Assistant Demonstrator of Obstetrics, 
Jefferson College, Philadelphia. Illustrated. 

No. 8. DISEASES OF THE EYE AND REFRACTION. Second Edition. Including Treatment and 
Surgery. By L. Webster Fox, m.d., and George M. Gould, m.d. With 39 Formulae and 71 Illustrations. 

No. 9. SURGERY, Minor Surgery, and Bandaging. Fifth Edition, Enlarged and Improved. By 
Orville Horwitz, b.s., m.d., Clinical Professor ot Genito-Urinary Surgery and Venereal Diseases in Jef- 
ferson Medical College ; Surgeon to Philadelphia Hospital, etc. With 98 Formulae and 71 Illustrations. 

No. 10. MEDICAL CHEMISTRY. Fourth Edition. Including Urinalysis, Animal Chemistry, Chemistry 
of Milk, Blood, Tissues, the Secretions, etc. By Henky Lbppmann, m.d., Professor of Chemistry in 
Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery and in the Woman's Medical College, Philadelphia. 

No. 11. PHARMACY. Fifth Edition. Based upon Prof. Remington's Text-Book of Pharmacy. By F. 
E. Stewart, m.d., ph. g., late Quiz-Master in Pharmacy and Chemistry, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy ; 
Lecturer at Jefferson Medical College. Carefully revised in accordance with the new U. S. P. 

No. 12. VETERINARY ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Illustrated. By Wm. R. Ballou, m.d , 
Professor of Equine Anatomy at New York College of Veterinary Surgeons ; Physician to Bellevue Dis- 
pensary, etc. With 29 graphic Illustrations. 

No. 13. DENTAL PATHOLOGY AND DENTAL MEDICINE. Second Edition, Illustrated. Con- 
taining all the most noteworthy points of interest to the Dental Student and a Section on Emergencies. By 
Geo. W. Warren, d.d s., Chief of Clinical Staff, Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. 

No. 14. DISEASES OF CHILDREN. Colored Plate. By Marcus P. Hatfield, Professor of Dis- 
eases of Children, Chicago Medical College. 

No. 15. GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND MORBID ANATOMY. 91 Illustrations. By H. New- 
berry Hall, ph.g., m.d., Professor of Pathology and Medical Chemistry, Chicago Post-Graduate Medical 
School : Member Surgical Staff, Illinois Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary ; Chief of Ear Clinic, Chicago 
Medical College. 

No. 16. DISEASES OF NOSE AND EAR. Illustrated. Same Author as No. 15. 

Price, each, .80. Interleaved, for taking Notes, $1.25. 

P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Publishers, 

1012 Walnut Street, Philadelphia. 
The Prices of all Books are Net. 



Published Annually for 45 Years. 



The Physician's Visiting List. 

(LINDSAY & BLAKISTON'S.) 

Special Improved Edition for 1896. 



In order to improve and simplify this Visiting List we have done away with the two 
styles hitherto known as the li 25 and 50 Patients plain." We have allowed more space 
for writing the names, and added to the special memoranda page a column for the 
"Amount" of the weekly visits and a column for the "Ledger Page." To do this with- 
out increasing the bulk or the price, we have condensed the reading matter in the front 
of the book and rearranged and simplified the memoranda pages, etc., at the back. 

The Lists for 75 Patients and 100 Patients will also have special memoranda page as 
above, and hereafter will come in two volumes only, dated January to June, and July to 
December. While this makes a book better suited to the pocket, the chief advantage is 
that it does away with the risk of losing the accounts of a whole year should the book 
be mislaid. 

Before making these changes we have personally consulted a number of physicians 
who have used the book for many years, and have taken into consideration many sugges- 
tions made in letters from all parts of the country. 



CONTENTS. 



PRELIMINARY MATTER.— Calendar, 1 896-1 897— Table of Signs, to be used in keeping records — 
The Metric or French Decimal System of Weights and Measures — Table for Converting Apothecaries' 
Weights and Measures into Grams — Dose Table, giving the doses of official and unofficial drugs in both 
the English and Metric Systems — Asphyxia and Apnea — Complete Table for Calculating the Period of 
Utero- Gestation — Comparison of Thermometers. 

VISITING LIST. — Ruled and dated pages for 25, 50, 75, and 100 patients per day or week, with blank page 
opposite each on which is an amount column, column for ledger page, and space for special memoranda. 

SPECIAL RECORDS for Obstetric Engagements, Deaths, Births, etc., with special pages for Addresses 
of Patients, Nurses, etc., Accounts Due, Cash Account, and General Memoranda. 



-SIZES AND PRICES. 

REGULAR EDITION, as Described Above. 

BOUND IN STRONG LEATHER COVERS, WITH POCKET AND PENCIL. 

For 25 Patients weekly, with Special Memoranda Page, $100 

5° " " " " « •^{}^j^ r '} : - •••'•■«" 

' -* ' \ July to December J 

IOO « « " « « 2VOls./J a ^ ry A° J^u \ 2 25 



PERPETUAL EDITION, without Dates. 
No. 1. Containing space for over 1300 names, with blank page opposite each Visiting List page. 

Bound in Red Leather cover, with Pocket and Pencil, $ l 2 S \ 

No. 2. Same as No. 1. Containing space for 2600 names, with blank page opposite l 5° 

MONTHLY EDITION, without Dates. 

No. 1. Bound, Seal leather, without Flap or Pencil, gilt edges, * • 75 j 

No. 2. Bound, Seal leather, with Tucks, Pencil, etc., gilt edges, x °° 

figp 00 All these prices are net. No discount can he allowed retail purchasers. 
Circular and sample pages upon application. 

P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Publishers, Philadelphia. 




„** 



$% 







,0° ' -o. % 






o 



^ 



\°°<. 



a o x 



"o ^ 






^ 



^ 



,d J 



•\° ©* 



%# 



V*, 









"(3 



W 



^ ~\ 



1 

MS; 
l M 

J 

mk 



mm 
m 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



DDOEbblDE^l 



'■; 


■X '>* 






{> 








• ,r3 •:'';:x; : :';r: > 











>3 >ijj v;vi;:;I; 





